Home Blog Page 24

797 | Fly Fish Belize on Your Terms with Mary Alice Hoppe from Iguana House

fly fish belize

Episode Show Notes

If you’ve ever dreamed to fly fish Belize on your terms to chase bonefish and permit, this episode is for you. We’re heading to Ambergris Caye where Mary Alice Hoppe and her husband Chris created Iguana House, a beachfront lodge built with DIY anglers in mind. In this episode, Mary Alice shares what it’s really like to run a fishing lodge, how to plan your trip for tailing permit and migrating tarpon, and why a golf cart might just be your most valuable gear item. We also dive into what to expect on the island, from fishing conditions to local adventures like snorkeling Belize’s incredible reef systems.


Hit play to start listening! 👇🏻🎧

apple podcasts

Find the show:  Follow the Show | Overcast | Spotify

Subscribe on Apple Podcasts

Subscribe on Android

Subscribe via RSS

(The full episode transcript is at the bottom of this blogpost) 👇🏻

Sponsors and Podcast Updates

 

fly fish belize

Show Notes with Mary Alice Hoppe on Fly Fish Belize on Your Terms

How Iguana House Got Started

Mary Alice and her husband Chris started fly fishing in Colorado. Then they tried saltwater in Mexico, and got hooked. After fishing Ascension Bay, Mary Alice found Belize. It was easier to get to, had fewer crowds, and best of all, you didn’t need a guide to fish.

In Ambergris Caye, the shoreline is public. That means you can explore and fish the flats on your own. No panga (boat) required. Mary Alice loves the freedom to fish just a couple of hours, walk the beach, or cast from the dock without the pressure of a full-day guided trip.

fly fish belize
Photo via: iguanahousebelize.com

Fishing from a Golf Cart? Yes.

At Iguana House, you don’t need a boat to chase fish. Rent a golf cart and cruise the island’s shoreline. You’ll see bonefish pushing water, sometimes right from the road. Mary Alice and Chris have even spotted permit just 20 feet off the beach. One time, she slammed the brakes so hard that Chris flew off the back seat because, yep, permit tails.

This DIY style of fishing is fun, flexible, and builds confidence. You’re not relying on a guide to find the fish. You’re doing it yourself and that’s the whole point.

fly fish belize
Photo via: https://www.instagram.com/theiguanahouse/

When’s the Best Time to Fish Belize?

Mary Alice says it depends. The weather has become harder to predict, and traditional “high season” (December to May) doesn’t always mean good fishing. In fact, the past few years, wind and sargassum made it tough. Her top picks? July through September. During this time there are fewer crowds, hungry and aggressive permit, and big migrating tarpon. She says to avoid December when it is rainy and cooler which is not ideal for fishing. So if you’re flexible, late summer and early fall might just be the sweet spot.

Why Tarpon Are So Special

If you’ve never hooked a tarpon, Mary Alice says you’re in for something wild. These fish are built like dinosaurs, mostly bone, and that makes setting the hook a challenge. You have to strip set hard, unlike any other species she’s fished. No gentle lift here.

There are two ways to target them:

  • Open water: Tarpon roll and show themselves on the windward side. You’ll get long runs and big jumps.
  • Mangroves: The real challenge. Cast tight under cover, watch them charge out and eat. It’s intense and super technical.

Tarpon hang in the mangroves for food and protection. And since they’re bony, predators tend to leave them alone unlike bonefish and permit, which get picked off by barracuda and sharks.

fly fish belize
Photo via: https://www.instagram.com/theiguanahouse/

Planning a Family Trip to Belize

If you’re thinking about bringing the whole family to Belize, Mary Alice has some great tips. First, rent a golf cart. They come in 4- and 6-seaters and are perfect for exploring the island together. They work with local guides who can take the whole family on the water. Other fun activities include:

  • Snorkeling and scuba diving
  • Kayaking on calm days
  • Visiting the eco-museum or iguana sanctuary
  • Exploring San Pedro town and trying Belizean street food
  • Relaxing at resort pools (many are open to the public!)

Is Belize Safe for Travelers?

Mary Alice says yes, Belize is safe, especially on Ambergris Caye. Most of the bad news people hear is about Belize City, which isn’t a tourist destination anyway. If you need to stay there overnight, Mary Alice has safe hotel recommendations.

Here are her simple tips for staying safe:

  • Don’t pick up strange stuff on the beach
  • Don’t leave valuables in your golf cart
  • Use the buddy system if exploring far north
  • Be polite, stay aware, and mind your own business

If you’re traveling with kids, just be smart and prepared. Pack light, bring water, and you’ll have a great and safe time on the island.

How to Get to Iguana House Belize

Getting to Iguana House is easier than you might think. Mary Alice recommends flying in on a Friday or Saturday, since those are the most common days for direct flights into Belize City. Some airlines offer great deals, just check their low-fare calendars.

Best Trip Setup

Mary Alice recommends their 7-night / 4-day DIY package, which includes four guided days on the water and two days to fish on your own. This way you can have a flexible arrival day to settle in without pressure

And before you show up? Practice a lot. Saltwater fly fishing is a totally different game than trout fishing. You’ll need tight loops, quick hauls, and accurate shots.

Safety at the Beach vs. Inland

Mary Alice says most of the critters (like boas or scorpions) stay inland and usually only show up during heavy rain when they’re seeking fresh water.

Here’s what to keep in mind:

  • Croc sightings are rare in open water but can happen after flooding.
  • Do NOT wade in the lagoons or on the leeward (west) side. That’s croc territory.
  • Stick to the windward (reef) side for safe, easy DIY fishing.

Tips for DIY Bonefishing from the Beach

Mary Alice says the best place to start chasing bonefish is right out front. The flat in front of Iguana House is called Bonefish Flats, and it’s loaded when the water’s clear. You can walk the beach and spot fish before even wading in.

Here’s how to do it right:

  • Start your first morning walking the flats near the lodge
  • Don’t wade until you see fish
  • Look for tails, pushing water, or nervous movement
  • Use the beach’s slight elevation to your advantage
  • Always have someone spotting. Mary Alice or Chris will often help early on

Pro move: One person stands on the golf cart to spot, while the angler moves in quietly. With no boat, fish often stay relaxed. Bonefish, permit, even tarpon may swim right up.

They’ve had days where all three showed up in the same spot—bonefish, permit, and a 50lb tarpon. The key? Signs of life. Stingrays, blitzing jacks, bait movement. Anything alive means it’s worth stopping and scanning.

fly fish belize
Photo via: https://www.instagram.com/theiguanahouse/

Watch Out for Sargassum

Sargassum is a floating seaweed that blooms between February and June, fueled by agricultural runoff. It can pile up on beaches and affect visibility. When it’s bad, the best move is to get out on a panga and fish the leeward side, where the water stays clean.

fly fish belize
Photo via: https://www.sanpedrosun.com/community-and-society/2025/07/17/sargassum-may-become-a-national-emergency-coastal-communities-continue-tackling-the-influx

What Mary Alice Wishes She Knew on Day One

If Mary Alice could go back to her first Belize trip, her advice would be simple: don’t turn around too soon. When she and Chris first tried to explore the north road, it felt sketchy like they were lost. But if they’d kept going, they would’ve found the best DIY access on the island: quiet flats, minimal development, and pure wilderness near Tranquility Bay.

Final Tips for Your Belize Trip

  • Take the flight, not the ferry. It’s just 14 minutes and offers stunning views of the flats you’ll fish.
  • Plan for longer if you can* Saltwater fly fishing takes time and patience. A longer stay means more chances.
  • Don’t stress. Chris and Mary Alice have your back. They’ve made every mistake, felt every frustration, and built a place where you’re supported and heard. Whether it’s a blown shot or a bad day, they get it.

At Iguana House, you’re not just another guest. You’re part of something. They’ve been through the ups and downs of this fishery, and they’re here to help you learn, explore, and enjoy every step of the trip.


You can find Iguana House on Instagram @theiguanahouse.

Facebook at @iguanahousebelize

Visit their website at IguanaHouseBelize.com.

fly fish belize


Related Podcast Episodes


Full Podcast Transcript

Episode Transcript
Dave (2s): Today’s guest traded Colorado Trout streams for Turquoise Flats of Belize and never looked back. After chasing bonefish and permit across Ascension Bay. Mary Alice Hoppe and her husband Chris built something different on Ambergris Caye, a place where anglers can explore the flats on their own terms. No panga required. By the end of this episode, you’ll know when to plan your trip for tailing permit and migrating Tarpon. Why Golf Carts might be the best DIY fishing tool on the island, and how snorkeling belize’s reefs can be just as addicting as stocking the flats. This is the Wet Fly Swing podcast where I show you the best places to travel to for fly fishing, how to find the best resources and tools to prepare for that big trip And what you can do to give back to the fish species we all love. Dave (45s): Mary Alice shares what it’s really like running a lodge on the beach. How to avoid rookie mistakes many anglers make down there. And what happens when a 50 pound tarpon shows up just steps from your front porch. Plus we’re gonna find out why learning to haul and cast in the wind is the biggest thing you can get ready for on your next trip to Belize. Here she is, Mary Alice from iguanahousebelize.com. How you doing, Mary Alice? Mary Alice (1m 11s): Hey Dave, thanks so much for having me. I’m doing great. How are you? Good, Dave (1m 14s): Good, good. I’m, I’m excited to jump back into this. I always love when we get chances to dig back into these topics. ’cause I know one podcast is never usually enough. So we had you guys on episode 6 87, Chris, and it was, it was cool because you have a unique program going down there in Belize. You know, it’s, it’s kind of a hybrid, I think a hybrid program is the way we, I’d call it. But you know, you got all the great species, you’re in Belize, obviously right in the heart of, you know, and we have a lot of listeners, I was just talking to some of ours that are excited about Belize. It’s like a bucket list trip. So I wanna talk about that a little bit. Maybe we’ll talk Tarpon, but take us back real quick. I know you gave us your kind of intro last time, but for those that didn’t hear that episode, who are you? Dave (1m 54s): How did the Iguana house come to be? Mary Alice (1m 56s): Yeah, so I met Chris about 13 years ago and he was fly fishing for trout in Colorado. We were living in Colorado and brought me along. I learned how to fly fish, then salt was introduced to Chris and then that’s when we were truly ruined. We fished a lot up in Mexico in Ascension Bay. And then I started doing more research about Belize and it just seemed like a really neat little country. Direct flights out of Denver and many major cities out of the us much smaller airport than Cancun. It wasn’t a five hour drive to get out to Ascension Bay. Mary Alice (2m 36s): You hop on a hopper flight for 14 minutes and you’re on the island and you could potentially be fishing that same day. And then the biggest, I guess draw for us here was access without a guide. And so this entire island, you know, it’s 66 feet of the shoreline is the Queensland, I guess technically now the King’s land, but they still call it the queen’s land. And so it’s all public, which is really unique. You know, you can’t really find that in Mexico with the resorts and stuff. And so to be able to traverse this entire island, both windward and leeward side, is really unlimited. Mary Alice (3m 17s): And that’s really what attracted us because I, you know, I love being on a panga, but I’ve been fishing for so long now that eight hours on a panga is just kind of too much at this point. I would rather be able to take a couple hours and go fish. And you know, they say if, If you wanna not fish, become a lodge owner. And that’s the truth. Yeah. And so the ability to just hop out front on the dock in front of the lodge and actually catch permit is one of the most unique experiences I’ve ever had. Dave (3m 47s): Wow, that’s really cool. Yeah. And in your, and we talked a little bit about about that last time, the fact that you have kind of this, you know, hybrid approach where people can come down and they don’t have to be guided for like seven days fully. They can do some other things. Maybe talk about that. What is it that, you know, there’s a lot of blea you hear a lot about, but how is what you do, you know, you and Chris there are different than say some of the other operations around there? Mary Alice (4m 9s): Well, my experience being on a guided boat with Central American guides can just create pressure intensity. It is, I mean, everybody gets intense on the boat and it’s fun and I, and I love the adrenaline of it, but I think all of our roots really start from this connection with nature, bringing us into these different ecosystems to connect and to connect with nature and also disconnect from the real world and really try to learn the fishery. And so being on a panga, having a guide kind of direct you in everything, didn’t really afford me the opportunity to feel free and connected with my environment. Mary Alice (4m 56s): And so the ability to get out there and do it myself, learn to find fish on my own, learn how to present to fish, all of those kind of elements of doing it yourself, similar to trout fishing, I guess just allowed more freedom. It, it really helped to fill that gap because, you know, there’s no really wilderness or camping or fishing here. The wilderness is the ocean. And so for us back in Colorado to really reset, regroup was that time in the wilderness. And so the ability to get out into the flats, especially on the windward side, on the reef side, so all of San Pedro is like a quarter mile away from the meso American reef, has just really like given us that freedom, that sense of connectedness with our environment, with a new ecosystem and just feeling free. Dave (5m 47s): So when you’re there, somebody could come in there and like you’re saying for bonefish especially, you could hop in and this is kinda your program, right? People can get, stay a week, stay whatever they want to, but they can get a, a golf cart and just go fishing on their own. Is that kinda how that looks? Mary Alice (6m 2s): Absolutely, yeah. And the cool part is, so when you, so about seven miles north of us is kind of where the road, it’s really one main road across the entire island that inevitably leads up to the cut at Ishak. And so that road goes, it turns closer to the water as you go, go further north. And so for about, I’d say 10 miles of Tranquility Bay up there, you’re just driving your golf cart along the water and you can clearly see bonefish pushing water tails from your golf cart. Wow. So the ability to, to cover a lot of, a lot of ground, but have the visibility to find fish, it’s amazing. Mary Alice (6m 49s): Yeah. Dave (6m 49s): That is amazing. No, this sounds, I love the whole, the whole picture in the golf cart is amazing too. I think that it’s just, it’s, it’s kind of funny but it’s really awesome too to think like, man, you’re just cruising around in a golf cart. Mary Alice (7m 0s): I actually have a funny story about that. Yeah. When we first bought the place and we were down here in discovering, Chris and I were up north in the golf cart and sometimes one of us will stand on the back seat and hold onto the roof of the golf cart to get that elevated position. And we’re driving along and I can’t take my eyes off the water. I’m driving, Chris is up looking and I see permit tails not 20 feet off the shore and I slammed on the brakes of the golf cart and Chris went flying off the golf cart. And it, this just can even just show like how fun and intense it can be and, and it’s just you, you don’t have a guide Yeah. Yelling in your ear about this that, don’t you see it? Don’t you see it? No, I see it because I found it myself. Mary Alice (7m 43s): And so I think it’s, it really builds confidence as a salt water angler. I Dave (7m 47s): Hear you. That’s, I think it’s really cool. And, and it’s interesting too because I mean, like you said, you, you purchased this lodge and we had Jerry IC on recently and he told these great all sorts of great stories and, but one of them was the fact that he, you know, had been living around in the US and he just, later in his life, I think he was in his sixties, he was like, we’re gonna, I think we’re just gonna buy this place down near where you are. And you know, it wasn’t for a lodge, it was just to have a place. But when he got down there, he realized wow, it was too much work to keep it up and to kind of do the whole thing. Yeah. What’s it like for you, because you have this, I mean, it’s probably a lot different, but I mean, you’ve been doing this thing, is it a lot of work? How, what are the challenges of, of what you’re doing there? Mary Alice (8m 30s): And not many people can understand the challenges of having a property specifically here. Beachfront. Our house is one of the oldest houses on the island. It’s over a hundred years old. It’s made of old Belizean hardwood, which is not typical of what we’re seeing with development now. It’s really starting to become more and more like South beach style, big white concrete mansions. And, and for me that’s not authentic bullies. And this is actually an authentic bullies in bungalow barge from the mainland. And so, you know, the upkeep is incredible. Huh. You know, it’s, it’s hard to explain unless you’re here. So things like your deadbolts on your doors are gonna seize up. Mary Alice (9m 14s): Oh yeah. And have to be replaced every year because of corrosion. Just the constant upkeep, you know, any sort of appliance with a computer in it, you’re lucky if that’s gonna last you three years. Oh Dave (9m 27s): Wow. No kidding. Mary Alice (9m 27s): And so really learning new ways to work with the conditions that we have while trying to have the best maintenance of the property, the appliances and all of those things has been the steepest learning curve of my life For sure. Dave (9m 43s): Right. Are you down there, what time of year are you down there more than you’re up in Colorado? Or how does that look? I know, I know Chris has been, yeah. Has been in Colorado recently. Mary Alice (9m 52s): Yeah. So due to Chris being an rn, his ability to find supplemental income in the states is much easier. So I’m here pretty much full time with my two black labs. Dave (10m 3s): Amazing. And talk about that. So you’re down there all the time, which is amazing. And, and what are the times, so people listening now, like I said, people wanna go to Belize and I think this is, we can talk more about what you offer there too, but what is timing? You know, you’ve got Tarpon, you’ve got bonefish permit. What would you tell somebody if they’re listening down like, man they wanna do this trip, when should they be thinking about it? Mary Alice (10m 22s): That’s the toughest question we get, Dave. Yeah. ’cause the weather has just not been consistent anymore and we’re seeing a huge shift. Like this year was the worst sargassum year we’ve ever seen. And the entire high season, high season being really from December through May was relatively tough conditions. We’re talking 15 knots plus every day and it never really calmed down. The year before was incredible. There was no sargassum, the winds were lower. So it’s really hard to predict. However, with me being down here for about two straight years now, to really see the seasons, what I saw in August and September, outside of a few storms that came through was the most lights out fishing I’ve ever experienced. Mary Alice (11m 9s): I caught four permit in front of the house in one afternoon. Oh Dave (11m 13s): Nice. Mary Alice (11m 14s): And they were hungry, like much different behavior than what you see in high season. They weren’t picky, they were aggressive and they were eating. And that’s typically not a time of year that people would wanna come down. Right. Dave (11m 27s): Because it’s kind of the summertime Mary Alice (11m 28s): And it’s hurricane season. But you know, to be honest, because of our location really close to the tropic of cancer, we do not experience a huge shift in temperatures here. The humidity can get you, but you know, I haven’t really noticed a big shift from from temperatures. You know, a lot of people are like, oh summer it must be way too hot. It really isn’t. If there’s no wind. Yeah, it’s hot. But that’s great fishing. Dave (11m 55s): Yeah, that’s great fishing. So, so that’s August, September, and pretty much, I mean there throughout, I mean I guess the question might be when is not the good time to be down there? Right. Is there a time, Mary Alice (12m 6s): Not the good time would be December, what’s Dave (12m 8s): Going on in December? Mary Alice (12m 9s): December’s like our winter, the temperatures drop. It can be really rainy. It’s just, you know, every December that I’ve been here, which has been maybe four Decembers, they’ve just not been great weather. And a lot of people wanna come for Christmas and it rains the whole time. Dave (12m 26s): Oh it does. Yeah. Mary Alice (12m 27s): Yeah. So that would be the one month that I would not recommend. I’ve had excellent luck in October and November, you know, but that’s still storm season. But the thing is, you know, with most airlines now you can change flights, we can see when storms are developing and we can stay on top of of those kind of things. But even the guides say July, August, September, ’cause July you get the migrating tarpon too. So we have a lot of really decent sized resident tarpon here, probably up to 80 pounds. But then the big boys come through in the summertime, those migrating tarpon a hundred, a hundred pound plus. Dave (13m 4s): Right. So, and I’m glad you mentioned that ’cause I wanted to hear more on Tarpon because that is a species that I’ve asked that question a number of times throughout our podcast is like, what is that number one species? And you know, whether it’s Jim Tini or Bruce Chard or whoever, you know, you always hear Tarpon, tarpon, tarpin. But what is it for you talk about that because Tarpon, and again it’s, it’s on my bucket list. I mean I, if I had to think of one species I’d wanna catch, like Tarpon would be up there. Right. But, but what is it like, how do you explain Tarpon to somebody who’s never caught a tarpon? Mary Alice (13m 33s): Well, they’re like a prehistoric fish to begin with. So the way that their bodies are built are mostly bone, which makes it very difficult to set the hook on a tarpon, which is my favorite part. It goes against everything you’ve learned really from every other species of fish, at least that I have fished for. You’re ripping that line to set that hook that you wouldn’t do for a permit. You wouldn’t do for a bone fish, you wouldn’t even do for a snook. And also the accuracy of cast. So there’s, there’s different ways to fish for Tarpon. Sometimes they present out on the windward side and they’re rolling out on the windward side in open water. Mary Alice (14m 14s): That’s super fun. ’cause they have tons of room to run and jump. So the fight is really awesome. And then, and then you have the opportunity to start casting into the mangroves. And that for me is such a challenge and so fun. ’cause I’m always trying to improve my cast. So really trying to get your cast underneath the mangroves for me is, is the biggest casting challenge here. So I, I love being able to do that. And when you see those tarpon come out from under the mangroves and eat, it’s really unique. Dave (14m 46s): And why are they in the mangroves? They’re in the mangroves because they’re protection or hiding or why are they there? Mary Alice (14m 51s): Protection. And there’s a lot of smaller fish in there. So the mangroves are habitats for breeding. And so baby fish are all tucked back in those mangroves. So it’s a great place for tarpon to not have to work hard for food. Yeah, Dave (15m 8s): I see. And tarpon, as far as the food chain, what are out there eating tarpon, they’re a big predator, right? But there’s probably something that’s, or are they not that afraid? You know, I’m always trying to think like, Mary Alice (15m 18s): I mean, I think, I think because of their bony nature that they don’t have a lot of meat on ’em. Dave (15m 23s): Yeah. Maybe they’re not a big prey. Mary Alice (15m 25s): I don’t know for sure. But that would be my guess because I don’t really hear of tarpon like getting eaten by a barracuda or a shark. Whereas that happens with bonefish and permit all the time. Oh Dave (15m 36s): It does. Okay. So if we’re doing tarpon, if we wanted to get tarpon, so you’re saying again, remind us again what would be a good month or you know, to go down there? I Mary Alice (15m 44s): Think honestly, again, I’m gonna save the summer months because there’s also less pressure. So if, If you can’t seem to locate the migrating tarpon, the resident tarpon are gonna have less pressure in the summer months. Oh nice. So more of an opportunity to hook up. Okay. Dave (15m 60s): So summer, it sounds like summer’s a good and that’s actually good for some people, you know, If you have kids right, that’s a definitely a good time. Mary Alice (16m 6s): Well, and that’s what’s so cool about here is if you’re a fisherman, you wanna have a family trip, there’s so much to do for your family. Yeah. That and you can still fish. So like, you don’t have to feel like it’s just a selfish fishing vacation because your kids are out snorkeling. Whole chain marine reserve, that’s an underwater aquarium. Like it’s incredible. Dave (16m 25s): Oh man. See, so you’re on the right, and this is, I’m gonna be selfish here a little bit. I usually, I’ve always think of our listeners and I know our listeners have definitely plenty of kids at home and stuff, but there is a chunk of older people that maybe don’t have. But for me, that’s a big thing for me. Like when I think about Belize, I think about getting the family. My kids are, you know, 11 and 13 now it’s like the perfect age. Like please I feel like would blow ’em away. So let, let’s dig into that a little bit. Let’s take us down that path. So if we’re right now I’m talking to you, I’m excited, I want to get the four of us down there. What should we be thinking about? What are you telling me first? Mary Alice (16m 59s): Definitely run a golf cart so you guys can explore. Dave (17m 3s): Is the golf cart, does that hold actually four people? Yeah, Mary Alice (17m 6s): There’s four seaters and six seaters. Dave (17m 8s): Oh, cool. Okay. So you get your golf cart and maybe come down there for a week. Mary Alice (17m 13s): Yeah, it kind of depends on how serious you are about wanting to catch fish. It’s really hard to meet goals in six days to catch fish. So if you’re coming diehard fishermen, I always recommend more than a week. Chris and I used to do two weeks Dave (17m 29s): Experience the waters of Bristol Bay at Togiak River Lodge where fly fishing meets Alaska’s rugged beauty. This is the place to complete the Alaska Grand Slam with all five salmon species, rainbow trout, arctic char and more where each day offers a new Alaskan adventure. You can visit togiak lodge.com right now to start planning your Bristol Bay experience with Togiak River Lodge. Fish Hound Expeditions offers world-class fly fishing right off Alaska’s incredible road system for monster rainbow trout to feisty arctic railing. You’ll chase big species in the stunning landscape. Whether you’re a seasoned angler or just starting out their expert guides. Ensure an unforgettable adventure. Dave (18m 10s): Book your trip today before spots fill up and experience Alaska’s diversity like never before. Check ’em out right now. That’s fish hound expeditions.com. What If you did something like two weeks we came down maybe, you know, a good saw week was just all the family stuff, all that. And then maybe there was, you know, a week of fishing and, and then it would be, you know, bonefish, tarpon permit, doesn’t matter. That sort of thing. And you know, so you’re saying summer would be good. I mean I, let’s just keep it on tarpon. So summertime would be a good time to do it. Mary Alice (18m 42s): It is, yeah. Summertime’s a great time to do it. And then there’s also a really cool option that I work with guides here. Some guides are just fly fishing guides that also have access to, excuse me, larger boats. So they could take the whole family out. You bring your fly rods, you can still fly fish, the kids can be snorkeling. Oh wow. Watching them spear fish. Then you go do a beach barbecue with the fish that you guys caught out there with the guides. Wow. And then where they actually take you to do your beach barbecue is right next to the Tranquility Bay resort. That’s, I mean, just massive bone bonefish. Mary Alice (19m 22s): I was just up there a couple weeks ago and just huge bonefish and big permit come through there too. And so there’s a lot of opportunities to combine activities Yeah, wow. With the whole family. So you can still, you can say, I’d like to just get dropped off the beach and you guys can go out and snorkel and you know, any guide is happy to do that. So the flexibility here is really awesome. Dave (19m 46s): That is awesome. And, and is that, so those are the things that, the other things other than the fly fishing, it’s the snorkeling. I mean, what are some of those things? Is that kind of the big other thing that you’re doing out there? Mary Alice (19m 56s): Snorkeling, scuba kayaking on calm days. And then we have lots of other, you know, just kind of interesting little things. We have this new eco museum that’s an old Mayan museum that’s up to the north. They actually just had a poke to poke festival. Poke to poke is an ancient Mayan ballgame where they use an eight pound rubber ball and play with their hips. Hmm. It’s pretty, it, I, I, I just went and it was one of the coolest things and we’re trying to promote more of that here on the island for tourists, because I think a lot of tourists would be interested in, in something like that. We have an iguana sanctuary down near town. It’s really cool to see. Mary Alice (20m 37s): Really. That would be cool. Beautiful. Huge iguanas. And then just like, you know, San Pedro itself is a major melting pot and the town itself is just a hustling, bustling place that I think surprises quite a bit of people when they get here. And so just the sites just to go into town and people watch, try the local food, try the street food. All the food is fantastic here. Belizean food is amazing. Oh it is. And so once you have that golf cart, your freedom to explore is endless. And another cool thing that happens here in Belize is a lot of the resorts allow public into the resorts. So you can go in and grab a drink and an appetizer and use their pool and hang out at these beautiful pools. Mary Alice (21m 24s): Oh, nice. And so it’s all very inclusive, which is much different than Mexico. Dave (21m 28s): Yeah, right. That is really cool. So, and is it, I guess one of the things you, you know, people think about whether you’re traveling Mexico, anywhere in the world is safety. Right. And, and I think that, you know, we’ve recently in the bucket, I, Brian did our series and he, he covered with Will Rice and they talked about down the path, you know, and I think that wasn’t too far, that was that, I don’t know If you heard about that story, but about the missing fly angler who was never discovered Mary Alice (21m 54s): In ish Collect. Right, Dave (21m 55s): Yeah. Ish collect. Yeah. And it was, it was this crazy story. It was really bizarre. And again, random stuff happens, you know, wherever. But, you know, it brought up the thing of safety. Like, is there a chance, what, what’s your take of somebody’s thinking? Like right now, man, is it gonna be safe? I’ve heard things about, you know, Belize. Like what are your thoughts there? Mary Alice (22m 12s): So a lot of the information that’s relayed to Americans about the, the unsafety of Belize is really around Belize City. That’s not a place to stay for tourists. I’m just gonna say that now. Like, there’s nothing in Belize City for you to really see or do. If you have to spend a night there. We have safe recommendations of places to stay, but as far as the island goes, it’s very safe. I’ve never felt unsafe here. The biggest issue are the drug runners. And that’s just the nature of Central America. We are in that area of, you know, drugs being moved around. And so, you know, the conversation that I have with guests when they arrive is If you see something interesting laying on the beach, leave it alone. Mary Alice (22m 59s): Right. That’s the biggest thing. You know? And, and just, and just playing dumb. Just be a nice tourist. And if, you know, If you run into somebody that looks a little bit sketchy, just say hello and then mind your business. And that’s how I’ve done it for all these years. And I’ve never run into an issue. Yeah. Dave (23m 15s): And you’re, and you’re on your own, right? You’re down there like doing your thing? Mary Alice (23m 18s): Well, I’ve never, I would never go all the way up north alone. Okay. I would definitely have a buddy with me and you know, but there’s plenty of places to fish closer that’s not all the way up north. Dave (23m 29s): And by North do you mean towards Mexico or, yeah, Mary Alice (23m 31s): North towards Mexico. But there’s some places just like 15 minutes north of the house compared to, you know, an hour north where there’s still great fisheries, great permit shots, but going all the way up there, I do recommend having a buddy system. Dave (23m 47s): Yeah. That’s good. No, and I, I know that, you know, just thinking about this, if we were on this Megan, I know, I was gonna say, well how safe is this? Right. Are we gonna be good with the, with our kids, with our girls? Mary Alice (23m 56s): No, it’s, it’s totally safe. The biggest thing is really like petty theft, leaving things in your golf cart, especially up north, you know? Yeah. And so just being mindful about what you’re packing, how you’re packing, can you take it out with you on the water? I always pack very light and just make sure I have plenty of water. Gotcha. Dave (24m 17s): Yeah. Yeah. No, and I think it is is, you know, like you said, anywhere it doesn’t, it could be any country, but even where we live, you know, in, in the US you got these places that are long corridors Yeah. Where there’s a child, you hear about these crazy things Right. Where kids are getting taken away Yeah. And stuff. So it’s, Mary Alice (24m 32s): Or even people just stealing your Amazon packages off your porch. Right. Like, you know, honestly I treat this place like, so I lived in Denver for 20 years, I’m not gonna go out walking the streets in Denver at night, so why would I do that here? Right. Dave (24m 46s): Same Mary Alice (24m 46s): Deal. So a lot of it’s just common sense and don’t ask too many questions. Yeah. Just say hello and, and, and mind your business Dave (24m 53s): And call it good. Okay. So, so we kinda got that, you know, behind us here. So, you know, again, back to the trip. So if we were coming down there, let’s just say we were doing this thing in, you know, in the summertime, what’s the typical fly in? You know, like talk about that. When’s the best day to come down there? Does it matter? Are you guys pretty flexible on that? Mary Alice (25m 12s): We’re flexible on that, but as far as like the direct flights go, they’re typically on Fridays and Saturdays. So like, depending on where you’re flying out of, I would pull up one of those low fare calendars that they have and start to get a feel of where those affordable flights are. ’cause as we’ve seen since the pandemic, air travel has just really shifted. Dave (25m 34s): Yeah. What, what’s happened to air travel since then? Travel? Mary Alice (25m 37s): Well in my experience it seems to be that there’s less staff available for certain things like the baggage staff and stuff like that. And so I definitely recommend trying to find the direct flight. If not, you’re usually routed through Miami, Dallas or Houston, which is fine. Yeah. It’s not that big of a deal. You know, it’s still a much shorter travel day than going to Punta Allen. Dave (26m 3s): I don’t mind that at all. For me, I, I think maybe I’m one of the weird ones out there, but I love all the, the travel stuff, you know, the extra stops and I, the takeoff and the landings, you know what I mean? I think some people don’t like all that, but I feel like Mary Alice (26m 15s): Yeah, that’s unique. Dave (26m 16s): That is unique. Yeah. So I, that’s, that’s why I need to do more traveling ’cause that’s actually the stuff that I love. But, but it is pretty easy to get down there. So we get down there, let’s just say it’s a Friday. You get down to, and you fly into Belize City and then take your hopper from there. Mary Alice (26m 28s): You fly into Belize City, it’s all open air. So you’ll get off the plane outside, you walk inside, go through customs. And depending on the time of your arrival on a weekend, sometimes it can be quite crowded. But again, during the summer months or slow months. So you shouldn’t really see the same amount of tourists, which also helps getting through. And usually it’s just a breeze. You go right through, you get your luggage, you exit where customs is. And right there is the ticketing counter for Tropic Air, which is the airline we use to get over San Pedro. And, and part of our packages include those flights. So we arrange that travel on behalf of the guests. So all you have to do is show your passport. Mary Alice (27m 10s): They take your luggage, you’re ready to go, you go grab a beer at the Pelican Draft house that’s right across from the tropic, the Tropic Gate. And yeah, just wait for your flight. You just let them know that, hey, our party’s all here. And sometimes they’ll get you on an earlier flight. The worst thing that can happen is your bag might not make it over to the island, but not to worry, it’s usually on the next flight. So we’ve never had anybody, you know, lose any luggage or anything. Not they’re really great about that. And then we have our taxi driver junior meet you right there at the airport, pick you guys up. Your golf cart will be at the house. So he’ll drive you up to the house If you guys need, wanna make any stops or anything before you come up, you can certainly ask Junior for that. Mary Alice (27m 53s): And then make it to the house. And usually day one guests arrive between three and five. We have appetizers ready, people start rigging. So our, my biggest recommendation and our favorite package is the, the seven night. Four day do it yourself package. So that’s four days guided, two days off. Nice. And the way that I like to set that up is your first day, you’re not on a paga. So it immediately takes the pressure off. You can enter into vacation mode first, rig up your rods, not in pressure when it’s dark the night before, having to wake up at five 30, be on the boat at seven, all that’s eliminated, day one. And then you can rig up and you can go fish the first day and just get your feet wet a little bit. Mary Alice (28m 37s): Go try and find fish, go cast into the wind and see what your cast looks like. And that’s a whole other aspect, Chris and myself. But more so Chris is just an excellent teacher. We love helping people with their cast. You know, we’ve had a lot of conversations with guests about what flies, what leaders, and we always bring it back to how’s your cast, because none of that matters If you can’t cast. And this is nothing like, I explain it as a completely different sport from trout fishing. It is nothing the same. Nothing. And so a lot of people come down here thinking that they’re experienced anglers and then they just get completely burned right when they’re down here ’cause they can’t haul. Mary Alice (29m 18s): And the importance of that, you know, these fish are not just sitting there like a trout eating. They’re moving. And you have, you have to have precision and accuracy and timing needs to be on point. And a lot of people can get, you know, let down pretty quickly when their skillset isn’t there. So my number one recommendation is practice, practice, practice, go to a park. Practice, practice, practice. Dave (29m 43s): Yeah. That’s it. Practice. And then the, and the weight of the rod. You’re typically, let’s just on the tarpon, what’s your recommended for Tarpon? What Mary Alice (29m 49s): Weight? My personal favorite Rod is a 10 Weight Hardy’s Everest. For everything. For Dave (29m 55s): Everything. So you fish that for For every Mary Alice (29m 57s): Yeah, for everything. That’s my go-to Rod. I love it. I love how it can cast into the wind and the power that it has. It really is depending on what you are comfortable with. And a lot of times too, when we’re fishing for tarp and we’re using a shooting line, so that’s an entirely different cast when you can just shoot line. It really depends. If you’re coming down for the big boys, you need an 11 weight or a 12 weight. But you know, a nine 10 is such a versatile rod, you can use it for so much. Yep. And, and I do, I do like my favorite line is the Rio Flats Pro and I do like the Flats Pro Plus with that little intermediate sink tip, I find it very effective. Dave (30m 41s): Perfect. Okay, so, so I think we’re building this thing out pretty good. So day one, so you get there Friday, let’s just say it’s Friday, you’re at the lodge, three to 5:00 PM you’re potentially fishing that day. But then day one, the next day Saturday could be your solo. You just have the data and if you’re there with the family, you guys are just hanging out, maybe checking stuff out or at the golf cart, getting a feel for the, and doing a little bit of fishing. Yep. Okay. So that’s day one and we’ve got six more days left. And then would you say now the next day you get ready for guided or when, when would you pick those four days? Well, Mary Alice (31m 11s): Typically how we do it yeah. Would be the next two days on a ponga and then the next day would be off. And so what we had been doing in the past was setting up a different type of tour on that off day in the middle of the week where you would go out and snorkel, spearfish, deep sea fish, not fly fishing, just a different experience to try and see what Belize has to offer. But really honestly, the, the feedback that I’ve gotten is everybody ends up getting dropped off on the beach and fly fishes. Dave (31m 40s): Oh, okay. Mary Alice (31m 42s): So I’m kind of considering mixing that. It could be an option if the group wants to do it, but I might trade that out in the package and then the golf cart would then be included in the package. So that’s something that we’re considering, you know, no matter how many times I tell people please get in the water, you have to, you have to see what’s here. And they get back and nobody got in the water. Right. You missed, you missed it. Yeah. Dave (32m 5s): You mean by, by getting in the water, you mean, you mean get out and snorkel or do something like that? Mary Alice (32m 9s): Yeah, get out and snorkel and see what’s under the water. And you know, I’m a, I’m diehard fishermen. We have the in iguana house because we’re such permit junkies. But when I get in the water with a snorkel mask, it rivals how much I love fly fishing. It’s that cool. I mean it’s really amazing and Dave (32m 25s): It seems like as we’re on this family trip thing, you know, that seems like that would even be more beneficial. Right. Because that seems like the I know the, my kids would love it. Mary Alice (32m 34s): Well, and even taking the golf cart up. So Tranquility Bay Resort is just a great central location. They have a restaurant and a bar on Sundays. They do barbecue for a really great price. It’s super fun. Oh good. And you can, they’re, they have great coral pods right around the resort there. So right on, like it’s over the water, the restaurant. And you can just get your snorkel gear, walk down the steps and just go snorkel right there next to the, the place while you can fly fish up and down the beach and like I said, big bone fish, nice permit. And then you can all come back and have some lunch and then keep fishing, maybe hop in the golf cart, drive a little further north. Mary Alice (33m 17s): I will make mention of that. We are in turtle nesting season. Mm. And so driving north past Tranquility Bay Resort, there is a new route where you can’t drive the beach, you have to go back through the jungle and that’ll take you all the way up to Rocky Point. Rocky point is where the reef meets the land and it’s a really cool area. And outside of turtle nesting season, you’d be able to drive the beach all the way up there. But it’s not necessary. You know, sometimes it’s a little daunting. Dave (33m 47s): No, I, for me, I think it’d be cool to explore all, all that the jungle. Mary Alice (33m 51s): I love the jungle drives, but just don’t go venture into the jungle. Dave (33m 54s): Don’t go into the jungle. Why, why what’s into the jungle that you could potentially get in trouble with? Mary Alice (33m 59s): You name it. I mean like snakes, fire ants, scorpions. Tarantulas. Right. Dave (34m 4s): Wow, Mary Alice (34m 4s): That’s so cool. And there’s not poisonous snakes on the island. It’s mainly boa constrictors. But If you see some of these big boas, it’ll scare Dave (34m 12s): You. Oh, it’s a big boa. Is it? How long is a big boa? Oh gosh. Or how big these are like, like they could strangle you right. Sort of thing? Or how does Mary Alice (34m 20s): Absolutely. They could strangle me. We’re talking like 10, 12 feet. Wow. I don’t know, maybe like 10 inches around. Maybe more personally, I’ve been fortunate enough to not see a full grown boa. I’ve had quite a few babies around the property and you Dave (34m 33s): Know, how big is a baby? Mary Alice (34m 34s): Maybe like four or five feet. Dave (34m 36s): Okay. Which is still, that’s a normal, that’s just a normal Yeah. Giant snake for anywhere else. But, Mary Alice (34m 41s): And the scorpions that we have here are, are the black scorpions. So it’ll hurt If you get bit by one, but they’re not, it won’t kill you. Dave (34m 48s): So nothing. Yeah. So, and that is go, but when you’re at the beach, like everything you’re saying where you’re, there’s all those critters aren’t there? There’s really nothing that’s gonna take you down out there? Mary Alice (34m 57s): Not really, no. Like sometimes what we run into in heavy rain season are those animals coming out to get the fresh water and that’s when you see them more. So like, it’s very rare to see a crocodile in open water. But last summer we saw a couple in open water Oh yeah. Because of flooding easements that would attract them into that fresh water and then they’d eventually make it over into the open water. That’s pretty atypical. Okay. And then, you know, I will on on that topic of crocodiles, do not wade in the lagoons, do not wade on the, the leeward side of the island. Unless you go all the way out to Secret Beach, you can drive all the way out to Secret Beach. Mary Alice (35m 40s): Super fun, tons of bars, tables in the water. It’s a really fun environment. Just it’s tough to do it yourself over there. They’ve been doing, unfortunately a lot of dredging over there. There’s just been a lot of development. And so you can get caught in some of this clay where they’ve dredged and it goes right down to your hip. Oh wow. And here’s the other thing just to note about the difference of the fisheries here. So on the windward side, the bottom is very diverse. You have turtle grass, you have coral heads, you have sand bottoms. So the, the backs of the fish are darker. Hmm. So they’re easier to identify. Whereas on the leeward side of the island, it’s all your beautiful sand flats and those fish turn in the ghosts. Mary Alice (36m 24s): That’s why they’re called, you know bonefish are the ghosts of the flats. Yeah. But the bonefish on the reef side are clear as day. Dave (36m 31s): Oh wow. Okay. Yeah. And the leeward side is the, is kind of the western side of Agh key. Mary Alice (36m 39s): Yeah. The lagoon side. So that’ll take you back up into the bay and a lot of people with guides run up to Bacca, Chico Marine Reserve Park up there. And a lot of that stuff is accessible with your golf cart. But again, I just, I don’t recommend doing it yourself so much on the leeward side. Dave (36m 58s): All right. Got it. So, so this trip we’re doing, so we’ve got, you mentioned the Sunday Tranquility Bay doing some stuff there and then the guiding. Do you think it’s typically good to that first week just get your four days guided or is it better to kind of break it up to a guide day here and Mary Alice (37m 12s): Then I think it depends on, you know, if you’re coming with a family you might not want for four days. And what’s unique about us is we can really work with each group to create a package or a week that works for that group. You know, we have our website and everything listed there, but we’re willing to create different packages for people. It’s not just black and white. Dave (37m 34s): Yeah. You could do that. And I’m just thinking as I’m kind of building this out, is that, yeah, I think it’d be cool to break it up. Let’s just say we had two weeks, you know, where you do what you said the first three days and then maybe get a guide and then maybe do a couple days doing some other stuff around there and you just, you know, over those two weeks you break it up. Right. And then, yep. So that would be pretty cool. And then talk about staying at your place. So could you stay at your place potentially for those whole two weeks or do you recommend doing some other stuff? Mary Alice (37m 60s): Well I highly recommend spending a few days on the mainland in the jungle. Okay. Either on the front end of your trip or the back end of your trip. I think I would recommend it more on the front end. The Dave (38m 12s): Front and then by the jungle mainland you mean out of Belize City? Mary Alice (38m 15s): Out of Belize City, there’s several different jungle lodges, Mayan ruins. Oh yeah. There’s cave tubing, there’s zip lining, there’s the zoo. We have the Maya Mountains that are 6,000 feet tall. There’s fresh water systems with waterfalls. I mean it’s endless. There’s so much to do and, and so I think how I would do it would be to come down and start three days at a jungle lodge, which we have recommendations for those places and, and what to do and where to go. And that immediately gets you into vacation mode. Right. And then you come out here and so you’re already in vacation mode and now it’s kind of like the top goal is is fishing. Mary Alice (38m 57s): Right? Yep. And so you’re kind of saving the best for last. Dave (39m 0s): Gotcha. Okay. So that meant now we’re adding on, this is good. So now we could say the Friday, we might still be coming down to your lodge, but maybe Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday we start with the Jungle Lodge sort of thing, right? Mary Alice (39m 11s): Yeah. And so like to, you know, it depends on on cost too. So if you’re wanting to fly over here then fly back, it’s just gonna end up costing more. So like for cost effectiveness, I would recommend flying into Belise City, going to the Jungle Lodge first, then coming over here. And the nice thing about coming over here from the mainland If you do that, is you don’t have to fly out of the international airport. We have a municipal airport in Belize City that’s about $30 cheaper each way. Oh cool. Which is kind of a, a nice option ’cause it’s just faster. Like you can certainly take the ferry but you have to wait for the certain ferry times and then it’s about an hour, hour and a half to get to the island. Mary Alice (39m 53s): It’s about $38 a person to take the ferry. So it’s all depending on what your budget is, there’s lots of different options to get here. Dave (40m 3s): If you’ve been holding off on getting a new fly rod because of the price tag, San Juan Rod works just changed the game. These rods are dialed in with the right action, clean design and built to fish hard without the high price tag. Whether you’re stripping streamers tight lining or dead drift andries, they’ve got a setup that feels right from the first cast. And the best part is you can try any rod reel or fly line for 30 days risk free. And if you’re not 100% satisfied, you can send it back for a full refund. Check ’em out right now. That’s San Juan Rod works.com. S-A-N-J-U-A-N Rod works.com. You support this podcast by checking in with San Juan. Dave (40m 43s): Now not many companies are building their own gear these days, but Intrepid Camp Gear is changing that based in Boulder, Colorado Intrepid designs and manufactures some of the most rugged, technically advanced rooftop tents and aluminum cargo cases on the market. Their gear is built in-house with patented designs that stand up to the elements and the miles. Whether you’re chasing elk deep in the back country hunting for fresh powder or heading out for your next fly fishing trip. And Trepid gives you the confidence to go further. Their rooftop tents keep you warm, dry and off the ground. Their cargo cases bombproof weather tight and ready for just about anything. So stop settling for flimsy mass produced gear, level up with the gear that’s built to last and engineered for real adventure. Dave (41m 28s): Go to web flight swing.com/intrepid right now to get started. That’s I-N-T-R-E-P-I-D Intrepid camp gear. Get started right now. So I think we’ve kind of built out the general, you know, part of the trip we’re looking at in I think two weeks would be amazing on there. And then the fishing. So when you’re out there, let’s go back to the tarpon. So if Tarpon is something, you know, you’re in there in the summertime, that’s something where you need, you need a boat or are there any ways you can get out for Tarpon without a boat? Mary Alice (41m 59s): You need a boat. Dave (41m 60s): Yeah, you need a boat. So that’d be one of your days, one of your guide days potentially you can go out and have that. Yeah. Focus on Tarpon. There’s Mary Alice (42m 6s): Opportunities on some docks in town at nighttime, but there’s so many obstructions that I just don’t think that it would be a smart idea. Yeah. If you hooked into a tarpon. I mean it’s just dock after dock with huge boats on these docks and stuff and so it’s, it’s a cool thing to see for sure. There’s definitely places I can recommend at night to go have dinner and you’re gonna see a bunch of rolling tarpon off the end of the dock. Oh nice. It’s really cool. Yeah, that’s fun. There’s actually also a tarp in Marine Preserve over on Cocker where you can hand feed Tarpon off the boat. Hmm. And they jump up and eat the fish outta your hand. It’s pretty cool. Oh my gosh. Dave (42m 44s): Cool. Mary Alice (42m 45s): Yeah, no fishing allowed over there, Dave (42m 46s): Right? No fishing. Yeah. So you got the, so the tarp in there and I think it might be cool Yeah if, if again going out there, maybe starting with the bonefish right? And that’s something you could do on that first day just cruising around your, your own, what’s your tip there? So you’re out there on the golf cart on your own solo. How do you, you know, spotting fish, getting a chance to get a a bone fish? What’s your tip there? Mary Alice (43m 5s): Well my first place to start going for bonefish is the stretch in front of the house. This whole flat in front of the house is actually called Bonefish Flats. It’s amazing how shallow it is. It really surprises a lot of people in front of the house. You, you can pretty much walk out to the reef. I don’t recommend doing that because this is a thoroughfare for boats going through. So you kind of have to be careful with that, with how far out you go. You need to have a buoy or some sort of I identifier so boats can see you. And that goes for snorkeling too in front of the house. There’s definitely great snorkeling in front of the house, but you need to take a kayak and we have these like blow up bright buoys that you put on your back and let people know where you are. Mary Alice (43m 48s): But the bone fishing and, and, and again all of this is weather dependent. Yeah. We’re talking good conditions, clear water, you can see, right. You go out front in the house, you’re gonna find bone fish for about a half mile stretch down the beach. And that’s what I recommend starting with because that also allows Chris and I to get out there with you, practice cast practice, finding fish, that kind of stuff. And then typically that first day, that’s what happens in the morning. Everybody fishes around the house in the morning. We do lunch that day here at the house typically. And I let guest aside, we’re very flexible, but then everybody comes in, has lunch and then typically after that people hop in the golf carts. Mary Alice (44m 30s): I, we drop pins on point person’s phone who’s willing to have service on you? Can you have service all the way up to Rocky Point? And so then yeah kind of hit those, those places of where we drop pins and, and what happens a lot and what I see a lot with fishermen that come down to do it yourself is you get up north and you see this water and it’s just magic. It’s every color blue you could imagine. And you just, you can’t even believe your eyes and you just wanna walk out into it. And the best way to do it is to not get into the water until you see fish. And so what we’re looking for is along the shore, the fish itself bonefish, sometimes blitzing jacks, sometimes tarpon are rolling through there. Mary Alice (45m 16s): They’re very hard to catch on the move as singles up there. And then you get to start to see pushing water for permit potentially tails. And that’s where you’re starting to identify how you should approach the water. ’cause you have an elevated view from the beach. You know, the beach kind of comes up so you can really see what’s going on out there. And and the biggest presentation for permit is gonna be tails are pushing water. That v Dave (45m 41s): Right. So that’s what you’re looking for. So once you see that, you know you’re kind of in the right area, Mary Alice (45m 46s): Then I’m getting into the water. Yeah. Then, then typically how Chris and I do it, one person stays on an elevated position, typically on the back of the golf cart and they’re directing the angler towards the fish so that that looker never takes their eyes off the fish. There was a time we were up there once, Dave, it was really awesome. We were with the writer Scott Sadel. He does a lot of fly tying books and stuff like that. Writes for Gray’s Sporting Journal. He came down and we were up north and, and we had seen bonefish right off the shore from the golf cart. He gets into the water with Chris is fishing for the bonefish. I’m standing up in the back of the cart. I see two permit coming in all in the same place. Mary Alice (46m 28s): He hasn’t moved at all. So then he gets like 20 shots of permit. They’re not spooked at all ’cause there’s no panga. Oh right. You’re standing still in the water. They’re not spooky. They’ll come swim right up to you. Dave (46m 38s): Oh, no kidding. It’s Mary Alice (46m 39s): Really interesting. When there’s no boat in play, they don’t spook. Wow. They’ll just keep coming back around. So they got to change flies like five times. And while this is happening, here comes a 50 pound tarpon down the shore. Oh man. All in one place. Wow. And so it’s pretty incredible once you start to see life. And that’s, that’s been our experience. Even if it’s not a, a fish that you’re targeting, If you start to see stingrays or other things, that’s a great sign of life. Stop there and start looking. Right. Dave (47m 8s): That’s it. Yeah. You want, you want the activity that shows you you’re in the place. ’cause it’s not just the bonefish, there’s other things going on there. Mary Alice (47m 14s): Yeah. And there is a spiritual aspect of it. You know, there’s, I can’t tell you how many times that I’ve been out there waiting the flats and I feel it like you walk into a wall and you’re like, whoa, this just feels like the place. That’s cool. And you stop and I’m telling you like nine times out of 10 here comes a school permit 20 minutes later. So listening to your instincts as a fisherman. Yep, Dave (47m 38s): That’s right. This is, like you said, it’s different than trout fishing, but, but similar in some ways as far as that, the instinctual stuff kind of knowing or, or what’s your take on that? You’ve, it sounds like you do a lot more kind of saltwater fishing now, but you know, when you compare it to the trout, Mary Alice (47m 52s): I mean I could go up to any trout stream and identify where trout are gonna be. I can’t walk up to the ocean and identify where fish are gonna be. Dave (47m 59s): Oh yeah. You can’t. Right. Mary Alice (48m 1s): It’s more of a feeling. Yeah. Dave (48m 2s): It is different. Okay. So the guide, so you would get these four days. Talk about that when you’re out on the ponga, who are the guides and how does all that work? Mary Alice (48m 12s): Sure. So we work with actually a group of brothers. We love ’em. They’re wonderful guides. And you know what I, what I really recommend a guest is let your guide do their job. A lot of people come down here with expectations and an agenda. And in my opinion, If you’re coming down here with expectations, you’ve already failed. You really have to be open-minded. You have to trust your guide. I think, you know, some days are tough. It’s, it’s the ocean, you know, you can’t really tell fish to show up. And so I’ve had a lot of experiences of, you know, people having a day of catching nothing and that’s just how it goes. And then they wanna blame the guide. Oh geez. Mary Alice (48m 51s): Yeah. And that, and that’s just, that’s a really tough conversation to have because these guides wanna catch fish just as much, if not more than you do. Yeah. And so that’s again what makes this sport so much more difficult than any other fishing. Dave (49m 7s): It is. So this is like super, the mo, one of the most difficult types of fishing you can do, Mary Alice (49m 11s): Especially for the permit. And we actually have a BA, we have a bumper sticker that we had made and we have it in the house and it just says, no wimps, Dave (49m 19s): No wi, no way Mary Alice (49m 20s): For that. And that’s really what it takes. Like you really have to harden yourself and just, of course you’re gonna remember the fish that you lost more than the fish that you’ve caught. I do. I could sit here and explain like moment by moment beautiful fish that I’ve lost. But that just makes you a better angler. You identify what you did wrong, how you could do it better next time. But nothing is guaranteed here. Nothing Dave (49m 43s): So cool. No, I love that. No wimps is perfect because, you know, we’ve heard some of those permit stories, we’ve had lots of people on that have talked about, you know, it’s this, it’s one of those cult like following things, right? People just will spend their all their money all their time trying to get that permit. And then you hear these stories about people that aren’t getting ’em right. Even some of the best. Right. Some of the best people out there that have time and money to do it. You know, it’s still a challenge, but, but there is an o opportunity. That’s a cool thing where you’re at getting a permit. You could get one like literally on your first trip. It’s possible. Mary Alice (50m 13s): We have had so many first time salt saltwater anglers catch permit. It’s amazing. And that’s a cool thing about this fishery is that there are opportunities for smaller permit. So like say five pound permit schools to get your feet wet because a lot of the bigger permit here, the bigger resident permit, they aren’t in big schools. Like say Ascension Bay, I fished in Ascension Bay and have come across schools of 5,000 permit. That’s not really how it goes here. And so when you really do find the bigger permit, they’re singles or doubles and that’s where you really have to have your skillset. And even If you do, there’s still permit. Mary Alice (50m 53s): And that’s why we love them. Everything can go right. Yep. And those black hearted fish can just turn away at the last minute and it’ll crush you. Yeah. Dave (51m 3s): And then, but you still have also bonefish, which is nice and like you said, right. Yeah. Which is are known to be a little bit easier to catch, I guess. And then, yeah, then Tarpon, well this is cool. Well, let’s kind of start to take it outta here today. We’ve got a couple, I’ve got a few more questions for you here, but this is gonna be our wet fly swing Pro. Shout out. We’ve, we’ve launched a new kind of membership platform, which has been really cool for some of our members in there. And it’s just a way to basically connect everybody in there who’s kind of a paid member to more of these great trips. So I’m gonna give a shout out to one of our members, Mike, Mike Willis, who’s in there. He is. We’ve been chatting about, he’s gonna be on a trip coming up with us. And you know, we’re talking about kind of what’s next. Dave (51m 43s): And so first wanna give a big shout out to Mike and Wily Swing Pro. But on that line, so when you’re, again talking to somebody, let’s just start there. What is your, what’s your first question? If somebody picks up the phone and they’re like, oh man, I’ve heard about your place. This sounds great. What, what do you ask them? What’s the first thing? Mary Alice (52m 0s): What are you looking for for your trip? Dave (52m 2s): There you go. And then the question could be, well I just want to catch, I haven’t been saltwater fishing. I’d love to catch something. Mary Alice (52m 9s): Great. We can certainly help you with that. This is what I would recommend doing. You know, I think you really have to gauge how diehard of a fisherman they are. First. You know, there’s plenty of people that wanna come and be on a panga. That was Chris and I, we would, we would come down for two weeks and we would fish 12 days on a panga only for permit. And 11 of those days we would catch nothing. And on the 12th day we’d catch a permit. There Dave (52m 34s): You go. So you were the diehard, you, you were and yeah. You guys are obviously the diehards. You were going for it. Mary Alice (52m 39s): Yep. And that’s, I mean, it was happening two, three times a year and we’re like, oh my gosh, we’re spending all this money just to catch permit. And you know, the time that we bought the Iana house was just the perfect time and it worked out great. And then the pandemic hit and you know, when we first got the place, the intention was not for it to be a watch. Oh it was, it, it was really to be an Airbnb for fishermen to come down. Right. And kind of do it themselves. ’cause that’s what we did when we first came down here. Here. Yeah. We got a cheap Airbnb, not even on the water. We didn’t even care and got our own food and did our own thing and fished. And what we came to find was not many people wanted that. They wanted the whole package put together. Mary Alice (53m 21s): And, and honestly, we’re about 4.2 miles north from town, so it’s quite laborious to have to worry about getting food. So to have a package where food’s included lunch or breakfast, lunch apps, dinner, dessert, two drinks a day, it makes it easier. And also the more the people are here at the house, the more they don’t wanna leave the house. Yeah. They go to town and they’re like, I’d rather just be back at the house. It’s really quiet and tranquil. We’re off the main road. Dave (53m 48s): I could see that. Yeah. So that’s it. So you have the house and you’re, you’re doing all the, the food, right? For the majority. You’re doing the bulk of that, Mary Alice (53m 55s): Correct? Yeah. Glenda and myself are your cooks for the week. Yeah. Dave (54m 1s): Wow. And, and so what does, what does that look like? Is that a challenge? Is that something that you really enjoy? What, what are the meals? You know, because I know some people, like for me, If it was me, I would be, it would be painful for me to try to cook a bunch of meals for people. Right. But how’s it for you? Mary Alice (54m 16s): Yeah, it’s totally, well, I love cooking. It can get, you know, a little crazy. But that’s just the job. And it’s doing something that I love. And I love to cook people good food. And I love to do something that’s different. You’re not gonna get a peanut butter and jelly sandwich. You’re gonna get something different, you know, as not many sandwiches every day. And you know, Glenda is Belizean and makes just the most amazing belizean authentic cuisine. And I’ll tell you, we have had several guests say that the highlight of their trip was the food. Dave (54m 47s): Oh, there you go. Mary Alice (54m 48s): So we, we use all local ingredients and make everything fresh. And you’re gonna get better food here than going out. Yeah. You will. I promise you that. You will. Dave (54m 58s): Okay. Now that’s another huge bonus. So, so we’ve got the food covered, we’ve kind of got our, our dates and of course we’re focusing on this. And you know, there’s lots of different times of the year. Mary Alice (55m 8s): The timing is, is tough because a lot of people wanna come down in the winter. I don’t, I’m not trying to tell you to not come in the winter, but be prepared for some higher winds, you know? And so as a new saltwater angler, that’s quite intimidating for everybody. And they’re like, is this the wind that we’re gonna have all week? And I’m like, yep. Luckily our guides are very experienced in getting you placed with the wind at your back and even if you’re doing it yourself. So the winds are generally coming from the east. If you’re on the reef side fishing and the wind’s coming right at you and you start to identify fish again, it’s all very shallow. You can wade out far enough to then cast back towards the shore and have the wind at your back. Mary Alice (55m 54s): And then, then again, that also depends on sun. So if that’s the way you wanna do it, you wanna get out there, you know, between 10 and one before the sun is at your back. And then, then you’ll have glare. Gotcha. Dave (56m 5s): Okay. Yeah, there’s all that. And that’s all stuff that we can figure out as we’re, that’s Mary Alice (56m 8s): All stuff we talk about. Yeah. Yeah, for sure. Dave (56m 11s): What is your, If you were going back, you know, look at the first time you were there in Belize, what would be your advice now, knowing what, you know, what, what would you be telling yourself back then when you first got there? Mary Alice (56m 21s): That’s a tough question. Yeah. Dave (56m 23s): ’cause you were, did you go with Chris when you got there the first time? Yeah. Did, yeah. You guys, that was your, and you were, you were brand new, like your first saltwater trip and Chris had some experience at that time. Mary Alice (56m 32s): No, it, I, I had fished for many years up in Ascension Bay, which is way harder. The guides are way more intense. Oh, Dave (56m 39s): Okay. So you already had experience with saltwater before this, correct. Mary Alice (56m 43s): Yeah. So coming down here, the guides are more laid back. You’re still gonna get some of the guides that you know, have ego. Right. And that’s just the game. And you’re gonna get that anywhere. I guess the first trip, what we didn’t really realize when we were trying to do it ourselves is the road north. It gets a little confusing. Like you feel like you’re in the wrong place and you shouldn’t be there. And we turned around and we shouldn’t have turned around. And I wish that I would’ve known that you keep going. ’cause that’s really where it’s just that endless access, minimal development. Oh, it’s where it’s like wilderness. Dave (57m 21s): Oh this is, and then where is it? This is up towards like Mary Alice (57m 24s): Tranquility Bay. Dave (57m 25s): Tranquility Bay, okay. Mary Alice (57m 26s): Yeah. But other than that, I mean like, I can’t express how easy it is to get here. Everybody speaks English, everybody accepts us money. The direct flight game, I mean there’s direct flights out of Charlotte, Georgia, Atlanta, Miami, Houston, Dallas, Denver, sometimes Minneapolis, LA JFK. So like that covers so many places in the country for a direct flight to get here. And then it’s a 14 minute flight to the island and you’re here. That’s crazy. And I, a lot of people don’t wanna spend the money on the flight. They’re like, oh, I would rather do the ferry, take the flight. It is the most beauti you get to fly over the flats that you’re gonna fish. Oh nice. Mary Alice (58m 5s): It’s incredible. It’s beautiful. Dave (58m 8s): Right, right, right. Now this is all, this is all coming together. I think it sounds like, again, like a lot of these things you would, I would love to have a month there. You know, if, if we can make it work to, Mary Alice (58m 17s): That’s, I mean that’s honestly the longer the better because that’s what saltwater fishing is. Dave (58m 21s): Yeah, it is. You gotta put your time in. Yeah. This is good. Okay. So yeah, anything else we wanna, before we head outta here, leave people with on kind of, you know, the trip, we talked about one, you know, kind of period. But anything else we’re, we’ve been missing today? Mary Alice (58m 34s): I mean, I think it’s just important to note that If you come down here, you’re gonna be with two people, Chris and I that have experienced everything you’re gonna experience. So all of your frustrations or high points, everything’s validated. I just had a guy down here, oh my gosh. He had this excellent shot at a huge permit and that morning at breakfast, ’cause I knew they were going out early to, to go for Tarpon. So I was talking to him about the tarpon set while he was eating breakfast. And then he goes out for the day and there’s this big permit on the, the left side of the boat coming in and he hooks it and then he stripped it like a tarpon. Oh. And I like my, I felt exactly what he felt, God, because it’s happened to me. Mary Alice (59m 18s): I’ve done the same thing and Chris and I have made all the mistakes that you’re going to make. We’ve had the issues with guides, we’ve had guides be tough to us on the boat, all those things. And so I think creating an environment where guests can come back and really feel supported and heard. And even when ge, I mean we’ve had guides step completely out of line and those guides are no longer with us. And, and we hold a line of respect, period. We are here to treat each other with respect no matter what. And If you can’t do that, then you’re not gonna be part of our team. Love that. And I think that that can be hard to find in places. We had a tough experience in Mexico with guides and the owner sided with the guides and then nobody talked to us after that. Mary Alice (1h 0m 2s): Geez. And it felt horrible. It broke our hearts. Like it really was one of the most heartbreaking experiences. That’s a bummer. So to be able to have a place that is safe and everybody says, man, this just feels like home. And that’s our goal. We want you to feel safe and comfortable here. Even if you’re frustrated and you had a hard day, let’s talk about it because I know how you feel. Dave (1h 0m 22s): Yeah. God, that’s so good. I love that. You mentioned a couple times on, on the set. So what is the difference between the tarpon set and the, the permit or the bonefish set? Yeah. Mary Alice (1h 0m 32s): Delicacy and violence. Dave (1h 0m 34s): Yeah. Roy, I saw when a, when you got a permit, If you talk, that’s just a total difference. Mary Alice (1h 0m 39s): It’s a really soft, so you, you feel something on the fly and it’s a soft pull back and lift up your rod very slowly. Dave (1h 0m 47s): So a soft pullback, a soft strip back, Mary Alice (1h 0m 49s): Really soft. And you know, personally, I’m one to never really lift my rod all the way. A lot of times when I’m fighting, fighting fish, my rod tips in the water at the opposite way that that fish is swimming. Because in my experience, you can land that fish faster. They’re not gonna run as far guys will tell you differently. They’ll say lift your rod all the way up. You know, I am a little bit more aggressive in my fighting of a fish. The tough thing with permit, and I see this happen often and this goes against like everything that we know about catching fish. If you hook into a big permit, drop your line, just drop it. Don’t have any tension on that line. Mary Alice (1h 1m 29s): Drop it, let that fish run. Huh. Until your line gets tight. Because If you add any additional tension, that fly’s gonna pop out of the mouth. Oh Dave (1h 1m 37s): Wow. Mary Alice (1h 1m 38s): And it’s a really weird thing to learn and do. Dave (1h 1m 41s): So If you feel, If you feel the permit, it, it hits, it’s a big permit. You do the soft strip set to make sure it’s on and then let it loose. Mary Alice (1h 1m 49s): Yep. Let it run. Dave (1h 1m 50s): Gotcha. Wow. Mary Alice (1h 1m 51s): Yep. Unless it’s running right at you. Dave (1h 1m 53s): Right. Yeah. Yeah. Gosh, this is exciting. Mary Alice (1h 1m 57s): Yeah. That’s a goes against all instincts. Dave (1h 1m 60s): What are the chances, and I, I know this is fishing, but you, we plan a trip in this summertime. What are the chances that, you know, let’s just say the conditions are pretty decent, that you can get all three species on on one trip? Mary Alice (1h 2m 12s): It’s rare. Dave (1h 2m 13s): Yeah. That’s the, that’s the grand slam, right? Mary Alice (1h 2m 16s): The grand slam would be in a day. Yeah. Dave (1h 2m 18s): Oh, it’s a day. Well let’s, let’s, yeah, not a day. I just say a trip. Mary Alice (1h 2m 21s): A trip slam. Let’s say a trip slam. Yeah. It’s definitely doable. I think especially in the summer months. Summer meaning July, August, September, sometimes October. But October is when the waters are the hottest and when we’re seeing the most storms. So it’s just kind of a hit or a miss, you know? Yeah, gotcha. Even just all of June. June is typically the sargassum’s gone, the water’s clear. That is none of us. June has been at all. Dave (1h 2m 49s): And what is the, the sargassum that’s a plant. What is, what is Sargassum? Mary Alice (1h 2m 53s): The sargassum seaweed. It’s that floating seaweed. So it has these kind of like floating beads on it that it can survive just independently on top of the water. Oh wow. And what’s caused it to kind of go into hyper bloom more recently, let’s say in the past decade has been runoff from typically Brazil and the United States. Oh. From fertilizers and things like that. And it’s only gonna get worse. And that’s what we’re seeing got. And so unfortunately Belize is still a third world country. They really struggle with infrastructure. They have plans to mitigate sargassum. Mary Alice (1h 3m 33s): Those plans don’t come to fruition. And so when it is sargassum season, that’s when it is really nice to get out on a ponga. ’cause you avoid it completely. You go on the leeward side of the island and there is no sargassum. Oh, Dave (1h 3m 47s): Okay. And Sargassum, is that typically in the springtime? Mary Alice (1h 3m 49s): It starts really February through June. Gotcha. Dave (1h 3m 53s): And that’s the time we, right now as we’re talking, it’s kind of June, right? We’re almost come up to July. Mary Alice (1h 3m 58s): Yeah. It’s not, we don’t have any fresh sargassum right now, but because it was such a heavy season, the piles of it up on the beach are, are pretty tremendous. Yeah. Dave (1h 4m 8s): God, this is great. Well, I feel like, again, these conversations are hard to leave because I, I wanna, and I haven’t been there yet, you know, in all transparency, this is gonna the Mary Alice (1h 4m 17s): I hope one day. Dave (1h 4m 17s): I know. Yeah. I hope, I hope one day soon I can get down there. ’cause I think this would be really cool. Yeah. But, but I think we can leave it there, Mary Alice, and we can send everybody out to iguana house belize.com or they can find you on Instagram as well. And yeah, I think this is really exciting. I, I think what you have going is unique and, and I’m excited to follow you and, and hopefully, like we said, get down there soon. Thanks for all your time today. Mary Alice (1h 4m 39s): Thanks Dave. It was great chatting with you. Dave (1h 4m 43s): All right, there you go. If you want to connect with Mary House, go to iguana house belize.com right now and you can follow along on their adventures. The Fishing and everything going on at Amber Geese key. If you’re interested in a trip, let me know. I’d love to connect with you and see if we can put something together out there by get enough people with interest in this trip. Then we definitely will be putting something together here. We just launched our Belize giveaway. If you haven’t yet, you go to wetly swing.com/giveaway. Check in right now, get that rolling and you will get updated soon on whether you win this trip to Belize. If you haven’t yet and you’re near the show, please click that subscribe button. This is the best way to get your next episode delivered to the inbox. Dave (1h 5m 25s): And I wanna thank you today. Hope you’re having a great night. Hope you’re having a great morning or great afternoon wherever you are in the world and I look forward to talking to you on that next episode. We’ll see you then. Outro (1h 5m 37s): Thanks for listening to the Wet Fly, swing Fly fishing show. For notes and links from this episode, visit wet fly swing.com.

fly fish belize

Conclusion with Mary Alice Hoppe on Fly Fish Belize on Your Terms

Whether you’re planning your first flats trip or looking for a new way to explore Belize, Mary Alice offers a laid-back but dialed-in approach to DIY flats fishing. From windy-day casting tips to spotting tarpon from your front porch, this episode brings the Ambergris Caye experience to life. To learn more or book your trip, check out iguanahousebelize.com.

     

796 | Fly Fishing the San Juan River with Drew Bone – New Mexico, Fly Fishing Championship

Would you rather compete at the World Fly Fishing Championships or spend a season guiding on the San Juan River?

Today’s guest made that leap from Team USA gold medalist to full-time San Juan River guide. He’s dialing in tiny size 26 midges, handling 40-fish days, and teaching anglers how to hook 20-inch browns on a 6X tippet.

By the end of this episode, you’ll learn how to fish the San Juan’s tailouts, why ant falls spark some of the river’s best dry fly action, and what it really takes to catch fish year-round on one of America’s most technical tailwaters.

Hit play to start listening! 👇🏻🎧

apple podcasts

Find the show:  Follow the Show | Overcast | Spotify

Subscribe on Apple Podcasts

Subscribe on Android

Subscribe via RSS

(The full episode transcript is at the bottom of this blogpost) 👇🏻

Sponsors and Podcast Updates

 

Show Notes with Drew Bone on Fly Fishing the San Juan River

Drew Bone of Bone Fly Fishing is here and he’s breaking down the river he knows best. Hear why presentation always beats pattern, how a confidence fly can change everything, and what winning gold in Bosnia taught him about fishing the slow, deep waters of the San Juan.

This guy fished under the greatest pressure at the World Championships and now brings that same precision to every trip in northwest New Mexico. I’m gearing up to fish the San Juan River next year, so I’m really excited about this one! Let’s go!

About Drew Bone

Drew started fly fishing super young, thanks to camping trips with his parents in New Mexico and Colorado. Some of his first clear memories are of stocked ponds where his dad would cast for him, and he’d feel the trout take.

By the time he was a teen, he found out about the US Youth Fly Fishing Team and knew that’s where he wanted to be. After grinding through tons of practice and competitions, he earned his spot on the world championship team in 2021. Drew fished in Italy in 2022 and then Bosnia in 2023, where he won individual gold and helped secure team gold. Josh Miller was the coach at that world championship and was even standing next to Drew when he caught the winning fish.

Want to hear more from Josh? Check out our episode with him:
Traveled #27 | Josh Miller – Euro Nymphing Tips and Tactics, Team USA Fly Fishing, Visit Idaho

The San Juan River

The San Juan River is famous for lots of fish, and lots of big fish. Drew says he’s traveled all over the world and fished countless rivers across the US, but he’s never seen another river that has this many big trout. It’s common to catch fish that are 18 to 20 inches.

The San Juan is really technical, with lots of slow water and tiny bugs. Drew says they mostly use indicator nymphing because the Euro Nymph style doesn’t always work here. Flies are super small — usually size 22 or smaller, sometimes even 28. There’s also a lot of pressure on the river from guides and private anglers, and you have to match that to catch fish.

Drew’s Setup for Tiny Flies on the San Juan

Drew’s setup is designed to handle those tiny flies and tricky fishing conditions on the San Juan. Here’s how he rigs up for size 22 and smaller flies:

  • Drew likes to use a really thin, long leader (usually 10 to 12 feet) with the thickest part around 10-lb test, tapering down to 4X tippet.
    • His leader formula starts with three feet of 10-lb Maxima, then three feet of 8-lb Maxima, and ends with three feet of 4X tippet.
    • To avoid tangles, the leader ends with a micro swivel, and the split shot sits just above that.

For rods…

  • Drew sticks with 10ft 3wt or 10ft 4wt rods. The distance from split shot to indicator can vary from 3 to 7 feet to give enough length and gentle pressure on the fish.
  • He sometimes goes up to 11 feet for bigger flies like leeches or when heavier casting is needed.

When it comes to setting up the indicator…

  • The distance from split shot to indicator can vary from 3 to 7 feet.
  • Sometimes, to fish right under the surface for emerging midges and baetis, Drew uses a tiny piece of lead just a few inches below a small indicator to keep flies in the top few inches of water.

Drew prefers tying his flies eye to eye instead of using dropper tags because with tiny, unweighted flies, droppers tend to tangle more. Since the hooks are so small, tying off the bend can close the hook gap.

He uses the Davy knot, which is small and refined and way less bulky than a clinch knot, so it doesn’t overpower tiny flies like a size 28.

Best Time to Fish the San Juan River

Drew says there’s never a bad time to fish the San Juan. The bugs and flies you use just change with the seasons. During much of the year, tiny midges and baetis, size 22 and smaller, are key.

But in the winter months, those small flies won’t work as well. Red larvae, egg patterns, and leeches become the top choices because the water tends to be a bit murkier, so bigger, brighter flies with heavier tippets work best. Water clarity can also affect fly choice and tippet weight.

Summer Flies and Hopper Fishing on the San Juan River

Summer on the San Juan River means smaller flies and lighter tippets as the water clears and pressure builds. Hopper fishing also becomes a solid option, especially in shallow water where fish are more likely to rise for big dry flies.

The first four miles below the dam have strict catch-and-release rules and lots of big fish, and the lower river is a nine-mile float through private water where fish are more traditional and less pressured. You can expect more big fish and higher numbers in the quality waters, while the lower river offers a good mix but fewer 20-inch-plus fish.

Tips for Fishing New Waters

Fishing in new waters can be tricky and overwhelming. Drew breaks down how he gets ready, whether it’s the San Juan or a river he’s never seen before, by mixing local guidance, research, and plenty of practice to build confidence and a smart game plan.

  1. Hire a local guide.
  2. Do your homework. Research online!
  3. Schedule a practice trip if possible.
  4. Collaborate with your team.
  5. Study competition venues.

Competition Tips for Anglers

  1. Fish as much and on as many different waters as you can.
  2. Tackle the tough spots to build your skills.
  3. Master all fishing styles: nymphing, dry fly, streamer, and lake fishing.
  4. Show up with an open mind every day.
  5. Build versatility to handle any water and situation.

Follow Drew on Instagram: @boneflyfishing

Visit his website: Bone Fly Fishing

 

Related Podcast Episodes

Full Podcast Transcript

Episode Transcript
Dave (2s): Today’s guest made the leap from a team USA gold medal to full-time as a San Juan River guy, dialing in size 26 Midges, navigating 40 fish days, and teaching anglers how to hook into 20 inch browns on six x Tippet. By the end of this episode, you’ll learn how to fish the sand wands, glassy tail outs, why ant falls trigger some of the river’s best dry fly action and what it really takes to catch fish all year long on one of America’s most technical tailwaters. This is the Wet Fly Swing podcast where I show you the best places to travel to for fly fishing, how to find the best resources and tools to prepare for that big trip And what you can do to give back to the fish species. We all love Drew bone of bone, fly fishing breaks down the river. Dave (45s): He knows best why presentation always beats pattern, how a confidence fly can change everything. And what winning gold and Bosnia taught him about fishing the slow deep waters of the San Juan. He’s fished under the greatest pressure in the world championships and now brings that same precision to every trip in northwest New Mexico. Here he is. You can find him@boneflyfishing.com. How are you doing, drew? Drew (1m 11s): Doing great. Thanks for having me on. Yeah, thanks Dave (1m 14s): For coming on here and we’re looking forward to this episode. We have, You know, the San Juan is, You know, a famous river. It’s a river that I’m hoping to get to in the next year. That’s one of my big goals. So I’m hoping that today we can talk a little about that as along with team USA. You have some serious experience. I, I think you were a part of some of the big teams there that had some championships. So we’re gonna dig into that and maybe talk about, You know, how to prepare for a new stream. But before we get into all that, take us back to fly fishing. Always love to start kind of from the beginning. I’ve heard that you got started young. What, how’d you first get into it? Drew (1m 47s): Yeah, so, You know, both my parents, they always did it to an extent. It was kind of something that they’d do a few times a year in the summer and we’d go camping and, you know, being in New Mexico, we’d go camping a lot in northern New Mexico and Southern Colorado. So there’s, there’s always somewhere to go, go fishing for trout. And so the first time I ever, ever fly fished for trout was when I was two years old. And, and so can’t even remember the first time I did it. So I had a, I had a really, really early start and then as I got older, I just had a lot more interest in it and became a lot more passionate about it. And eventually that led me to my competitive career. Dave (2m 24s): Yeah. And, and the competitive career led to it eventually a world championship, right? Drew (2m 30s): It did. I did. I did. I fished in, in two world championships. I fished in my first world championship in Italy in 2022 and I fished my second world championship in Bosnia in 2023. And that’s the, that’s the one that I took individual golden and we, we were all able to secure the team gold medal. Dave (2m 50s): Right. Awesome. Well, I think we’re going to definitely touch base on that today and all the details there, but take us back, You know, maybe so two years old. So eventually you, I guess maybe the next question would be, what is your first memory, you know, of fly fishing after that? Drew (3m 5s): Yeah, I think there’s a few like stocked kids ponds kind of in Northern New Mexico that I remember remember going to. And there’s a few vivid memories of of, you know, when my dad would cast the fly rod out for me into the pond and I’d feel a stock trout, You know, taking all the line out and I don’t know, those are kind of some of the early memories that just kind of hooked me on it and really started that passion for me. ’cause I can’t, can’t remember the very, very first few times I did it. But I do remember as I got a little bit older, some of those really early memories that kind of, kind of started that passion for me that led me down this path. Yeah. Dave (3m 42s): What, what were, how did you, how did the team USA, you know, when did that idea begin? Drew (3m 49s): I’ve always been a super competitive person and, and so I kind of found out about it ’cause I was like, I wonder if there’s a way that I can fly fish competitively. And through some research I found that there was a, a US Youth fly fishing team, and I think I was about 13 when I found out about that. And as soon as I found out about it, I knew, I was like, all right, this is something I wanna do and this is something I wanna pursue. And I eventually wanna fish on a world championship team. And, and so I, I got involved with some of the team events pretty pretty early on, and then COVID kind of put a stop in that for a little bit. And then right when everything kind of got fired back up with the team, I, I was able to, to make, become a member of the team after fishing my, my first world or my first national championship. Drew (4m 34s): And then got to spend a lot of time fishing, various competitions on the East coast. That kind of led to me also becoming a team member. And then, and then was really, really excited to be part of that first world championship team. ’cause there’s about 15 kids on the team and they only sent six members from each team to represent the world championship each year. And so I was actually able to become a team member and a world championship team member at my, my first world or at my first national championship, which was held in, held out of North Carolina. Dave (5m 7s): Okay. And and what year was that? Drew (5m 10s): That was, I think the World champ or the, that national championship is in 2021 and then we fished that first world championship in the following summer. And that’s the one that was in Italy. Dave (5m 21s): Oh, in Italy. Okay. And does it feel like when you look back at that, that there was a lot of, You know, in the right place at the right time sort of thing? Or I’m sure you worked your butt off, but what did all that look like? Were, you know, you look back. Yeah, yeah. Drew (5m 33s): You know, I think, I think there’s certain times when I got to be in the right place at the right time and got to fish in front of the right people at the right time. That, You know, I was able to kind of showcase my abilities too. But there was also a lot of, a lot of extensive work that went into being able to put myself in those positions and be able to perform at the level I needed to. And, You know, those years leading up and then even during the, the peak of my competitive career, I was probably fishing 250 days a year. So there’s a lot of, a lot of work that went into making that all happen and making that a reality. Dave (6m 10s): And so 2023, the gold, and I’m guessing you were around 18 by then in ready, or 17, 18. So you had to head out, you’re finished with the youth. Drew (6m 19s): Yeah, you can fish on the youth team until you’re, you’re 19 and or as long as you’re 19 in the same year that that world championship took place. So when I won, I had already turned 20, but because I was 19 at some point in that year, I was, I was still eligible for that, that last one that year. Dave (6m 36s): Oh, gotcha. Okay. Yep. So you win that and then, and then next steps, I mean, are you still, did you think about the next level of team USA or is are, did you just think like, man, I just want to get rolling on the guiding? Drew (6m 48s): Yeah, You know, there’s definitely some time I spent considering pursuing the men’s team, but, You know, I really, really enjoyed my years on the, on the youth team. And as I got towards the, the tail end of that, of my competitive career, I had already started my, my guiding career on the San Juan. And then as that just became busier, that kind of became, became the main focus point for me. And so, You know, maybe later on the road I’ll, I’ll start getting back into the competitive scene, but for now I’m kind of, kind of focusing all my, all my time and effort on my, my business and my guiding career on the San Juan right now. Dave (7m 28s): Nice. That’s awesome. And so you’ve got the San Juan and do You know, You know, I guess the kids that are, you know, in there now, the youth that are in there now, it’s, You know, it’s 25, right? So they’re, you probably know some of the kids or is there some A lot of turnaround. I Drew (7m 43s): Know some of ’em, some of ’em are new that I never really was, was involved with, but because some of the kids that I, I fished those last world Championships with were a few years younger than me, they’re still eligible to fish the World Championship last year and this year. And so I would say there’s probably about half of that world championship team that, that I still keep in touch with and that I’m still pretty close with and have also had experience fishing with. So it’s, it’s a little bit of a mix now, a few years later, You know. Dave (8m 13s): Yeah. Well, knowing what you know, and the cool thing is this year it’s in eastern Idaho, right? In the Henry’s Fork. It is on our home water. Do you think they have a cha a from what, you know, a chance to take the gold maybe? Drew (8m 25s): You know, I think no matter where it’s at, I think they have a, a chance to take the gold. You know, we, we won the world championship that I was a part of in Bosnia. We also, that year we, in 23, 1 of my teammates also took the individual silver and we had someone take individual fourth, so we just missed that third place. And then last year they were in the, I believe they’re in the Czech Republic and they also won the team gold and they had the clean sweep on the individual podium with first, second, and third. So the last last couple years, the team u USA has really kind of dominated all the other teams at the world championship. So I think that having that, that home field advantage is, is only gonna Dave (9m 6s): Make it better, Drew (9m 6s): Gonna make that better for ’em. So yeah, I think that no matter where it’s at, I think that team is just so dominant right now that, that I think that, that they have a really, really good shot at at taking another gold medal. Dave (9m 20s): What do you think, what do you attribute that when you look at the Domina? I mean, You know, I guess I didn’t wanna say the last one ’cause I was talking to you, I’ve had Josh Miller on and you know, we had Jess on and we were talking about some of this, and I didn’t wanna say, I didn’t wanna say Dynasty, but you know, three in a row, You know, the threepeat. Like what do you attribute that to, like where you guys are at, Drew (9m 38s): You know, at least on, I think that to win a world championship as a team, you really have to have a team medal mentality. And it has to be, you know, I think that there’s been other teams where everyone was, there might be other teams or other years where people might be out for themselves a little bit more and out for that, that individual medal. But I think to really dominate a world championship, you have to have a team medal mentality. And you have to be wanting your teammates to be as successful as you want yourself to be successful. And so if everyone’s really working together and everyone really has a good team dynamic and all is all in on that, that mentality where it’s, it’s a team medal goal, You know, if that’s the mentality, those individual medals are just naturally gonna follow. Drew (10m 25s): You know, like If you were all helping each other out and we’re all being successful, like we’re inevitably gonna take those individual medals along with the, the team medal. So I think to be successful as a team and individually the team medal mindset is really, really crucial to being successful. Dave (10m 42s): Yeah, it is. Okay. And we’ve heard that before. That’s awesome. I, I’m not sure who, where that started or who the, You know, the team USA coach was that kinda got that thinking, but we’ve heard about before, I mean Josh Miller, I’m sure you were, was he he Yeah, he’s, he was your coach right at the time. Drew (10m 57s): He was, yeah, he actually at that world championship I, Juan, he, he stayed on on the lake session the whole time. ’cause no one’s allowed to talk to the anglers except for each team’s coach. And so he kind of stayed on that lakes, on that lake venue, the entire course of the world championship and was just, You know, watching it every day. He was really, really dialed into what was going on out there. And I fished the lake session on the final day and it was a really tough session. By the end, it was only taking one or two fish to win a session. And so Josh was actually, he actually stood right next to me when I caught my winning fish for that world championship. Dave (11m 36s): Wow. How did that feel when you, you take that championship, the goal, like what’s, describe that a little bit that, that moment Drew (11m 43s): It was incredible, You know, and I, going into the session, I knew it was only gonna because of where I was at, if I caught one fish in that three hour session that was gonna be enough to, to, to take the gold. And I actually hooked and lost my first fish. So that was pretty heartbreaking. And you could kind of feel the silence of, of everyone around me watching. And then I was able to get a second chance at another fish and landed that fish and gave Josh a big hug. And it, It just, you know, he kind of knew that, that I had it in the bag at that point, even though there was another hour in the session left. And, and so that was, You know, from the very beginning of my competitive career, winning a world championship was like the pinnacle for me. Drew (12m 24s): And that was like the big goal in involved in this whole deal, taking a, a team goal and an individual goal. And, and so making that that happen at my last world championship that I was eligible for was just super surreal, really, really incredible experience. And it was really awesome to have Josh standing by my side when, when I was able to make that all happen at the end. Dave (12m 47s): Yeah, that’s really cool. Well, we’ll probably talk a little more about this as we go. And, you know, I wanted to talk a little about your home water, You know, what you’re doing with the guiding and maybe talk about how to apply somebody’s listening now and they’re thinking about going to a new water. You know, I think a lot of people are out there always thinking, okay, I go to a new water. How do I prepare, how do I plan? So maybe we could talk about that a little bit, but, but first describe the San Juan we’ve talked about a little bit, but haven’t done the deep dive. What would people, why would they love to go to the San Juan River? Drew (13m 16s): So the San Juan River is famous for, for big fish, lots of fish and lots of big fish. It, You know, I’ve gone gone to travel all over the world. I’m, I fished so many places all over the country and I’ve never fished a river that has the number of fish and the number of big fish. You know, a number of fish that are over 18 to 20 inches. Like that’s a very, very common fish in the San Juan. And there’s not many rivers when that’s, when that’s a, can be an average sized fish on some days. And so that’s that number fish and number of big fish is kind what it’s famous for. Dave (13m 52s): And what is the technique wise? Are you using a lot of the stuff you use, you learned in the world championships that you’re applying for the San Juan? You Drew (13m 59s): Know, a little bit, You know, there’s a lot of, of very slow water We fish and it’s a lot of, so there’s certain places that that Euro NPH style fishing can be conducive, but there’s a lot of water that that style of fishing is really not conducive to, and, and so we do a lot of, a lot of indicator nph and the bugs in there are very, very small. And so, like the last month I haven’t fished a, a fly bigger than a size 22. Hmm. You know, recently we, we just had a, it’s pretty famous for its Amil every year. So there’s a lot of big sandstone cliffs surrounding the river and there’s these big size 12 flying ants that live up in the cliffs. Drew (14m 43s): And so after the first big rainstorm of the year, they all get washed into the system and the fish just absolutely go crazy for ’em. I think they like have a little bit of poison that the fish get addicted to when they start eating them. So once they start eating ’em, it’s just nuts. Like you, every, every time you see a fish rising, If you throw something about a size 12, if it’s floating and it’s black, the fish are gonna eat it every time. It’s, it’s some of the most incredible dry fly fishing. So with the exception of some of those, those days out there, it’s a lot of, a lot of midge and beta, You know, we fish a lot of size 22 and all the way down to size 28 sometimes. And so it’s really hard to fish weighted bead head flies that are size 26, You know, so that’s kind of a time when you have to fish really small unweighted flies with, with split shot under a strike indicator and so, so it’s a little, little bit different than normal rivers. Drew (15m 35s): You don’t have have as many big bugs and big bead head flies and Yeah. You know, you don’t, it’s not, not a typical river at all. Dave (15m 43s): Sounds like it’s pretty technical would you say overall, at least throughout the year? It Drew (15m 47s): Is, it is. I think that for someone that’s never been there showing up there for the first time, You know, even if they have extensive background in fishing, a lot of traditional trout rivers that the San Juan can, can kind of throw ’em off and can be come across as really technical. But You know, when you’re spend every day out there and you’re really dialed in, it’s not, it’s a really great place to take people that have never fly fished before, you know, have never had someone not catch a fish. And so it’s, it’s, there’s a lot of opportunities to catch fish, You know, you just gotta give ’em what they want. Dave (16m 20s): Experience the waters of Bristol Bay at Togiak River Lodge where fly fishing meets Alaska’s rugged beauty. This is the place to complete the Alaska Grand Slam with all five salmon species, rainbow trout, arctic char and more where each day offers a new Alaskan adventure. You can visit togiak lodge.com right now to start planning your Bristol Bay experience with Togiac River Lodge. Do you think when you get that, You know, you’re using size 20 twos there, is that mainly because the bugs are just smaller or because there’s a lot of pressure and you have to kind of get smaller? Drew (16m 55s): The bugs are so small. Yeah. The bugs are so small and there is a lot of pressure, there’s a lot of, lot of private angular pressure and there’s a lot of guiding pressure. It’s a really heavily guided river, but You know, if you’re dialed in and giving ’em what they want, yeah, fish numbers are, are very high. It’s not a low number fishery at all. You know, it’s not uncommon to go out there and catch 40 50 fish a day and with a lot of those fish being over 16 to 18 inches and, and so Wow. It’s a really, really incredible fishery Dave (17m 27s): And the, so the poison and that’s really interesting. What is the, it sounds like that’s dependent on rainfall, but when is that typically Drew (17m 33s): It is, You know, it kind of ha it happened about a week and a half ago this year, which is kind of early. It usually happens late June and early July. Okay. And we might, because it happens so early this year, we might might get it to happen again this year Yep. If we get a good rain. But it has to, it has to rain really, really hard to flush all those ants into the system. And then the, then that next day after that happens is usually a pretty incredible day of dry fly fishing. Dave (18m 0s): Are you guys fishing year round out there? Drew (18m 3s): I am, yep. It, You know, we’re fishing right below the dam and so the water temperature stays around 42 to 43 degrees year round, no matter how hot or cold it is outside. And being in northwest New Mexico, You know, we’re, we’re less than 6,000 feet of elevation, so it’s kind of high desert country. And so we’re not too low, we’re not too high in the mountains, so the summers aren’t terribly hot and the winters aren’t too cold that you can’t be out there and fish pretty comfortably If you dress for it. And so the fishing in the wintertime is just as great as the summertime. And because it’s so consistent, there’s always great bug hatches year round and, and the fish are always super happy down there. Dave (18m 46s): Right on. And so you got the Midge and you talked about the small flies. Maybe let’s take it there a little bit and talk about this setup. If you’re using some of those 20 twos or smaller, talk about your rig, how do you fish that? Drew (18m 58s): Yeah, so I mean, with an indicator rig, which is most of our fishing, I fish, You know, fish that light or fishing flies that small we throw, You know, especially when when fish are high up in the water column or fishing a lot of shallow water or fishing really light. And I really like to throw a really thin liter. And so usually I’ll the, the thickest part of my liter is 10 pound maximum and that’ll go all the way down to Forex Tippet and, You know, just to avoid twists and tangles, that leader always terminates in a, in a micro swivel. And then that my split shot goes above that swivel and then I usually fish about 14 inches between each fly and I tie each fly eye to eye. Drew (19m 39s): And so, You know, we’re fishing about a anywhere from a 10 to 12 foot liter and, and there’s a lot of deep water we fish too, so we might be fishing size 24 flies, seven feet down. And so it really varies. There’s a really wide variety of water type from, You know, really just big deep slow, almost kind of still water runs to a lot of shallow riffles. And so the water type that we’re fishing varies so much, but You know, the bug stayed the same and, and so, you know, It just kind of varies on the water type you’re in. But yeah, I really always just throw a really long, long thin liter and, and then flies about 14 inches apart so it’s nothing too crazy, You know, it’s, yeah, kind of a standard nfr but everything’s kind of refined down. Drew (20m 22s): You know, you’re not throwing big taper leaders and Right. Big flies and big shots. It’s kind of the same concept that you would use with a, a traditional nfr but everything’s just a little bit thinner, a little bit smaller, a little bit lighter and just kind refined down a little bit. And You know, with our flies being so small, I throw a lot, I don’t really fish rod shorter than 10 feet and You know, even if we’re catching two foot fish, we’re still gonna throw like a 10 foot three weight or 10 foot four weight. And the reason behind that is, you know, when our flies are that small and our tippets, You know, six xtid and you have fish that big, you kind of need that extra length on that, that light rod just to have that extra cushion and give, you know, like a nine foot five weight’s gonna kind of be like a broomstick and a yeah, you have a two foot fish run on a size 24 midge, that hook is either gonna pop out or break off. Drew (21m 12s): So we, we use that, that extra length and that white rod to just have that cushion to kind of protect those small flies and small tip it. Dave (21m 19s): So 10 foot. And what would be the longest rod you might use? Drew (21m 23s): Maybe an 11 foot rod. Yeah, I kind of like that. I find that 10 foot four way to kind of be the, the, just the bread and butter the most, yeah, most virtual rod out there, you throws dry flies really well. It’s really great for, for the nip rigs we throw, if we do throw some heavier weight and some longer rigs, it, it has enough back one to turn over those big areas. ’cause while a lot of our fishing is with really, really small flies, sometimes you, you go down there with a size eight or size 10 leach and they’ll crush a leach too. There’s a lot of the, the bottom river is really lush and we have a lot of moss down there and there’s a lot of bugs in the moss. So sometimes those fish will grab those moss clumps and shake the bugs out of them. Drew (22m 6s): And so throwing a big leach can kind of imitate those moss clumps. And so sometimes those fish will just eat a, eat a big giant leach or in the wintertime they’ll eat a eat a big egg as well, or, or some really, really small worms as well. Yeah. Dave (22m 19s): And are these mix of browns and rainbows? Drew (22m 22s): It is, yeah. It used to be almost all rainbows, but the last decade it’s, it’s, I would say it’s probably 60% rainbows and 40% browns. Okay. So a little bit heavier rainbows, but still a pretty good mixture. Dave (22m 36s): Yeah. And what is your typical length of a, a typical indicator rig on your leader? Drew (22m 42s): You know, from my split shot to my indicator it can be anywhere from three feet to seven feet to that split shot. And then there’s sometimes that fishery, a lot of emerging midges and betas just under the surface. And we might throw one of those small pulse of pinch on indicators and have a number nine split shots, six inches under our indicator. And all that’s gonna do is just break the surface so that we can fish those flies just in those, those top couple inches of the water column. You know, sometimes even if you’re a foot and a half down, you’re, you’re below where those fish are feeding. So sometimes like it’s sounds kind of goofy and it’s not something you’d do on most trout rivers, but we’ll throw a really small piece of lead under a, a really, really small indicator and that distance might only be four to six inches and then It just breaks the surface just so we can fish in that, You know, kind of top three to six inches of the water column. Dave (23m 38s): I see. Okay. So the, and there is some variation, I guess that’s the question. If you’re fishing, it sounds like the water might be shallow in some areas, but How are you figuring out what depth to get to the fish? Drew (23m 47s): You know, it really depends on the water depth we’re in and in that shallow water, the water’s clear enough that you can, with the fish being that big, you can see ’em all down there, You know, when the water’s clear this time of year you can look down there and the whole river, It just looks like an aquarium with, with big fish swimming all over the place. And so it’s really easy to just kinda look down in the river off the boat and and see how deep those fish are, how deep the water is, and then you can kind of tailor your rig to that. Dave (24m 13s): Wow. So a lot of the year you can actually see, you’re seeing the fish, you’re spotting them, you’re fishing, do specific fish, is that kind of how it looks? Drew (24m 21s): You know, I mean there’s so many that you’re not always fishing a one individual fish. Like you might look down and there’s 25 fish in a pod down there and they’re four feet down. And so you might then you throw a four foot rig at that pod of fish and, and catch those fish until you’re done with them. But there’s, You know, it’s not uncommon to see browns 28 to 30 inches in the river too. And usually those fish kind of roll solo. And so if we’re gonna sight fish to one of those fish, You know, we’re really trying to dial in our rig to the exact depth and weight and we’ll fish to that individual fish sometimes. But the majority of the time we’re, we’re fishing to pretty good sized pods of fish and whether it be big, deep, slow water or You know, two foot riffles and the fish will sit in all of it, so. Drew (25m 5s): Hmm. So everywhere you look there’s fish in the river Dave (25m 9s): And to get down to those on the deeper runs, are you fishing those differently or is it the same just getting deeper down? Drew (25m 16s): You know, it kind of varies. Like if we’re fishing some water’s so slow that it almost looks like a lake out there and so you don’t need a whole lot of weight because the water’s not moving so fast that you need to get down to ’em instantly. And you can throw a really light long rig with a really small piece of shot, even if you’re six feet down and you can really kind of let it sink down and nice and slow. And then there’s some deep water that’s really heavy and has a lot of current to it and You know, we might throw some really, really heavy lead to, to get down to those fish. And so it really just depends on the speed of the water, You know, that that faster water’s gonna need more weight than the, than the slower water will. Okay. Dave (25m 53s): And just wrapping up the, on the rig on that for a second. So you said you start with the 10 pound, is that just a short section or is that, how long is that? Drew (26m 1s): Yeah, so my liter formula for Nph rig starts with three feet of 10 pound maxima and then goes to three feet of eight pound maxima and then that ends in three feet of four X tidbit. And then I’ll either end in a, in a tippet ring or a micro swivel. Dave (26m 17s): Okay. A micro swivel I got. And then, then you said you tie your flies on to the hook eye. So each in, what is the reason for that versus say other dropper methods? Drew (26m 27s): Yeah, so You know, if I’m fishing weighted flies like we do when we’re Euro infant, I always throw everything off off a off a short dropper tag like most people do. But with those flies being unweighted and not small, I kind of feel like they’re a little bit more prone to tangling up when they’re, when they’re that small and unweighted, If you tie off a dropper tag and because the, the hooks are so small, I don’t really like to tie off the bend just to keep that whole hook gap a little bit more open. So I tie everything eye to eye and then I always tie all my flies on with a Davy knot and that Davy knot’s just such a small knot and it doesn’t have a lot of wraps in it. And so when you have a size 28 fly, If you tie two clinch knots off the eye, those knots, you’re gonna be as big as the fly you’re fishing. Drew (27m 14s): And so yeah, so that Davy knot’s just such a small refined knot that it, it doesn’t, there’s not a lot of bulk to that knot. And so I, I really, really love fishing that knot with those small flies or really any of my flies for that matter. Dave (27m 28s): Okay. No, that’s awesome. I’ve heard a lot about the Davy Knot. I actually haven’t, I should probably practice that one. Yeah, yeah. Is it pretty easy to learn? It’s Drew (27m 36s): Super easy to learn. Yeah. And it doesn’t, it, it wastes very little tip it, If you get good enough at tying it, you can tie it on with without even having to clip your tags off just ’cause you can cinch it down with that tag being so short. And I find it to be, be a stronger knot and it doesn’t have a lot, like when you tie a clinch knot, there’s all those wraps around it. So when you cinch it down, I find that it burns your knot just a little bit and it kind of compromises your tbit strength. But that Davy knot does has so, so minimal wraps that it, when you cinch it down, there’s no friction on the knot and so it’s not, there doesn’t compromise your strength either. Dave (28m 17s): Nice. That is a huge one. Yeah. And then is that Davey Watton? Do You know, is that who that is? Drew (28m 21s): It is, it is the Davey Watton. Yep. Dave (28m 23s): Yeah, the Davey Watton. That’s right. Do You know Davey, have you, you’ve, I’m guessing you met a few of those big names, old timers o over the years? Yeah, Drew (28m 30s): I’ve met quite a few of ’em. I never met Davey though. Yeah. One of my big mentors, Norman Tima. Oh yeah, he’s a, yeah, yeah, he’s a big team. USA guy. Sure. And he’s, he’s also based outta New Mexico and recently he is also been been guiding a little bit on the San Juan and he, he learned that one from Davy himself and, and passed that one down to me a few years back. Dave (28m 54s): Oh, there you go. Nice. Yeah, we, we had, let’s see, I think it was episode 3 48, we had Norman on and we talked about Oh nice. Yeah. Yeah. So it was a little bit ago. I guess that’s been 22. But yeah, no, awesome. I think we’ve been working around connecting with a lot of the, the team USA stuff, so, so this is great. So you’ve got, we talked about your rig, talk about the, the time of year, like throughout the year. Do you, like if somebody’s listening now and they’re thinking, You know, maybe they’re nearby but they haven’t fished the San Juan, is there a better time or worse time to go to fish? It, Drew (29m 25s): There’s never a bad time to be on the San Juan. Yeah, never. It’s always good. Never a bad day out there. It’s always good, You know, the, the, the bug choice and the fly selection and the water type that you fish can change based on the time of year. You know, right now it’s, we’re fishing mostly bugs, size 22 and smaller, all midges and betas. But you show up in the middle of January and you’re not gonna, not gonna catch very many fish thrown size 22 midges and betas in that time of year. You know, just a red larvae is gonna be a really good choice and egg pattern’s gonna be a really good choice and a leach is gonna be a really good choice. So that time of year it’s, you’re fishing a little bit brighter and bigger kind of standard wintertime flies and so a lot of your, your standard wintertime trout flies that you’d fish on a lot of rivers or will actually work, work really well in the San Juan as well that time of year. Dave (30m 17s): Okay. And why do the, why do the leeches work? Well during the wintertime, Drew (30m 22s): You know, there’s the bug, while there are still great bug hatches during that time of year, those fish just really like those bigger junk flies and those bigger, bigger brighter patterns. And in the wintertime the water is a little bit more off colored and so you can just get away with throwing those bigger flies a little bit heavier tip it. Whereas this time of year, you know, you might show up out there first thing early in the morning when the light’s low and catch some fish on a leach or an egg. But for the most part, with the water being this clear, you gotta kind of refine everything down and go with a little bit of a more technical approach with those, those smaller flies in that lighter tidbit. Dave (31m 2s): Okay. Yeah, that makes sense. So June, so right now as we’re talking, it’s kind of early mid-June and you’re hitting the, the smaller stuff. And then what happens as you go into the summer, into the hotter parts of the season? What changes with the hatches? Do you guys have a little bit of everything there with hatches? Drew (31m 16s): It is, yeah. It’s kind of the same thing. So, but our, our flies and our tippet size will probably drop a little bit, You know, once we get into later July and August, just ’cause that water’s gonna get more clear. Those fish are gonna get a little bit more technical as they get more pressure throughout the summer. And so you just go kind of refine everything down just even slightly more. Once we get later in the summer there can be some great opportunities for hopper fishing as well so we can, You know, while our nymphs are really small sometimes you can go out there with a, a big giant dry fly and, and catch plenty of fish doing that as well. And so once we get even probably starting about now through the rest of the summer, that that hopper fishing’s gonna be gonna be something that, that can be successful as well. Dave (32m 1s): Yeah. And that changes all up when you got a big hopper on there, you’re, you’re going bigger with everything and is It, just talk about that a little bit or what are you doing to get those fish to eat the hoppers? Drew (32m 12s): You know, I find that when I’m throwing hoppers I’ve gotta really target the shallow water. I don’t find very many fish in, in the big deep pools coming from seven feet of water to eat a hopper. But You know, when you’re fishing water that’s four feet on the deep end all the way down to a foot deep, those fish are gonna be the fish that are usually willing to willing to come up and eat something big off the top. Dave (32m 34s): Okay. And do you, are you on the drive fly with those hoppers? Are you just casting any specific way against the bank? Are you doing any movement, anything like that? Drew (32m 43s): You know, there are a lot of fish against the bank and then sometimes there’s just some big shallow riffles where you can see pods of fish out there that are sometimes at the right time of the year pretty happy to just come up and crush a big dry fly too. And then, You know, once we get a little bit higher flows in the river as the summer goes on, when they release some more water out of the dam, there’s, there’s also a lower river float we’ll fish. So the water that we’ve kind of been talking about is, is the what’s considered the quality waters. And that’s all catch and release and really strictly regulated and that’s the first four miles below the dam. Then there’s a about a nine mile float we do that’s all through private water and that’s what kind of everyone refers to as the lower river and down being down that low below the dam. Drew (33m 27s): If fish is a little bit more like a traditional freestone and that’s kinda the water that I was talking about that is a lot more conducive to tight line fishing. You know, you’ll get ’em to eat a size 14 bead head with no problem. There’s a lot of overhanging brush on the river that you can throw hoppers against on the water comes up a little bit higher, we’ll throw a lot of traditional dry droppers with a big hopper and You know, just a size 14 or size 16 bead head NA few feet below that. And so once you go down there, You know, you don’t have to throw as much of the super small technical stuff and there’s a lot of brown trout down there and those fish don’t see as much pressure and that kind of fish is more like a traditional trout river. But when everyone comes to the San Juan, the quality waters in that first four miles of the dam is, is is what it’s the river’s famous for. Drew (34m 14s): Oh. It’s, that’s kind of kind of where everyone wants to go and that’s where there’s the highest number of fish in the river and that’s where there’s the most big fish, You know, on the lower river there’s a lot of fish, there’s still a lot of great opportunities at some big fish, but you don’t see the, the number of those 20 plus inch fish. It’s kind of, You know, If you catch a couple fish that big in one day, that’s, that’s great. And You know, you’ll catch a lot of 16 and 17 inch browns down there. So there’s still great fish. But yeah, you don’t see as many of those 20 plus inch fish as you do in that, that first four miles below the dam. Dave (34m 46s): And is that just because the water is cooler throughout the year or any reason why? Yeah, Drew (34m 51s): You know, the water temperature might late in the summer be a slightly warmer down there, but it really doesn’t, doesn’t change a whole lot. And I think that, You know, being all catch and release and strictly regulated up there, it’s also stocked a little bit heavier with those rainbows and so, You know, it has more fish in it and those big fish have a lot more small fish to eat. ’cause they s stock all the rainbows as as fingerlings. So they’re really small fish when they s stock ’em and You know, a lot of those big fish will kind of go crazy for those, those little fish. And once they get big enough to start eating other fish, they grow really fast. Dave (35m 27s): Which is in the, what the, the 20 inch range they start eating feeding on other fish. Drew (35m 31s): Fish, yeah, yeah, yeah. I mean I think they even, I’ve seen 16, 18 inch fish eat other, other small th without a problem too. So once they start getting to that size, they, they tend to grow pretty fast. Dave (35m 43s): Cool. So that breaks it down then. Is it roughly, there’s about 13 miles of river that people are fishing then below that it’s not quite worth the time. Drew (35m 52s): Yeah, so there’s that first four miles below the dam and then in between the lower river float and the quality waters, there’s about three miles that there’s a lot more relaxed tackle restrictions. It’s stocked a little more heavily and people are allowed to keep fish in there and that’s still public and so there’s still some big fish in there, but that gets, gets fish pretty hard by people that, You know, are throwing fish on a stringer. But once you get below that three miles, that’s where it’s all private land. There’s very minimal fishing pressure, there’s a lot less boat traffic. And and that’s kind of that nine mile float is the, the lower river float. So we have about 15 miles of Floatable River. Dave (36m 33s): Okay, nice. And are you guys floating in drift boats or rafts? Drew (36m 37s): We’re all in drift boats. Yeah, there’s a, there’s not any, any crazy rapids or anything that, that you need a, need a raft for. So, You know, it’s pretty standard that everyone’s in a, in a, in a low profile boat or, or most people are, are in in skiff style drift boats. Just, just ’cause you don’t, you don’t need a, a high side on your boat in the San Juan and, and the yeah that skiff is just a lot, a lot easier to row and it, it doesn’t get blown around in the wind as bad. Dave (37m 5s): You think you need a bush plane to fish Alaska’s legendary waters. Think again. Fish Hound Expedition specializes in road accessible adventures that don’t skip on excitement. Picture yourself fishing for massive rainbow trout, arctic grayling and plenty of salmon species all within Alaska’s epic road system. It’s doable. I fished the road system on our first day with Adam and the crew and it did not disappoint. The largest leopard rainbow I caught and landed was right off the road system. And we’ll be driving up again this year heading up from the lower 48 all the way up to Alaska to hit those streams again. You’ll experience the breathtaking beauty of Alaska’s wilderness from mountain streams to hidden rivers Perfect for anglers of all levels. Dave (37m 47s): Fish hound expeditions makes it easy to explore Alaska. Why wait Your Alaska adventure is just a drive away. Book your spot now before spaces fill up. That’s fish hound expeditions.com. F-I-S-H-H-O-U-N-D expeditions.com. Don’t miss out. Well let’s take it to, You know, maybe more higher level kind of think of a new river. So if somebody’s listening now and they might be fishing in San Juan or really any other river, what would you tell them as they prepare us? You know, I’m guessing you’ve done quite a bit of this through your team USA stuff, but You know, how do you prepare? How would you, what sort of tips might you give somebody for that? Drew (38m 24s): If I was preparing for the San Juan? Dave (38m 26s): Yeah, well maybe even take it to, let’s just say you were preparing for a river that you haven’t fished before. Drew (38m 31s): Yeah. So like, I think a good example would be, You know, preparing for a world championship Yeah. Because we’re going to new places that we’ve never been. Yeah. New rivers that we’ve never fished. And so for the months and months leading up to a world championship, the team hires a local guide and for those months leading up to the world championship, we stay in really good contact with him and he’s, You know, always giving us kind of the UpToDate intel and giving us all the local knowledge that we have and we’re just kind of doing as much online research on the rivers as that we can find. And You know, so based on on that knowledge that we’re gaining, we’ll kind of prepare our fly patterns and kind of try our best to prepare for the, the water that we’re gonna be fishing. Drew (39m 17s): And then when we show up there, we get about a week of practice fishing so we can kind of take that knowledge and information and apply it to our practice fishing and we can, You know, try our own stuff that we’re really confident in and, and kind of come up with a, with a game plan for how we’re going to gonna approach that river through those competition days. And so, You know, that’s kind of, yeah kind of breaks down how, how I prepare for Right. Prepare for a new river. Dave (39m 46s): So you start off with, which is great, you know, pay a local guy. I think that’s always something that we talk a lot about, You know, even if it’s just for one day Right. Getting that experience. Yeah. And then you mentioned the online research. What do you think is the best online research? You know, I mean you could obviously Google up, but do you think that’s sufficient? Just Google up the river, the technique? Yeah. How would you, yeah, yeah. What would you do? Yeah, Drew (40m 7s): I think that there’s a lot of places in the US where our, our famous famous rivers like the San Juan or you know, a lot of the big famous rivers in Montana or just any of your, your big famous rivers in, in the, in the US have a lot of, You know, online resources that you can come across and and apply to what you’re doing and where you’re fishing. But some of those places in Europe have kind of minimal online resources, right? We’re kind of trying to do our best, trying to look at pictures of the river, look at videos of the river, trying to get an idea of what the bug hatches are like there. And that’ll kind of help us figure out, You know, how we wanna tie flies leading up to that competition and, and you know, try and get an idea of how we’re gonna approach that. Drew (40m 51s): And then when we show up there we’ll see, You know, how much of that that really helped us. And You know, we kind of go into it with an open mind of kind of trying everything and then when we show up with a big team, you know, everyone’s trying different stuff and we kind of by the end of that practice week we can kind of combine all our information and our knowledge and research from that that week along with the information we had prior to going over there. And so we kind of, kind of combine all that to come up with the best game plan that we can. Right. Dave (41m 21s): And that practice week. So that’s where you guys, would you do all your research then you get over there a week before is you have a week to practice before the event starts? Drew (41m 28s): Exactly. Exactly. Yep. Yeah, so the guide will take us to all the, all the local practice spots, put us on as much different water as we can. We’re not allowed to fish the competition venues leading up to the competition, but we can, You know, go look at the venues, look at what the water looks like and compare that to the practice water that we were able to fish earlier that week in 2022 when we fished the world championship in Italy, we actually went over there a few months early, so the world championship took place in July and I think we went over there in either March or April for just a practice trip. And because we were, we fished it far enough in advance, we were able to fish all the competition venues and so, You know, there was some water that I fished in March or April during our, our practice trip that I had in the competition. Drew (42m 16s): So I already had some familiarity with the water that I was competing on and, and had that local knowledge. So there’s definitely, definitely a lot of confidence going into, into that world championship just ’cause we, we had had already spent that time out there and, and You know, kind of got familiar with the water and familiar with the fish and the bug activity and, and everything that was going on out there. Right. Dave (42m 38s): What as you, You know, the, the youth that are there this year it’s gonna be, actually it’s right around the corner July actually by the time this episode goes out I think it’ll already be over. But You know, as you look ahead, they’re obviously doing it every year doing these events. What would be your, your tip to the, the youth, You know, the kids that are out there now to have more success or what would you tell ’em from your experience what You know, Drew (42m 59s): You know, as far as just trying to get to that level where you can compete with those people? I would just fish as much as you can and fish, fish on as much different water as you can. You know, I would fish is I, If you have any places that are really difficult to fish, I would always, always go fish those places just ’cause they would always make you better and, and fish with as many other people as you can and just try and try and just always go into everything with an open mindset and just always show up to the river without having any preconceived notions going into everything. And know that every day on the river’s a new day and, and just work on as many styles of fishing as you can. ’cause once you get to that level in the world championship, while there’s a lot of that European style nphi and You know, while that is really important to be able to do that well, you also gotta be able to fish a dry fly just as well as you can n and fish a streamer just as well as you can n and fish a lake, You know? Drew (43m 53s): Yeah. Because when they, you go to a world championship, they’re gonna put you on a lot of different types of water and there’s gonna be some water that you can’t nip very well and you have to throw dry flies. You’re also gonna have to fish lakes. And so it’s just, there’s just a, a wide variety of skill sets that you gotta gotta have in your tool bag and you gotta do all of them really well to compete at that level. And so just try and try and really test all your skill sets and, and work on everything that you can. ’cause You know, if you’re really good at one thing that might, might be good on one day, but then you show up to your session the next day and If you can’t, you it very well and you don’t know how to fish the dry fly very well, that’s gonna gonna be kind of different. Yeah. It’s gonna be tough. So just try and try and work on as many different things as you can and fish as much as you can and fish as much variety of water as you can. Dave (44m 42s): Yeah. The variety, right? So not just the, not just the riffles, but you, you try, try to hit it all, all all different water types, you Drew (44m 48s): Types, you gotta fish it all, you gotta know how to fish all water types and fish all those water types with, with all different styles. Dave (44m 55s): Nice. Well we’re gonna take it outta here in a, in a little bit as we go here, but I, you mentioned lakes. Is that something down on in the San Juan that you’re fishing a lot of out there? Is it mostly streams? Drew (45m 5s): It’s mostly so around the, the lake that the San Juan is coming out of, it does have trout in it, but it’s more of a, a small mouth bass and, and pike fishery. Mm. So we don’t do as much of that style of lake fishing, but we go just north of the border, You know, about an hour and hour and a half away. And there’s a lot of really, really great trout fishing lakes up in the mountains that I would spend a lot of time practicing on in my, in my competition years. And, and so, You know, knowing how to, how to fish a lake well from the bank or out of the boat, You know, throwing all the different sinking lines and all the different flies and, and all the, all the different, different styles that you had you’d use to fish a lake is, is really, really important to, to the competition game. Dave (45m 51s): Perfect. Well, I’ve got a few more and then we’ll let you get outta here and I wanna kick it off here just with our kind of a Wetly swing pro segment. And this is where we’re kind of giving a shout out to our, our community in here and we’re in there always thinking of new places to go and, You know, getting the tools and, and things like that. So people can go out to wef fly swing.com/pro if they wanna get some more information there. But talk about, as we take it outta here, your fly box. What’s your fly box setup look like as you’re preparing for your river? Or maybe just talk about your box there in the San Juan. Are you a, a bunch of boxes or how, how is your organization method set up? Drew (46m 26s): You know, I have a bunch of boxes. My, my main box is just a magnetic fly box just ’cause those flies that we fish on the sand, Juan are so small. Yeah. And it’s organized by style flying color a little bit, but there’s just, there’s probably 4,000 flies just all piled in there. And so I’m not, I don’t have the most organized box, but as far as my, you know, competition boxes, my boxes, they, you know, I always had those very organized and organized by weight. Weight on the flies and fly size and, and fly type. And You know, I used to fish a lot of flies, but as I competed more, I kind of went to a more simple approach where I think the whole world championship, I fished outta outta one fly box. Drew (47m 10s): Mm. And, and, You know, most trout are not too picky. And, you know, I would always, I always were, was big on just fishing, my confidence flies and making them work and not worrying about having 40 different fly patterns. And, You know, instead maybe that whole world championship, I fished six different fly patterns the whole time. Oh wow. You know, if that, you know, I was probably like three or four different nips I fished the whole time. And crazy, you know, I really liked the approach of just having, having a, a simple selection of flies and, and not, not worrying about your fly pattern too much and focusing more on your presentation more than anything. Drew (47m 52s): Right. Dave (47m 53s): That’s really cool. What are those, what were those six flies that you used through the world championship? Was that a mix of tries and Drew (47m 58s): There was one that was like kind of a, a variation of a blowtorch. It was just a, a big tag. N and then there was some paragon style flies. And then there was also just like some big heavy hair ears. And in the Bosnia world championship we were only allowed to fish one fly. And so, You know, we were fishing a lot of big, deep heavy water. And so we You mean Dave (48m 23s): One fly the whole time? Drew (48m 25s): No, you, you can, I mean, you could fish different flies, but you’re only allowed to fish one fly at a time. Oh, gotcha. So you couldn’t fish like a double nim fig. Yeah. And so there was a lot of, you know, we had a big four millimeter ts and bee on that, on that hook with a lot of, lot of lead weight hidden in the body underneath all the materials. Just ’cause we needed, we couldn’t fish two flies. So that one fly that we were fishing had to have, have a lot of weight to get down there. So a lot of our flies were, You know, pretty big. We fished a lot of size 10 and 12 nymphs, you know, 14 on the small side throughout that world championship. So a little bit different, but you know, for what we’re doing over there, it worked really well. Dave (49m 1s): Yeah. So basically a blowtorch variation, paragon variations, a big hairs ear. And was that kind of, that, was it as for the world championships or do you have some dries mixed in there? Yeah, Drew (49m 12s): A lot of dry flies mixed in there too. You know, a lot of just like big CDC catalyze and then, and a big egg pattern was incredible too. Dave (49m 21s): Egg pattern for the worlds. Drew (49m 22s): Yeah. Yeah. I fished, I think our, that was kind of like the winning fly pattern that, that we fish, You know, those nymphs are really productive too, but I think everyone kinda fish that egg pretty hard throughout that competition. Dave (49m 35s): Oh, and is this just this, what, what’s the A what type of pattern is it? Drew (49m 39s): It’s just, just that EC toy material. So just that the egg chael that, that we wrap up the hook. Okay. Dave (49m 45s): Yep, yep. Eggs. Gotcha. Okay, cool. So yeah, that’s pretty easy. So you, you’ve got the basic patterns, your confidence fly and then really it’s about technique. You know, you’re on the water figuring out how to present the fly essentially to get down to the fish at the right level. Drew (49m 58s): Right, Dave (49m 59s): Right. Yeah. So pretty simple. Do you, when you look back at it, do you see that, you know, I mean it could have gone either way on some of those things or do you feel like, you know, you kind of had your game ready. I, I guess I’m going back to the 23 when you took the gold, You know, were there a few chances that kinda like that went the right way or may, how would you describe that? Drew (50m 18s): Yeah, I mean I think that, You know, going into it, I kind of just had a game plan and, and kind of stuck with that game plan. That game plan was pretty simple and I didn’t, wasn’t one of those guys that had 4,000 flies in my chest pack Right. And had one box that I fished out of and I was like, I’m gonna fish an egg a tag into a hairs ear and that’s what I’m rolling with and I’m gonna Yep. Gonna make it work. And I just stuck with that game plan and had a hundred percent confidence in it the whole time. And, and it worked really, really well for me, obviously the whole time. Dave (50m 51s): That’s awesome. Yeah, I, I feel like with some species, You know, I always go back to kinda steelhead for example. You know, you have to have confident doesn’t really, the fly isn’t as critical as knowing that it’s the fly that works or it’s a fly that works. Right. And, and so, right. You know, I feel like that’s a big part of this. Right. Even with trout is that having confidence in your fly, is it, is that critical here? Drew (51m 11s): Oh yeah. Yeah. I think that, You know, If you have confidence in the fly, you’re gonna fish. If someone else is throwing the same fly and doesn’t have confidence in it, I think you’re gonna fish that fly a lot better just ’cause you have confidence in it. You’re not worried about trying other flies. You know, you’re all, your only concern at that point is how you’re presenting that fly to the fish and, and trying to, to make it work the best you can. And, and You know that that’s the fly. You wanna be fishing and you have, have confidence that it’s gonna work for you. And so at that point you’re just, just looking for trout to eat it. Dave (51m 40s): What do you think is a, a big overlooked kind of skill that, You know, competition or just maybe fishing in general, something that you, You know, that you utilize or some skill you have that a lot of people don’t think as much about? Drew (51m 53s): I think for me it’s, it’s reading water. Yeah. I think that, you know, that’s something that maybe some people don’t, don’t, maybe they can overlook a little bit Dave (52m 4s): Or not even know how to do it. Or not even really know where to start on it. Drew (52m 7s): Not know, not knowing how to read the water. Yeah. And then not knowing how to tailor your presentation to different water types, You know, ’cause we might fish the same fly, but it, you might have to fish that fly heavier, you might have to fish it lighter, you might have to fish it deeper, shallower, you might have to fish a different drift in different types of water. And so just knowing how to tailor your presentation to those different water types is, is something that’s really important. And I think there’s a lot of water that gets overlooked by people that has a lot of fish to be, be caught that, You know, a lot of people will walk right past. And so fishing all the water and knowing how to fish all the waters is really, really important. Drew (52m 46s): More, more so than your, than your rig or your, your fly selection. Dave (52m 50s): Right. And, and a good, like you said, a good way to do that is potentially get a guide trip or go with somebody who maybe has some of that experience. If you don’t have it, You know, the, the reading water is challenging, right? Because you have the reading the water of like, okay, where are the fish? And then presenting the fly, You know, are you casting upstream across down? Right. There’s a lot of, there’s a lot of unknowns. Do you, I guess you can experiment I guess if somebody wasn’t gonna get a guide trip, what would be your, You know, tip there? Just experiment with techniques. Just Drew (53m 15s): Do experiment a lot, You know, and You know, as a guide, You know, I can take people to a lot, a big variety of different water types throughout the day and I can explain to people why we’re gonna throw more weight in this spot. Why we’re gonna take off weight in this spot. Why are rig needs to be a foot deeper or why it has to be shallower or why our fly selection is different in, in different types of water. You know, like on the San Juan for fish water, riffle water, I throw a lot more beta ’cause the beta live in the riffles. And so it’s like, just explain why my fly selection, why my presentation and my, my weight and death changes. Why you need to mend a certain way, why you need to cast in a certain spot and explain the thought process behind all those decisions in those different spots that a lot of people don’t think of. Drew (53m 60s): And You know, I see all those things and can explain to people my, my thought process and my, my psychology behind all those decisions that I make on the water throughout the day and those different situations. Dave (54m 12s): Perfect. Well cool. Well you mentioned boats. I, I wanted to just touch base on a little gear real quick on the boat. What, what’s your boat that you’re using out there, your skiff? Drew (54m 21s): I’m, I’m rowing a clock of craft headhunter right now, now. Dave (54m 25s): Oh yeah, yeah, the headhunter. So like what, what length is that? Is that a 16 footer or Drew (54m 29s): That’s about a 15, I think it’s about a 15 or 15 and a half a boat. Dave (54m 33s): Okay. Yeah. Good. And, and what’s it like in the summer? How are you always interested? We’ve got, I’ve heard the sun is getting stronger out there. How do you stay, you know, safe out there in the sun? What’s you’re, because you guys probably, I’m guessing the summertime it gets pretty hot. Drew (54m 47s): It does. It’s, You know, with the water being so cool, if there’s a little breeze blowing off the water, it doesn’t get too hot where you can’t be out there. But as far as sun protection goes, I’m always wearing long sleeves, You know, really lightweight pants and lightweight long sleeve shirts with a, with a hood. And Dave (55m 4s): So yeah, that’s it. Drew (55m 5s): So the only thing exposes my hands and my face and my feet and so Yep. And Dave (55m 10s): Your feet. I Drew (55m 10s): Don’t do a good job at wearing sunscreen, but I should, I should probably be better about that. Are Dave (55m 14s): You, are you wearing, are you wearing the like sandals out there? What, what’s your Drew (55m 17s): Yeah, I’m always wearing flip flops. Oh, Dave (55m 19s): There you go. Yeah. That’s awesome. We, we did, I can’t remember the name of, we did a trip with Pete Erickson on, in the Eastern Idahos a couple years ago, but he had this South African guide who was one of our guides on the trip. And yeah, he was wearing, actually he just, he just walked barefoot most of the time. Oh really? Yeah, so, but he did have a sandals, but yeah, he was walking barefoot. It was pretty funny. But yeah, I’ve always been kinda a boot probably ’cause I’m more of a northern guy. Right. It’s a little bit colder, but it is nice to have the sandals. Are you, so what’s your go-to sandal? Is this like a flip flop or what, what do you got there? Yeah, Drew (55m 50s): Just like a Chaco flip flop. Yeah. Dave (55m 52s): Chacos are great. Cool. Nice. Drew. Well I think, You know, there’s always a ton of questions, You know, we could ask, but I think we’ll leave it there and we’ll send everybody out to bone fly fishing.com if they have questions or bone fly fishing online. And, and like we said at the start, the, the World championships are in eastern Idaho, near kind of the Henrys Fork. They’re gonna be on the South fork of the Snake. So it’s gonna be exciting and hopefully, You know, we’ll we will take home a gold, we’ll know by the time this goes live, whether they, they won I think so. I Drew (56m 19s): Know we’ll have to wait and see. Dave (56m 20s): Huh. Awesome. All right Drew, well appreciate all your time and look forward to staying in touch. Touch. Drew (56m 24s): Awesome. Sounds good. Thanks for having me on. Dave (56m 28s): If you ever been thinking about fishing the San Juan or wanting to know how to catch 20 inch trout, how to get Big Days, drew Bone, San Juan is the place for you. You can check in right now with Drew. Go to bone fly fishing.com and check in and ask him any questions you have. And if you’re thinking about technical tailwaters, this is the place to go. So let check in right now. If you haven’t yet, please subscribe to this podcast. You’ll get that next episode delivered to your inbox next week. We’re back with CJ’s real Southern podcast and you know, CJ always brings it, You know, CJ’s always bringing it. All right, I am gonna let you get outta here and we’re off. Do some good stuff today. Hope you have a good morning. Hope you have a great afternoon. Dave (57m 8s): And if it’s evening, hope you’re enjoying that evening, kicking back and, and I appreciate you for stopping today. We’ll see you on the next episode.

 

 

Conclusion with Drew Bone on Fly Fishing the San Juan River

If you’ve ever thought about fishing the San Juan or want to learn how to catch 20-inch trout and score big days, Drew Bone is your go-to guide. Go check him out now!

     

795 | Missoula Fly Fishing with Jake Hensley – Bitterroot, Clark Fork, Rock Creek

missoula fly fishing

Episode Show Notes

We head to western Montana with Jake Hensley to talk about Missoula fly fishing. With nearly 20 years of guiding experience, Jake breaks down the essentials of fishing the Bitterroot, Clark Fork, and Rock Creek – three of Missoula’s most iconic rivers. We cover how to rig for high water, why dry-dropper setups are so effective, and what makes floating Rock Creek such a game-changer. Whether you’re new to the area or planning your tenth trip, Jake’s got real tips to help you fish smarter and enjoy more of what Missoula has to offer.


Hit play to start listening! 👇🏻🎧

apple podcasts

Find the show:  Follow the Show | Overcast | Spotify

Subscribe on Apple Podcasts

Subscribe on Android

Subscribe via RSS

(The full episode transcript is at the bottom of this blogpost) 👇🏻

Sponsors and Podcast Updates

 

missoula fly fishing

Show Notes with Jake Hensley on Missoula Fly Fishing

How Jake Got Hooked on Fly Fishing

Jake Hensley didn’t grow up fly fishing. He got into it later in life—thanks to A River Runs Through It. That movie still brings visitors to Missoula, and it’s what lit the fire for Jake too.

He grew up spin fishing with his dad in Wyoming, but once a college buddy took him up to Rock Creek, everything changed. Jake watched his friend catch 30 trout in one day while he tangled, struggled, and maybe landed three.

The Rod That Feels Like a Feather

Jake’s been guiding with the Pescador on the Fly rods especially the El Rey series. He loves them because they’re light, fast, and work for all kinds of rigs. Lighter rods help anglers fish longer without getting tired. Even Jake’s kids are getting ready to rock one soon.

Photo via: https://pescadoronthefly.com/products/el-rey-g6-763-6-7-6-3-weight-six-section-fly-rod
missoula fly fishing
May 24, 2025 “Just got back from an unforgettable adventure in Montana—three days of chasing trout on some of the most iconic rivers in the West. We fished the Lower Clark Fork, the Upper Clark Fork, and wrapped it all up on the legendary Missouri River. I brought our full lineup of El Rey G6 rods and put them to the test in all kinds of conditions—and they delivered. Light, accurate, powerful, and compact enough to travel anywhere.” (Photo via: https://www.instagram.com/pescadoronthefly/)

Why Jake Floats Rock Creek in High Water

In spring and early summer, most of Missoula’s big rivers like the Clark Fork and Bitterroot run high and dirty. That’s when Jake turns to places like Rock Creek, where he can still find clear water and willing fish.

Even though Rock Creek looks small, Jake floats it in a full-sized drift boat when flows push over 1,700 CFS. It’s fast, technical, and full of rapids, so it’s not for beginners. But Jake says the reward is worth it, sometimes landing 40–100 fish in a day during salmon fly season.

Tip: Use high-strength tippet so you don’t lose flies in the bushes or fish in the whitewater.

Top 11 Montana Fly Fishing Secrets

Why Missoula Is Still a Hidden Gem

Jake loves Missoula because it gives you options: Clark Fork, Bitterroot, and Blackfoot, plus side channels and creeks, all within an hour. Even in busy season, you can still find water to yourself.

Jake never pre-plans trips the night before. He checks flows, forecasts, and shuttle info the morning of to decide where to go. That flexibility keeps things fun for him and his clients. Some stretches he’s fished with people for years, and they’re still discovering new water together. That’s the magic of Missoula. It’s always got more to explore.

Missoula Fly Fishing
At Blackfoot River (Photo via: https://www.instagram.com/missoulaflyguy/)
March 4, 2025 At Bitterroot River (Photo via: https://www.instagram.com/missoulaflyguy/)

Why Missoula’s Dry Dropper Game is So Good

Jake says Missoula’s rivers are made for dry dropper rigs especially in spring and early summer. The rivers are mostly freestones, which means tons of stoneflies and shallow riffles where fish feed actively. Jake’s go-to rig are Chubby Chernobyl (size 6–8) and 3 feet of tippet to a nymph like Pat’s rubber legs, hare’s ear, pheasant tail, and frenchie or perdigon.

He rarely fishes deep nymph rigs. Most fish move into shallower water as temps rise and bugs hatch. The dry gets attention, and the nymph cleans up. It’s a perfect combo.

missoula fly fishing
“Salmon Flies! June is prime time for big stone fly dry fly fishing 🎣” (Photo via: https://www.instagram.com/missoulaflyguy/)

How to Read Water and Fish the Dry Dropper Like a Pro

Jake breaks it down simply: find compression. That’s where water speeds up and pushes into structure. That’s where fish live. Don’t waste time in slow, featureless water unless you see a rise.

Key Tips to Read Water:

  • Look for seams where fast meets slow water
  • Focus on wood structure and inside bends
  • Target compressed water: boulders, banks, or drop-offs

Jake calls it spot hopping. He floats 8–17 miles a day, skipping dead water and only fishing the best spots. Once he finds where fish are holding, he replicates that water type all day.

Fly Shop Friday: Shoutout to The Missoulian Angler

Jake gives full credit to The Missoulian Angler as his go-to shop in Missoula. Whether you need flies, tying gear, or just real info on local conditions, this is the place. According to Jake, this shop has friendly crew, a huge selection of fly tying materials and local bugs, solid guide service, and fly tying classes.

Photo via: https://www.instagram.com/missouliananglerflyshop/

Final Tips for Fishing Missoula in Summer and Fall

Jake says don’t sleep on August. While some anglers worry about heat and hoot owl closures (which restrict fishing after 2 PM), Jake embraces it. With early starts and a flexible mindset, the fishing can be incredible.

Jake’s Tips for Summer Success:

  • Start early – 6:00 AM beats the heat and protects the fish
  • Be flexible – Trust your guide if plans change based on water conditions
  • Master dry-dropper rigs – Still effective all summer
  • Watch for hatches – Tricos, hoppers, and nocturnal stoneflies are all in play
  • Use strong tippet (3–4x) – Helps land fish fast in warm temps

More Than Just Fishing: Missoula Vibes

Jake isn’t just about fish counts, he’s all about the full experience. Missoula offers great food, music, and walkable downtown spots to relax after your float. Below are some of his recommendations:


You can find Jake on Instagram @missoulaflyguy.

Visit his website at MissoulaFlyGuy.com.

missoula fly fishing


Read the Full Podcast Transcript Below

Episode Transcript
Dave (2s): Today’s guest has been guiding fly anglers through Montana’s legendary waters for nearly two decades, floating high water on Rock Creek, dialing in the dry dropper, rigs on the Clark Fork, and adapting on the fly when the Bitterroot blows out. By the end of this episode, you’ll get practical tips for reading water, how to choose bugs during the stonefly season, how you can rig for high water, and how to fish Missoula like a pro. This is the Wet Fly Swing podcast where I show you the best places to travel to for fly fishing, how to find the best resources and tools to prepare for that big trip and what you can do to give back to the species we all love. Jake Hensley, the Missoula fly Guy joins us today to talk tactics. He talks about why a shorter rod might be a better choice in some situations, how to actually fish a chubby Chernobyl correctly and the mistake most anglers make wind mending. Dave (52s): We also find out why floating Rock Creek can unlock a lot more water than just hiking it. How to match your rig to pressure and depth and what Jake teaches his daughter that most adults miss entirely. Here he is Jake Hensley. You can find him at missoulaflyguy.com. How are you doing, Jake? Jake (1m 11s): Good. How are you doing, Dave? Great. Dave (1m 13s): Great. Yeah, this is really great to have you on the podcast. Today we are gonna talk about an area, I think we’re gonna talk Missoula, which is an area I’ve been to quite a few times, that part of the, the world in Montana. But also we’re gonna talk about just probably some techniques, maybe get into some rainbow brown trouts and brown trout fishing and all that. But before we get in there, real quick, let’s take it back to fly fishing. I always like to start there, you know, how’d you get into this? What’s your first memory? And then we’ll take it into your, your outfitting. You do there. Jake (1m 40s): I’ve been fly fishing here in Missoula, Montana for about 18 years now. Kind of got into it the way a lot of people do as far as seeing some videos or having a friend or a family member that was doing it. And I’d say my first look at it was living in Missoula. Obviously a river runs through it, the video mode, the movie, the book. Dave (2m 1s): It’s also to go back to the book because that has come up obviously a lot over the years. You know, we’ve had the, actually had the creative director of that movie was on the guy that actually was like, you know, stood in for Brad Pitt and some of the cha. Right. We, so we’ve covered a lot of, it’s been amazing and, and actually that was the time, right? 2005? No, when was, no, it was a decade before when that movie came out, I think. Right. Yeah. Jake (2m 22s): And I, I feel like the buzz is still around with that movie. You know, people that are getting into it or that come to visit in Missoula or have any know about it, still touch back on that movie. Dave (2m 32s): So you still hear from people that are coming through, like on trips or just in general around Missoula? Jake (2m 38s): Mostly the trips and the people that are still interested in the fly fishing or that I talk to. But the people that are visiting here, everyone ha kind of has something to say about it. A lot of people just think it’s a movie and don’t really understand how it all comes from a book. But just the whole aspect of that is was a great introduction to fly fishing and for people that had no clue what it was, I feel like, and for me, going to college, you know, sitting around in the, the dorm room popping that movie in after and then, you know, exploring the book a little bit too. It just seemed like it worked out great to kind of get me, I guess, fueled to go out into the, into the river and try it. And you know, growing up, I grew up in Wyoming and my dad took us out and we did a lot of spin rod fishing and at least, you know, touched the water and got involved with angling at a young age. Jake (3m 24s): But the fly fishing thing came later on in life and I would say when I saw that movie, it just kind of lit the fire for me. I got out and a good friend of mine who was born and raised in Helena, he kind of had the gear and, and just kind of showed me a few tricks and he took me up to Rock Creek and Rock Creek is just east of Missoula and it’s just a blue ribbon fishery. At the time I kind of still didn’t know quite anything about it. And he took me up there. We went up to the Dows walking bridge, which is a few miles up there on the dirt road. And we walked across the bridge and I watched him catch 30 trout on a fly rod. Wow. And I sat there learning, tangling, untangling, but it was just like the wow factor was there for me. Jake (4m 8s): I said I watched him catch him. I caught probably three or four fish, lost I think 50% of those and realized that man, this is quite the journey you can get into. And seeing him do it, you know, that just led me to continue to wanna do it more. And so I spent, you know, two years at least just learning and struggling with the fly rod. Not, not having a lot of success, but still getting out there and enjoying it and enjoying what comes with being in the river. And that’s kind of how I got, just got my hand on my first rod and got into it. Dave (4m 40s): That’s it. Yeah, I love, I love that you mentioned Rock Creek. ’cause that’s a place I’ve spent a lot of time. We, I went out there for my first time, I think when I was like 12 or 13. My brother, I was just actually talking to my brother just yesterday. But I went out with him, you know, him as an adult with my other brother and a friend. And we did this road trip and I was like the little 13-year-old kid that was tagging along. I hooked myself in the eye like three times on that trip. But I remember all that because rock, we, that’s where we fished. We fished Rock Creek that, you know, we went up to the the blast area above. What is it about Rock Creek? ’cause you’ve got all these other big rivers, these famous rivers, the Bitterroot, the Clark Fork. What is Rock Creek? How is it different from the others? Is it just smaller? Is the fishing as good there? Dave (5m 20s): Do you feel like it’s kind of not on the radar quite as much? I Jake (5m 23s): Feel like it is. It’s, you know, it’s off the grid a little bit. You’re up in the mountains, no cell phone service obviously. It’s been a pretty rugged road as far as I’ve always known. It’s getting better, they’re improving it, but it just, it’s kind of out there. And I think for the angler or person that wants to explore, if you want, if you’re willing to drive, hit a crappy road and go explore a little bit, it’s just got these hidden pockets. You can still find some quiet spots to fish by yourself and it’s got a high fish count, you know, I think that that’s a big thing. You get someone on there that if you get in the right spot you can catch the numbers. And I know above the dowels last, I, I haven’t checked for years, but last I checked, I think it was in the 1500 fish per mile range, which is in that upper stretch of river. Jake (6m 10s): And I think it drops the lower you get. But you go there And you kind of have some quiet fishing in a really pretty spot and the fish are there, the numbers are there. I don’t see a lot of size in there, but you know, you go out there And you, you can catch a lot of fish And you can get the rod bet and that gets a lot of people excited about fishing. Right. Yeah, Dave (6m 27s): It does. You know, another thing we want to touch on I want to today is gonna be a challenge because we’ve got a lot to talk about. You know, I wanna definitely talk about Rock Creek, I wanna talk about the Clark Fork and everything else you do there. But I also wanna talk about Pesco on the fly because you know, we’ve been working with Jeff and what he has going and I just got off the river on a trip. I was fishing and I was fishing mostly his rod, the five weight. And it’s just like a super awesome rod. Like I don’t know what it is exactly, you know, Jeff could probably explain better, but it’s light, it casts kind of super effectively for everything. We’re gonna get into that in a little bit later, but maybe just give us a primer on that. What’s your, what are you using for pesto? Are you kinda using a number of different sizes, weights or what’s your typical rod? Jake (7m 7s): You know, I’m rocking that l he a, which is his mid-range rod for a six weight right now. And he’s working on getting the l ray out I think in a four piece six weight as well. But, so for me, the, the l he a mid-range six weight is a rod I’m carrying for clients and myself. And then I’m also, for my main rods in the boat right now, I’m rocking the five-way L rays and they’re just, I like ’em. The main thing is about ’em that I’m noticing is how light they are. And sometimes people don’t notice that at first, but when you hold a rod all day And you got a guy like me that’s instructing you to kind of just beat the water and hit all these spots, you know, a full day of fishing, that extra weight starts to show off in the end. Jake (7m 52s): And I will say that L ray is light and it is, I do prefer a six weight in some scenarios, but what I’ve noticed is I like the fast action little stiffness with that L ray five and that rod will carry whatever I need it to. You know, I had clients throwing little streamers on it, slop rigs, which is a streamer nymph setup because I’ve just been wanting to, I’ve been wanting to rep that rod because I like it so much and everybody says the same thing. It’s like, man, it feels like I’m casting a feather. Dave (8m 20s): Yeah, that’s one of the big things. You’re right. It, it’s super light And you notice it right away because I was using a few different rods And you’re like, oh wow, this is, there’s that. And then, you know, I was fishing the salmon fly, you know, the giant salmon fly hatch. So I was casting big bugs all week and it was just super easy, you know, super smooth. So I, I’m excited And in fact at the end it was pretty cool for the trip because my daughter, who is almost 13, she’s been ca you know, she’s had a rod for a long time, but she’s never really gotten fully into fly fishing. And this trip she kind of, I think we did it and she was like, at the end, by the end of the coasta, I was like, hey, she was using this fiberglass rod, which I got her when she was probably seven, you know, which was great, right? It was recommended from one of our guests back then a few years back and it’s great, but she’s ready for the next level. Dave (9m 3s): And I was, and I was like, you know what, why don’t you take this rod? And I, and I gave her and she was stoked. So she’s gonna be using the pescado on the fly, that’s gonna be her new, her new rod, the five weight, same thing. Oh Jake (9m 14s): Yeah, that’s, that’s, I mean, what a great rod to get somebody into. And that’s what keeps fishing fun for me is seeing, you know, the future And you get these kids involved. I have two, two little boys and we’re getting there, but we’re not quite to the fly fishing part yet. We’re just getting the rod in the hands. But that’s what really makes it exciting. And you take a l ray and Jeff’s also got this four weight, I believe it’s the el ray four weight that is really impressive as well. And that’s probably gonna be one of the first rods my kids are rocking right there is that seven foot four weight, which is similar to what we’re on right now. Dave (9m 45s): Yeah, that’s it. The seven foot. Yeah, that and that’s, there’s something about that when they’re small, right? They don’t need a nine foot, actually the smaller rods are a good, a good way to go. Jake (9m 53s): No, and you know, as, as well as I do, when you, when you start seeing those kids get into fly fishing, that, I mean I feel like it rejuvenates my excitement for fly fishing. Yeah, Dave (10m 2s): It does. It does. I know my, my daughter was sitting in the boat in the drift boat, like going through all my fly boxes and like studying the flies. Right. And you know, as she had giant sand flies, in fact there was a, I’m not the best on theology, but there was also like some sort of a, a dray hatch. It wasn’t huge, but you know, you know it right. You notice it. Yeah. ’cause these giant mayflies and I don’t know, what would that be? What would be your guess? This was a, I’m not sure if you know the, the Deschutes are just in general, but what would be this time of year, what Drakes would you see potentially out there Jake (10m 31s): Just from comparing it to the Montana time of year? I bet Gray Drakes, that’s kind of like our big hatch that kind of happens the late spring is Gray Drakes March Browns obviously are, seem to be part of that Drake family. But the Gray Drakes have been popping off and we’re seeing some big bugs here right now too. I saw some big mayflies and you know, you’re, you’re branching into that PMD time of year. So, but I’ve seen, you know, June we get the Green Drakes Gray Drakes and which is which of the bigger the Mayflies. And man you sure know when they show up because they’re big, they fly right by you And you go, wow, look at that may fly. Dave (11m 6s): Totally. That’s awesome. Well that, that’s a perfect segue ’cause I wanna talk more about the areas you fish and kinda what you’re doing as far as techniques and things like that. So, you know, when this episode goes live, I think it’s probably gonna be closer to August, which is definitely a time of year where things get really hot and all that. But let’s take it to right now, you know, it’s springtime, it’s kind of, you know, may, June, what’s that look like for you? Are you fishing, you know, all these rivers? Are you focusing on more on, on one of them for your clients? Jake (11m 33s): You know, for us, June, may and June typically are our high water runoff seasons. I will branch over and fish the Missouri River a lot, which is a short drive. It’s two hours, hour and 45 minutes from Missoula. I was over there yesterday, you know, some nymphing, the PMBs have showed up over there. So the dry flying fishing can be fantastic over there. Dave (11m 54s): Oh right. And is that the only tailwater in that, in your area? Jake (11m 58s): It is. There’s some small tailwaters, but as far as like a big main Tailwater, that is it, I you branch further towards the Enni area and get to the Bieber head. And as far as close to Missoula itself, the Bitterroot has this small little tailwater, kind of a Tailwater I’d say, which is a damn Fed River, which is the west fork of the bid root. Now that meets with the east fork of the bid root. And there’s a lot of tributaries that pour into that as well. So it kind of eliminates what I consider like a true Tailwater. So as far as the Tailwater and main Tailwater, so you’re gonna just get the Missouri River with those, you know, Sal Bugs Scuds and stuff like that. But for rest of Missoula, we’re looking at free stones. Jake (12m 39s): And that’s why it’s hard to balance the time of year for the runoff, our water levels. Right. It’s, it’s very unpredictable. And right now, coming into June, speaking of salmon flies, which you were, you were talking about Yeah, it’s that time of year. And, and so when our, when our main rivers, like the Clark Fork, the Blackfoot, the Bitterroot are too, are too big and muddy. You start to get these tributaries around here that are really starting to punch and they have enough flow to some of ’em, you can get a boat down, for instance, rock Creek. Oh wow. Yeah. So Rock Creek is, if you’ve, you’ve weighed fished Rock Creek. Rock Creek, you look at it And you go, no way. You’re getting a boat down this, well, I think I checked today and it’s pushing at 1700 cubic feet per second. Dave (13m 20s): Wow. 1700. No kidding. Yeah. And Jake (13m 22s): I fished Rock Creek from the top end, about 2100 all the way down to about 700 is the lowest I’ve really floated it. Now there’s a stretch of Rock Creek that’s a special permit for outfitters and guides there. I think they only allow 200 a year, but the upper stretch of Rock Creek is not permitted for Oh wow. Outfitters and guides. And Dave (13m 41s): Are you floating it in like a small little like pontoon boat one man thing? No, Jake (13m 45s): I’m running, I’m running a full-sized boat through there. Dave (13m 48s): Wow. You can get a full-size, I guess my, it’s been a while since I’ve been out there, but I pitch a rock creek. I, I mean sometime, I guess in the summer, yeah, July. You can wait across it, but you’re talking Yeah. Water’s pushing and it, it’s not wide though, right? It’s not a wide creek. No, Jake (13m 59s): No. I would say it’s probably one of our most dangerous rivers to fish and float here too. You know, it’s one of those things you need to be on your, on your a game and know what you’re doing on the sticks and people get themselves into trouble. But it does, it goes from this 300 to 600 CFS of very wadeable water. And you’re looking at like, oh, this is the perfect walk and wade water other than the slippery, slippery rocks, obviously. But then all of a sudden you get this big push of water and it is like strap on and go for a whitewater fishing ride. Dave (14m 29s): Right. So why does the, why would the boat, it seems like access is pretty good from the road. What does the boat give you during those high higher water times? So just Jake (14m 39s): Typically with that high water runoff, you’re starting to get these fish that are living in the middle of the river. They kind of get conglomerated push towards the banks, I’d say, or into that pocket water that’s off the banks. And when you get higher water, you, you’re having a hard time getting a drift. You know, you know, when you’re getting a big push of water trying to fish it from the bank, you’re getting these lightning quick drifts, right? Dave (14m 58s): Yeah. Right. Jake (14m 59s): Small short seconds worth of drifts where when you’re from the boat, you still have the ability to make long drifts along those banks, kind of pinpoint your shots. Dave (15m 10s): Gotcha. So you’re drifting, so you’re pretty much not anchoring up, you’re kind of floating and drifting and fishing. Jake (15m 15s): It is float and drift. And I would say when it’s firing up there, I have clients, you know, I I I prep them, you do a safety spiel. You do a prep on, hey, 95% of the fish that my clients catch, we net, I net them, I do all the work, but man on that river, I’ve had multiple times I hand the net to my guy or lady and say, here it’s all you that you, you might have to net your own fish. You might have to pull a hook out. It can get sporting up there and it, and the guy or person rowing needs to be on their a game. And that might include you doing a little bit of your own work, even though you’re on a guided trip. But that’s how you keep everybody safe. Dave (15m 49s): Gotcha. Wow. That’s awesome. Yeah. This sounds cool. So, and so you could be doing that right now. I mean, when things are, when the bitter roots blown out, you might be able to head up to a rock creek or a trip to some of these bigger ones and do this or you know, or walk and wait it Yeah, Jake (16m 1s): For sure. I definitely think the Upper Rock Creek, middle Rock Creek is a play right now. A good friend of mine’s heading up there today. I’ve heard the salmon flies are buzzing around already. The West fork of the Bitterroot and the East Fork of the Bitterroot, you know, those are same things. Small kind of higher up tributaries that flow into the big rivers And you get a boat on there if you know what you’re doing. And man, I mean, big days on Rock Creek, the numbers are so good and the hatches are so prolific. Anywhere from Drakes salmon flies cadis to where on a big day on the Rock Creek. Man, I’ve had a hundred fish days, you know Wow. With clients, with friends with my wife. I’ve seen it all up there. And I, you know, running dry droppers and as the season progresses and the, the more years I’ve spent on these smaller rivers, I, I changed my tactics and, you know, depending on the expectation of clients and stuff, but you know, there’s many a days I’ve ran Upper Rock Creek later in June when it’s still high and just thrown single dry flies and man, what a blast. Jake (16m 58s): Go catch 40 fish. Maybe not the, maybe not, you know, 18 inches, but you know, a lot of nice 14 to 15 inch fish and catching ’em on single dry flies, obviously running pretty high, high powered tipt on that because you don’t wanna be breaking off in the bushes And you don’t wanna be, you don’t wanna be taking your time on a 14 inch fish that’s ripping 1700 CFS when a white water’s ahead of you. Dave (17m 20s): Yeah, yeah. And you got, you got rapid and, and there are some, some kind of like rapids and things like that in there. Jake (17m 26s): It seems like it’s a lot of rapids, a lot of white water mixed with strainers, a lot of boulders, a lot of, a lot of rock dodging. But you know, the, the thing that makes our rivers dangerous, any river to me is, is the wood, you know? Yeah, Dave (17m 38s): It is. Jake (17m 38s): Yeah. Put a life jacket on, fall in the river in, in a boulder section, you know, as long as you got your feet in the air And you, you know, swim and navigate the boulders. But man, those logs and strainers, that’s what makes things dangerous. And with our high water and you, you know, you, you go from 600 CFS to to 2000 ccf s you’re gonna see some wood being moved down the river and trees that have ever fallen or that got attacked by a beaver, they’re gonna make their way down to a place that might set you up for a, a gnarly scenario on the boat you gotta be ready for. So the people that are still guiding Rock Creek consistently, those, mostly it’s a young guy game. I do know some guys, some older guys are still up there getting it, but man, you, you gotta be in shape, you gotta be ready to go and that’s it. Jake (18m 19s): Yeah. It’s exciting. I will say it’s a very exciting trip up there. It’s like, like I said, you’re getting a kind of full mix of emotions when you’re running Rock Creek. Dave (18m 27s): That sounds awesome. It sounds like, you know what I mean, you’re talking, I mean I, like I said, I’ve been up there a number of times and never had done that, although I thought about it and I think one year I might even have brought up something, but I’ve always thought about that, like, yeah, this would be cool to float with a little pontoon boat, you know, or whatever. Something like that. Yeah. Jake (18m 41s): You know, the access is great up there, but still there’s plots that, you know, you would have to bush whack for miles to get to, to some really sneaky, I’d say holes where you get to ’em from a boat and pour over some spots, you’re knocking cross a river certain times of year up there, especially now. And, and when you have that boat and that access, man, you do have a, a big advantage. And to fish have fish that aren’t getting played at very often. Yeah. Dave (19m 5s): It separates you from, it’s just like anything, right? You kind of, if you’re hiking, hike a little further, you get away from the people. Here’s a way to do something that you can get away from the crowds in some other areas. Right, yeah. Because people either don’t have a boat, don’t wanna, you know, don’t have the experience and stuff like that. Have you been, have you been rowing a raft of drift boats or, I’m not sure. Have you, have you been doing this quite a while? Jake (19m 25s): I have been, I’ve been on Rock Creek doing the whole boat thing for quite a while with myself. I started off, my wife and I at the time were dating and I found a good deal on a boat and I think I was, man it’s, I have to go back, but it has to be about 14 years ago. Dave (19m 42s): What was your boat, the first boat you found? Jake (19m 44s): First boat was like a 14 foot air, Dave (19m 48s): Air puma or something like that. Jake (19m 49s): Yeah, no it wasn’t, it was like a, a d class, like a definitely a big whitewater overnight excursion boat. Got into the whole trailer, the whole setup was a great setup. But I think I paid, I wanna say we paid $4,000 for frame boom trailer. That was pretty good. Straight outta college getting set up. Dave (20m 6s): That’ll probably cost you 10,000 now, right? Jake (20m 9s): Oh, easily. You know, and, and it’s a big market, so a used boats don’t last long around Missoula, that’s for sure. And you know, we started just the Clark Fork and, and I’d say the middle, lower Clark Fork and the Blackfoot are pretty safe plays. And we started just kind of venturing there and making our way up to, we’ve even the Flathead River and kind of just doing all the rounds in Montana. And that’s what got me into the boating. And as I got more experience on the, on the sticks, I started venturing off and doing, I’d say more technical rivers. The Bitterroot is a sneaky river, you know, there’s, it changes every year, so you have to be ready to navigate new wood and, and fresh wood there. And then same with Rock Creek. You know, you don’t want to go up on Rock Creek unless you know what you’re doing. Jake (20m 50s): And I was at least smart enough, or was advised by mentors of mine to, you know, make sure you’re on your game before you get ’em branch off into these kind of more technical rivers than I was. And the more years I got under my belt, under the sticks, everything got easier. And I’d say, say that to anybody, you know, go, go find the river that’s easier to row. And once you start learning the basics, then branch off. And I also had a bunch of friends around here that were, you know, kayakers and whitewater specialists that they definitely gave me a, a heads up on how to row a boat at, at a young age. So That was beneficial to me when I started guiding, you know, I had that, I had that set of skills when I stepped in the boat with clients that, you know, I was safe. And that’s a big thing. Why are you taking people down the river, right? Jake (21m 29s): Is let’s be safe first. Dave (21m 31s): Yeah, safety’s for sure number one. Well, you know, obviously you have Missoula fly guy, you know, Missoula is in your, you know, in your brand. Talk about that a little bit. What makes Missoula so special? What are the, you’ve talked about all the rivers I think are, are there any other ones you’d mentioned here? Jake (21m 46s): I think what makes Missoula so unique and special is that those three rivers and our rivers are basically fishable for the most part year round. Obviously we have our inset seasons, which is usually March through October just because that’s when you are getting the bugs and the water temps are conducive to fishing. But Missoula just a little more, I used to kind of spurred out these numbers to clients, but I wanna say there’s like 60 boat ramps within Missoula. So what I kind of take from that is I take my clients out and a lot of times we’re not running into a lot of people still, you know, I would like to say that Missoula is still kind of a secret on the map as far as come to a place where you’re not gonna run into a lot of boats. Jake (22m 27s): If you have the right guide or the right friend that’s taking you down the river, you know, there’s three different main rivers around here, including these tributaries like Rock Creek or the Bitterroot West Fork of the Bitterroot East Fork of the Bitter. Like I said, you can branch off, but man, I, I definitely wake up in the morning and make my mind up where I’m going as I start making phone calls. I’ve never called or phoned in a trip the night before. Dave (22m 52s): Oh righty. So you wait till then that morning And you decide where you’re going? Jake (22m 55s): Yeah, and actually when I send, I send an email out to my clients to let them know, you know, our, our decision isn’t made. And if you, if you have a preference, hey, you know, my grandpa like to fish the Bitterroot, I’d like to get up there, you know, we’re gonna go do that. But man, I wake up the morning, I’m looking at forecasts, I’m looking at the water flows and the shuttle guys, these guys that run our cars around and make sure that our cars are waiting for us at the next takeout. These guys and girls, they hold the keys to our success as far as not putting on around a bunch of people. So I think what does make us unique is you can see a lot of different things in Missoula. You’re gonna see different types of fishing methods of fishing types of rivers. And then if you have the right guide, like I said, you’re gonna go out there and find a little hole and maybe have the whole river to yourself. Jake (23m 40s): And that is sometimes during our busiest times of year, I will find myself out there all alone with just our, me and my clients catching fish on a Montana River without seeing five other boats around you. Dave (23m 51s): Right. That is amazing. The Clark Fork, the Blackfoot, the Bitterroot, are they all kind of equal to you or do you have one that you kind of tend to fish more throughout the year? I try Jake (24m 0s): To look back on that every year. Sometimes I find that maybe one year I’m more of a Blackfoot guide than I, and one year more, maybe more of a bitterroot guide than I should be. But I, I tell people that hop in the boat, you know, we’re trying to stay nomadic, we don’t really want to make our mind up on a river. Certain years, like last year we kind of had a lower water year, the Blackfoot and the Bitterroot, they kind of drained out a little bit as far as our drought went. So I would obviously utilize those and, and bounce back to them at, on, you know, during a week. But I kind of stayed on the Clark Fork a lot last year ’cause they, we seem to have more water on there. So I’d say for last year for me the Clark Fork was a big play just because it did have the water. But that is like, once again, that’s what makes Missoula awesome is you wake up in the morning and you know there’s three rivers anywhere from 10 minute drive to an hour drive, you can find yourself doing something completely different. Jake (24m 53s): And I have clients that I fished a long time going on 10 years now that I swear I took a girl the other day. I bet I fished this lady 25, 30 times in the last eight years. And she told me we have never done this stretch of river. I mean that’s, that’s an amazing feat. Dave (25m 10s): So you’re able to fish a ton of different area. That’s what’s cool about it. I think that, you know, and it’s not, and we’ve heard this before from some rural experts, you know, guides and people that have been on is that that’s like, that’s the cool thing you can do. You know, you don’t have to fish the same exact stretch every week or you know, every year even. Right. You can find these different, it sounds like there’s plenty of new areas in your area every you can fish. Yeah, Jake (25m 32s): There is. And I, I would say that’s one of my selling points for clients as I, I tell ’em, you know, I’m not gonna bring you here every year and take you do the same thing. Obviously if that’s something you wanna repeat and do and see again ’cause maybe it was so awesome, let’s do that, but let’s go explore and let’s go do new things. And I, as you know, as a guide, that’s one thing that keeps me really interested in guiding and I don’t, I don’t feel like I’ve ever gotten burnt out or close to it. You know, I’m going on my 10th year guiding, not that I’m the most veteran seasoned guide out there, but for being 10 years into it, man, it’s still exciting to me because I get to go and do adventures. I I go, I never have a, a plan made up that week and, and most of my clients that hop in are all cool with going on an adventure. Jake (26m 13s): So That is one thing I’d say like, let’s go fish the upper Blackfoot tomorrow and then you might find me an hour and a half away on the upper bid route one day. And then on the very third day with like with Jeff dts Worth, yeah, we drove over to the Missouri just to go chase something different and he’s, he’s down for a drive and so am I. So let, we hopped in hour 45 minute drive and we cruised over and fished the canyon of the Missouri and yeah, he had a three day trip. It was just completely all over the board. Dave (26m 41s): Oh he did. So where’d where’d you guys start out? So when Jeff came up, where was the day one? Jake (26m 45s): So day one I, you know, Jeff comes down here the last week of April, which is a sneaky play because if we hold on to our lower water, you see some phenomenal hatches, fluttering, squalls and, and very, very low competition as far as other outfitters guides and recreational floaters tend to get off the river. So we started our, our first day on the lower Clark Fork there around like Superior Montana or St. Regis and we did catch the fluttering Squala hatch and a big march brown hatch the water was coming up so it was starting to get a little murky but we, we got it done. I think we ended like a nice 15 fish day and a couple heavy ones Dave (27m 22s): Are these mostly a mix of browns and rainbows Jake (27m 24s): That day was strictly rainbows and cut bows and cutthroat. You know, we get that hybrid cut bow in there. Dave (27m 30s): What are the cutthroat, are those West Slope Cutthroat? Jake (27m 32s): Yep, west Slope Cutthroat, you know those, those are our native fish here. The West Slope Cutthroat are the main stayers. They’ve been here forever. So rainbows and brown trouts were obviously introduced a long time ago, but you get that main, the cutthroats of what a lot of people wanna come here and fish. So, you know. And then to the next day with Jeff, we switched from the lower Clark Fork. Everything was starting to trickle out. The Bitterroot was kind of blown out and we ran up to the upper Clark Fork there I’d say around just like not too far out east of Missoula, I’d say around like the Clinton to Rock Creek area, kind of where Rock Creek pours in there. Dave (28m 6s): Does Rock Creek pour into the Clark Fork? Jake (28m 9s): Yep. Rock Creek flows into the Clark Fork, which makes it bigger. And then the Blackfoot flows in same thing, making it a bigger river and they all kind of flow into the Clark Fork. But you know, in the Upper Rock Creek you kind of get more brown trout fishery and the day with Jeff, I think we just caught brown trout. I think we ended the day with the same thing about 15 to 16 mm Dave (28m 26s): Where’d you fish on day two? Jake (28m 28s): The upper Clark Fork there. Dave (28m 29s): Oh, okay. Yeah. So you fished that upper area around Rock Creek. Yeah, Jake (28m 32s): Which is crazy ’cause the Clark Fork being one river, the upper Clark Fork is a vast difference in the lower Clark Fork. The lower Clark Fork is a huge river. You can run a jet boat down there. Oh wow. A big boat. Yeah, I mean, so it’s, you know, a very large river. You know at that point in the lower Clark Fork, the Bitterroot, the Blackfoot, rock Creek, the little Blackfoot, they’ve all, you know, converged into the Clark Fork making it the biggest river on the lower end. And then if you drive east on the Clark Fork, you go through Missoula And you go to where it is very small. I mean we’re talking the size of a, the interstate if not smaller, right like a two lane road at, at some points. And it turns from same thing rainbows, cutthroat and brown trout to more of a brown trout fishery. Jake (29m 17s): The higher you go, even all the way up towards Deer Lodge, it just becomes more brown trout, more brown trout. So with the, or the second day with Jeff, it was the upper Clark Fork and it was all, all brown trout. And we had the same thing fluttering squalls and the, actually our best bug that day was a a cadis. We got this Mother’s Day Cadis hatch that he kind of landed on the nose when he showed up and landed some big, big brown trout, which was cool. And then fast forward to day three, you know, Jeff’s always loving the Missouri, he likes to go And you can also branch off and use all of his different rods up there. So we’d loaded up the quiver. I think we had six rods ’cause he’s obviously doing a little RD. So we had all six rods in, in the Tailwater skiff there. Jake (29m 58s): And we fished the canyon of the Missouri to finalize our three day trip. And like I said, all over the board and same thing, I mean landed some big brown trout, consistent, great size rainbow trout. And yeah, we, like I said, high five drive home and Jeff, Jeff will probably be back to experience it all again. Right. Dave (30m 16s): Yeah, no it sounds like a great three day and diverse too. What’s your in, on your boat? Are you floating? It sounds like you got a drift boat. Is that what you’re mostly using out there? Jake (30m 25s): Yeah, so for the most part I run a drift boat and a wrap. I’d say the drift boat’s my Cadillac, right. Yeah, I mean I’m, I it’s comfort space, ease, you know, stand up a lot of room, we’ll cruise mostly lower bid route, lower Clark Fork and Upper Clark Fork in the Drew boat. And then I’m using my raft, which is my Jeep, right? Yep. The four wheel drive. Oh yeah. Rock Creek, west Fork of the Bitterroot, upper Bitterroot, same thing, it’s some diversion dams and stuff. You want to be, you wanna be pretty nimble and and mobile up there. I’d say so. And same with, same with the Blackfoot. The Blackfoot has a lot of white water and some tricky rowing spots. It just great to have the old four wheel drive raft with you. Jake (31m 5s): Yeah. Dave (31m 5s): Is that a row drift boat? Jake (31m 7s): Yep, I’m running the, the row drift boat, Tailwater skiff and then I’m running an NRS Otter, the 13 foot. And I like to keep everything really light in the raft, just so portages dragging around down trees, stuff like that. And then I do occasionally I got a jetboat, like a 18 foot John boat Jetboat style and I’ll run that around on the lower Clark Fork and cover some ground. Sometimes we do a little pike fishing around here too. Oh sure. Yeah. You can branch all the way down into like Plains area, which is way down on the lower Clark Fork And you can find yourself in the middle of some trout fishing, some bass fishing and some pike fishing down there. So Dave (31m 45s): Where does the Clark Fork eventually flow into? Jake (31m 48s): Flows into this Lake reservoir called Lake Ponder Array. Dave (31m 52s): Oh, ponder Array, right in Idaho, right? Yeah, Jake (31m 54s): It is in Idaho and that’s where it all kind of settles up there. And there’s a big dam there called Cabinet Gorge Dam and kind of flows and there’s a series of dams between Missoula and Lake Ponderer. You get Thompson Falls. So you get a lot of dam control in there, which is why the fishery changes a little bit through there. It kind of goes from this cool cold water fishery to almost a warm water fishery similar to the Missouri and the more dams that stack up, you get more bass fishing. You know, there’s another reservoir, Knox and Reservoir in the town called Trout Creek down there that has, it’s phenomenal for Pike bass, walleye, all that stuff. And that’s all still connected to the Clark Fork and then Clark Fork. Dave (32m 33s): Okay. Jake (32m 33s): Yeah, you branch your way east back towards Missoula And you run into just majority, just mainly rainbows and cutthroats and brown trout, so, Dave (32m 41s): Oh, okay. Yeah. So yeah, the Clark Fork and it is the Clark Fork, not the Clark’s Fork, right? It’s just Clark, no, Jake (32m 46s): Just Clark Dave (32m 47s): After Lewis and Clark. Right. Obviously the Yep, Jake (32m 49s): Exactly. And you know, if you had to ask me if, what kind of guy I’m a, I probably consider myself a Clark Fork guy, you know, it runs right through Missoula. I am miss a fly guy, so. Yep. Dave (32m 59s): I feel like that’s the, when I was starting to, you know, thinking about this, I was thinking the Clark for kept coming up to me. I just felt like, and I haven’t fished the Clark for, I really haven’t fished any of those big ones. I’ve mainly just fished Rock Creek, but you know, it’s the big one, right? Everything’s flowing into it and it’s diverse. And maybe talk, let’s go into this a little bit. We, we mentioned it and maybe we could just take it back to that day with you and Jeff on day two up near Clinton. What is the separation, is it Missoula that separates the upper from the lower Clark Fork? Jake (33m 25s): Yes. Yep. Missoula, basically I, I, I’d say the lower Clark Fork really builds below Missoula west of Missoula. And that’s mainly where the Bitterroot, which is a big river, flows into the Clark Fork. And when you have those two main rivers converging together, that’s creating that big, you know, the big body of water that consider the lower Clark Fork, the upper Clark Fork really too would be more above the Blackfoot. So east of Missoula, back towards Butte Anaconda, you have that upper Clark Fork there and it hasn’t really picked up all of our tributaries. Like Clinton, you’ve started to see where Rock Creek pours in, you get a little more water. But once you make your way up towards Drummond and these small little kind of ranch farm towns up there, the river’s really small. Jake (34m 10s): So the Clark Fork can be, you know, not much wider than 20 feet across at some points. Wow. And you could walk across the whole thing, walk and wade the whole entire, Dave (34m 20s): You can. So you can float it And you can walk and wade, there’s a lot of, are there a lot of access points, Jake (34m 24s): Lot of access points for the upper Clark Fork and you know, the numbers aren’t as high up there. The trout numbers are a little lower on the upper Clark Fork, but if you know where they’re at, you’re gonna get into ’em. And like I said, it seems to be predominantly brown trout the higher you go up there. So you can find quite a bit of brown trout and some big brown trout up there too. I think they’re trying to get the numbers in check. I think they’re running into issues with, they’ve had, you know, some old tail mine tailing issues. So we have basically the world’s largest Superfund site is all that area between Butte and like Deer Lodge where they’ve Oh wow. Yeah. Where they’ve had issues from, you know, bad mining years ago or just long time mining. Jake (35m 6s): I don’t even know if it’s bad mining. I just, you know, times have changing so they know how to do things a little better now, but, but that’s what makes the Clark for cool. It’s, I mean, one day you’re throwing hoppers on a 25 foot wide river, you know, you’re throwing big giant hoppers of brown trout and the next day, you know, drive 70 miles and you’re fishing a, a river that’s 150 feet wide and you know, in, in a drift boat, you know, chipping away at a little pod with Trics. Dave (35m 32s): Yeah, with Trics. Right. What did you guys do when you were talk about that day with Jeff on day two? Did you guys, guys, where’d you guys put in? Or what was the area you were, did you float it? Jake (35m 40s): Yeah, we, we were floating up there. I’d say we were, we were right there. It’s kind of like a, you’re almost not even naming off towns there. Yeah, just boat ramps. It’s kind of between Drummond and, and Clinton, the towns and it’s like beaver tail area we chipped away at like the hopper droppers seems to be pretty consistent for me. I call it the hopper dropper, even though that time of year we don’t have the hoppers, but I’m running like a, a chubby Chernobyl. Dave (36m 7s): Oh yeah. And when you’re running the chubby and that was a funny thing ’cause you know, it seems like that pattern is just so good for so many things. Do you think that if you had to pick one big pattern is, is that kind of the one Jake (36m 17s): Yeah, for Missoula, just because of the free stone, right. We just do have so many stone flies coming down the river. The chubby Chernobyl works great all year because you have that big section of diverse stone flies that are coming down the river. So yeah, it works great. And then you can also use it as kind of your indicator for getting your nymph down there. And so you get a two for one, right? You get the fish to kind of come up, possibly grab that, that big chubby Chernobyl and if not you’re running your nymph kind of shorter, I call it like a short leash nymph setup underneath your chubby. And a lot of times I’m running, same thing as stonefly a patch rubber legs, A hairs ear. Dave (36m 53s): Oh, okay. So you’re running a bigger, bigger bug may talk about that a little bit. What does that setup up that rig look like for your dry dropper? Jake (36m 60s): So my setup for that dry dropper is I’m running usually that chubby Chernobyl. I like a size eight, size six depending on what time of year it is. And then I’m going about three feet, depends same thing on time of year and stuff. But usually about three feet from the hook shank of that chubby Chernobyl down to my dropper. And a long time ago I learned from like one of my mentors that taught me to fly fishing, that Missoula’s a great dry dropper fishery. You know, we’re, we’re too shallow. It seems for deep nipping, you don’t need to run deep nymphs around here. It seems like when those fish are up and feeding and ready to go, they’re not in those deep holes. They kind of move into those shallower riffles. So, and when the time of year if it’s bright and sunny, you know you’re not really getting all of the dry fly each you, you might hope for. Jake (37m 42s): So you kind of get the best of both worlds when you’re running that chubby I call the chubby with that little drop off of it. And a lot of times, you know, I’m running pheasant, tail patch rubber legs, some sort of frenchy or tigon these days, which is really popular. And yeah, chasing those, those fast riffle seams and it’s, it’s awesome because I really enjoy, as the season progresses and our water comes warm water shows up with, with the bugs, you know, you’re fishing some fast water and people get shocked at how fast the water can be that we’re catching fish out of. Dave (38m 15s): Right. So you’re fishing could be fishing a faster water riffle and looking for the seam within that. What does that, what does that seam look like? Is this seam just like on a, a break of a rock or what, how do you find those, you Jake (38m 25s): Know, lower Clark Fork, you’re probably looking them where they’re gonna come off like a, a jetty rock point where you can see a riffle mending with the fast and slow water on the upper Clark Fork or the Bitterroot Man, you might be chasing a seam right off some really sneaky wood. It seems like when you’re fishing the bitterroot, you’re fishing those seams that just textbook what you would imagine fly fishing, right? You see the big root wad with a branch coming off and you’re throwing your dry fire, your whatever setup you have on right off that stick that leads into the foam. And that’s, it’s pretty, you know, I’d say textbook drift of what you can imagine fly fishing would be. And it’s, it seems like it’s interesting, every river has a different flow and a different type of setup that you’re gonna fish up there. Jake (39m 7s): And that’s what Missoula, I think that’s one of the things that makes it great. Right? One day you’re throwing hoppers on the undercut bank on the upper Clark Fork and then the next day you’re on the upper bitterroot throwing it right off the wood somewhere. So. Dave (39m 19s): Gotcha. When you guys are floating down on that day, what does that look like? Are you mostly drifting and Jeff’s casting to certain spots or are you anchoring up? How do you do that? Jake (39m 28s): Yeah, we’re always drifting with the boat. I mean the only time I’m, you’ll really ever see me drop, anchor or set up is if we’re chipping away on an up and in which I would consider like a big inside turn inside bank and you’re throwing it from the inside dead water up into the fast shallows and let it drift through the run like you would if you were wade fishing. Sometimes we’ll do that Dave (39m 48s): Now. You mean by up and in, you’re saying you’re drifting down and you’re coming down into a big bend. Jake (39m 54s): Yeah. So imagine just like the, the river taking a big loop to the left. You position yourself on that inside of that left hand turn. Just like if you’re wade fishing from the bank Dave (40m 3s): In the pool kind of in the more of the, in the eddy the slower part. Yeah, Jake (40m 6s): Exactly. And then chipping up into the fast water and doing a drift almost. If you were just standing there wade fishing, kind of that proper wade fishing technique, you’re doing it from a raft so we’ll, we’ll pull in and do that. The only other time I’m really fishing off anchors if we see a pod and we’re trying to chase some heads and headhunt, but for the most part it’s, I mean it’s really, I’d say conducive for beginner anglers or people that wanna get long drifts. ’cause I’m get, we’re getting to fly out there in the water that works for us and the rig that we have going and we’re doing these long drifts. So you’re sitting or standing in the boat and trying to get these, you know, I always say the longest drift winds, you know, the longer your drift, the more natural you can keep your drift going, the better chance you have of catching those fish. Jake (40m 46s): And I fish a pretty specific program once I get my clients to hop on board with what we’re doing and once they believe it all works pretty good. And I don’t fish everything, you know, I’m only fishing to the spots where I have memorized fish. You know, there are fish throughout the river. I try to hone in and zone in on where the fish I know live. And then we spend our time fishing to those fish. We don’t wanna waste our time fishing to negative space. Right. The there, needless to say, there isn’t a fish behind every rock. Dave (41m 15s): How do you find, is that typically, like if somebody’s listening now, you know, and they wanted to find those fish, is it just trial and error, get out there and fish it? Or how would you, what would be your tip to them? Jake (41m 25s): I’d say trial and error. Memorization is what’s got me, I’d say to my success on the river is just memorizing where fish live And you do, you go, you figure out, well man, I went through here three times, I never got one. And obviously you’re trying to read the build, right? So I start my day off with a rig, like a, a chubby dropper. And then what I’m gonna do is start throwing that rig in the water that I know it works in. And then once I know once I find the fish, I’m just gonna replicate that build of water all day long. Right? Every now and then I’ll switch rigs up to go, oh, we’re really shallow riffle here where they’re just heating dry flies, you know, I’ll switch over, either switch rod or switch the rig. But for the most part, once we get our rig dialed in for the day, like our hopper dropper or our N rig, we’re just gonna go and replicate the build of that water. Jake (42m 10s): And I find what it is is it just makes you, I’d say you’re kind of not wasting your time in the spots where the fish might not be, if there’s not a lot of compression, if there’s not a lot of water, pushing those fish to make ’em stay in a certain spot. I’m gonna skip those spots and kind of focus on the areas I know that we can be productive and catch the fish. You know, you get to a big lake, a big, big wide lake of section of the river, I call ’em lakes where it’s really dead kind of quiet water. Obviously if a fish rises he’s gonna show himself and we can go target that fish. But I’m looking at this, you know, let’s just say a hundred yard stretch of river that there’s not a lot of fast moving water and not a lot of boulders for the water to trickle around, which I call compression. Jake (42m 51s): I look out there, I see no compression, I go, man, where are the fish at? I know they’re in here, but are they 10 feet from the bank? Are they 20 feet from the bank? Unless they show themselves, I can’t really pinpoint and cash right at ’em and be highly effective with it. So I’m gonna go to where there’s a big bend in the wa in the river and find where all the water compresses into a a hard bank and there’s a soft inside. And that is where we’ll kind of spend most of our time during our days. And what I do is, I call it, you know, spot hopping and it seems like every guide runs a different program around here, but I try to do long floats, you know, anywhere from eight to 17 mile floats in a day and we’re just gonna pick our spots, you know, hot spot fish up to this spot. Jake (43m 31s): Right, Dave (43m 32s): Right. That’s a good way to do it. And you get to cover, see some country, right? You see a little more country during the Jake (43m 36s): Day. I’ve never had anybody complain about seeing more of the river. Dave (43m 40s): Yeah, more of the river. That’s awesome. So, and describe the, the leader. So you mentioned a little bit, so you have, you have your, say chubby is on your main, you got off of that, it’s a three foot liter down. What are you typically use in like what size tip it or on that dropper? Jake (43m 54s): So I’m running like six pound usually for like four X would be standard for most of the year. Honestly, a lot of the times I’m running three x ’cause I like to land those fish that we’re catching when you’re catching ’em around wood, when you’re catching ’em around, you know, obstacles or hazards in the water. You gotta be able to horse ’em outta there every now and then. So sometimes I, you know, I’ll, I’ll go back to fishing some lighter tip it if, if they’re being picky. But for the most part, running three to four feet droppers, sometimes a two foot dropper, anywhere from three x to four x to get it down there. You know, when you run a lighter tipper tip it too, some of those bugs drop a lot faster into the column. So I will, I have noticed like some, sometimes I have to switch up to Forex to get that little small nip to want to drop down into the column a little faster. Jake (44m 39s): When you have that thicker tippet floating around, sometimes you’re still wavering behind your, your chubby there and not getting into the column as fast as you’d like. But I will say I’d rather be geared up for the fish i, I want to catch rather than being geared up for the fish that we’re going to catch. Dave (44m 55s): Okay. So, so three or four x and then on your, from your chubby, what does your leader look like? Is that pretty standard? How long are you typically your leaders? Jake (45m 2s): I’m running about a seven foot liter. People are more beginners. We’ll shorten it up just to give ’em like a, a shorter casting style there, right? You don’t have to, you’re trying to flip big bugs over. It’s harder to do that with a nine foot liter. But for our little chubby hopper dropper setup, I think a seven foot liter, three x, same thing, seven foot, three x liter. Sometimes I’ll bring the last of that off with some mono to keep it floating if I want it to float a little better. But the fluorocarbon, just floral flex, seven foot tapered liter is a great way to go And you can always chop it back and add to it if you need to make some adjustments. Okay. Dave (45m 37s): And so that’s the hopper dropper sort of thing. And were you, on that day, were you guys fishing that mostly or did you do any other techniques? Jake (45m 45s): We did hopper dropper. We did throw a little single squala for a little bit. We had some fish look at it, but it wasn’t as productive as we were getting ’em on the nymph. We caught ’em. It seemed like that for the hopper dropper, our best bug that day was either a patch rubber leg because of the fluttering squalls. But we also was throwing this little mayfly cadis, it’s called a Duracell and it actually works great. It looks like it has kind of like that body, the slender profile of a mayfly. But then you know, you get kind of that CDC squiggly ski, you know, buggy looking stuff that makes it wanna look like a cadis as well. So we actually did caught our bigger fish on that. And then Jeff threw a streamer too. Jake (46m 25s): I like to throw JJ sparkle minow round up there, couple different colors in that. But yeah, a little cix as well. He stripped the streamer around, you know, trying to chase a couple, couple dragons outta some holes. But it seemed like our best fishing still came on that hopper dropper. And with the amount of stone flies we have around here, it’s hard to go away from a big stonefly. Dave (46m 45s): Yeah, the stone flies ’cause you have the, the everything, right. I mean the squa. And what is the squala, how does that compare to say a, a golden stone or the other stone flies? Jake (46m 54s): I’d say that the squala is the S smaller, it’s the first stonefly that, one of the first stoneflies that we get that kind of starts off our season. We get some numera and capias, which are the smallest of the stone flies that come first. But then it’s followed up with the squala. And then after the squala we get our salmon flies, which are giant, right? You’re looking at size four, size six for a dry or even your dropper for your, for your stonefly dropper. But then after that you get your golden stones, which the golden stones vary on, on the upper Blackfoot. You know, I’d say the, the golden stones could be a size 10 and up to a size eight. And then on the Bitterroot we have almost what I call bitterroot stones. Jake (47m 35s): And they can get really small, you can get these little golden stones that look like size twelves. So, and then our final stonefly that comes in usually is in August and late July it starts to kind of build up and it’s the nocturnal stoneflies and nocturnal stoneflies are big Dave (47m 50s): Now nocturnal. What are, what are the nocturnal, are those the ones that describe those a little Jake (47m 54s): Bit? So nocturnal stoneflies are almost the same size as salmon fly and the nocturnal stoneflies usually hatch. I think the water temps need to be a little warmer. So that’s why you start getting that hatching in July and August. And when those nocturnal stoneflies hatch, they’re big, they same thing, size six. And they seem to be more of swimmers I think. I don’t see ’em flying as much probably because they maybe are flying at nighttime when they’re most active because they are hatching in the middle of the middle of the morning or the middle of the night and you’re trying to pick up on that hatch when you put on early in the morning obviously. But it seems like when I see those nocturnal stoneflies, they’re swimming on the top of the water more than I see ’em actually flying through the air. Jake (48m 39s): And so I get a lot of clients, you know, we, when we’re met making mends to you know, continue our drift to be a longer drift and we’re mending it down river, mending up river, whichever direction I tell clients don’t be afraid to put a little movement on that stone, fly on that, on that chubby when you’re mending because you’d be surprised how many fish want to come up and attack that stonefly when you move it. And then a lot of times with our stone flies around here, the dead still perfect drift man. They’ve seen that. Sometimes you need a little, if you can teach the twitch, the twitch can, the twitch can add a little special bonus. Dave (49m 13s): What is the twitch, how would you describe the twitch? There’s Jake (49m 15s): Different ways I think the, I try to teach people this method. The rake mend is the way I was taught where you’re doing like a little zoro loop with the tip of your rod and you’re doing a small little articulated mend. And that mend is just gonna drag your fly down river without sinking it. Right? And so you get these little short drags of the squala stonefly, whatever, which one it is also tip up in the air with a little shake works. It seems like when people try to do that, it, it sometimes makes it harder to set the hook on those ’cause you’re kind of rod tip up in a little awkward angle and you’re, you’re giving a little shake on the tip. But the fluttering stonefly can be a very productive way to fish up here. Obviously our big stoneflies are definitely those flutters, right? Jake (49m 58s): It seems like the squala hatch on the bitter root’s kind of a smaller squala, they don’t really flutter as much as you would get on the lower Clark Fork in late April. Those squalls are a lot bigger and they move man and the fish wanna see ’em move the fish. You know, I tell people man, that all of a sudden you start twitching that fly, it makes that fly become real life and comes alive and those fish want to eat it. And same with Hoppers man. Yeah. Hoppers same thing. Dave (50m 21s): Yeah. ’cause we’re talking stone flies here. You mentioned, you know, the whole series like I guess six or seven different species. But yeah, you’ve got hoppers too. And that chubby Chernobyl also right, can imitate a hopper during the season. Jake (50m 32s): Definitely. It definitely can imitate a hopper you’ll find. I’d like to fish the hopper a little different too. And a lot of times in the, in the late summer and August, I’m fishing a single dry fly a lot, a lot more than you’d expect. Whether it is a no, a single nocturnal stonefly or I’m necking it down to just like a Moorish or a more or less hopper. And same thing, I like to run heavy tippet on those things because you get some aggressive takes and me, you know, making a move, the rake men seems to be the best with teaching people. It just mend it. I’m telling people, oh mend, you know, another mend mend it again and all of a sudden every time you mend it, that fly is just doing a little bit of the happy with that. Dave (51m 10s): Yeah. How do you mend, describe that a little bit. What’s your tip on mending? How do you, or does it matter if you mend and the fly goes down a little bit or you got different currents? What are your tips there? Jake (51m 20s): I’d say any men’s a good mend when people start mending on their own, that’s great. I’m always constantly reminding people to mend. I’m a talker on the boat. I don’t ever go quiet. I would say that I learned that, I learned that at a young age playing sports and stuff. When your coach stops talking to you, you know that you’re, you know, that you’re not doing, you’re like, man, I, I’m, he lost me. You know? So, right. I don’t ever stop talking. I got the gift of gab and, and I, I stay on my clients for the men. So I tell ’em, man, any men is better than no men. You know, if you’re getting a drag free drift, that’s what we want. Obviously there’s certain scenarios if you’re head hunting, you don’t wanna, you don’t want that fly to move. You know, you’re head hunting, you’re throwing slack, you gotta have this clean drift. But man, when you’re, when you’re talking about these big stone flies And you big giant size four hoppers that I like to throw fish, wanna see those things come live. Jake (52m 8s): So when you’re mending upstream, men’s downstream, men’s man bring that fly alive. You know, you don’t wanna move it four feet but you know, a couple inches every time. It, every time you mend it makes a difference, I think, on getting these fish to eat it. I think these fish are used to seeing that time of year, they’re used to seeing these dead calm drifts that everybody thinks that you wanna, you wanna fish. And I’ll throw a curve ball out there and say, Hey let’s, let’s put some movement on this thing. Let’s trick these fish. They’re used to the calm drift. They’ve seen everybody do that. Let’s bring this thing alive. So you know, a little two inches, four inches every time you mend it. If you get a little skate on the water, you obviously don’t want to go under, but I think you’re using the right float and and stuff. Yeah. Dave (52m 47s): Do you do that with your fly? I mean it’s got a lot of foam on array, but do you put some floating on it? I do. Jake (52m 51s): I run my own floating. I like that fly ara set up a lot and then I’m running like the, a gel loon for a top of a foamy for the most part. ’cause a lot of times I’m like, run a plan B fly or these little hoppers and they have this little foam post. Right. Well I also like that hopper body to lay low in the water. So I’ll only lube up the top of it just to get those posts riding above the water. And I think a lot of these fishmen, when they see that, that fly three quarters of the way or halfway down in, into the water, same thing that makes ’em think, oh this thing’s dead. You know, it’s, it’s time to eat this thing. So I I, I do use a little bit of the good lube. I like to make my own a little bit. Jake (53m 32s): I’ll use a little lighter fluid and Abilene makeup remover. Man, it makes some, it makes some good stuff. But it’s basically the same concept as as the fly agra. Dave (53m 41s): Oh really? So fly now this is to make your own fly foot. Gotcha. And, And you do that just because you like what is the, you know, why make your own, why not just go to fly agra? Jake (53m 50s): I use a lot of it and I also can control the viscosity, the thickness, my own recipe. I know some guys that like it lighter. I like to make it kind of thicker and heavier. I feel like you don’t have to reapply as much, but it all depends on what your day’s like. ’cause if you’re getting a lot of those eats, you’re reapplying all day. You know, the fish are drowning that thing. It’s time, it’s time to reapply and relo. Yep, Dave (54m 13s): Relo. Cool. And then it describe the, the, the take. What do you do when a fish hits on one of those big bigger bugs? Jake (54m 19s): Oh man. How exciting. Right? Because that is the thing you get, you fly all the way here to watch a fish explode on a hopper or just nuke a big chubby or a squala, you gotta wait. Right? You gotta wait. Everybody wants to give it the Olay. And I don’t blame ’em because you know all that, a lot of times we’re fishing in this clear water in that anticipation. You see the fish coming a lot of times, right? You see the big cutthroat and sometimes these cutthroat comes slow. It’s crazy. I swear they’re testing people. They’re like, I’m gonna come slow and let you see my body. Right? Or I even get to the surface and you’re gonna pull, I i’ll know if it’s fake ’cause you’re gonna pull that thing right outta there. I don’t have to worry about getting hooked. But yeah, I see the cutthroat tend to make this big slow takeoff at it. Jake (55m 3s): They look like a great white shark coming up. And if you can control your emotions, you know, the Canadians say God save the queen. I think some Canadian anglers, that’s their saying, right? For what? I don’t know what it be in the United States like one Mississippi, Dave (55m 16s): Right? So God save the queen is just, you basically say that before you set the hook. Jake (55m 21s): Yep. Let ’em put their mouth on it, man, I have had to pull over and like, let’s do some visualization guys. The the cutthroat are coming slow, but then you throw it on the undercut bank on the upper Clark Fork And you watch a 18 inch brown trout come out of there like a firecracker. You never knew it was coming. And all you see is the explosion on the top of the water. So it’s always different up here and which makes it, once again, makes it cool. You, you can get some different eats and see some different kind of explosive dryly eats And you see the sippers And you see all that stuff. But I’d say for most people, man, I gotta tame everybody down on the, the early hook sets. You gotta wait, you gotta let ’em clamp down on it and I’ll, I’ll pull over. I’ve, I’ve had to pull over lots of times with, with clients, you know, I’ll do some, some stuff like some techniques where we’re like, let’s close our eyes and think about this. Jake (56m 7s): You know, let’s think about the fish swimming up and eating your bug. Imagine the fish putting its mouth around the bug before you set the hook. ’cause a lot of people wanna say that. I don’t know if it really ate it. You know, that’s the saying. I think they’re mouthing it, Jake. Yeah man, these things might die if they just mouth all these bugs. I don’t know if they’d survive a winter. If, if they didn’t know how to eat that bug, they might not survive. So, Dave (56m 29s): So what are you doing when the, when the big, you got a big chubby on it rises And you set the hook too early, you’re just, just didn’t give it time to, to bite it is essentially what’s, yeah. Yeah. Jake (56m 39s): I’d say most of the time I would say I definitely will will side with my clients. I’m not here to hurt anybody’s feelings. There’s lots of times maybe the fish, you know, missed connection, right? There’s two people. There’s, it takes two to tango, right? Maybe we’re just off a little bit. Maybe the fish, the fish is just off. It’s a little bit, maybe we were a little early, but yeah, I’d say half. I’d say most of the time people are missing fish on those dry flies is that they are too early. Dave (57m 4s): Yeah, it’s too early. Jake (57m 5s): Yeah. And my experienced anglers show up, man, sometimes they, the experienced guys get me, I’m thinking, man, you should set. But they wait a one second longer set and a lot of them are, are nailing it. Jeff, Jeff had some good dry fly eats and he was letting them, letting him meet it when he was here on his trip. And it’s awesome to see it when it happens. And the dry fly bite is on up here. You see the right anglers making those moves. And I teach the anglers how to make those moves too. And being patient, you know, you drive a long ways, you fly a long ways to catch these fish. Let’s, let’s be patient and make sure it happens. Right. Dave (57m 36s): That’s awesome. Well, let’s, let’s start to take it out here with our fly shop Friday segment. Always love to give a shout out. I’m not sure, I know there’s a few shops, I’m not sure if there’s new ones, but let’s give a shout out to your local fly shop. Do you have a few out there in your area? There’s Jake (57m 51s): A bunch of good fly shops here in Missoula, but there’s one fly shop that I stand by. These guys are awesome. This guy Taylor from the Missoulian Angler Best fly shop in Missoula. These guys are pros. Everybody that works there, you go in there, they got a smile on their face, they’re gonna line you up anywhere from fly tying stuff, any gear you need for tying your own flies, they’ll tutorial. Dave (58m 13s): Oh, they have a bunch of, bunch of resources online and stuff too. Jake (58m 16s): Yeah, they do classes and the, they do some classes and stuff in the winter, but man, these guys, they got a variety of bugs. They have all the stuff for tying, they have the knowledge on the creeks and all those guys at the shop are out fishing, which I love, right? They’re all out there beating the water up themselves. So when you go into the Missoula angler, those guys are gonna give you some knowledge, they’re gonna be friendly and they’re gonna make sure you leave with the right bugs. You know, nothing but good things to say about those guys at the shop. I mean, they’re, they that guy that he actually manages some guides to. They, they have guides and they do guided trips outta the Missoulian angler and off all their guides are great and you know, he doesn’t like to put out a lot of boats. One thing I got a lot of respect for the OU angle and some of these outfitters like him, is that he’s not gonna go put 10 boats out on the river. Jake (58m 60s): And that’s a big thing in Montana. You got a lot of outfitters coming up, myself being one of ’em. But he’s limiting the pressure in which I, I have a lot of respect for that. He’s not gonna put more than five boats, six boats out on the water, even though I’m sure he has enough business to do lots of it. So hats off to the guys at the Missoula angler are always doing a, a professional job. Dave (59m 19s): That’s awesome. No, that’s a great shout out. And I wasn’t, I mean, I’ve heard of those guys, I just hadn’t chatted with them yet, so that’s great to hear. Well let’s, let’s start off with this as we kind of start to wrap it up here, just a, a few tips. So we’ve been talking, you know, the big bugs, but let’s just talk, let’s stay on the Clark Fork and just in general, if somebody’s either fishing, you know, summertime, let’s just keep it into the summertime into the fall, what are you telling somebody if they’re, they’re coming up there, what are some general tips you give ’em? Or maybe they’re on the water with you? How are they having more success? Jake (59m 47s): Man, I’d say let’s use August, right? Yeah. August is a, a downtime. Sometimes people think that August can be efficient in Montana if you show up, hey, ready to wake up early, that’s a big thing. You know, if you’re on vacation, sometimes it’s not easy to wake up at five 30 in the morning, but you know, let’s get going early. Let’s save these fish and, and get ’em when the water temps are cool, right? I always say show up ready and be adverse. Be ready to go somewhere else that you weren’t expecting, right? Like you might be ready to fish the bid root and your guide throws you a curve ball and says, let’s go up to the upper Clark Fork. And I’d say follow that guide. They, he or she’s gonna know where the fishing is that time of year. And I think if you can show up, like I said, being ready to go early in the morning and then adapting with the conditions, I’d say you’re gonna have a good time. Jake (1h 0m 34s): I think that being able to throw the small flies and being able to throw the hopper dropper is a big thing. You could run into some trico or some big fish ship. So if you can be diverse in your abilities to angle and and learn from your guide, I think you’re gonna have a lot of success. Especially in August. I love that time of year. Yeah, Dave (1h 0m 52s): That’s good to hear. So August is a great, And you, you know, people think of it, I think now because you hear a lot of the, what’s it called, the hoo hoo or what’s it called when they clo do the closures Jake (1h 1m 1s): Yep. Hoo out. Dave (1h 1m 2s): They do the hoo out stuff and that’s kind of, you know, August. But so August is still like even with the hoo out, are there places you can fish if you start early and all that? Yeah, Jake (1h 1m 10s): You know, Al’s a 2:00 PM off the water timeframe. But I mean if I, I get our clients out we’re, we’ll be hitting the water at 6, 6 30. You’re still getting a full day of fishing in. But just like most people, most people want to be off when it’s a hundred anyways. Dave (1h 1m 23s): Yeah, in some ways that’s a lot better because it gives you, the cool thing is it makes your day longer that way at 2:00 PM you’re like, man, I already got my fishing in now I got a whole half a a day to go. Jake (1h 1m 31s): Yeah. And Missoula’s got a lot to offer, man. We have a lot of good food around here. There’s always live entertainment, there’s street venues going on, there’s just a lot of stuff to do. So getting off the water early is not necessarily the worst thing because there’s a lot of things to do here. But I would say that August is a very underrated time in Montana. You’re gonna find a lot less competition out there, a lot less guides working, a lot less recreational floaters aren’t, aren’t wanting to go out there, but man, if you get the right day, Trico fishing, hopper fishing, it’s just fantastic man. And I like you took, from what I said, I like being by myself on the river. So it’s a good time to be doing that. Dave (1h 2m 5s): So that’s a, so Trico is hoppers, that’s a summer. So in the summer you’re definitely fishing And you could you also nymph do other types of techniques? Oh Jake (1h 2m 13s): Yeah, like I said, we’re still seeing a big push of those nocturnal stone flies, like big, big stone flies, size six stone fly. So we’re doing a lot of ni infant, I dry dropper more than just deep nipping, but dry droppers still at that time of year. And that’s also the best part about Missoula is there’s not just one way to skin a cat here, you’re gonna have a good time fishing and, and if your skills are high, well go out and head hunt with Trico. And if, if you’re just looking to put a couple fish in the net and enjoy the scenes man hopper dropper and go see some pretty floats. We definitely have a lot, we have the views and the scenic routes to go along with the fishing here too. Yeah, Dave (1h 2m 49s): Definitely. Yeah, you got the big sky country, right? Jake (1h 2m 52s): Oh man. Yeah, I could talk about it all day, man. Dave (1h 2m 54s): Nice. Give us a heads up before we head outta here on just some of the, anything with Pesco on the fly we missed? Anything you wanna highlight? You know, with Jeff, we talked about a couple things I asked him. I think the six piece rod is really, you know, I think there’s other six piece rods, but it’s kind of cool because his, his rod, that’s the one I was using was the six piece And you can’t tell it’s a six piece right? It feels just like a four piece. What else would you say, any other things on Pescador that, you know, as you’ve been out with Jeff A. Little bit? Jake (1h 3m 19s): You know, I like the straight to consumer, right? Direct to consumer. Yeah. I’ve, I fished all the rods. I have a whole stack of rods out here in my garage and they’re all, they’re all, I like the quality, you know, but the price point that Jeff’s giving that high quality rod for is hard to beat. And like I said, you’re going with this light action rod. I mean, it makes a big difference. If you are only fishing two hours a day, maybe you don’t notice that, but you hop in my boat and I’m, and I’m on you to fish a full seven, eight hour day, you’re gonna notice that, man, it’s nice to have a high quality rod that’s very lightweight. That goes a long ways. And I also like the fact that this is one kicker that Jeff came up with. Jake (1h 3m 59s): He throws an extra tip in there. Yeah, Dave (1h 4m 2s): I know Jake (1h 4m 2s): That is you many, I mean, whether it’s on the accidents happen, but I mean, a tip’s gonna get broken. The fact that you already, you’re starting your purchase off with a backup tip. I mean, right there, I I just love that, that part of the game because we’re breaking rods in my boat at some point. I don’t want to, but it’s just, it’s just the name of the game. If you have a rod long enough and you know, crazy stuff goes down on the boat when people are landing big fish and rods get broken or stepped on whatever. So I like the fact that he’s thrown in that extra tip. I like the light weight action of the rod. And the other thing, like you said, if you’re traveling with the six piece, that’s great, but he also has that four piece for my rod vault that travels just great. And then you also throw in that that man, the seven weight that he’s rocking right now for streamers. Jake (1h 4m 47s): So throw a streamer all day with that thing. Just ease of effort. I like the stiffness of that one too because you know, I feel like you’re not having to do a lot of hard casting to get it to where you want to go. So I think that’s one thing I like about all the Rod Jeffs making out is that the performance is high, but the product is great, you know, lightweight, so definitely, yeah. Exciting stuff outta that guy, man. He’s always got some new, something new coming out too, so every time, every time I hear from Jeff I’m always, I’m always waiting to hear what’s the next thing that he’s got lined up, man. It’s something new every time. Dave (1h 5m 18s): Yeah, definitely. Yeah, I love his, he’s also got, I think with the first podcast we did with him, he was talking about his morning routine, which is like, he’s got it, he’s got it dialed. I always love, because that’s a struggle for me, you know, getting the, the good morning routine. He’s, he’s kind of got his workout done, he’s got, he’s eating good, you know, he, he’s got his, he’s definitely got his game together. Right. Yeah, I think that’s inspiring. Jake (1h 5m 40s): He does, man. And gotta appreciate, he’s a, he’s a mentor of mine too, man. The guy sends me down the right path all the time, every time I got a question, he’s seems like he’s got the right answer for me. So it’s good to have out, have him on my side. Awesome. Dave (1h 5m 51s): Well a couple of random ones here and then we’ll take it out. So we talked about the boats a little bit. You mentioned Missoula. So Missoula is kind of a college town, right? University of Montana. Yeah. Give us a couple, if somebody’s coming through, they’re excited now, they’re gonna be maybe fishing Rock Creek, Clark Fork. Where should we be stopping by if we’re gonna get some dinner or some food at one of the evenings? Oh Jake (1h 6m 9s): Man, Missoula just, it’s on the spot. You know, back when fly fishing started getting big in Missoula, it was like fly shops or like a lodge, right? It was like, oh, you gotta have a lodge. And the hotels weren’t awesome here, you know, 15 years ago. It has everything, right? It’s a booming college town. Everyone wants to be in Montana right now. And so you come through, you want to do, you know, I want to go see where the, the book A River runs Through it was written about. Yeah. Dave (1h 6m 35s): Is and is that where it was? So was it the Blackfoot? What was the river? Yeah, it was the Blackfoot. Yep. Jake (1h 6m 40s): The big Blackfoot River. Right. So you come here, you see the big Blackfoot River, you poke all the way from there into Missoula And you go grab yourself a beer at the Kettle House Brewery. There’s an amphitheater where you can go see, I think the Black Keys were just there last night maybe. Oh cool. Yeah, right. So it’s a small amphitheater and then come into town, you know, you got your ice cream shop, big Dipper World class ice cream on a hot day you can go get dinner at the depot deck. Yeah. Just have everything. I would say back in the day, that was the thing is people were trying to pitch these lodges and stuff like that, but man, we got multiple hotels here at great price points. Jake (1h 7m 20s): Everything could be walking distance if you want it to be. So you could go get a hotel room at the AC Marriott downtown And you don’t even have to have a rental car. You can just walk to every restaurant. You can go see a live show and then be back at your hotel in five minutes. Oh, Dave (1h 7m 37s): That’s pretty cool. Yeah, because see it’s not a huge city really. You can walk, it’s a good walking city. Yeah, Jake (1h 7m 42s): I’d say everything’s kind of circulates around. Like downtown is kind of the scene And you have plenty of restaurants. The bar scene is great if people want to come here and it’s, you know, it’s not like a, a fancy nightlife, but man, you go there And you can go to the Missoula club, which is like a kind of a dive bar, but a really cool history dive bar And you can get one of the best cheeseburgers you’ve ever had and followed it up with a microbrew that is probably a local microbrew from Missoula. Yeah. So the diversity’s there, the cuisines there, they got plenty of good food. And then all summer long, like they, I think the Roots Festival where they have multiple bands coming in and playing downtown all over. I mean, nice. I mean my music here is great too. Jake (1h 8m 22s): So that’s the thing that’s changed in Missoula. It’s, it’s not just this quiet, this off grid fishing destination now it’s, you have a lot of BBOs, you have a lot of hotels and the food and the entertainment goes with it. And, and I’d say that’s, that’s what is putting us on the map big time right now. Not only do we have world-class vision here, but you just have all the amenities to go with it. Dave (1h 8m 44s): Yeah, definitely. No Missoula. Yeah. Is, is amazing. Excited to get back there for sure this year. Well I guess, you know, Jake, we could probably leave it there. I think we’ll be chatting more, you know, moving ahead. We could send, I guess everybody out to Missoula fly guy.com if they wanna check in with you on trips, availability, and just maybe pick your brain on anything. Does that sound like a good plan? Yeah, Jake (1h 9m 4s): I’d say send me an email if anybody wants to ever book a trip. I run Missoula fly guy on my Instagram that I, a lot of people get, see what I’m doing all the time. I, I try to post my pictures and videos of what’s going on there constantly. I would say, I’m like, man, I’m in the business of getting, you know, the, the guys that have fished all over the world. I take those people fishing, that’s great too. But I’m trying to get people in my boat that wanna, they wanna learn and they, I’d love to make new relationships and form new relationships with people that wanna learn and get into this fishing stuff. So if there’s anybody out there that you know is just trying to branch off and learn more and get more involved in fishing, send me a message, send me an email, let’s talk about it. Because just like your situation, man, you got a 13-year-old daughter Yep. Jake (1h 9m 48s): Who’s picking it up and man, I tell people I specialize in getting those, those little kids really into it. Nice. And people talk about bringing their wives fishing. Missoula’s great for that because you’re not just stuck out in this podunk town where there’s nothing to do after the fishing trip. You’re gonna go get some good food and man, I make sure the wives catch ’em too, man. Right. Yeah. Sometimes wives and a lot of times the wives end up being better anglers than, than any of us will ever be, so. That’s Dave (1h 10m 13s): Right. Love Jake (1h 10m 14s): It. I’d say tell your friends and, and, and definitely bring your kids man. It’s a very family friendly place to be in the summertime is Montana. Dave (1h 10m 21s): Yeah, definitely. We’ll, we’ll be, we’ll be seeing more of it this year for sure. So cool Jake, well we’ll leave it there and send everybody out. We’ll put links in the show notes to all that. And yeah, I just wanna thank you again for all the time today and definitely appreciate all the insight and look forward to keeping in touch. Jake (1h 10m 35s): Yes sir. I appreciate it. Dave (1h 10m 37s): If you’re fired up to Fish, Montana’s Iconic Rivers or want to see what it’s like to float Rock Creek like we talked about most people, you’re not seeing them do this, you can head over to missoula fly guy.com right now. We covered today from Technical drive, fly to the Clark Fork and everything in between. Jake’s gotta go on. If you’re thinking about playing a trip here And you want us to connect and, and get some more information for our Wetly Swing Pro community, you can check in right now. Go to wew.com/pro And you can find out more how to get inside Scoop on trips and everything we have going this year. If you haven’t yet, please subscribe to this podcast. You can do that really quickly on Apple Podcast, Spotify, wherever you listen, click that plus button, you’ll get the next episode delivered to your inbox. Dave (1h 11m 22s): And just wanna give one shout out before we get out here, the lodge at Palisades Creek, we’re gonna be doing a big event with them this year. If you haven’t checked out the lodge at Palisades Creek, the South Fork of the Snake, you can do that right now. Check in with them and check in with me. Alright, appreciate you for stopping in today. Hope you have a great afternoon. Hope you’re having an amazing evening, and if it’s morning, hope you have a beautiful morning and your day is a good one. We’ll talk to you then. Outro (1h 11m 45s): Thanks for listening to the Wet Fly Swing for Fishing show. For notes and links from this episode, visit wet fly swing.com.

Missoula Fly Fishing

Conclusion with Jake Hensley on Missoula Fly Fishing

Jake Hensley gave us a full run through of what it’s like to fish Missoula’s rivers, from timing hatches to reading water and choosing the right gear. His insights are perfect for anglers who want to step up their game, explore new water, or finally understand why that chubby Chernobyl isn’t working like it should. Be sure to check out Jake’s trips and reports at missoulaflyguy.com and follow him on Instagram for daily river updates. And if you’re heading to Missoula this season, don’t forget to start early, stay flexible, and always watch your mend.

     

794 | Lani Waller’s Untold Story with Brother Jack Waller

lani waller

Episode Show Notes

In this episode, we take a heartfelt journey into the life of one of steelhead fishing’s most influential figures, Lani Waller. Through his brother Jack Waller, we hear untold stories about Lani’s early years, his deep connection to rivers, and the life-changing events that shaped him. From a childhood trauma that led him to the fly rod to the plane crash that forever changed his path, Jack shares what made Lani more than just a great angler. He was a true steward of the sport. If you’ve ever been moved by a cast, a river, or a story, this one’s for you.


Hit play to start listening! 👇🏻🎧

apple podcasts

Find the show:  Follow the Show | Overcast | Spotify

Subscribe on Apple Podcasts

Subscribe on Android

Subscribe via RSS

(The full episode transcript is at the bottom of this blogpost) 👇🏻

Sponsors and Podcast Updates

 

lani waller

Show Notes with Jack Waller on Lani Waller’s Untold Story

How Lani Got Hooked on Fly Fishing

Lani Waller wasn’t always a steelhead legend. It started when he was around 10 years old. A family friend introduced him to fly tying and he was hooked. While other kids were out cruising the main street, Lani stayed home tying flies. He was drawn to the detail, the focus, and the connection to nature.

His love for water started on family camping trips in Northern California. He’d sit by streams, just watching. Even as a kid, he was fascinated by fish, frogs, and the little things most people missed.

Why Lani Chose Fishing Over Hunting

Lani had a tough moment as a kid. After a bad hunting experience where a wounded deer was left suffering, he made a promise that he’d never hunt again. And he didn’t. That moment shaped the rest of his life. He found something different in fly fishing. Something peaceful.

He told Jack that fishing gave him a real connection through the fly line, to the fish, the river, and nature itself. He didn’t feel that way about hunting. Even though he kept his emotions private, Lani had deep feelings about the outdoors, animals, and what it meant to fish with respect. Later in life, he spoke more about these ideas. He believed fly fishing should be thoughtful and ethical, something that gives back as much as it takes.

Lani’s Life in Mexico

In his later years, Lani and his wife moved from California to San Miguel de Allende, Mexico. They were ready for a slower pace and a place with less status and stress. They loved the culture, the history, and the beauty of the town. Lani kept writing, guiding, and running his travel business from there.

He picked up tropical fly fishing and chased species like permit and bonefish across the Caribbean and Gulf of Mexico. He even led exclusive trips to places like Argentina. Even far from the steelhead rivers, Lani found new waters to explore.

The Crash That Changed Everything

In 1992, Lani survived a plane crash while flying into the Babine River near the Silver Hilton Lodge. The plane lost power after a failed landing attempt and went down hard. Lani was badly injured but he survived.

That crash became a major turning point in his life. Jack became his caregiver during recovery. The injuries were serious and long-lasting, both physically and emotionally. But Lani didn’t let the fear win. On the crash’s one-year anniversary, he returned to the same location this time by helicopter. He wanted to reconnect with the place and the people, not let trauma keep him away.

Jack believes the crash may have contributed to Lani’s later struggles with dementia. Despite that, Lani kept writing, guiding, and fishing for years after. He stayed connected to his passion right to the end.

lani waller
Photo via: https://www.laniwaller.net

More Than an Angler

Lani was known for his fly fishing but there was so much more to him. He was a talented artist, musician, and craftsman. He painted, sculpted, and even built a powerful anti-war piece featuring a skeleton in a wheelchair titled “I Am a Hero”.

He also had a creative side outside the arts. Lani was a skilled leatherworker and ran his own shop in Chico, California. Over the years, he worked as a house painter, helped run a peach testing program, and stayed busy with hands-on, meaningful work.

But fly fishing eventually became his career. He launched one of the first travel-based fly fishing businesses under Eddie Bauer and later ran his own operation, Worldwide Anglers. From Russia to New Zealand, Lani helped anglers chase fish in some of the most remote places on earth.

lani waller
Photo via: https://www.flyfisherman.com/editorial/secret-season-steelhead/466598

Lani’s Early Years

Lani and Jack grew up in a world far from the spotlight. Born during World War II, they spent their early childhood in rural Missouri before moving to the San Francisco Bay Area after their dad left the Navy.

lani waller
Photo via: https://www.flyfisherman.com/editorial/lani-waller-steelhead-bum/519923

Their new life in California was a big change—more people, more diversity, and more challenge. Their dad, once a Navy musician, had high expectations and strong discipline. That created tension at home, especially for two curious and creative kids.

Even in those early years, Lani loved the outdoors. Later, the two brothers went to Chico State together, even roomed in multiple places. Lani was outgoing, active in campus life, and known around town not for fishing, but for his energy, charm, and creativity.

He was also politically engaged. Lani stood against far-right groups like the John Birch Society and was shaped by events like JFK’s assassination and the rise of the counterculture.

Lani’s Family

Lani never had children. Jack, on the other hand, became a father at age 63 and says it was the greatest experience of his life. His daughter Ruby brought joy not just to him, but also to Lani, who bonded with her during family visits.

Lani’s adult life wasn’t just defined by fishing. He studied sociology, explored Eastern philosophy, played music, and even ran a leatherwork shop. But when he turned to fly fishing and travel full-time, it caused friction with his father who struggled to understand how fishing could be a real career.

Still, Lani made it work, with help from his wife Judy, whose family gave them the freedom to travel and eventually settle in a mansion in San Miguel de Allende, Mexico. They lived well, with a full staff and a beautiful home. Sadly, in Lani’s final years, dementia set in. After his passing, Judy was left alone with her own memory struggles.

What Lani Would Want Us to Remember

If Lani could leave one message, it wouldn’t be about his legacy. It would be about the future. He believed deeply in conservation, in protecting wild places, and in passing those values to the next generation.

He worried about where things were heading. Climate change, political division, and a growing disconnect from nature weighed heavily on him. Jack says it simply: “Lani would want the work continued.”

Visit Jack Waller’s website at jackwallertreeart.com.

Learn more about Lani at LaniWaller.net.


Resources Noted in the Show

lani waller
Photo via: https://www.flyfisherman.com/editorial/lani-wallers-grasshopper-bridge/509542

Full Podcast Transcript

Episode Transcript
Dave (2s): Today’s guest brings us deep into the life and legacy of Lani Waller, a pioneering, steelhead guide, writer and philosopher whose name still echoes through the Skeena River today. From his early obsession with flight, tying at age 10 to building trust with First Nations and creating conservation movements. Lonnie didn’t just fish rivers, he listened to ’em. And today you’re gonna get all the great stories of Lani Waller and some of the background, so you understand who this person was. This is the Wet Fly Swing podcast where I show you the best places to travel to for fly fishing, how to find the best resources and tools to prepare for that big trip, And what you can do to give back to the fish species we all love. Dave (43s): In today’s episode, Jack Waller shares intimate stories of his brother, how a childhood hunting trauma turned Lani toward fly fishing for good, the crash, the plane crash on the Babine River that reshaped his life, and the quiet emotional depth behind one of fly fishing’s most charismatic figures. You also hear why Lani walked away from the spotlight in the U.S., how he shaped conservation efforts across the northwest, and what he believed truly connected us to the fish. All right, this is a big one. Here we go. Jack Waller. You can find him at jackwallertreeart.com. Dave (1m 24s): How are you doing, Jack? Jack (1m 25s): I’m doing fine. I’m very interested in what you have in mind. Dave (1m 29s): Yeah, yeah. This is gonna be a really great episode because I guess it’s, you know, it’s been a little while. Lani Waller was a famous person in fly fishing. Still is. He was a great steelhead angler. We’ve, I’ve had steelhead in my life for most of my life, and I remember, I always go back to the story of one of Lonnie’s Scientific anglers, 3M videos where he was fishing a tail out of the Deschutes River. I just watched it again last night, and it was a run. I know that I’ve caught one of my largest fishing, but he, back in the eighties, did these videos. He’s, he’s so, he is done a lot. We’re gonna talk about Lonnie War. You’re his brother Lonnie has passed away, but we’re gonna try to get some insight from you on, you know, Lonnie, who he was since we never had a chance to have ’em on the podcast. Dave (2m 13s): But before we get there, Jack, maybe just take us back to your story. Are you, have you been doing any of the outdoor stuff, fishing, hunting, any, are you into any of that stuff? Jack (2m 24s): I am not. I, I’m embarrassed, I’m embarrassed to say, But I do. One thing I would like to say right away is I do have a family background that I shared with Lonnie. Our family was an outdoor family, a camping family. Oh, yeah. My dad was an avid hunter, fishermen, sportsmen of all sorts. So, along with Lonnie, I grew up in a family that really enjoyed the outdoors. We took numerous camping trips every summer, all over northern California. Jack (3m 4s): Yosemite was one of our favorite destinations. So I, I shared that family background with Lonnie. I was not a hunter or a fisherman, and yet we had in depth, I don’t know exactly how to non-professional communications that I’d love to tell you about as the, as this interview goes on. But I now live in, in southwest Montana, in a little town called Virginia City That’s right in the, it’s 14 miles from Ennis, Montana, and right in the heart of the Madison big hole Bieber head, Gallatin all the rivers. Jack (3m 48s): And Lonnie visited here several times and really loved it. So we share that and did share that love at the outdoors, and my furniture making was a big part of that. Dave (4m 1s): Yeah. So, good. Well, let’s, and what I wanted to do is, we’re gonna kind of jump around a little bit today. And I, I’m on Lonnie waller.net on the website right now, looking at some of his history. And I think one of the things, like I mentioned the video, the legacy. He, he had this video that came out that was kind of a how-to steelhead fishing and I think is still known as regard as one of the best out there. But do you remember, like, take us back. Do you remember when Lonnie started steelhead fishing? Do you remember his first interaction? Or, or even just with fly fishing? Jack (4m 33s): Yes. I, I do. One of the things that sticks out in my mind that might surprise you is Lonnie started tying flies when he was nine or 10, and he had had an interest in fishing, bait fishing and other things. But my mom and dad had a, a couple of family friends, and the woman, Ernestine Bower was her name. She was a, a fly tire and a fly fisher. And Lonnie was fascinated with her. And she was the one who first introduced him to Playtime about 10 years old. Jack (5m 14s): And he loved it. He always had a fascination for hobbies that involved great detail. He loved to make small models. He had collections of all sorts of little intricate things that he collected. But I remember that distinctly because he was so taken with something that, that was that detailed, that interesting and very different from bait casting and all the fishing that my dad did. Yeah. Dave (5m 45s): So he started at 10 years old. And did he then get into fly fishing pretty quick after that? Jack (5m 51s): He did. My dad was not involved with fly fishing, so he began reading magazines. I remember he loved to read Outdoor Life. It was big surprise to me because I didn’t really know anything about that genre. And he read articles by Joe Brooks, and that’s the one thing really sticks in my mind. So he, he began to pursue that. And another vivid memory that I have is very early, late middle school, early junior high. He was so involved with ply tying that friends would stop by and say, let’s, let’s go drag the main, or let’s go do this other adolescent activity. Jack (6m 42s): And he, he wasn’t interested. Dave (6m 44s): He wasn’t into it. Jack (6m 46s): Yeah. He said, I, I really like this, this is what I wanna do. And his friends were amazed. Dave (6m 53s): Yeah. So he was in, in it since 10, pretty much fly fishing, fly tying, and, and just really the outdoors his entire life. That was his thing. Jack (7m 2s): Yes. And his early fascination on the camping trips was with waterways. He loved, I can remember him just being along a, a stream bank somewhere in the Sacramento Valley or in the foothills of the Sierra, and just sitting by the water and looking at it. He, he actually even wrote a poem very early on about poly wags. He, he, he sent me a copy of it years ago, and I still have it. But he was fascinated and very observant with wildlife of all sorts. Jack (7m 42s): And that came into focus with Phish. Dave (7m 45s): Yeah. With Phish. And I did hear the story that part of the focus was not hunting. He had some story, I think, where his dad or your dad wanted him to shoot a dough, a wounded dough or something like that. And he left it. What, tell us that story a little bit. Jack (7m 59s): That was a real departure. Our dad was a dominant man. Lonnie inherited all kinds of dad’s characteristics. His personality, his people skills, his charisma, but dad, his hunting, there were several traumatic experiences when he was trying to introduce Lonnie to hunting. And one of ’em that I vividly remember was a bad shot. And the animal, the deer was suffering. Excuse me. Dave (8m 34s): Yeah. Jack (8m 36s): Lonnie was deeply, deeply moved by that and vowed that he would never hunt again. Wow. And he didn’t, Dave (8m 47s): He didn’t, he didn’t ever hunt after that mo And that was when he was a, a young kid. A young adolescent, Jack (8m 53s): Very young. Yeah. I don’t know if you can edit that out. I, I really, that’s such a valuable story. I really, yeah. Regret getting emotional, but Dave (9m 3s): Oh, yeah. No, there’s nothing wrong with, that’s why a podcast is, you know, that’s why we do the podcast. You know what I mean? Like some of the Well, Jack (9m 9s): Yeah. The emotional side of Lonnie is, is one that I know very well. Dave (9m 15s): Oh, Roy, tell us about the emotional side. ’cause I think everybody sees, you know, from the videos and my experience of seeing Lonnie, like I said, I just watched that old video again, is he was this big, bigger than life character that loved Yes. You know, but you never saw, well, at least I didn’t see the emotional side. Tell us about that a little bit, Jack (9m 32s): Bit. It means a lot to me to share that. Lonnie, as I said, had incredible charisma, social skills. I observed countless examples of his ability, his, his sensitivity, how articulate he was, how engaged he could be. But he was also, and Angel Bokey and I have talked about this, he was also a very private person. And the emotional side, he kept private. Yeah. And that was one of my thoughts, anticipating our conversation is what not to say. Jack (10m 14s): Yeah. Actually, because especially the last year of his life was very tragic and very emotional. And but to go back to his early life, one of the things that he just felt that the suffering of animals was so deeply wrong. And he clashed with my dad about that. The whole idea of, well, he, God, I’m jumping, but he compared what he found in fishing, what he called his connection. And he was very articulate in conversations with me and with our dad, saying that the difference between hunting and fishing is that the hunting was a violent and disconnected sport. Jack (11m 12s): And he didn’t even like to call it a sport. But he said the difference that he found in fishing was the literal connection through the fly line that connected him with the deepest mystery of the fish, the river, everything. In a way that was, he even used the word so intimate, whereas hunting was so removed, there was, you know, the bullet didn’t convey any connection. Right. So he had a, he had a sensitivity that was, I mean, emotional for sure, But I would, without getting too Yeah. Jack (11m 57s): Abstract was existential. He had a, an awareness that, and I think he did a great deal to communicate that in his videos and, and in his writings. But I think he withheld a certain, almost anger at the way the animals are treated, the way environment is treated. Dave (12m 21s): Yeah. So he didn’t, he didn’t speak about that. I’m, I’m guessing, I, I’m not sure, but he, did he speak much? No. Yeah. He, he didn’t go, he wasn’t outspoken about how he was against hunting and all that. Jack (12m 31s): No. Dave (12m 32s): Yeah. Because it’s interesting because yeah, if he, if he would’ve done that, which is fine, he probably would’ve had about 50% of his audience that would’ve thought, wow, that’s, well, I love hunting. Why would I not? You know what I mean? Like Yes. So he probably would’ve, yes. And that’s a challenge I think, in fly fishing and conservation as well, and all sorts of things that you’ve got these politics, you know, you’ve got, you’ve got politics. Everybody’s got their own politics. And I think that part of the challenge is you wanna support things you believe in, but at the same time, you don’t want to, you know, people that love you for other things, you don’t want to dissuade them Right. From being a Yeah. And that’s probably how he thought Jack (13m 10s): That sums it up. And that the symposium that I’ve referenced brought a lot of that into focus of the Philosophical Fly Fisher was a symposium that we held here in Virginia City, 2001, I believe. And Lonnie was a, a guest speaker and participant in that symposium. And he did at that, in that setting, discuss a lot more of, of his feelings about, you know, philosophical being ethical, being metaphysical, being aesthetic. He really had a lot that he contributed along with some other, at least locally known, I don’t know if, if you know the name, Russell Chatham. Jack (13m 57s): Yeah. Yeah. He participated in it, another local author, fly fisherman. Greg Keeler participated in it. Robert Lee, Jerry Tic was part of it. And in that symposium, one of the discussions, one of the panels included fellow from Missoula performance artist who had a routine about catching a trout and comparing that to, okay, how would you feel if you ran a 200 yard dash and at the end of the 200 yard dash, they submerged you in water. Right. Jack (14m 38s): And that I just mentioned that, because that was a very emotional discussion. Dave (14m 44s): Yeah. With, with Lonnie. Basically Lonnie hearing somebody say how he was actually hurting herding phish. Jack (14m 50s): Yes. Yeah. It was a criticism of the whole sport of fly fishing, of interfering with the steelhead or the trout, whatever it, it happened to be. And actually, in a way, being a predator, I didn’t intend to Oh, yeah. Even go into this. But my point is that Lonnie was very open to that discussion. He shared how he felt about it, everything he did to mitigate any of those negative aspects of it. And he actually almost had an ethical sense of balance of all the good that’s coming out of the sport of fly fishing and the, including all his involvements with the, the scheme of drainage and the First Nations people. Jack (15m 43s): And I’m sorry, I’m really jumping around. Dave (15m 46s): No, this is great. This is great. I think I totally agree. I think that that’s part of the, you know, the dilemma is that, you know, fly fishing a hundred percent hurts fish. And, and that you’re hooking them, and potentially fish are even dying, especially people that don’t know how to handle fish, how to release ’em. The water’s too warm. But the thing is, is that fly fishing also adds a lot to conservation, because we’re all supportive of conservation. So it’s this balancing, it’s almost like, it’s like, you know, other things, recycling, you know, these little things that you can do that you seem like, well, maybe they’re not doing much, but they do add up. Right. There’s all this stuff. Right. Yeah. So, no, I get it. I think it makes sense. But it was a, a dilemma for him. Dave (16m 27s): You mentioned later in life, I think this sounds like, you know, this was a challenging part. Maybe take us there. He moved to Mexico, is that, talk about his last few years. Jack (16m 37s): The move to Mexico was a result of a number of factors. One being that he lived in San Rafael, California right. In Mar Marin County. And it was evolving into a very aristocratic, very expensive, very high status. Yeah. He and his wife had a very, very nice home. But he, he just was getting tired of all the affluence, all the status stuff. And he and his wife had been going to San Miguel, Dede, a really historic, lovely city up in the high foothills, about 70 miles north of Mexico City. Jack (17m 22s): And they loved it. But the move to Mexico, as is true of a lot of Lonnie’s life, was his wife’s idea. She’s devout Catholic and loved the, the history, the Catholic church history there, all the architecture, everything about it. So she was the motivating factor in their move there. But it also removed him geographically from a lot of the changes that were happening in the area where he grew up and that he didn’t like. Dave (17m 59s): When it comes to high quality flies that truly elevate your fly fishing game, drift hook.com is the trusted source you need. I’ve been using drift hooks, expertly selected flies for a while now, and they never disappoint. Plus they stand behind their products with a money back guarantee. Are you ready to upgrade your fly box? Head over to drift hook.com today and use the code swing at checkout to get 15% off your first order. That’s drift hook, D-R-I-F-T-H-O-O k.com. Don’t miss out. Wanna experience a magic trick on a certain river at a certain time of day, time slows down. Where is this place located? In the heart of Montana is a place where people go to slow things down, to float down a historic river and to watch the birds dance across the sky, watch animals explore the open land, and of course, to fish. Dave (18m 48s): If you’re looking to slow things down, Helena Montana is waiting for you. Visit Helena Montana right now. You can head over to helena mt.com to get a change of pace This year. So they left there in, how long did they live in Mexico, Jack (19m 5s): Roughly? They lived there at least 10 years. Dave (19m 8s): Oh, wow. Yeah. A de a lot, a decent amount of time before Jack (19m 11s): He died. Oh, yeah. And I, and my family, my wife Kristen, and our daughter Ruby, who Jerry Cu wrote the song about. Oh yeah. Dave (19m 20s): Right. Yeah. Jack (19m 21s): We went down and had a very nice visit with them shortly after they’d moved down there And we could understand what they loved about it. There was quite an Amer expatriate American presence there compared to Marin County. Their, their lifestyle was a lot less expensive, so there were a lot of values in his being down there. He also had a great office where he continued to write and to communicate and do his travel business. So the essence of his professional life could be continued down there. So you put all that together and they loved it. Dave (20m 4s): They did. So he did love it down there. And he, I’m guessing, did he, did he get some fishing in down there as well? Jack (20m 9s): That was one thing that surprised, even surprised me, but a lot of his fishing buddies is he got into all kinds of fly fishing for permit, for bonefish, for, he fished the Caribbean, he fished the Gulf of Mexico, and I don’t know if he was initiated a lot of it, but he really got into fly fishing for tropical Dave (20m 35s): Fish. Yeah. And that doesn’t surprise me at all. I mean, obviously I don’t know him, you, you know, we’re trying to clarify that, you know, more on his life. But I feel like he was just loved the outdoors, like a lot of us, you know what I mean? Like for me, yes. I just love the outdoors. You, you name any species, any place on the world, in the planet, and I would probably love to do it. And that seems like that’s him too. Yes. Jack (20m 56s): Another thing that he did while he was there is he did a lot of private guiding. And one trip in particular, I remember one client flew Lonnie, the two of them flew together down for 10 days, and somewhere in a really gorgeous part of Argentina on private land where I, I don’t, I don’t know, ever heard of anyone having access to it. So he used his time down in Mexico as kind of a jumping off place to do trips like that as well. Very exclusive guiding trips. Dave (21m 36s): Yeah, definitely. You mentioned the plane. That’s another big piece. I think maybe a turning point in his life. There was a plane crash. Do you remember that? Jack (21m 44s): Oh boy. There was no greater turning point in Lonnie’s life than that plane crash. It happened in 1992, and I, I was living up here in Montana, and I got word about the plane crash, and so I dropped everything and drove out there, and I lived with Lonnie and his wife for two months as his caregiver, so she could continue, wouldn’t miss time with her teaching career. So I, I have a lot of direct You do experience. Dave (22m 21s): What was in the, just a high level, what happened there? Where was it at? What were they doing? How’d it happen? Jack (22m 27s): Well, the plane crash happened on the Bain River at what I think became known as the Silver Hilton Lodge. It was a small plane flight. I think there were four people, pilot and three Lonnie and it, two of his buddies. The landing strip was a real challenge because it was in a horseshoe. The landing strip was in a horseshoe surrounded by the river. The pilot came in too fast, tried to abort the landing, had to pull up very abruptly. He got up about 500 feet, and the engine died. Oh. So the plane just turned and became a, a heavy object, and it plunged all the way and crashed in the river. Jack (23m 13s): Geez. There is, Lonnie gave a talk, and I have a Transcript of it, which he sent me, and I don’t have the exact date. It’s the most detailed description of not only the physical events of the crash, but what he calls his spiritual experience. It’s way too much to go now. Yeah. Dave (23m 35s): Is that something that is available out there? Is that something other people could read? Jack (23m 40s): I don’t think I’ve ever seen any, it was a talk that he was invited to give at a Unitarian church, and it’s the most in-depth description he ever gave of what happened. I, I have a copy of it, which I just re-read this morning. And when I arrived there, he had just been life flighted on a, I guess they call it a emergency room jet from Vancouver to San Francisco. And so I, I was with him within hours of his landing. Jack (24m 21s): And without going into detail, my memories of the crash and and surrounding events differs from his account. And I don’t know quite what to make of that. My wife also heard accounts that differ from his official account, but the account that I have is, even to use the word is even more miraculous, his survival. Right. Than the story that he tells. But that’s probably too much detail. Dave (24m 55s): Yeah. That might be too much detail Yeah. For now. But we’ll maybe follow up on that, but, well, so he had, and then how did that plane crash? 1992. So how old was he in 92? Jack (25m 6s): In 92? He was born in 1940. Dave (25m 10s): So he was about 50, 52 years old. Yeah. So 52. Wow. So about a couple years older than I am right now. And he, oh boy. He, you know, so I mean, that is a, an interesting time, right? Because you’re kind of in your, yeah. I don’t know. I always think of it as in your prime. I still think of it as the prime, but how did that change him, that that crash? Jack (25m 31s): Well, the first thing is all the surgeries and years of recovery, physical, mental recovery. But one of the biggest things that stood out to me is that he insisted, and I think it was on the one year anniversary of the crash, he insisted on going back Dave (25m 53s): And flying. Yeah. Oh, wow. He flew a plane the same thing back. Jack (25m 58s): It actually, they wouldn’t, I don’t know the, the details, but they wouldn’t fly him in in a plane. They brought him in in a helicopter. Dave (26m 6s): Oh, sure. Hell. Well, similar thing. I mean, I’ve, yeah, helicopters. Wow. So he’s, so he wanted to, yeah, basically, I, I mean, kind of conquer the fear, probably. Right? Jack (26m 15s): Yes. That’s exactly what it was. And, and reconnect. He didn’t want that fear and all that trauma to destroy his connection with the place, with the river, with the fish, with the people. Wow. And that was remarkable. Another thing I want to add, though, very quickly, I think the plane crash, even though it was greatly distant in terms of years, I think that contributed heavily to his dementia. Oh, Dave (26m 46s): It did. Jack (26m 47s): I think the brain damage that, I mean, again, I, I don’t want to give too many details. Sure. But the, the damage to his face, his head, his entire body was horrible. Dave (27m 1s): I think the, all these, you know, stories are important because I think we all deal with this stuff. Like right now, my dad, who was, I don’t think ever met Lonnie, although he’s very similar age. He’s 86 now. He was a kind of a famous fly angler out in Oregon, and a steelhead fisherman fished the same waters that Lonnie fish probably in the same time. Ah, Jack (27m 20s): All Dave (27m 20s): Right. And, but my dad right now is dealing with dementia, and, and it’s really a challenging time because, you know, I just saw him. Yeah. I just saw him this week, and he doesn’t, he’s starting to really not remember me or anybody, you know. Oh boy. And, and it’s, it’s a challenge because you’re in that place and, but he’s still, you know, he’s still there. So I think, how do you deal, how would you tell somebody like myself who’s starting to deal that with my dad, how would you tell somebody to deal with, how can you deal with dementia to be positive? Jack (27m 48s): I would quickly say, don’t deal with it like I did. I was very concerned about Lonnie and his lack of communication. So in the December of the year before he died, I flew down out of concern for his lack of communication, the fact that I was getting calls from his fly fishing clients. I even got a message from the Lonnie had an interest, ownership interest in the silver Hilton, which I don’t know all the business arrangements, but he was receiving checks, quarterly checks Oh, wow. Payment from them. Jack (28m 29s): And he wasn’t cashing them. Geez. So, anyway, I flew down and it, I’m gonna try to be very brief. It’s the ugliest experience I’ve ever had socially, and especially in our family. I arrived there, he was so decrepit, physically, mentally I was shocked. So it was awful. My point is, it can get extremely emotional and just be very prepared. I regret the way I handled it. I, if I would’ve been calmer and tried to connect with Lonnie instead of clashing with her, who knows what the outcome would’ve been. Dave (29m 17s): Yeah. So that was kind of the, the last kinda year of his life. I mean, and going back between the plane crash and that time he was in, well, he still did a lot of writing. Do you remember, like, he was pretty active in those years after nine two, after he healed? Jack (29m 33s): Oh, yeah. Oh, yeah. We corresponded often via email about his writing, and he sent me drafts of the Grasshopper Bridge thing in its earliest stages. He sent me a number of other things that he was working on that I don’t know if they ever got published. But part of what happened was when I was there, something happened with his publisher, and it was also part of his wife’s paranoia. She’s, she interfered with the publishing, the actual publishing of the book. Not just the digital stuff. Jack (30m 13s): But he did, he continued to write. I think he, the last two years of his life, he quit. But up until then, he loved to write. Dave (30m 24s): Yeah, he did. And he wrote, he wrote a number of books and articles and Yes. Lots of Did you, in all your time, did you ever, were you ever on the water watching him fish? It sounds like you didn’t fish with him, but were you out there? Jack (30m 38s): I’m glad you asked. In 19, I believe it was 1981. There were some, at that point, I was living another life. I was involved with real estate development and a number of other things that he asked if I would accompany him up to the Bain, partly to deal with business things as a kind of quasi consultant, I guess. So we took a, a flight, just he and I, And we flew, the route was right over Mount St. Helens, which had just erupted the year before. Oh, Dave (31m 14s): Wow. Yeah, 1980. Wow. So you went above st He’s a year after the eruption. Jack (31m 18s): Yes. And we had the most incredible conversation about the power of nature, about the, just the view below us was just staggering. Wow. So that was kind of the beginning of our trip. And then we got to the Babin, and he wanted Bob and Jerry Wickwire, I think owned it then. I don’t know if you know that name. No. But anyway, he wanted me to just witness be part of, and so I got to see him interact with his clients, and he was so skillful. It, it wasn’t anything like I had expected. Jack (32m 0s): It was so much fun. And just the, the communications they had and all the way he teased them, and the way he helped them with getting all their gear together and everything. He was like a mother hand, you know, just, he was wonderful with him. Dave (32m 19s): Yeah. He was a host. Right. Essentially. He was like a gracious host pretty much. Jack (32m 23s): Oh, yeah. Oh, they, and they loved him. Everyone, whoever fished with him loved him. But then he said, let’s go out on the river. And he said, I’ve got this special hole. And I, I’m sorry, I can’t remember the name of it now. Yeah. But he said, there are eagles nesting there. It’s just fantastic. So I just sat on the bank and watched him finish. Hmm. And it was like, he went into another world. Wow. Dave (32m 53s): That was his happy place. Right. On the river swing Boy, steelhead. Jack (32m 56s): Oh, Dave (32m 56s): Boy. Yeah. Well, the St Helen’s thing is really interesting because, you know, like we said, the conservation piece, St. Helen’s erupts it, it basically, there’s a steelhead run in the Tootle River. Right. Which flows out of St. Helen’s. It wipes out the volcanic eruption, wipes out that steel, all species in the river, but they recover. Jack (33m 13s): Yeah. I, the drainage part, the Skeena River system is really elaborate. And I, I don’t know much about the overall, you know, all, all the flows and everything, but he, he got very involved. And even back then, he told me, I think it was at least 15 years, that he tried to establish trust with the First Nations, the native peoples, and they would not talk to him. They didn’t trust him. And he worked with them, I believe it was 15 years to gain their trust. Jack (33m 54s): And eventually, you know, he did at least two foundations, numbers of other advocacy groups, environmental protection groups. And from what I witnessed when I was there, his sense of was way beyond that river. And, you know, the hole that he was fishing in, and the, he was connected with that entire region. Dave (34m 21s): Yeah. The chena, the whole Chena system. Yeah. Yeah. Which is known as one of the great, you know, steelhead basins in the world. Right. We’ve been doing, we actually have a whole podcast series that Brian Ska, it’s called In the Bucket. We do. And it’s all based on, you know, the Chena system, essentially. Right. The, the Bain. And I’ve been on the Bain, that’s one river I have been on, so I’ve floated right by the lodge there. We, I haven’t stayed at the lodge, but we, we know the river. I know why it’s so powerful. You know, it’s just this, it’s hard to explain, you know? Yeah. But that’s one of those places. Well, you know, as we look out, you know, back, I guess at Lonnie, anything else you would kind of shed light on about him that would help us understand, you know, the person he was, sounds like he was fairly secretive with some things, or just private, more private life. Jack (35m 10s): Yes, he definitely was. But one thing I think is related is, and I think I mentioned it in one of our emails, people don’t know how artistic Lonnie was in his entire field of, I mean, he was a, obviously a writer, but he was a painter. Hmm. A sculptor, a folk musician, guitarist. He was really a good, good guitarist. He did a, this was early on, he had a very strong political reaction to the Vietnam War. And he had a show, he actually did a, a show of his sculpture. Jack (35m 51s): And the feature piece was an assemblage sculpture that he put together with a wheelchair, a skeleton in the wheelchair. And the skeleton was decorated with all kinds of military metals and ribbons and honors and all that. And the title of this sculpture was, I Am a Hero. Yeah. It was a really powerful presentation, But I, I just wanted to make that known, because all the focus is on him as a fly fisherman. Yeah. And he was, he was so much more than that as an artist. Dave (36m 31s): Right. Wow. That is pretty powerful. You know, as you look at Lonnie, I mean, like you said, we, we can’t touch on everything today, But I, I feel like just getting a, a high level feel of some of the things and is really interesting. What is it that he, for work, did he, was it fly fishing or did he have other work he did? What was that? How did he make his money? Jack (36m 51s): Well, actually, he was, the one thing I, I forgot to mention just now, he was a leather craftsman for years. He had, in Chico, California, he had a, a shop called Saxon Handcrafts. Hm. Where he did incredible leather work, purses, bags, all all kinds of really intricate leather work. Then he, he combined that. He was a craftsman. We both inherited that from our dad. He did all kinds of, not handyman stuff, but he was a house painter. Jack (37m 32s): That was one of the main things he did. He also was very involved in the Sacramento Valley with the Cling Peach Advisory Board. And that, that was a high level job that where he, I don’t monitored, administered all the testing of cling peaches in the, in the valley. That was one of his main sources of income. And then with his other related work, I don’t know if it’s what you’re asking, but he was the first person to ever have a fly fishing travel business under the auspices of Eddie Bauer. Jack (38m 19s): Oh, wow. And he, he had an office, a travel office on Union Square, downtown San Francisco in the Eddie Bauer building. And so, Barry, I, I don’t know, I couldn’t give you a year. Yeah. But he started his travel business as a young man, and that evolved to where he eventually left Eddie Bauer and formed Worldwide Anglers and went off on his own. Oh. But in addition to the actual fishing, that was his source of income. He had great stories that he went to Russia with Eddie Bauer just all over New Zealand. Jack (39m 3s): His travel business was quite expansive. Dave (39m 8s): It was, yeah. So that’s a big part of what he did, was the travel. That Jack (39m 12s): Would be number one. Actually, Dave (39m 16s): If you’ve been holding off on getting a new fly rod because of the price tag, San Juan Rod Works, just change the game. These rods are dialed in with the right action, clean design, and built to fish hard without the high price tag. Whether you’re stripping streamers, tight lining or dead drift andries, they’ve got a setup that feels right from the first cast. And the best part is you can try any rod reel or fly line for 30 days risk free. And if you’re not 100% satisfied, you can send it back for a full refund. Check ’em out right now. That’s San Juan Rod works.com. S-A-N-J-U-A-N, rod works.com. You support this podcast by checking in with San Juan. Dave (39m 56s): Now, We’ve heard many of the stories on this podcast. Togiak River Lodge is one of the great destinations for swine flies, for chinook stripping, for coho all day, and unwinding in a lodge right on the riverbank of the Togiak River. With access to all five salmon species plus rainbows, Dolly Vardon and more Togiak offers a true Alaskan experience picture over 30 miles of river seasoned guides, high quality boats, and low fishing pressure. It’s fly fishing Alaska at its best. I’ll be heading up the summer. So reach out to Jordan and the crew to see what dates they have available This year. You can learn more right now@wetflyswing.com slash togiak. Dave (40m 36s): That’s togiak, T-O-G-I-A-K. Alaskan fly fishing like you’ve always dreamed about when you grew up as kids. Did you, you grew up in California? Jack (40m 49s): Lonnie was born in 1940. I was born. I and my twin sister were born in 1942 in Missouri. And my dad joined the Navy. And because my mother was full-blooded German, we moved down to Southern Missouri for the course of the war and lived in a, I wouldn’t call it, not a ghetto at all, but definitely a very removed German farming community. And then when my dad got out of the war, he had, prior to the war, he had been working with the Steel fabrication company, and they offered him a job in San Francisco. Jack (41m 34s): So when Lonnie was seven, I think, and I, my sister and I were five, we moved to the San Francisco Bay area, and that’s, that’s where we grew up from there. Dave (41m 46s): Oh, you did? In San Francisco Bay. Yeah. Interesting. Yeah. Yeah. Gotcha. And, and so you Yeah. Then World War, I mean, that was it, world War ii. So your dad was in World War ii? Jack (41m 55s): Yes. I’m soon to be 83, which accounts for some of my conversational lap. Dave (42m 2s): You’re you’re Doing Great. Jack (42m 4s): But we lived in the East Bay at that time, was just farmland, basically. So we, we had a outdoor life there. Lonnie and I hunt. We hunted rabbits with bows and arrows. We never, ever shot, actually shot one. But he loved that. He loved the outdoors. And we had, actually, we raised chickens and other farm animals and stuff. So our upbringing was not urban. It was even in the East Bay. It was more country life. Oh, Dave (42m 38s): Wow. Yeah. It was probably a lot different in the, well, you grew up, when were you born? Jack (42m 42s): July, 1942. Dave (42m 43s): Yeah, 42. Yeah. Right. So, so you were born right in that time, which was Yeah, world War ii. So did your dad, how long was he in the war? Jack (42m 52s): I would say four years. Wow. Yeah. He, he was a musician. Dave (42m 59s): Yeah. Do you know what he did in the war? Jack (43m 1s): Well, his rank was a boiler maker, but he was actually a professional orchestral guitarist prior to the war. Oh, wow. And so he did a lot of musical Dave (43m 14s): Sure. Entertainment stuff. Jack (43m 16s): Yes. In the Navy. Yeah. On board, on ship. So, and that’s interesting. I guess Lonnie, his name is often misspelled. It’s actually spelled LANI. Yeah. Which is a Hawaiian name. And that was the name of the band leader whose band and orchestra dance orchestra my dad played in. And so he named Lonnie after Lonnie McIntyre. Oh, was his name. Dave (43m 44s): Oh, wow. So Lonnie, Lonnie was named after your dad was in a, in a band, this orchestra. And the band leader was, was Lonnie. What was his last name? Jack (43m 52s): McIntyre. Dave (43m 53s): And he was Hawaiian. Yeah. Jack (43m 55s): Wow. Dave (43m 56s): That’s, that’s amazing. So there you go. I always wondered about that. Yeah. Lonnie, it’s not LONI, which is kind of, I guess the more of the female typically, but this is LANI. Okay. And so your dad’s over in the war for four year or in that period. And then, and then you’re born. So he’s comes back and that’s when things changed. Right. World War II’s over and, and then you get towards 1950s. What was it like for you growing up? What was, was it a pretty good life back then? Jack (44m 20s): Well, actually, dad’s return was traumatic for all of us, partly because of family dynamics. My mom’s family being all German, dad was British and Scottish and all that. They met actually, my, my mom met my dad by attending one of the dances, and she caught his eye. And so, but what I’m trying to say is the in-law situation was not good. Dave (44m 50s): Oh, it wasn’t. They didn’t get along. Jack (44m 52s): No. So there was that problem. But also, Lonnie and I talked a lot about, we had a great fear of our dad when he came back from the war, partly because I think he was trying to reestablish himself as the head of the family and a number of other things. But also the fact that he just wanted to uproot us and take us to a strange place, Dave (45m 18s): California. And Jack (45m 19s): Yes. And when we arrived in the Bay Area, the Bay Area was so immensely different from the farm country. Dave (45m 28s): Oh, wow. Yeah. Yeah. Populated and pollution and all sorts of stuff. Right. Jack (45m 32s): Oh, and the demographics. I had never seen black people or, right. That’s so amazing. Asian people or Hispanic people. And it was a melting pot. And so those early years were really traumatic. They even put me in a speech therapy class because I had a southern drawl that made my, Dave (45m 55s): Oh, Missouri, Jack (45m 56s): My talk. Difficult to understand. Dave (45m 58s): Yeah. You had in the Missouri, well, do you look back at that now and think that, you know, because the diversity is, I, I feel like diversity, just like fish species, the more diverse, the better. Do you feel like that was a very positive in retrospect, being around such a diverse Jack (46m 13s): Definitely. Definitely. We, we grew up and learned, actually unlearned, so many prejudices that had prevailed in our early childhood. And as we grew up through elementary school, junior high school, high school, and then of course college that Lonnie and I both went to the same college, Chico State. Dave (46m 38s): Oh, you went to Chico State. Okay. Yep. Jack (46m 41s): We were actually roommates. Well, he and I were roommates probably in a half a dozen different homes from Crockett down at the ba the mouth of the Sacramento River to a farmhouse in Chico to a bookstore in San Inel prior to his marriage. We lived together almost constantly. Dave (47m 4s): Oh, wow. So you spent a ton of time through your life and through college. Oh, yeah. What were the college days like? It sounds like he wasn’t into the party scene. What, what was that like? Jack (47m 13s): Well, too much information, But I was a born again Christian at that time. Dave (47m 17s): Okay. So you weren’t doing a lot of like drinking of alcohol and partying. Jack (47m 21s): None. None. And that’s one of the connections I found I had with Jerry ic, is I was also in seminary. Hmm. Dave (47m 30s): Oh, that’s right. Jerry was too. Yeah. Jack (47m 32s): Yeah. I went into seminary, but Lonnie was, he was a man, big man on campus. He was a pioneered day sheriff. He was, I mean, he, he was a celebrity. Dave (47m 46s): He was. And why, why was that, why was he a celebrity back? Was this, was he famous for, was he doing steelhead videos back then, or No? Jack (47m 54s): No, no. It didn’t, at that point, it didn’t have anything to do. I mean, he was fishing then, and he loved it, but he was a fraternity guy, and he had all kinds of social interactions. Of course, he loved the girls. Right. He was always a ladies man. Yep. But he got involved in all kinds of extracurricular activities. And coincidentally back then, one of the biggest things that was happening, this is early 1960s, was the John Birch Society was forming, and Chico had a huge chapter. So Lonnie got, he was very much against that. Dave (48m 36s): Oh, really? Yeah. I’m not even sure what, what that is exactly. Oh, Jack (48m 39s): It’s a, it’s one of the precursors of the MAGA Dave (48m 43s): Movement. Oh, gotcha. Jack (48m 44s): It’s a super right wing conservative, Dave (48m 47s): Ultra conservative political advocacy group. Yes. Known for its anti-communist stance, social conservatives Yes. And promotion of various far Right. Jack (48m 54s): And then one huge event happened in November of 1963 when John Kennedy was assassinated. Dave (49m 4s): Oh, right. Geez. That was a rough time. We, we’ve had, you know, it, it’s crazy. And it’s interesting because you guys lived through all these, I mean, I, a lot of this stuff, you know, we’ve had some horrific things too, but you know, I mean, obviously nothing more horrific than Hitler. Right? Yeah. You know what I mean? Like, that’s where you, your dad fought against him. You guys grew up after that. Yes. And I mean, that was, but everything else, also the assassination of, of John F. Kennedy. Right. I mean, and, and all this stuff. Jack (49m 31s): Yeah. And then Lonnie and I were living together during the, the whole hippie. Dave (49m 37s): Oh, you were Summer Jack (49m 38s): Of Love. Dave (49m 39s): Oh, wow. Was Lottie, was he, was he kind of a hippie? Jack (49m 42s): Oh God, yes. Oh yeah. That’s, Dave (49m 46s): Yeah. Jack (49m 47s): He and a friend of his took a trip in 1960, I’m thinking early sixties. He and a friend of his took a trip entirely around the world, and they returned to the United States, and they returned to New York. And I will never forget him telling me, I heard this guy, young kid who’s incredible, a folk singer, Bob Dylan. Dave (50m 17s): There you go. So you heard Bob Dylan in the early days Jack (50m 20s): Yeah. In New York. Yeah. And when he came, when Lonnie got back home, he said, we gotta buy this guy’s album. He’s just got an album out. And it was the first self-titled Bob Dylan album. And Lonnie was hooked. Oh, yeah. He played all Bob Dylan’s songs. He sang He was really big into folk music, all of the folk music Dave (50m 44s): At that time. Was he playing the guitar already, or did he get into it because of Bob Dylan? Jack (50m 49s): He got into it actually after he got back from his worldwide trip. But my dad was still playing then. Dave (50m 56s): Yeah. Your dad was a, a, a professional. Jack (50m 58s): Oh, yeah. He, he wasn’t playing professionally anymore, but that was part of the problem. My brother and I, when we were home, would bring our dates or our girlfriends and my dad would get his guitar out and start serenading him. And the girls forgot about Lonnie and me. Dave (51m 16s): Right. Jack (51m 17s): Yeah. Dave (51m 17s): So your dad, your dad was kind of a ladies man too. Oh, Jack (51m 20s): Yeah. That’s, by the way, that is one area we cannot discuss. Yeah. Lonnie was a ladies man. Dave (51m 28s): Right, right. Lonnie was ladies man. Yeah. Right. Jack (51m 30s): Big, big time. And that’s all we can talk about on Dave (51m 33s): That. Yeah. That’s all we can say. Yeah. Because when you look at, when you look at Lonnie, you look at a guy who’s a, I’m not sure how tall he was, but he’s kind of a tall, handsome guy, right? Jack (51m 42s): Six Dave (51m 42s): Three. Yeah. Oh, he was so perfect. Yeah. So he’s six three. He’s a big guy. He’s, he’s tall, handsome. He’s got, he’s got all ev all the skills you need. Oh boy. To do what you want. So, so there you go. So you got that part of Alani, but he did. Now, did he have kids? Jack (51m 56s): No. Dave (51m 56s): No. Never had kids. Jack (51m 57s): No. And that, that’s a huge part of our relationship. When I became a father. I was 63 years old when my wife and I had Ruby, our only child. That’s Dave (52m 11s): Right. Yeah. Jerry mentioned that. Yeah. So you were in your older age when you had your kid. Oh, well, what was that tell us like, ’cause I was a, I mean, I wasn’t a young buck when I had my first kid, but you know, I wasn’t 63. What was it like having a child at 63? Was it, you think it’s any different than anything else? Jack (52m 27s): The biggest event of my life, for sure. Quick background, my dad, as I said, was an elk hunter. And in 1968, I was a carpenter among other things. And he asked me if I would come to Montana and build him a elk hunting cabin on land that he owned. So I, I did, that was my introduction to Montana in 1968. I eventually retired. I lived in Mill Valley, California, and I sold out there, and I moved to the log cabin. I lived there as a poet and philosopher and furniture maker. Jack (53m 10s): And then in 1994, I bought property down where I am now in Virginia City. I moved down here and I lived in a teepee for a winter through a Montana. Wow. Winter. Dave (53m 24s): A real teepee. A Jack (53m 25s): Real teepee. Yeah. Very, everything authentic. I had a mountain man friend who was very inspirational. Lonnie was fascinated with that. He thought I was crazy. But he was fascinated by that. I had moved outta the teepee and was building a cabin when this young woman who had just earned a doctorate from Columbia University came to Virginia City. Her parents lived in a town, twin Bridges, which is a whole other thing we could discuss Lonnie’s love of Southwest Montana and his connections here. Anyway, she came to town and through her parents, I met her. Jack (54m 7s): And much to my surprise, she liked me. And we spent time together and eventually got married and had our daughter, who is just amazing. She’s as a junior now at Montana State, but she is, Jerry IC loves her. Dave (54m 25s): Yeah. And he wrote the song, the Ruby wrote the song about her. Jack (54m 28s): Yeah. And, and there’s another friend who never had any children. Oh, Jerry did. And Jerry and I, yeah. Jerry and I have talked and corresponded about that. And I did with Lonnie too, before, when we took the trip down to Mexico, Lonnie loved Ruby and was so great with her. Dave (54m 51s): Yeah. So Lonnie had, and you think he looks back at that, or looked back at that as, you know, maybe thought like, what would it be with kids? Or he just loved your, your child once you had her. Jack (55m 0s): Well, you know, Dave, the, the remark that he made, and I, this just popped into my mind, he said the reason he never had children was because he was afraid he would be like our dad. Oh, right. Dave (55m 15s): What’s your dad and dad? How did he, what did he mean by that? Your dad was, what was the biggest, what did he not like about how your dad was? Jack (55m 23s): Well, part of it is generations, but Dad was a very harsh disciplinarian. He, he whipped us. We were physically whipped. Right. Dave (55m 32s): And that is a, I feel like there’s, these, the times have changed, right? I mean, obviously now is different. Oh, definitely. But I mean, even myself, when I was a kid, I remember, I remember, you know, we had the wooden paddle. We had spanking, we had even a fishing rod. I think at one point, maybe one of my brothers got whipped by a fishing rod. Right. Or, I don’t know. Maybe not. But those were different times, you know, when you guys grew up. When I grew up, yes. And now obviously that’s child abuse, you know, but, but it was just the way of life. Were there other things other than that? That, that, yes. Yeah. Jack (56m 2s): Yes, there were, dad was really critical of Lonnie and of his choices, his lifestyle. And I think more than anything else, dad was, he was a thoughtful man, but he wasn’t educated. And you know, he basically told both Lonnie and me, he said, I don’t know, you just went to college to get confused. Dave (56m 30s): Right. A waste of money. He, he thought it was like maybe a waste of money. ’cause you guys don’t have a real job. Jack (56m 35s): It was, it was, and he was very, very prejudiced. I mean, based on his experience in the war, he hated Japs. Oh, right. Sure. I mean, that’s his term. Japs. He was prejudice against the Jews. He was prejudice against Hispanic people. Dave (56m 54s): Yeah. That’s tough. And Jack (56m 55s): Obviously blacks, he, he just, his whole, that I would say more than anything else, his lack of education and his prejudices. Yeah. Really. Lonnie. And then there were, later in life, there were No, I should go ahead and mention that. When my dad was ill, he chose me to be the executor of his estate because of his fraught relationship with Lonnie. And that really, that hurt Lonnie as the eldest son. And, you know, dad had his reasons for it. A lot of ’em were financial. There were some financial problems. Jack (57m 36s): Yeah. Between dad and Lonnie, but, Dave (57m 38s): Gotcha. Wow. So, so your dad had challenges, like, like everybody. Right. We all have challenges. And Lonnie looked at that, like, yeah, that was definitely a, a tough, maybe not somebody to look up to on those things. What did Lonnie study in college? Jack (57m 52s): Actually, his major was sociology. And then he, that kind of specialized more into, he was very into social psychology. And then during the, the sixties and seventies, he got deeply, deeply into Eastern philosophy, especially then Buddhism, he was an avid reader of Alan Watts, I don’t know if that name. Yep. Alan Watts. Sure. You know that name. But part of his academic background was like, so many of us, it was just a liberal arts education. And that was one of my dad’s criticisms is that it had no vocational application. Jack (58m 36s): And then when Lonnie decided fly fishing was, was his calling. As much as my dad loved the sportsman life, he just could not comprehend. Dave (58m 48s): No. He couldn’t get it. He was like, wow. So the, no. Yeah, I got it. So that was the big riff between Lonnie doing what he loved, which now, I mean, I, again, it’s like you look back and, but yes. At the time it was challenging for your dad, you know, did he ever, he must have seen, did your dad see the, how, how famous Lonnie became? Did he appreciate that ever? Jack (59m 8s): You know, that’s a good question. I think to some degree, Dave (59m 13s): And the influence, I mean, that’s the thing about Lonnie think of this, we’re having this podcast right now because, you know, I, I’m younger and I remember Lonnie and a lot of people, he influenced a lot of people around the world and still does. Yes. You know what I mean? Yes. Like, that’s, that’s something pretty powerful that, that maybe if he was just a, a regular job, you know, did something, you know, wouldn’t have the impact. I feel like Lonnie has had a major impact. Jack (59m 34s): I think Dad just didn’t recognize the environmental values. A large part of it was Lonnie was largely, his career was made possible by his wife. Dave (59m 47s): Oh. It was Jack (59m 48s): Her money. And that didn’t sit well with dad. Dave (59m 52s): Oh, so she had money from like family money. Yes. Jack (59m 54s): Yes. I don’t think they would’ve been able to afford where they lived and how they lived. Right. Had it not been for her. But he, he had an income. He earned money. Yeah. Dave (1h 0m 6s): Wasn’t he? He made money. Yeah. Yeah. But he had, he had somebody she made And was this a family? This was just like a wealth in the family. That was what was her family? Yes. What would her, her parents do? Jack (1h 0m 14s): Marin County Real Estate. Dave (1h 0m 16s): Oh, sure. Real estate. Gotcha. Jack (1h 0m 18s): Yeah. Actually, that’s a whole other story as well. Yeah. But they sold Lonnie and Judy, his wife, they sold their home and paid cash for an incredible mansion in San Miguel. Dave (1h 0m 33s): Oh. So when they moved to Mexico for those 10 years, they lived in a mansion. Jack (1h 0m 37s): Oh yeah. A gated mansion. Dave (1h 0m 39s): Right, right, right. Jack (1h 0m 40s): Wow. Multi-level. They had a full staff. They had a gardener. Dave (1h 0m 46s): Wow. Full deal. Jack (1h 0m 47s): A cook, a property manager. Dang. Dave (1h 0m 50s): Okay. Yeah. They were living, they were living the good life. Jack (1h 0m 52s): Oh yeah. Big time. Yeah. Which is again, which is a problem now because of the way Lonnie died and the isolation of his wife. No one knows. Dave (1h 1m 6s): Did his wife pass away? Jack (1h 1m 7s): No, she’s alive, but she’s got dementia and they have a tremendous amount of money. And nobody knows. Someone unbeknownst to us has taken over her money and, you know, there she is all alone there. And that’s the situation I went down there to try to avoid and instead the disaster. So. Dave (1h 1m 32s): Gotcha. Yeah. Crazy. Yeah. Well, that’s definitely a whole, whole nother world. Well, I think, you know, today, Jack, this has been amazing just to hear, you know what I mean? Like, what, what would you leave somebody with today? Somebody’s listening now. They, they love outdoors. Just like Lonnie. We love fly fishing. We love steelhead, we love outdoors. What would you tell somebody who’s just getting ready, listening now, and what would you leave ’em with today? Any, any stories, any, any things that we haven’t talked about, about Lonnie that you’d highlight? Jack (1h 1m 60s): Well, if I, if I could attempt to speak for Lonnie, I think he would say he’s not that concerned about his legacy, but he told me oftentimes about how important it was that there are young people that the values that he devoted his life to would not end. He was, here I go. He, he was very concerned when Trump was elected the first time. Very concerned. He would be horrified now. Right. So I guess in a simple say is keep up, continue. Jack (1h 2m 42s): Lonnie would want the work continued. Yeah, Dave (1h 2m 45s): Yeah. Yeah. He would. Well, and I, I mean, that makes sense because conservation is so important. You, not only to fishing, but just the world, you know what I mean? The whole Yes. Whole thing. Like if we don’t protect our environment, we’re, we’re in trouble. And I think that definitely a lot of people maybe look at the, the policies of the right side of it and think like, well, they’re not protecting the environment as much as we need. Jack (1h 3m 6s): Well, climate change was already a big problem long before he died, and he was very concerned about climate change. Right, right. Dave (1h 3m 15s): Yeah. Climate change for sure. Wow. Well, Jack, I mean you, this has been amazing. I really love all the insight and the stories. I, I definitely appreciate you coming on. We’ll, we’ll send everybody out to, now that it’s up, I’m gonna try to track down the, the owner, but Lonnie waller.net is still fully up. It’s on online. Somebody’s paying for that. So somehow that website’s still up there. We’re gonna, we’re gonna track down more, but there’s a great resource there at Lonnie Ward to give us a heads up. You have a website, right? Tell us where people can track you down, or how could they connect with you if they had more questions for you? Jack (1h 3m 45s): Well, I have a blog, I think it’s Jack Waller Southwest Montana Tree Art. That’s a pretty focused on my furniture making sculpture and stuff. Dave (1h 3m 57s): Well, that’s, I’m looking at it now. I’m actually looking at Jack Waller tree art.com right here, and I see, yeah, I see some lodge pole. Yeah, this is it. Okay. Oh wow. Beautiful. Yeah. Yeah. You’ve got some lodge pole. A pine, I’m guessing, and a cabin. Now what cabin is that? That’s a beautiful cabin. Is that the one you built? Jack (1h 4m 15s): I built yet a number of ’em. The one that we’re living in, in Virginia City right now is wonderful. It’s a very rustic hand hue, thoughtful log framed timber frame house. So that, I don’t know if that, if that’s it or not. It is. Dave (1h 4m 32s): But Jack (1h 4m 33s): I just want to add that in closing, I can’t imagine how this conversation could be helpful to you, but I’ll take your word for it and I look forward Oh, yeah. To whenever, Dave (1h 4m 44s): No, this is gonna be a Jack. I can tell you this will be a a, this is a great conversation just because we’ve had, you know what I mean? All this, I think we’ve probably got a lot of stuff out there that people hadn’t heard some amazing things. And I just wanna leave it with, we mentioned the Jack Waller tree art.com. Is there also, I see you don’t have a social, I’m guessing you’re not on social media. Is there, is there a phone number or any other way people could connect? Are you on Facebook? Just if people had a question for you. Jack (1h 5m 10s): I actually am on Facebook. Oh, you are? But I don’t post. Dave (1h 5m 13s): Yeah, you’re on Facebook. Okay. We can track you down there. We’ll, we’ll look at Facebook just in case. ’cause I know that there might be somebody out there that Roy wanted to ask you a question I didn’t ask, so I always love checking in on that. Jack (1h 5m 23s): Yeah, well, I, I mean, the website has contact information. I’m not sure it’s all update, but whatever. I’m available. Dave (1h 5m 32s): Yeah. We’ll, we’ll track you down, so, okay, Jack. Well, thanks again and we’ll be in touch. Jack (1h 5m 36s): Thank you very much, Dave. Dave (1h 5m 39s): If you’re drawn to these stories behind this legendary figure, or wanna walk the same waters as Lonnie once did, you can head over to lonnie waller.net right now. That’s L-A-N-I-W-A-L-L-E-R net from the Bain to the heart of the Chena. His legacy continues every cast and in conservation throughout the year. And if you’re thinking about putting together a steelhead trip to the BC or planning something new, you can check in with me anytime, Dave, at wet life swing.com. I would love to hear if the Bain is on your radar and love to work on getting some details on that. If you get a chance before we get outta here, please subscribe to this podcast. You’ll get updated when that next episode goes live. Dave (1h 6m 21s): And I think we’ve got an in Theb bucket episode coming this week. Brian Ska, stay tuned for that. Appreciate you. Appreciate you for stopping in and hanging out all the way to the very end and want to thank you again and hope and wish you have a great morning, great afternoon, or an amazing evening, wherever you are in the world, and we’ll talk to you on that next episode. Outro (1h 6m 40s): Thanks for listening to the Wet Fly, swing Fly fishing show. For notes and links from this episode, visit wet fly swing.com.

lani waller

Conclusion with Jack Waller on Lani Waller’s Untold Story

Lani Waller left more than a mark on the water. He left a legacy of purpose, humility, and deep respect for wild places and wild fish. Through Jack’s powerful storytelling, we get to see the man behind the myth, and the values that guided him both on and off the water. If this episode resonated with you, share it with a fellow angler who values more than just the catch.

     

793 | Fly Fishing the Tongass in Alaska with Kevin Main – Tongass on the Fly, Steelhead, Cutthroat

When you think of Alaska, you probably picture places like Bristol Bay or the Kenai Peninsula. But tucked away in southeast Alaska is the Tongass National Forest, a wild, untouched rainforest full of remote streams where you could be the only angler for miles around.

Sounds pretty awesome, right?

Hit play to start listening! 👇🏻🎧

apple podcasts

Find the show:  Follow the Show | Overcast | Spotify

Subscribe on Apple Podcasts

Subscribe on Android

Subscribe via RSS

(The full episode transcript is at the bottom of this blogpost) 👇🏻

Sponsors and Podcast Updates

Show Notes with Kevin Main on Fly Fishing the Tongass in Alaska

Kevin Main from Tongass on the Fly spends his days guiding fly anglers through some of the most untouched rivers of Southeast Alaska.

In this episode, find out why fly patterns matter more than just covering ground in certain times of the year, why tides pretty much run the show up there, what it takes to chase steelhead and sea-run cutthroat in spots only reachable by mothership, and why a Stikine River float might be one of the most underrated trips in Alaska.

The Tongass National Forest

The Tongass National Forest is America’s largest national forest, covering just over 16 and a half million acres. It’s basically an archipelago with dozens, if not hundreds, of islands around it.

Kevin says none of these islands are connected by a road system, so everything has to be flown or taken by boat, whether it’s people, goods, or cargo. The Tongass stretches from just north of Haida Gwaii (Queen Charlotte Islands) all the way up to Yakutat, Alaska. It’s a vast region of public land with lots of unexplored, really fun places to check out.

Tongass on the Fly

Kevin grew up in Denver, where he first learned to fly fish and developed his love for the outdoors. He had the opportunity to visit Alaska for a steelhead fishing trip in 2011 and spent 10 days exploring Southeast Alaska. He was blown away by the water, the mountains, the weather, and the old-growth forests. That trip made him decide to make Alaska his home.

After working for a few years guiding in Bristol Bay, which is a famous fishery, his heart kept pulling him back to the Tongass. A few years ago, he finally fulfilled his longtime dream and started Tongass on the Fly. Kevin is now based in Petersburg, right in the heart of the Tongass, which gives him prime access to some of the world’s most amazing freshwater fisheries.

Steelhead and Rainbow Trout in the Tongass

Steelhead fishing in the Tongass isn’t your classic steelheading experience. You’re carrying multiple rods, fishing smaller waters, and mixing up techniques. Nymphing one run, swinging flies in the next.

Their main run happens in spring (March to May), with fish also showing up in winter (October through December). They run trips off a 45-foot liverboard mothership that moves around the islands and streams. They also use a jet raft and skiff to reach rivers after anchoring.

As for rainbows, Kevin says their fishery isn’t huge compared to places like Bristol Bay. They have some resident rainbow trout, but not many.

Other Fish and Seasons in the Tongass

Along with steelhead, there’s awesome sea-run cutthroat fishing in the spring. They’re gorgeous fish, and at that same time of year, dolly varden are also hanging out in estuaries chasing pink salmon fry. Both species are around pretty much all season.

The Tongass is also called America’s salmon forest, so you’ll see all five species of salmon showing up, but Kevin mainly focuses on:

  • Sea-run cutthroat (up to 18-20 inches)
  • Dolly varden
  • Coho salmon (late summer into fall, very popular after steelhead)

They don’t target sockeye salmon much because they’re more of a catch-and-keep fish, and they’re mainly catch-and-release.

Chinook (king salmon) runs are not strong enough in his area to specifically target, but you’ll occasionally see them spawning in some clearwater tributaries of big rivers like the Stikine.

Kevin says you’ll probably catch steelhead, sea-run cutthroat, and dollies all on the same trip. It’s pretty physical fishing—mostly hiking, not fishing from a boat. Here’s what gear you’ll likely be using:

  • Single-hand 8-weight rods
  • Switch rods (11’7″ 7-weight) for both swinging flies and indicator fishing
  • 6-weight rods for cutties and dollies

Kevin likes swinging for steelhead, and because the rivers are small, you can usually see the fish. This means you can watch exactly how they react to your fly. Typical setups are lighter than usual, with a sink tip that’s mostly floating with just a short sinking section (like a 5-foot float with a 5-ft T8 sink tip).

  • Common sink tips:
    • 5 feet floating / 5 feet T8 (most common)
    • 2.5 feet T8 (when fish are shallow)
    • 10 feet T8 or T11 (rarely, for deeper spots)

Flies and colors for steelhead

Kevin says they use lots of bright colors, such as purple, pink, and orange.

Black and blue are classic too, and he’s had luck with those even on sunny days. Here are some of their go-to flies:

  • Hobo Spey in bright colors
  • Egg-sucking leeches in purple and black
  • Liquid Wrench, a popular local pattern

Flies and Colors for Dollies and Sea-run Cutthroats

A standard six-weight rod with a weight-forward floating line is perfect for Dollies. You don’t really need sink tips. Dollies feed just below the surface, so a nine or ten-foot leader is usually enough.

Top fly patterns include:

  • White Clouser Minnows (hook size 6 or 8, trimmed short)
  • Small chum or pink fry imitations
  • Sound Searcher tied by Dave McCoy (topwater popper for Sea-run Cutthroat)

Check out our episode with Dave McCoy

Tongass on the Fly
Photo via https://emeraldwateranglers.com/

Stikine River Float Trips

The Stikine River is a massive glacial river with clear tributaries perfect for fishing. In July, they offer float trips down the Stikine using jet boats to access clear tributaries. The river’s glacial silt makes visibility tricky. Sometimes you can’t tell if the water is shallow or deep just by looking. These float trips last six or seven days.

Sally Girl

Kevin runs the mothership, Sally Girl, with his business partner. They guide, captain, and have a third person onboard to help with cooking and deckhand duties. Their trips run best with 3 to 4 people, which keeps the experience comfortable and gives everyone good fishing time. The boat is booked by the week, so whether you come solo or as a group, you get the whole boat to yourselves. No strangers on board!

Tongass on the Fly


Check in with Kevin on Instagram @tongassonthefly

Visit their website: Tongass on the Fly

Tongass on the Fly

 

Related Podcast Episodes

Full Podcast Transcript

Episode Transcript
Dave (2s): Today’s guest is navigating Alaska’s Forgotten Frontier, guiding fly anglers through the wild streams of the Tongass national forest chasing steelhead where log jams outnumber anglers, and swinging flies in rivers is where you might be the only one for miles. By the end of this episode, you’ll know how to target sea run cutthroat on top water, what it takes to access remote steelhead streams from a mothership, and why this to Keen River float might be one of the most underrated trips in the state. This is the Wet Fly Swing podcast where I show you the best places to travel to for fly fishing, how to find the best resources and tools to prepare for that big trip, And what you can do to give back to the fish species we all love. Kevin Main of Tongass on the Fly breaks down the rhythms of Southeast Alaska. Dave (46s): Why fly patterns matter more than stream miles this time of year? How tides and tides alone can dictate your entire day and what it means to chase fish in America’s largest national forest. From pop eating cud to glacial tributaries filled with dollies and salmon. We’re heading deep into the rainforest here he is, Kevin, Maine. You can find him at togas on the fly.com. How are you doing, Kevin? Kevin (1m 11s): I’m doing well, Dave. Thanks. Thanks for having me on. Dave (1m 14s): Yeah, yeah, this is, I’m really excited about this episode because we’re always, you know, Alaska is one of those places that we definitely have talked a lot about, but it’s always, you know, finding new places in Alaska I think is always interesting. And the tongass is something, you know, I’ve heard about. I actually don’t know much about it. So today you’re gonna explain that what the, you know, the resources like where you kind of work and you know, your trips and things like that. So we’re gonna get into all that today. But first take us back, maybe let’s just start today. It’s, it’s kind of time-wise, I guess we’re in kind of June now. What’s it like, what’s the tongass like and how are you doing out there this time of year? Kevin (1m 48s): Yeah, well that’s a tough question because right now it feels more like October than June. We’re still having a lot of rain. It doesn’t feel like, like really spring or summer’s kind of started for us yet, but I, that is abnormal. We’ve had, after a really mild winter, we’ve had more rain in April and May than we’ve ever had on records here in southeast Alaska. So typically May and June we are in a rainforest. So it’s always a little bit wetter than, than a lot of places. But yeah, I think we’re excited to get into summer and hopefully some more sunshine and mild weather. Kevin (2m 29s): So that’s, yeah, I’m looking outside and just waiting for the skies to clear. Dave (2m 34s): So you guys get plenty of rain down there. Are you getting what, like a hundred inches of rain or more per year? Kevin (2m 40s): You know, I, we’re probably around there. Yeah, I think, so we’re located in Petersburg, Alaska, and I guess we can kind of zoom out a little bit and just explain where the Tongass is, because a lot of people that maybe know about Alaska but are unfamiliar with the specifics. It’s kind of the region that gets forgotten about. So if you’re looking on the map, most people see the mainlands kind of up to the northern side. And we are in southeast Alaska, which is actually the panhandle section of the state that borders Canada. So we’re kind of that little sliver that separates Canada from the Pacific Ocean. Kevin (3m 22s): And it’s an archipelago and we have a lot of, a lot of islands here. But yeah, we are, it is the Tongass National Forest, and it is temperate rainforest. So, I mean, everything here requires moisture and so we do get a lot of rain usually, you know, most of that rain is kinda in the fall throughout the winter. But yeah, so just to give a little background Yeah. About, you know, our climate in general, it can be pretty wet. Right, Dave (3m 51s): Right. And the TNG is, and is it the, the National Forest is the entire island a national forest. Kevin (3m 57s): So basically the entire Archipelago is, Dave (4m 0s): Yeah. And what is the difference between an archipelago and an island? Kevin (4m 4s): Yeah, so basically it’s just a series of islands. So we live in a place where there’s, I mean, there’s dozens if not hundreds of violence just around us, and none of them are connected by a road system. So everything has to be either flown or taken by boat, whether it’s people, goods, cargo, all of that. So we’re in a series of violence. Basically the entire region is, is public land, is national forest. And so the Tonga is America’s largest national forest and by substantial amount, so we have, it’s, it’s about just over 16 and a half million acres is, is the Tonga. Kevin (4m 50s): And the next largest national forest is actually the Chuga, which is in South Central Alaska. And that one is a little less than half of what the Tongass is. And I think that’s closer to a third actually, just to give kind of a sense of scale on how large this region is. And it stretches all the way from kind of just north of Haida Gwaii or, or Queen Charlotte all the way up to Yak tat Alaska. And so for listeners, if they look at it on a map, I mean, Alaska’s enormous, so you kind of lose some of that sense of scale. But the region here is, is really big and leads to a lot of unexplored and really fun places to check out. Dave (5m 36s): Right. That’s amazing. Well, take us back real quick. How did you find yourself up on that area in the Tongass? Like, it’s so remote. How did you get there? And then how did your program start? Kevin (5m 45s): Yeah, that’s one of my favorite stories to tell actually. So I grew up in Denver and that’s where I learned how to fly fish. That’s, you know, kind of where my love for the outdoors and and passion came from. And I had the opportunity back in my twenties to visit Alaska. I’d never been before. You know, it’s, I think for every, everybody that fly fishes Alaska is kind of this mecca Yeah. That everybody dreams about and has on their bucket list. And I had a family friend that was living up here in Southeast Alaska, and I had the opportunity to come up and visit for a steelhead trip. And this was 2011, and I was here for 10 days. Kevin (6m 30s): And it was incredible. It blew me away. Everything about it. I mean, the water, the mountains, even the weather and the way that the mountains breathe and the forests and the old growth and the trees, I mean, I, I was just astounded. And so that’s when I decided that I wanted to make this home. And so I moved up here, I started looking for jobs. I ended up getting a job up here a couple years later who was living in southeast Alaska, but actually guiding out in Bristol Bay for a few years, which I, I mean, I think people are a lot more familiar with Bristol Bay and that’s an incredible, incredible fishery. And I had a blast and loved it. But my heart was always calling me back to, to Tonga. Kevin (7m 13s): And so after kind of a roundabout more circuitous path, I ended up back here and we started Tonga on the fly just over three years ago. Which, you know, looking back in college, this was always a dream of mine and, and it took longer than expected, but here we are and it feels pretty great to, to be putting it all together. Dave (7m 37s): Amazing. So talk about that. What does that look like? So you’re, and is there a town, what is the nearest town to where you actually live out there? Kevin (7m 44s): Yeah, so we’re in Petersburg, Alaska, which is actually smack dab in the middle of the Tonga. So here we call it central southeast. There’s a lot of directions that get thrown around when you’re describing Southeast Alaska, but we’re in central Southeast and we think that that gives us kind of a prime location to access a lot of amazing freshwater fisheries. Dave (8m 7s): Yeah, that’s right. Okay. So Petersburg is kind of the main hub there. So talk about that. What are, what are the trip, what are the species you’re focusing on? What are people coming there to fish for mainly? Kevin (8m 17s): Yeah, it’s a great question and it’s takes a while to even describe kind of all of the, the offerings that we have here. You know, it’s a longer season than a lot of places in Alaska. And basically we start in early April and our season kicks off with our steelhead, which is, you know, what we look forward to all year. I’d say it’s, it’s kind of what it was, the catalyst for the whole outfitter. It’s really what we love. I mean, these fish are incredible. We could spend hours just talking about that. But that season kicks off in April and our trips, a lot of ’em are done on a liverboard. Kevin (8m 58s): So we have a 45 foot liverboard that we run our trips off of, using that as a mothership. And then we take that around from Petersburg to the different islands and you know, the dozens of freshwater streams in the area. And then we have a jet raft and a, and a skiff that we use to access those rivers after we anchor up. But steelhead seasoned here, you know, kind of prime time, at least when we’re running our trips is about six weeks long. The fisher around a little bit before and a little bit after, but that’s when we’re operating. And man, it’s exciting because just about every blue line that you look at on a map has fish. Kevin (9m 44s): I mean, whether it’s a run of 15 fish or a few hundreds, you know, yeah. That’s the variable. But they all have fish and I, I just think that’s an incredible thing. Dave (9m 54s): Oh, that’s cool. And so six weeks, so this is a, when is that timing where people could actually fish for steelhead? Kevin (10m 0s): So we run our trips from the first week of April into mid-May. Dave (10m 5s): So you guys just wrapped up the season. Have you, how was the season up there? Do you guys fish? Is it more of a diversity of techniques? Are you nipping swinging? What do you do there? Kevin (10m 14s): Yeah, I’d say diversity is the name of the game and they’re also pretty physical trips, so it’s a lot different than I think your classic steel heading. Right. And so a lot of the waters that we’re fishing are pretty small. And again, all all, most of what I’ll talk about is in generality. Yeah. But all of this has nuance and, and there’s specifics to it. But you know, generally speaking, most of our water’s pretty small. There are a handful of rivers that we fish there are a little bit bigger, but we’ll be, you know, carrying multiple rods in a day. So we might be nipping one run and then a hundred yards up. We’ll be swinging a run for a little bit and then kind of continuing that cycle throughout the day. Kevin (10m 57s): And then throughout the trip, because what we’re doing is fishing, you know, over the course of a week long trip, we’ll probably fish four or five, potentially even six different river systems over that trip. And so there’s a lot of variety. You know, our season this year to get to that, you know, back to the weather, it was tough because we had a really mild winter, so we didn’t have a lot of snow pack. But then spring became really, really wet. Yeah. And we just were getting hammered by rain. So the rivers were fluctuating pretty heavily. I mean, we would have two foot rises and then two foot drops within the span of, you know, 12 to 36 hours. Kevin (11m 39s): So the conditions weren’t ideal. I mean, we were still able to get into fish. Yeah. I’d say we had to work a little bit harder for them this year. But that’s kind of really the name of the game here anyways. You’re always gonna be working a little bit harder because, you know Yeah. Because Dave (11m 57s): Of where you are Kevin (11m 58s): When we’re accessing these rivers. Yeah, exactly. And the togas is where we’re fishing is not, it’s not that accessible, which is what keeps people away from it, you know? Yeah. You’ve only want run into one other group of anglers in our three years of running trips, which, wow. I mean, just to have these places to yourself is like, that’s a pretty special thing in and of itself. Dave (12m 22s): So that’s steelhead. So you guys have the steelhead. Do you also have, you know, it’s a, a rainbow fishery. How does that, because it seems like there’s these areas where there’s steelhead and then maybe there’s not as many rainbow and then there’s places where there’s no steelhead and then these giant rainbows. Do you guys have a good rainbow fishery? Kevin (12m 37s): Yeah, so we, we, I wouldn’t say it’s good, but that it’s all relative, right? Yeah. Compared to Bristol Bay, it’s nothing like that. We have our, our steelhead and then there’s a few resident rainbows, but they’re not as prolific and not, I would say in our region specifically, they’re not as prolific. There’s some other areas even within Southeast Alaska that I think have, yeah. Some better rainbow trout fishing. Yeah. Dave (13m 2s): It’s interesting ’cause you’re kind of on a transitional, it’s really interesting ’cause we’ve obviously done episodes up and down the Pacific Rim, you know, everywhere from, you know, pretty much almost Mexico all the way up and you know, and then you have summer steelhead. And I’m guessing you guys don’t, well maybe you do ’cause you got the Cheena basin, which is, you know, which is south of you, which does have kind of a spring and a fall summer run. But do you guys have just the winter run? Is that what the steelhead run is there? You don’t have anything later in the year. Kevin (13m 29s): Yeah, so yeah. Dave (13m 31s): Or is it a mix? Is my favorite question. You’re in this transition zone, right? You’re in the zone of, of where the steelhead are eventually ending. You know, that’s an interesting thing, right? Eventually you go up around the Pacific grin and steelhead go away completely. And I’m not quite sure why that is either, but you’re in that zone of, it’s unique, right? It’s a cool area. Kevin (13m 47s): It is, yeah. And you know, I, our big run is definitely, you know, in the spring, so march there’s a lot of fish showing up. But we do have winter run fish, fish that are coming in in October, November, November, December, you know, and they’ll hold over in some of the lake systems. It all depends on the watersheds. Dave (14m 8s): Would you call those fish like fall, summer, fall or winter run fish? Because I would think the, the fall, the April fish are more like winter fish. Would those October fish be summer fish then summer, fall? Kevin (14m 19s): You know, we kind of classify ’em as winter and then spring. I don’t know scientifically if that would be Yeah. You know, yeah. How accurate that would be. But that’s colloquially what we refer to them as is we, we have the winter run fish that are showing up in November, December. And then we have the spring run, which is primarily when most of the fish is showing up. And, and that’s kind of the interesting thing too. I think that’s what makes our season so short is although there might be fish around, really the highest density of them is gonna be in that spring. And I should caveat that with, you know, a lot of people are familiar with the sea tuck river, which is in southeast Alaska up by Yakutat there. Kevin (15m 2s): And I think the run timing, I mean that’s the largest steelhead run in Alaska. I mean they get several thousand fish just in that one river. And I think they might have a little bit different timing, but that’s, while it’s in the same region, it’s still pretty far away from where we are. And our systems are a lot smaller than that. So it’s not a quite an apples to apples comparison. But I do, you know, for the people that know the sea tuck, I wanna make that distinction that they do have, I think more a a little different run timing and have a larger fall run and all of that. Dave (15m 40s): Check out Jackson Hole fly company today. Premium fly gear straight to your door without the premium price. Jackson Hole fly company designs and builds their own fly rods, reels, flies and gear delivering quality you can trust at prices that let you fish more and spend less. Whether you’re picking up a fly rod for the first time or guiding every day they’ve got what you need. Check ’em out right now. That’s Jackson Hole fly company.com. Jackson hole fly company.com. Pescador on the fly offers a full range of fly fishing gear for any angler at any budget with premium rods delivered directly to you. The LAG six is the most packable high performance fly rod on the market, performing like a four piece rod, but with unmatched portability in six pieces. Dave (16m 25s): And you can get 10% off your next order right now If you use the code wet fly swing at pescador on the fly.com. Never fly without your G six. Discover the L race series and more at pescador on the fly.com. So you have the steelhead and then you’ve got some rainbow there mixed in. What are the other species, like times of year people are coming up? Do you guys have another focus species or give us maybe the top five? Or do you, or do you guys focus more on just a couple? Kevin (16m 52s): Yeah, so I can kind of go through just a general sense of the season. So in the spring, along with the steelhead, we have a great, I mean phenomenal sea run cutthroat fishery. Oh wow. And so, yeah, they, and they’re, they’re beautiful, especially that time of year. They’re really, really colored up. I mean they’re just gorgeous fish. And then the dollar garden are also kind of in the estuaries because at the same time that steelheaders showing up is when we’re having a lot of the fry out migration. So a lot of the pink fry are making their way outta the river system and sea run cuds and the dollies are kind of hammering them on their way out. Kevin (17m 34s): So we have phenomenal fishing for both of those in the spring as well. And that’s kind of a year round deal dollies and sea run cuds we can find pretty much throughout the season. And we, the, the sea run cutthroat, we do have some rivers that have some pretty good size. I mean they’ll get up, you know, 18 to 20 inches and I mean just gorgeous, gorgeous fish. And then we have all five salmon species that show up. I mean the togas is also known as America’s salmon forest because it thrives on salmon returning to all of these different streams. So, you know, you’ll walk across something that looks like a trickle and you’ll find pink salmon in there. Kevin (18m 17s): But I would say, you know, later we, we catch pink chum sockeye are round, but it’s not something that we really focus on. There’s some decent runs for ’em, but it’s not really a main part of our program. I mean we, we’re all catch and release and sockeye a lot of the people that wanna catch that wanna take ’em home in fish boxes. Right. And that’s, you know, just not really part of what we do. Yeah. And then obviously the coho kind of late summer into fall I’d say is, is the behind steelhead the second most popular target species. What Dave (18m 53s): About Chinook? Kevin (18m 55s): We don’t target Chinook a whole lot just because the runs aren’t too strong. So just to kind of give a complete picture about what’s happening with them up here. All the islands that I spoke about don’t have Native King runs. So it, we get all four of the other salmon species plus steelhead, then the sea run cuties and the dollies and you know, a couple other ISTs. Yeah. But there’s a handful of these large mainland rivers. So you mentioned the Skinner earlier. We have some big rivers like the Stick is the one that’s really close to us and we love going up there and spending time and it’s this huge glacial river. Kevin (19m 38s): It’s just impressive to check out. And there’s all of these Clearwater tributaries. And so the US Alaska has about 40 miles of the bottom end of the stickin from where it crosses into Alaska and then empties out into the Pacific Ocean. But it continues for another, you know, 200 miles into Canada and that entire way there’s these Clearwater tributaries and kings do run and spawn in a lot of those Clearwater tributaries. And that’s the case, whether it’s the Kin or the Taku or, or a number of these other systems on the mainland. Kevin (20m 18s): They do have king runs, but they’re not, you know, it’s not like the noac. Yeah. Where there, there’s ton of ’em. So we’ll see ’em, it’s incredible to watch ’em, you know, we’ll see ’em spawning and we, we’d love seeing ’em in small clear water. It’s one of the coolest things I think. But we, I wouldn’t say that we necessarily, I mean we don’t go out and target ’em, you know? Yeah. Dave (20m 43s): And it makes sense because it’s, Kings are kind of bigger river, you know, fish, you know, they, they, you look at where they come back and all the big rivers, you know, they can come back to smaller ones as well, but you probably just don’t get as much of the run. So historically, you know, but you do have this kin, which is a massive river, which I’ve heard about and I forget about that. Yeah. It goes from Canada and then you have that 40 mile section down flows in just north of Wrangle, which I’ve heard a little bit about Wrangle Alaska. Yeah. Cool. So that gives us a good high level. I think that, you know, again, I, I like to go back to planning a trip. Like if we were planning a trip, what would be, I mean, steelheads off obviously huge, you know, sea run. Would you, If you did that steelhead trip, could you fish catch potentially steelhead sea run cutthroat and dollies on the same trip? Kevin (21m 26s): Yeah. Yeah. So usually and and our steelhead trip, so I, we started talking about this, but we’re able to access the mouths and a lot of the time we’re kind of stopped by log jam at the bottom of the river. ’cause again, these are are very natural rivers, so they all have log jams. We can only make it so far. And then it’s a lot of hiking. Hmm. So we’re spending a lot of time walking up these rivers. You know, we’re not fishing out of a boat. It’s a pretty physical fishery, you know, to get up here and, you know, you can go on forever. But yeah, we’ll carry, you know, usually a single hand, eight weight rods, we’ll have a switch rods, you know, 11, 7, 7 weight is pretty ideal to use both as a swing setup. Kevin (22m 10s): And then also you can throw an indicator on there and kind of get a, a longer roll cast out. But then also a six weight. You know, if we come to a slower pool and there’s a bunch of cuties or dollies and the tide flats that are popping off and slapping. Yeah. We’ll definitely spend some time, you know, messing around with those guys. So I would say yeah, it’s almost guaranteed that you’re gonna catch all those things. Dave (22m 33s): So you guys are swinging for steelhead, so you have a kind of a, a smaller, shorter rod you’re using for steelhead, you can swing up there. Kevin (22m 40s): Yep, exactly. And that’s, you know, still my favorite way to do it. And so we try to do that as much as we can. It’s just not like fishing, you know, the big classic waters. So you’re, you’re finding different ways to swing into these fish and stuff. But we’re able to site fish a lot of these, you know, again, being on a smaller system, we’re able to spot ’em. We can sight fish ’em, which you know, from a guiding perspective is really exciting. ’cause a lot of times we’re able to watch exactly what the reaction is to the fly and so on a swing rather than having a binary outcome of digit catch catch fish. Yeah. Or not. And you don’t know if you’re 1% there or 99% there to getting a take. Kevin (23m 23s): We have a lot more feedback. I mean, number one, a lot of times we can confirm if there’s actually a fish round. And then number two we can judge well did was it a decent swing? Did we present the fly well? Were we in the right area and was there a reaction? And you know, that’s gone from not seeing a fish move at all to watching them, you know, either come across 10 feet and hammer a fly or move up 10 feet and hammer a fly. I mean it’s, it’s really, really exciting stuff and I think it helps us learn a lot about these fish behaviors and kind of how they’re reacting under the water where a lot of times you just aren’t able to see that. Yeah. Dave (24m 0s): Yeah. Is that you’re technique typically since you’re kind of out there in the winter spring that you’re fishing, kind of sinking lines getting down to ’em? Kevin (24m 8s): I would say our setups just due to the size of the systems, are gonna be a lot lighter than most of the places. So I mean we’ll be using, I’d say our most standard sink tip is like a five five of T eight. So five feet of floating and five feet of T eight. And you know, there’s times when that’s even a little bit too heavy and we’ll go to two and a half feet of T eight and then, you know, on rare occasions we’ll go a little bit heavier with a full, you know, 10 foot section of T eight, maybe T 11. But you know, in the grand scheme of things, all of our, our stuff is gonna be a little bit lighter. Yeah. A Dave (24m 45s): Little bit lighter. Okay. And is it typical, you know, fly a wise, just using the, maybe describe that a little bit. What are your top flies you’re using up there? Kevin (24m 53s): Yeah, so we use a lot of hobo spades, a lot of bright colors, you know, purple and pink. And then also orange is a big one for us. I think it really stands out in the tannic waters. And then black and blue also is, is kind of a classic and you know, there’s a lot of discussion about different weather patterns and when to use different colors. But yeah, I’ve had just as much luck on black and blue on really bright sunny days, so, yeah. Dave (25m 21s): Yeah. Would the egg sucking leach work up there? Kevin (25m 24s): Yep. Both purple and black. Yeah. And then a liquid wrench is another one that’s pretty popular around here. Oh, Dave (25m 32s): Okay. I haven’t heard of that one. The liquid wrench. Kevin (25m 34s): Yeah. Yeah, that’s a, that’s a good one to have in the box. Dave (25m 38s): Okay. So this is cool. I think we’re getting a little flavor of kinda what it is you guys, you know, have up there for your operation. And is it po and I’m gonna talk more obviously, you know, if somebody’s going up there, it would be much easier to connect with you, you know, to, you know, at least a day on the water if not a full week to kind of do the trip and all that ’cause it’s so remote. But could people also go into Petersburg and maybe if they wanted to try to DIY it, is that possible? Or I guess because you have a boat, could you walk? It’s probably not that easy to do. Kevin (26m 8s): Yeah, it’s, I mean I’d say it’s doable, you know, but it is difficult. There’s other ways to do, you know, you could hire a float plane, fly out to a river and do things like that. So there’s ways to do it. But yeah, logistically I think southeast is just really, really hard because it’s not even just having the boat or the float plane, but, and especially where we are in South Central, there’s a lot of really, really big tide flats and a lot of big tide swings. So even getting up to the river mouth, you kind of really have to be aware of what the tide’s doing, where the channel is, how much water is in the river, because that’s gonna dictate, you know, if the tide’s out, are you gonna be able to make it up or down? Kevin (26m 52s): So short answer is yes, you can absolutely figure out a way to do it, but there is a lot of, a lot of our job is thinking about, you know, how best to access these places. Dave (27m 6s): Gotcha, gotcha. I wanna focus on a little bit here, you know, we mentioned steelhead, so Dolly varden and you know, and C run cutthroat trial. Maybe describe that program a little bit. Are you up there? Is that something where a guy might spend, you know, a full day targeting them? How are you doing it and kind of, you know, is it lower in the system mostly? Kevin (27m 24s): Yeah. So when we’re on our steelhead trips, I feel bad for these fish ’cause they kind of get, they get forgotten about because the steelhead are there. So people, you know, bycatch of a, of a beautiful sea run Cuddy is kind of like, ah man, it’s not, it’s not what we’re looking for. But after the steelhead are gone, you know, so from May into June and even into like early July, that’s kind of our what’s around and our main focus. Okay. So we’re using a lot of small streamers, so fry imitation and then even some top water stuff. Dave (27m 58s): So right now, as we’re speaking kind of in June, this is a good time. Like you could be getting into those, both of those species. Kevin (28m 5s): Oh it’s, it’s phenomenal time. That’s what we spent yesterday doing actually. We were out catching Sierra run Cuds on, on poppers on top water and it’s, it was a blast. Wow. It was, it was a lot of fun. So yeah, that’s, that’s kind of the program right now. And yeah, they’re fun. They’re aggressive. They’re, I mean, I, I just, I said it earlier and I’ll say it again. They’re just such beautiful fish and they, they fight hard. They’re aerial so, you know, catching them on lighter tackle five, six weights is, is a great time. So yeah, we’ll do that for a day. Absolutely. No problem. Dave (28m 41s): So you mentioned sea run on top water. Describe that a little bit, maybe that day yesterday. How does that look? How are you guys fishing that? Kevin (28m 47s): Yeah, so I’d say they, they’re aggressive. We like to catch ’em on top water just ’cause it’s the most fun. And we like to use kind of bigger streamer patterns. So we’ll use poppers for them, kind of, you know, bolt skating it, but then also just like almost fishing it like a polygrapher silvers where you’re getting a lot of action on the surface, big strip and letting it sit. And they’ll, I mean, they’re aggressive. They’ll come, you know, a foot or two outta the water to try and eat fly and they miss it a lot. So your hookup rate is pretty low, but it’s a lot of fun to see the takes. And then for the dollies it’s a lot more subsurface stuff. So still using a lot of fried patterns, but just trying to get it a little bit deeper into the water column. Kevin (29m 34s): But they will, you know, there’s times if they’re really in a feeding frenzy where it doesn’t really matter what you throw out there, if it even resembles something that might be foods, they’re, they’re gonna be on it. Yeah. Dave (29m 46s): Right. Okay. So, so you’ve got that going in for cutthroat and for dollies. Now are you mostly in the estuary or is this like just lower in the system where you’re catching these? Kevin (29m 57s): A lot of ’em are. So the dollies will start lower, you know, they’ll be in the estuary areas, the tidal zones, kind of the flats. And at low tides, especially when there’s kind of the corridors and pinch points where it’s funneling the fry out through, they’ll be really aggressive and sitting in there. The sea run Cuddy are kind of more spread out through the entire systems. So you’ll find them all the way up, you know, basically as far as you can hike in a lot of these systems. So be, they’ll be up there and then the dollies will kind of work their way up throughout the year. So, you know, as, especially as the salmon starts to show up, you know, they’re gonna follow and come up with the salmon and get ready for them to start to spawn. Kevin (30m 45s): And then that’s when, you know, you transition into the eggs and they’re just, oh, hoing themselves on the spawning, you know, salmon eggs that are getting swept down. Oh, Dave (30m 57s): I see. So that starts in what, in like August, September? When does that start The eggs? Kevin (31m 1s): Yeah, so I mean it can be as early as July kind of towards the end of July and then it just gets better and better through August and September. They’re getting fatter, they’re getting the dolly specifically and they’re getting more colored up. You know, they’re getting that traditional like orange lipstick colors. Right. They’re getting the bright dots on ’em and the, the kind of orange bellies on ’em and yeah, they’re, it’s a lot of fun. So Dave (31m 29s): That’s the time. If you want to get one of those colored up dollies with all the beautiful colors, what, when’s the best time? Kevin (31m 34s): I’d say August into September is, is when they really start to kind of pop like that. So yeah, they’re still pretty silvery in the spring. And then even right now you’re starting to see a little bit of color change on ’em, but it’s not anything like the fall. Dave (31m 51s): Okay. But you’re fishing a similar way now. If you wanted to catch ’em in June, July, you’re fishing kind of streamers down deep. Kevin (31m 58s): That’s what we’re doing right now. And then once the salmons show up, we’ll be, you know, dead drift and beads and egg patterns for ’em. Okay. And that’s what they’re primarily keyed on. They’ll still hit a streamer, but you know, they’ll just be working through the salmon beds waiting for anything to float down that they’re able to eat. They’re anything. Yeah. Dave (32m 20s): What is the fly if you’re fishing, maybe talk about that for dollies. What’s your fly line and the flies and that setup look like? Kevin (32m 27s): Yeah, so it’s pretty standard. Just a a six weight, you know, is what we’re using. And then just a, a weight forward floating line. And we might have a little bit of weight on our fly if we’re fishing a clouser, maybe, maybe a little bit of bead chain eye or dumbbell eyes on that to get it down. But we’re typically not using any sort of sink tips or anything like that with them. We’re able to get down to where we need to go just with, you know, maybe a nine or 10 foot liter and then a little bit of weight on the fly, you know, ’cause they’ll be, they’re feeding not too deep under the surface. There’s times, I’m thinking about a couple specific pools that we really like where they’ll be deeper down and maybe you’re gonna change your tactics a little bit to get a little bit more sink on your fly. Kevin (33m 16s): But primarily, you know, just a, a standard six weight floating line set up is gonna be able to get the job done. That’s Dave (33m 23s): It. So six weight standard. And then, and you said clouds are so are, what are your top, say top, you know, two or three flies you’re using for dollies? Kevin (33m 31s): Yeah, so I’d say, let’s see, probably, I really like a white clouser. Any little chum or pink fry imitation. Hmm. So even a little bit smaller than a clouser. And even on the Clouder it’s like smaller the better really, because a lot of what they’re chasing is fairly small. Like Dave (33m 53s): What is small? What would small be, Kevin (33m 55s): Shoot probably so hook size, I would say six, even eight. But really, you know, a lot of clouds get tied with like a really long trailing like material right? And so we even like to kind of clip those off so that it’s just behind the hook. So you don’t really want a lot of extra on there because you wanna reduce the size of the bait fish that you’re trying to present. And so that’s why some of the fry patterns are really good. And then the sound searcher is kind of the top water popper that we, we really like. Dave (34m 34s): We wrapped up a 5,000 mile road trip to Wisconsin last year. And our project M from four wheel campers made the entire journey better than we imagined. From remote camp size to spontaneous detours. We had the freedom to go where we wanted in total comfort. For over 50 years, four wheel campers has been building ultra durable, lightweight pop-up campers that fit almost any truck bed. The pop-up design sets up in under a minute and with the Project M like we have, I can set up and still use my tailgate and truck bed whenever I need it. Whether you want a minimalist set up like mine or something fully built out like the premium Orvis edition, four wheel campers as a camper to match your adventure goals. Dave (35m 14s): Do you have a truck? Head over to four wheel campers.com right now. Customize your camper, find a local dealer. See upcoming events and more. Trust me, you’re gonna love checking out four wheel campers. Are you an avid angler looking for the perfect fly selection or perhaps you’ve just started out fly tying? Smitty’s Fly Box offers a monthly subscription service that delivers a range of flies, fly time, materials and fishing accessories. They tailor their selections based on your fishing location, ensuring you get exactly what you need. And Smitty’s isn’t just any fly supplier. They’ve been in business for over three decades delivering quality and expertise. I can personally vouch for their quality having picked up some dry flies and they were perfect. Dave (35m 57s): It’s a perfect time to stock up on flies for your next adventure. Check out their offerings at smitty’s fly box.com. By subscribing you’re not only getting top-notch flies, but you’re also supporting a small business that has had a significant contribution to the fishing community. Remember that smitty’s fly box.com and let ’em know you heard about them through this podcast. And are these flies the sound searcher, is that something that, do you know where that one came from? Is that a pretty common fly I guess out there? Kevin (36m 26s): Yeah, I’d say especially in the Pacific Northwest. So we actually got them from Dave McCoy. Oh, McCoy at Emerald Water Anglers. Yeah. Yeah, he’s good friend. So he Oh nice. Sent up a bunch of those and you know, he does a lot of sea run Cuddy fishing around Puget Sound. And so we brought some of those patterns up here and, and they’re just as as useful here. And so it’s Oh that’s cool. I’ve kinda how we, Dave (36m 52s): I’ve seen him now the, the Puget Fly McCoy’s sound searcher and it’s Emeral water and other. Cool. Yeah. And we actually have an episode on the, we’ll put a link to the show notes to that episode we did with Dave on Sea Run Cutthroat Fishing. But it’s essentially a, you know, it’s got a little bit of a tail, it’s got a little bit of a body, some fur something and then a a, it’s got the foam foam is home, right? It’s got a bunch of foam on top. Kevin (37m 12s): Exactly. Dave (37m 13s): And, and eye it’s got what’s, what’s down the bottom. Does it have like an ice spot or what’s that below on the bottom? Kevin (37m 18s): It does, yeah. It’s got a little, little eye glued to the bottom. Yeah, so it’s like basically a fry kind of laying on its side almost with the eye facing down and struggling. Wow, Dave (37m 28s): That’s cool. So how do you fish that? How do you fish that fly? Kevin (37m 32s): We’ll skate it if there’s enough current kind of just bring it across just like you would a mouse pattern or even just casting it directly across. ’cause a lot of the pools that we’re fishing for sea run cuds are, are, it’s kind of frog water. It’s, it’s pretty slow. So you can just cast directly across and then, you know, one or two kind of big strips trying to get water to move and then letting it sit. And a lot of times we’ll get hits on the pause and you know, it’s something that we’re always varying the retrieve because some days it seems like they want it moving consistently and then other days, you know, to move it a couple times, get their attention and then all of the hits will be when it’s stopped. Kevin (38m 15s): And those are usually like the big torpedo takes where they’re coming up like jaws directly from underneath and then, you know, coming back down on top of it. Wow. So that’s, yeah, I’d say it kind of depends, you know, and, and don’t be afraid to change the way that you’re doing your retrieve. Especially if you’re seeing fish surface around you and you’re not getting hits. Maybe, you know, try a little bit faster, try a little bit more aggressive couple pops and then let it sit. Don’t be afraid, you know, there’s not one size fits all. No answer to that. Dave (38m 48s): You can try all sorts of things. Well it’d be a typical one you might start with out there. Like as far as a retrieve, you got this fly, you cast it out across the pool. Is it kind of like a quick, quick quick stop or what’s that look like? Kevin (38m 58s): Yeah, yeah. Usually two, two quick and then a stop for maybe even one to two seconds. So let it like sit there for a while and then, you know, do that again and then try that for a few times and then move on to more like consistent just like strip, strip, strip, strip. And if it doesn’t seem, sometimes I think the pop can be a little too aggressive, like if you’re getting a lot of water spraying off of it. Oh right. Maybe just kind of take it down a notch and make it a little bit more subtle. Yeah. And sometimes that’ll induce a take. Okay. Dave (39m 31s): And when you stop, is it just floating there right in the surface film? Kevin (39m 34s): Yep, exactly. I mean just like dead, you know? Dave (39m 37s): Right, right. Just dead. Okay. So you have that kind of, that top water stuff a little bit, but then you also have, and I guess are we still talking about sea run cutthroat and will dollies also hit that fly on the surface? Kevin (39m 47s): They will, but they definitely like more movement. So they almost need the movement for them to be interested. If it’s sitting on top, it’s really, really rare for them to take it. They, they, they like the chase. So for them it’s almost like the faster you can retrieve the better. Dave (40m 6s): Yeah, the better. Okay. Wow. Yeah, this is awesome. So you’ve got, essentially you’ve got lots of different diversity of fishing there. The dollies are lower in the system for the most part, but as the season goes on, they’re kind of moving up in the system and cutthroat are spread throughout. You’ve got steelhead. So all three of those species are there kind of early in the season. Steelhead eventually close. And you have just this, when does the, you know, somebody was thinking salmon, you know, I guess pinks you got pinks you’ve got, what are the other ones you got? Chum Kevin (40m 34s): Hum. We have some summer rum chum. Okay. That, that show up. And then, you know, the sockeye, like I said, will be around and, and every once in a while we’re run into one of those. But the way that we structure our season is we kind of, you know, a big part of our trips, especially I’d say like right now in June and then kind of like early August is being out on the boat. Right. Yeah. So we’re, we’re a lot of, like I said, a lot of the stuff that we’re doing is Liv aboard. And so you’re anchored up in this bay with not anybody if maybe another boat or two around. And you know, we’re fishing areas with brown bears, black bears, moose. Kevin (41m 16s): Oh wow. Wolves. I mean, we’ll see orcas, a lot of humpback whales, corpses that’ll come route ride the bow wake while we’re, we’re running to the fishing spots. So, you know, I’d say there are times in the season where fly fishing is the vehicle to get people up here to experience what Southeast Alaska has to offer. I mean, the fishing’s incredible. You’re gonna catch more sea run cuties than you could probably imagine. Yeah. But for a week long trip, like there’s a lot more to it. But then in July we also offer a couple float trips down the stick river. Oh, cool. So, so we kind of talked about this a little bit, but we have access to the forest service cabins that we can stay in. Kevin (42m 3s): And so we have people in 12 foot fixed bottom rafts and they’ll, they’ll float down the Sta river and then we will bring our jet boats up and use those to access some of the Clearwater tributaries and run up there to where we want to go fish. And it’s a really, really fun program. And again, the Ian is just, it’s one of those places that you walk into and, and it seems like you’re taking a step back in time and it’s, it’s impressive. I mean, just gorgeous mountains, there’s glaciers, you know, the water in the kin is kind of, it’s mind blowing because when you’re floating you can hear there’s so much silt Oh Dave (42m 45s): Yeah, I can hear it. Kevin (42m 46s): The friction on the boat. Oh, that’s cool. And you don’t know if you’re in 20 feet of water or six inches because the visibility is so poor, which is why we have to go into the freshwater tributaries to actually do any of the fishing. Dave (42m 60s): Oh, the fishing, right. Wow. This is cool. So when you guys are motoring up in the mothership up to like the mouth of the stickin and parking it there. Kevin (43m 8s): So from there we’re actually able to just launch our boats from where we are and run up there. And so we’ll kind of do a drop off with all the gear up at the high point and then, you know, do the float down from there over six or seven days. Dave (43m 23s): Oh, so you’ll run the mothership up the st Kevin (43m 25s): No, not these are just on, on our regular jet boats. Oh yeah. These are the, the mothership stays home for this one. And this is just, just the smaller boats that we use to access there. So it’s a little different program, you know, so the boats, the mothership’s basically working for a steelhead season and then she gets rest. Sally girl gets to stay at home for a little bit. We do our float trips up to st Okay. And then starting in August, September we’ll get back on the big boat and start doing liverboard trips again. I see. Dave (43m 56s): Cool. And the boat is that, are you the captain of the, and what was the name of the, the mothership? Kevin (44m 1s): Sally girl. Dave (44m 2s): Sally girl. And are you the captain? Kevin (44m 4s): Yeah, so myself and my business partner are the ones who run the boats and then we’re also guiding, and then we usually have a third person on to help kind of a, a guides Yeah. Cook position to help out deckhand on the boats. You know, it’s kind of a jack of all trades deal. But yeah, we’re all, all kind of doing everything. That’s Dave (44m 23s): Cool. Yeah. So the boat is, and what is the boat? It’s how many people can you get on a trip on the boat? Kevin (44m 29s): Yeah, that’s great question. So we like to run our trips with three to four people. Steelhead season three is kind of our sweet spot. It’s what makes the boat most comfortable, but it also makes the fishing and the experience the best for us. You know, I’ve said it multiple times, but with the smaller rivers, three people, it’s nice to have less people to be able to get everybody a chance to fish and you’re gonna be potentially taking turns and, and all of that depending on conditions and where we are. But you know, it’s nice to have a, a lower group number. And then we also on these trips, we don’t book out like single spots, so we just book out the boat for the Yeah. Kevin (45m 13s): The boat Sure. For the week. And then, you know, it doesn’t matter if it’s one person or three people, it’s gonna be the same price and we’re not gonna put like a single with two people that they don’t know. So everybody on the boat’s gonna know each other already before they show up. Yeah, that makes sense. And yeah, that’s the way we like to do things, so Dave (45m 35s): Yeah, I think that’s awesome. It sounds like a cool program. I mean, and it’s, it’s small, right? So you got three people out there and get the boat for the week. So is that typically how, maybe describe that a little bit. Do you fly into Petersburg and then, and then you’re out like what, five days on the water? Describe your program. Kevin (45m 51s): Yep. So we get two flights a day, Alaska Airlines flights. So if you’re looking to come up to Petersburg, you’re able to get a, you have to go through Seattle, but from Seattle you can get here pretty easily. And then, so you’ll come in, we recommend people show up a day early and then plan to leave a day after the trip end date. Just, you know, due to weather or any other potential, you know, things that could change our schedule a little bit. But yeah, you’ll show up, spend the night in Petersburg and then we’ll get on the boat the next day and we’ll head out to where we wanna fish. And we have a huge area that we’re able to fish. Kevin (46m 33s): And so it’s kind of a game time decision based on current conditions. Okay, Dave (46m 38s): Cool. And how many total days is it on the water? Kevin (46m 41s): So our steelhead trips we do week long. Yeah. So there’s seven days, six nights, seven day trips. And then, you know, we try to get five, five and a half days of fishing because a lot, you know, because it’s such a big area, there is a fair amount of runtime that we’re on the big boat, which is what’s nice, which all, all everything else to see. Yep. And then our summer trips are a little more customizable. So we’ll do anything from three to week long, three days to week long trips on the big boat in the summer. And that’s mostly because steelheads fishing is a little bit tougher, so we don’t wanna limit our chances. We wanna have the full week Sure. To really kind of put in the work to try and make that happen. Kevin (47m 24s): But the rest of the year we have a lot more options on where we can go and, and the fish are a lot more abundant so we’re not as kind of pressured on needing the full time. Dave (47m 35s): Yeah, yeah. The full time. Okay, cool. Well this is awesome. I think I want to, I had a few more questions for you. Some random ones about the, the boat and kind of some of the operation, but let’s take it outta here. You know, we’ve been doing this a little bit of our plays of the week segment, which is the throwback to, you know, our sports analogies, you know, the Michael Jordan taking off from the free throw line and you know, doing the, you know, the dunk or whatever. But what is your, as we get outta here, so this is gonna be our play of the week, so think of a, it doesn’t have to be a big fish, just some, you know, trip, some event, some memory you have on there. We’ll think of that for a second. And we’re gonna give a shout out today to Patagonia. They have their new swift current waiters. I’m not sure what kind of waiters you use, but we’re big, big Patagonia fans and we’re helping them get the word out in the waiters here. Dave (48m 17s): So wanna give a shout out to Patagonia? We’ll put a link in the, in the show notes to an episode I did with Yvan and our the founder, which was pretty epic and tells a story more about them. But, so first shout out to Patagonia. Let’s go to the plays of the week. So what do you have, I mean, you must have some crazy stories. You’re in Alaska, you’re on this mothership boat. Do you have one that would be, that would help share what the experience is like? Kevin (48m 41s): Man? Yeah, that’s, there’s lots of stuff going through my head right now, you know, it’s, yeah, shoot. But I, I think some of the moments that I get most excited about are, which we talked about earlier, but I have some very vivid memories of walking up some of these rivers. We’re walking up, you know, moose tracks followed by very fresh wolf tracks Oh wow. That were probably there an hour or two before we were. And then walking up to a pool and seeing some fish in there and then being able to swing into a fish and watch like one of those just arm rip takes just in, in this beautiful, beautiful country. Kevin (49m 23s): Like there’s those moments always stick out to me. Yeah. And then actually on the kin we, you know, some of the best days of sea run cutthroat fishing, I’ve had like watching these torpedoes come out of the water and then, you know, hearing a bear across the river because it’s all really thick, thick woods and brush and so, you know Yeah. Signs everywhere and you’re kind of walking up there and you know that they’re around. Dave (49m 50s): You’re not necessarily seeing tons of wolves or, or moose necessarily up there, but there you’re seeing signs of them. Kevin (49m 56s): Yeah, absolutely. And same with the bears. Yeah. And we do see a fair amount of bears like you do, especially Yeah. On the, on the beaches and stuff. And being on the big boat is a great way to do that. ’cause when we’re anchored up, you know, they’ll be out on the, the beaches and we can watch ’em from the big boat and everybody’s happy. And are Dave (50m 14s): You seeing wolves out? Have you seen some wolves and do you hear ’em out there? Kevin (50m 17s): So wolves are like, they’re on a lot of these islands and they’re almost like my white whale that I just, I’m always a day late, mid dollar short. Yeah. Where, where I have not seen them like out a lot of sign. No. Yeah. It’s kind of one of these crazy things. They’re, I mean, they’re extremely elusive. They’re smart. We’ll go howl for ’em on the back deck at night and we’re still waiting to get them to howl back from the boats. But yeah, they’re around and it’s, I mean, for me it’s just really amazing knowing that they’re, they’re Dave (50m 50s): There. That they’re there, that you’re in there. That’s kinda the cool thing about it. Yeah. They’re there, you’ve got all these species and it’s just, yeah, it’s Alaska. Right. It’s totally wild. And then you add the mothership or a remote float down the Toke and you’re even more remote. Right. Have you had any situations where, you know, you’ve been in a, a little sticky situation out there where it’s been, you know, we always, you hear, you know, the bears and the bugs and all that, but has it been pretty smooth for you the last few years? Or you, have you had any close encounters? Kevin (51m 18s): I mean, you know, most of our close encounters I would say come from like trying not to get our boat stuck. Yeah. Or you know, having some issue with the tides where we’re anchored up and then there’s a big rock that sure. He couldn’t see when the tide was in, but all of a sudden is exposing itself now. So I think, you know, again, a lot of what we’re stressing about during our trips are, are the logistics and the, the access of the fishery once we’re on the river. And I’m knocking on wood while I say this, but you know, it’s fairly smooth sailing. You know, we’re very bear aware, our wildlife encounter, you know, we stay in groups. Kevin (51m 58s): We’re, we’re carrying bear protection. We both, myself and Lucas, my co-owner, have a lot of bear experience. So I wouldn’t say we, we push our limits or our luck in those situations, you know? But every time you’re walking through the woods and you kind of hear Russell or you, you bump something in front of you that you didn’t know was there. It can be a pretty heart pounding few seconds. Yeah. Until, until it’s sober. Yeah. Dave (52m 28s): Yeah. Do you guys have, are the bugs pretty bad down there? Kevin (52m 32s): They can be, yeah. Yeah, they definitely can be. You know, July can be pretty rough. Yeah. And Dave (52m 39s): What, what’s your recommendation? Is it bring you guys wearing head nets? Just det? What? What do you do to if it gets a bad day? Kevin (52m 45s): Yeah. So every once in a while we wear head nets. There’s times and there’s certain locations that we’ll wear head nets. Other than that, it’s pretty standard, just det and you know, I like to use the strong stuff just ’cause I get tired of the bugs. So I, I’m using like the jungle juice, 95% deets. Dave (53m 5s): Yeah. Yeah. What is the stuff, if somebody wanted to get the best buy it right now, what would that be called? Kevin (53m 11s): So that’s, I, I think it’s called Jungle Juice. I have some in my waiters right now, but it’s like the very concentrated don’t use a lot, it’s like a drop or two and rub it on the back of your hands. Oh, Dave (53m 21s): Jungle juice. I see it. Yeah. Sawyer jungle juice, insect repellent. Kevin (53m 25s): Yeah. So that stuff’s pretty serious. It’s the real deal. But even just, you know, like you’re off, you know, If you don’t, if you’re not out every day and it, the off does the trick. Yeah. Like we always carry some in the boats with us so that we can, you know, reapply Right. As necessary. But don’t get me wrong, bugs can be bad and there’s certain days where they’re horrific. Yeah. But it’s not as bad as when I was in Bristol Bay like that, that I’d say the bugs out there took the cake. They were a lot worse. They Dave (53m 57s): Were a lot worse. Okay, cool. And yeah, it’s interesting, I mean, your whole program is cool. I mean, the mothership is unique. You’ve got, like you said, the teke and you know, so people listen to you got a few different options, but it sounds like one option wouldn’t be necessarily a float trip on the Teke and a mothership. Is that not the same? That usually doesn’t work out together? Kevin (54m 17s): Correct. Yep. That would be two different, different deals. And you know, it’s what I think I really love about our program is the diversity of it and we’re able to do so much. And even the mothership trips are there, no two of them are gonna be the same. There’s no canned product like the this, the places we go are gonna be different from place to place. It all changes and it keeps it exciting for us. And I think for, you know, anybody looking to come up here and do a trip, we try to have personal conversations with them before anybody books just because, you know, each trip and each time of year is gonna kind of offer different pros and cons. Kevin (55m 0s): So we really like to understand, you know, what are you gonna define as a successful trip, right? Like what are you wanting to get out of this and how can we best provide and tailor an experience that’s gonna match those Yeah. Expectations and those, you know, wants that you’re looking for. Yeah, Dave (55m 16s): Definitely. Definitely. And on that Stine trip, so, you know, describe that just a little bit. Is that what, what sort of, you guys are floating these hard bottom rafts, so is it like a, describe that, what are the rafts you’re running? Kevin (55m 28s): Yeah, so they’re just, yep, 12 foot fixed bottom. So it’s the Stine’s a fast flowing river, but it’s not, there’s no rapids, there’s no technical water. So even though it’s kind of quick, it’s not, you know, you’re not having to navigate Gotcha. The Grand Canyon. Yeah. Yeah. At least not the section we’re in. There’s other parts of the tokin where that’s different story. Okay. Where we are, it’s pretty simple, it’s an easy float. We’re not, you know, it’s 40 miles covered over six days, so it’s not like really long sections. You’re basically doing it to get from point A to point B and then, you know, we’ll stop at the cabin, we’ll get camp set up and then usually we’re gonna take you up fishing into, you know, one of the several areas that we can go fish depending on time of year and all that. Kevin (56m 22s): And again, we’ll kind of get up as far as we can. And then it’s a lot of walking again, so you’re hiking up into these places and just fishing the different bands and you know, it’s like this crystal clear, just beautiful water in these big mountain valleys. And you know, that’s one too where if people want to go take a look at the glacier, we can run up one of the rivers and go take a look at a glacier. There’s hot springs up there. There’s a lot of different things that we can work into a week long trip. Yeah. To kind of, so there’s other stuff, show people what it’s like. Yeah. Dave (56m 56s): There’s, and I was gonna thinking that’s the difference is that separating you from the other places that you do have some other stuff, the glaciers, other stuff you can check out. Kevin (57m 4s): Yeah. And that’s honestly, you know, I’d say our biggest thing is allowing people to experience what the tongass is. And that’s kind of an all encompassing thing. It’s not just the fishing, but the fishing, like we talked about in the salmon specifically is what drives the entire ecosystem, the entire region. Right. I mean, not even, not even just the natural world, but also the people here, you know, it’s South Alaska is a huge commercial fishing industry. It’s what a lot of these towns have survived on are, are the salmon runs. Oh, right. Dave (57m 36s): Is that what Petersburg still is a major hub for fishing, commercial fishing. Kevin (57m 40s): Yeah. Yeah. And Petersburg, you know, it’s a Norwegian town so they, they call it little Norway. We have a lot of that going on. But yeah, commercial fishing has kind of been the, the lifeblood of the community here. So I mean salmon is, is what, what drives everything, right. Including our business and what we do. But that’s like the base layer that then provides like this incredible area that is the tongass and you know, we’re looking at big mountains on the coast and then, you know, like I was saying earlier, just thick, beautiful old growth forests and, and all of this and, and the region’s just spectacular. Kevin (58m 22s): All the marine life and the marine mammals and the, the wildlife on the land, it’s, yeah. And our job I think is to show what this place is and how special it is. Dave (58m 32s): Right. Are people coming up there on those, you know, like cruise, big cruiser boats, you know, like stopping in or is there, is there some of that going on? Kevin (58m 41s): Yeah, yeah. So that’s what most people know southeast Alaska for is the inside passage. Yeah. And that’s because there’s a lot of cruises that go from, you know, Vancouver all the way up to, you know, there’s, there’s different ending points. But yeah, they come through and they stop in a lot of these southeast communities. Petersburg is interesting because we don’t get a lot of the big cruise ships, so we get smaller ones, we get National Geographic like, you know, 2, 3, 400 person ones. But it’s not like the 4,000 person ships. And that’s because of our location. We don’t have a big, big deep water port. Dave (59m 22s): Yeah, you’re tuck down south, you kind of have to And what is the inside passage? What, where is that defined as? Kevin (59m 28s): Yeah, so the inside passage is basically making your way through all of these islands. Dave (59m 33s): Oh. So that’s the inside passage you make your way, you start at the down at, you know, Haida Gwaii and you make your way through instead of being in the open ocean, you’re just going through all these islands. Kevin (59m 42s): Exactly. Yep. So, you know, we’re fairly protected, which I guess is worth mentioning about our liverboard trips. Like we’re, you know, seasickness is a big question we get. Oh yeah. But you know, we’re not out on the open ocean where we have a bunch of swell. And that’s not to say that it can’t get rough. I mean weather, these are still big bodies of water and if we have bad weather, like it can absolutely be be rough. But you know, when we’re choosing to run our trips, you know, and run the big boats and then where we’re anchoring, like we’re, we’re pretty still, we’re protected. And so that’s basically what the inside passage is, is all, all of these boats that are traveling through there, it’s a little bit calmer waterway than, you know, going out into the open ocean. Kevin (1h 0m 28s): Gotcha. Dave (1h 0m 28s): Well cool. Well let’s take it out. I had, you know, another question just on the mothership and then we’ll kind of take it out here. So what is that like living for somebody who hasn’t been on one of those boats, you know, and what is it, how, how many feet is the, is your boat? Kevin (1h 0m 40s): Yeah, so Sally Grove’s, 45 feet and you know, the accommodations we have basically there’s a v birth in the front with another bunk. So that’s where we sleep the three clients. And you know, boat life can be a little tight. It’s intimate and honestly it’s kind of what makes it fun. Yeah. I think you leave the boat and we’re all best friends, right, right. Like there, there’s a lot of bonding and, and you really able to form a relationship with people because it’s not like we’re getting back from a day of fishing and everybody can just go hide in their quarters. Right. Kevin (1h 1m 20s): So again, I think about, you know, after these trips it’s like you, these are people that you still stay in touch with and I still talk with a lot of our clients on a regular basis because you kind of have a different relationship with them after a week than you would If you were just doing like a few day trips out of town or, or you know, kind of the turn and burn type stuff. Dave (1h 1m 43s): Yeah, I gotcha. No, I think it’s cool. I think it’s, you know, and it would be really awesome and I, I love the small right three people. That’s perfect. You can get, you and a couple people go up there on the trip and try to, you know, track down a steelhead and you have some of these other species that, that are going on. And right now as we look ahead, maybe talk about that. So you’ve got your season ends. When is the kind of, when do you guys close things up for the end before the winter? Kevin (1h 2m 6s): Yeah, so we’re usually done by mid to late September. And to be honest, we, we we’ll fish later than that, like the fishing stays good into October, so it’s not a matter of the fish being gone, it’s more you start running into weather challenges on a more consistent basis. Right. The later in the year you get. But yeah, I mean we kind of wrap up, I would say mid to late September is when we’re ending things and then starting up again, you know, early April. So. Dave (1h 2m 39s): And what are you doing in your off season? October through that kinda march, April. Kevin (1h 2m 44s): Yeah. That’s when all the boring stuff, all the admin work, you know. Yeah. Right off the behind the scenes Dave (1h 2m 49s): Is the weather. What’s the weather like that do you guys, it’s southeast so you’re not quite as socked in with the snow or does it get a period where you’re just snowed in? Kevin (1h 2m 56s): Nope, that’s, you’re, you’re spot on. We don’t get, you know, the negative 40 degree weather or you know, as much snow. I mean, again, I hate to speak in absolutes. Right. Especially here. Yeah. But typically it’s not as, as snowy, it’s not as extreme of the weather, you know, it’s, we’re not dealing with 24 hours of darkness, although, you know, our days will be nine hours long. So it’s, it can be really short, gloomy, dark. It’s not like a beautiful winter season. But yeah, we, so we’ll do you know, a lot of the admin stuff. And then also I like to try and get out and do some fishing. Like last year I was on the op for a couple weeks chasing steelhead just for fun. Kevin (1h 3m 39s): And then most years I didn’t do it this past winter but I, I like to try and get somewhere warm and do some flats fishing. Oh yeah. And sure at least see some sun for a little while. Yeah, yeah, Dave (1h 3m 50s): Definitely. No, this is awesome. Well Kevin, I think we could probably leave it there. I think we touched on a little bit of your program. We’ll send everybody out to Tongass on the fly.com or they can find you there on Instagram as well. And I think, yeah, you know, it sounds like an amazing area, something I’ve heard about. I’m glad we’ve had a chance to dig into it and you know, hopefully we’ll be in touch with you down the line. Appreciate all your time today. Kevin (1h 4m 11s): Definitely Dave. Well, hey, I really, really enjoyed the conversation and thank you so much for having me on. Dave (1h 4m 18s): Hope you love that one man gets you thinking. Right. The rainforest of Southeast Alaska Wolf, moose Fly for Sea Run Dollies swinging for Steelhead, the mothership, Kevin’s bringing it all together. You check ’em out right now. Go to Tongass on the fly and, and let Kevin know you heard this podcast and give him a shout out on Instagram as well. If you haven’t yet, please subscribe to this podcast. So you get that next episode delivered right to your inbox and we got some good ones coming here. If you haven’t yet, we’ve got Wetly Swing Pro, the shop is going strong, go to wetly swing.com/pro and If you want a chance to connect with a group of passionate fly anglers. Dave (1h 4m 58s): If you want a safe place to build trips together, answer questions. If you’re going to a new state, a new province, a new location, you want somebody who’s been there, who has local experience, wetly Swing Pro is a place to be. I’ll also be doing Q and as there all year long and, and we got it rolling. Just go to wetly swing.com/pro, sign up there, I’ll give you more information and you can get started for the price of a little bit more than a cup of coffee and you can get access to a deep dive with to take this further. Alright, that’s all I have for you. I hope you appreciate this episode. I hope you enjoyed it. Look forward to seeing you on the next one. Hope you have a great afternoon. Hope you have a great evening. And if it’s morning, maybe it’s late in the morning, maybe you’re getting up late today and you’re just kicking off this podcast just opened up on your channel. Dave (1h 5m 42s): Maybe you’re listening in there and watching on YouTube. I’m not sure what you got going, but I hope you enjoy it and looking forward to seeing you and talking to you soon.

Conclusion with Kevin Main on Fly Fishing the Tongass in Alaska

I hope you loved this one. It really gets you thinking, right? The rainforest of Southeast Alaska, wolves, moose, swinging for steelhead… and the mothership. Kevin’s got it all covered.

Check out Tongass on the Fly and let Kevin know you heard it here. Or give him a shout on Instagram. And if you haven’t already, hit subscribe so the next episode lands right in your inbox. We’ve got some good ones coming up.

     

791 | Smallmouth Bass Fishing with Wesley Hodges – Virginia

In this episode of the podcast, we sit down with expert fly fishing guide Wesley Hodges to explore the art and science of chasing smallmouth bass in Virginia’s river systems. Wesley shares tactical advice on how just a slight depth change along the riverbank—often no more than a few inches—can hold a trophy smallmouth, and why understanding river structure is critical for anglers of all levels. From reading water to gear selection, his tips are a must-hear for anyone passionate about smallmouth fishing.

But there’s more to this story than fish. Wesley also pulls back the curtain on the lifestyle of a full-time guide and lodge owner—living in an Airstream, raising his daughter riverside, and navigating tricky river access laws. Whether you’re planning your own smallmouth adventure or simply love hearing about life on the water, this episode is packed with heart, humor, and helpful advice you won’t find anywhere else.

Hit play to start listening! 

 

 

apple podcasts

 

Find the show:  Follow the Show | Overcast | Spotify

Subscribe on Apple Podcasts

Subscribe on Android

Subscribe via RSS

(The full episode transcript is at the bottom of this blogpost) 👇🏻

Sponsors and Podcast Updates

Wesley with a Smallmouth Bass
Wesley with a Smallmouth Bass

Show Notes on Smallmouth Bass with Wesley Hodges

01:13 – Wesley Hodges discovered fly fishing as a teen at a Boy Scout camp, but it wasn’t until after his military service that he returned to the sport. That rediscovery led him to launch Virginia’s first dedicated fly fishing and hunting lodge, where he now guides guests through some of the state’s wildest rivers.

05:41 – After a transformative period living in Ecuador, Wesley Hodges returned to Virginia and launched a guiding business that evolved into the state’s first true fly fishing and hunting lodge. Located in Eagle Rock at the confluence of the Cowpasture and Jackson rivers, his lodge now operates year-round with a full staff, offering multi-day fishing and hunting experiences across a vast, fishable watershed. Here for more information.

Historic white two-story fly fishing lodge with green porch steps and rocking chairs, set against a clear blue sky in Eagle Rock, Virginia.
Photo provided by Wesley

09:58 – While Virginia has trout, Wesley Hodges positions the state as a true smallmouth bass destination. With fishable waters nearly year-round—from March through Thanksgiving—he emphasizes that fly fishing is a tool for all species, and smallmouth are the primary focus across his guided trips.

Man in a wide-brimmed hat holding a smallmouth bass in a boat, with a brown dog looking on and a forested riverbank in the background.
Wesley Hodges with a smallmouth bass catch on Virginia’s scenic rivers—where fly fishing meets year-round adventure.

11:34 – Wesley explains that smallmouth bass fishing in Virginia transitions from pre-spawn in early spring to a topwater-focused season from mid-June through early October. During summer, anglers throw frog patterns and poppers all day, targeting big fish in just 1.5 feet of water, only inches from the riverbank.

14:01 – Wesley emphasizes that the biggest smallmouth are often found just inches from the riverbank, citing an old rule: “one inch from the bank equals a 20-inch fish.” Subtle depressions and undercut edges create ideal ambush spots for fish feeding on crayfish, cicadas, and frogs, making precise casting near the bank both strategic and more engaging for anglers.

15:24 – Wesley and his team primarily use Blue Ridge drift boats for guiding, having moved away from rafts due to the boats’ quiet, low-impact design, ideal for shallow Virginia waters. Built from durable UHMW material, these boats slide silently over rocks—minimizing fish disturbance—and come with exceptional on-site support, making them perfect for their smallmouth operations.

Two men in a Blue Ridge drift boat fly fishing on a calm Virginia river surrounded by bare trees in early spring or late fall.
Blue Ridge drift boat—crafted with ultra-durable UHMW material for quiet, low-impact navigation over shallow waters, making it an ideal vessel for smallmouth bass fishing in Virginia.

21:21 – Wesley leads summer topwater floats through Virginia’s river systems, favoring evening windows from 6:00 to 8:30 PM when the smallmouth bite peaks. His team utilizes highly technical rigs—customized floating lines, 10 to 13-foot leaders, and lightweight crayfish patterns—to quietly target fish in low, clear water, where precision and stealth are essential.

24:45 – Wesley’s team targets calm tailouts with floating lines, casting downstream close to the bank so flies reach the fish before the boat does. In these slow waters, they dead-drift subtle poppers for up to 20 seconds, drawing in large smallmouth with minimal movement and intense visual takes.

27:19 – Wesley and his team primarily use Boogle Bugs in size 4 for topwater—favoring yellow, white, and electric blue sliders or poppers depending on fish behavior. When bass grow picky, they switch to more subtle patterns like Mr. Wiggle Legs, observing how fish react and adjusting presentations based on subtle visual cues.

Close-up image of colorful topwater fly patterns, including Boogle Bugs and Mr. Wiggle Legs, used for smallmouth bass fishing.
A selection of topwater flies including size 4 Boogle Bugs—Wesley Hodges’ go-to choice for smallmouth bass—designed to match fish behavior with bold colors and subtle movements.

33:42 – Wesley shares that his guides typically float rather than anchor, covering 4 to 12 miles depending on water levels, through remote stretches of western Virginia rivers where development is scarce. With vast tracts of farmland and surrounding public lands like George Washington and Jefferson National Forests, anglers experience a true wilderness float, often without seeing another boat all day.

36:27 – Wesley shares that anglers from around the world, including Europe and beyond, are now traveling to Virginia to fish its wild rivers and experience its remote beauty. They’ve trademarked the phrase “Virginia is the New West” to highlight that the state’s rugged landscapes rival those out west, with strong local efforts to keep it preserved.

38:46 – In addition to fishing, Wesley’s operation offers a standout upland bird hunting experience focused on wild grouse and woodcock. His team has spent over a decade scouting remote Appalachian terrain to locate thriving bird populations rarely accessed by other hunters.

40:45 – Wesley’s outfitting service offers popular turkey and upland bird hunts, with seasons spanning October to March for grouse and woodcock, and April to May for turkey. His cast-and-blast packages are highly sought after, often selling out early due to his expert-guided approach and deep understanding of Virginia’s diverse terrain.

 

42:58 – Wesley’s team regularly welcomes newcomers to hunting, offering educational experiences centered around wild game and conservation. Beginners are guided through the full process—from casting or dog-assisted upland hunts to cleaning and preparing the birds—without needing to purchase any gear upfront, making it accessible and informative.

47:00 – In spring, Wesley notes that anglers enjoy prime smallmouth bass and wild trout fishing as warming waters trigger aggressive pre-spawn feeding. This season also offers the chance to mix in a day of bird hunting before preserve seasons close in mid-to-late April.

51:33 – Wesley explains that anglers with personal boats can freely access the region’s smallmouth waters via public launches. However, trout fishing on the Jackson River is more complicated due to King’s Grant laws—some sections legally prohibit fishing, even while floating through. Because of this, he recommends hiring a guide to avoid potential trespassing fines, which can be severe.

56:38 – Wesley shared that in summer, his essential gear includes Chaco flip flops and Patagonia’s natural fiber sun hoodies for breathability and sun protection. He also highlighted the Orvis Tippe boat bag and Helios rods, noting their beginner-friendly design that makes it easy to feel the rod load for more effective casting.

60:31 – Wesley emphasized that proper casting tempo and thumb positioning are crucial for fly casting success. He advises anglers to slow down their cast and lead with the thumb on both the back and forward casts, helping maintain control and avoid excessive wrist break, which can misalign the rod and fly line.

63:00 – Wesley emphasized that smallmouth bass are almost always willing to eat, especially if anglers present a crayfish imitation, which makes up the bulk of their diet. While known for their aggression, he noted they can also become selective, often requiring smaller flies and longer leaders in shallow, clear water to entice strikes.

67:00 – Wesley shared that he’s been living full-time in his 30-foot Airstream, which he keeps parked at the lodge during the season and uses to travel for bird hunting in the off-season. From a third-party perspective, his deep appreciation for the Airstream reflects his commitment to durability, mobility, and comfort. This lifestyle choice complements his work as a guide and outdoorsman.

You can find Wesley Hodges on his Instagram and Website.

 

Top 10 tips of Small Mouth Bass Fishing with Wesley Hodges

  • Look for subtle shoreline features – A few inches of depth change near the bank can hold massive fish—watch for small ditches, undercuts, or structure.
  • Match the hatch with crayfish – 90% of a smallmouth bass’s diet is crayfish. If you’re unsure what to use, start there.
  • Use your thumb when casting – Lead both your backcast and forward cast with your thumb to improve timing, accuracy, and reduce wrist strain.
  • Practice casting all day – Smallmouth trips require nonstop casting—perfect for improving roll casts, mending, and double hauls.
  • Invest in a guide for trout water – Trout access laws can be complex. Hiring a guide for even one day can save you from accidental trespassing.
  • Topwater is fun, but not always the answer – While smallmouth love surface bugs, they can get picky. Downsize your fly and presentation if they’re shy.
  • Fish shallow for big results – Many 20-inch smallmouth are caught in just 12–18 inches of water. Don’t skip the skinny stuff.
  • Wear the right summer gear – Chacos and Patagonia sun hoodies help you stay cool and comfortable for long days on the water.
  • Not all access is legal—even while floating – In parts of the Jackson River, you can float through but not fish—know the King’s Grant rules before you go.
  • Don’t rely on just one approach – Flexibility is key. If the fish aren’t hitting streamers, try a hopper-dropper rig or something more subtle.

 

Videos Noted in the Show of Smallmouth Bass with Wesley Hodges 

 

Full Podcast Transcript

Episode Transcript
Dave (3s): Today’s guest grew up fishing with a can pool in Texas. Discovered fly fishing at a boy scout camp, and years later made a decision in a tiki bar in Ecuador that changed everything. He came home and built Virginia’s first dedicated fly fishing and hunting lodge. This is the Wet Fly Swing podcast where I show you the best places to travel to for fly fishing, how to find the best resources and tools to prepare for that big trip, And what you can do to give back to the fish species we all love. In today’s episode, Wesley Hodges takes us behind the oars on the new and James Rivers. We get into why smallmouth bass are the most underrated species out there, how he built a year-round program that blends drift boats, dogs top water eats, and what it really takes to guide people from all walks of life, including brand new anglers and seasoned travelers. Dave (50s): By the end of this episode, you’ll learn how to think differently about trip planning, why you need to get super close to the bank, and why one inch can make a difference in a 10 inch white casting. Three inches off the bank is gold. And what makes Virginia feel like the New West? Here he is. Wesley Hodges from Wesley Hodges fly fishing.com. How you doing, Wes? Wesley (1m 12s): I’m Doing Great. How are you guys doing? Dave (1m 13s): We’re Doing Great today. Yeah, always good to have a conversation about fishing. We’re gonna talk about your area. I think you have some unique things going, not only fishing, but hunting. We’re gonna talk about the lodge you have out there and, and kind of where you’re coming from, which I think we have a, a decent chunk of people up in that part of the country, the northeast part. So we’re gonna get into all that today. Gives people some small mouth tips as well. But before we get there, take us back real quick on fly fishing. You know, how’d you get into it? What’s your first memory, Wesley (1m 42s): Man? I was, well, I think that, you know, the, the evolution of, of this, this career that I have, it starts way before I ever touched a fly rod. I was born and raised in, in Texas, northeast Texas, on a big piece of property that my family had. And it was a endless, you know, amount of adventure with rivers and ponds and hunting and fishing. I was always more fascinated by the fishing side of things with cane poles, you know, graduating up to zep code 30 threes bait casters, spin rods. And then I was also heavy in the Boy Scouts where I got my Eagle scout. Wesley (2m 25s): And the first time I touched a fly rod or even read about a trout, was in Colorado at a boy scout camp. And I snuck outta my tent one morning and went down to this high mountain lake, and there was an old man fly fishing on this lake. And I was watching him mesmerized completely by it. And I slowly creeped over there to him, like a little 13-year-old creep. And he asked me if I wanted to try it, and I did. And then I had about a hundred bucks that my mother gave to me for the trip, the week long trip. And I convinced the scoutmaster to take me into a local Walmart, and I bought a rod and some flies. Wesley (3m 6s): And that’s, that was the start of my fly fishing. Oddly enough, I did not do it again until I was about 26 and I of the military. But it did stick with me. It stuck with me basically until I was 26 and went to school at Virginia Tech. That’s why I started doing it again. Dave (3m 24s): Gotcha. Wow, that’s amazing. I, I always love, you know, it’s always cool to hear these stories because they’re always different, you know, but there’s always a connection, you know, like the planting the seed, the, you know, the guy there, which I’m guessing you only saw, you never saw that guy again. Wesley (3m 36s): Never again. No, never Again, someone, some would say that he was an angel and then, you know, some would say that have been in the fishing game for as long as, you know, as they have, they might say that he was a demon, however you wanna look at it. But it, it, it definitely, whatever, whatever happened, or me watching that guy do that and then catch these trout, it, it stuck with me. I remember, I remember laying, you know, in the, the sand of Iraq and on a mission, and it was really hot. And I was, I would reflect back on that, that morning and how cold that water was that we were standing in fishing for trout. And it stuck with me, it still sticks with me today that, that first memory of of, of seeing the fly cast go out and catch trout. Dave (4m 22s): Yep. Wow, that’s amazing. And what happened when you were 26? What triggered you to get back into it? Man, Wesley (4m 28s): I, I had gotten outta the military. I’d done, you know, spent quite a bit of, you know, just over seven years in the 82nd Airborne Division. And it was a very intense time. You know, the war was really going on. That was in 2000 and I guess 10 when I got out. So I, I was in 2002 to 2010 during the heat of the, the wars. And, you know, man, I was, I was laying in my house. I’d just gotten discharged from the military medically and trying to figure out what I was gonna do next. And I just had this desire to go camping in the mountains of North Carolina. And from there, you know, I, I went and bought a fly rod at an orvis shop on the way, and then just went to the Maggie Valley, North Carolina, set up my tent and just went and fly fishing and met another old man that had caught a bunch of fish and was kind of showing me how to swing nymphs in some of those mountain streams in Maggie Valley, North Carolina. Dave (5m 26s): Wow. There you go. And so eventually you get into where you are now, where you have outfit or guide operation, you’ve got a lodge. Maybe talk about that. Let, let’s talk about where you’re located now and kind of the main rivers and species you’re fishing for. Wesley (5m 41s): Yeah, man, it’s getting to where I’m at now was one hell of a process and journey. It’s, it’s comical, you know, it was absolutely necessary that it all happened the way that it did. But it was, it’s, there’s a lot of humor involved in it. I was, you know, going to college at Virginia Tech and I, I wasn’t really finished with my service to the country. I could say psychologically I was not finished. I still wanted to keep doing it. And that got me involved in some interview processes with some, some agencies, and which ultimately led me going to Ecuador and living down there for a little while, studying Spanish, getting cultural acclimation, becoming fluent in language, I guess you what? Wesley (6m 27s): And as well as the culture. And while I was down there, I was surfing, kinda living out of a t tiki hut, if you will, on the beach in between my classes. And I just said, you know what? I don’t want to work for the government anymore at all. I don’t wanna do it. And I made my mind up at a little tiki bar that I was gonna go back home and start a fishing business on the New River, which I did. I came back home, started a fishing business in December of 2013, and went, broke as hell within the first few months because no one starts a fishing business in the middle of winter. Oh, right. Yeah. And so that kind of led me down this journey of getting a corporate job for a little while, which worked out well for guiding, I was able to grow my business up. Wesley (7m 17s): And then I got offered a job in, in Maine, grand Lake Stream, Maine, to, to help manage a lodge. So I kind of put my guide business kind of on hold and moved to Maine and got to run this lodging operation at Weatherby Sporting Camps, which is a really historic lodge in the country. And in doing that, I fell in love with the hospitality, hospitality side of it all meeting clients, you know, showing them something different than just a casting class and, and landing fish. It’s a bigger picture that We are ultimately trying to make here, and that is creating a, an experience that is unmatched. Wesley (7m 58s): And when I left that season, I traveled around the country hunting, fishing, living out of a tent, and had this idea in my head that I was gonna start the first true hunting and fishing lodge in the state of Virginia. And that’s, that’s what I did. I came back from that, that time away from Maine, called the owner and told him that I wasn’t coming back, and I was gonna start one in Virginia. And that is, that was what I did. And yeah, man, it’s awesome. I love it. We know the, the lodge is located on the, basically the headwaters of the James River where the cow pasture and the Jackson merge. And, you know, we run year round bird hunting and fishing 365. Wesley (8m 40s): We’re taking people out somewhere to do something. We have a wild trout fishery just outside, just outside the, the bank, the, the lodge itself. Then we have the James, the Jackson, the ma, the cow pasture, the New River, and many other tributary rivers, you know, in the area. This place is unique because there’s so much water all merging into this major river system, the James River, that any given day, if one river’s high and muddy, there’s another one that’s, that’s fishable, so we don’t have to stop trips. Dave (9m 11s): Yeah. Wow. That’s awesome. So, and what’s the closest town to where you’re at? Or where is your lodge located? Wesley (9m 16s): It’s technically Eagle Rock, Virginia. Dave (9m 18s): Yeah, Eagle Rock. Okay. And then, so basically, and people are coming in year round for whether fishing, hunting, or both. Are you guys doing a lot of trips where people come in and do both? Wesley (9m 27s): We do, yeah, we do multiple days. It might be two days of fishing, two days of hunting. I mean, we, we have people to stay for a week up to just single day floats. We, we kind of do it all. We’ve got a pretty big operation, got about 10 guides, four hunting guides as well, the whole staff chef, everything at the lodge. And yeah, we can get, you know, we try to keep it to about 10 people at a time that show up to the lodge, kind of keep it small and intimate so it’s not, you know, overwhelming, but we can get up to 15 people. Dave (9m 58s): Yeah. Okay. And the species is, or one of them you, you mentioned is smallmouth bass, that that’s one that a lot of people are coming for. Yeah, man, Wesley (10m 7s): We are making a huge push, you know, across the board to inform people of small mouth baths, you know, all, all too often, I was just in a really deep conversation with the anglers at the lodge last night, and I was asking them why trout? Like, why is trout what, what you want to catch? And they said, I don’t know, it’s just what we, what we, what we see everywhere. And it’s like, okay, well we’re gonna change your mindset, you know, you know, a lot of people think that fly fishing equals trout. Well, fly fishing is simply just a tool. The fly rod and reel line is just a tool to catch any species you want to catch. And smallmouth is, is our game here in Virginia. Wesley (10m 48s): I tell people often that Virginia, we have trout, but We are a small mouth state. That’s what We are, you know, unlike, you know, Montana, they have some small mouth, but they’re a trout state. And so kind of the same concept here. You know, we, everywhere you go, you can catch smallmouth in the state of Virginia and that, that makes it just a really unique, you know, system itself. And on top of that, smallmouth are readily available and ready to eat roughly nine months outta the year. You can almost push that to 12 months outta the year if you, if you wanna fish in the dead of winter. But our season starts March 1st, and it runs all the way until basically almost Thanksgiving, to be honest with you. Wesley (11m 30s): We pushed the, we pushed it last year And we were catching lots of small mouth all the way up until Thanksgiving. Yeah. Dave (11m 35s): Gotcha. Okay. And, and the, and March 1st. So now as we’re talking, we’re kind of going into June’s, like right around the corner. This probably will go live later in July, maybe even August. Talk about that, like if it’s, let’s just take it to like August, early August. What’s that look like for Smallmouth during that time of year? Wesley (11m 52s): Well, you know, the, so the seasons we have, as far as smallmouth are concerned, we start calling out pres spawn roughly March 1st. It’s really dependent upon water temperature. But March 1st, you know, we, we have officially put away our shy guns up until Turkey season, And we start just going after smallmouth. You know, it’s not a numbers game in March, it is a quality game, is what it is. You’re looking at potentially catching four to five fish a day that are gonna be just world class, you know, four to six pound bass. That’s what you’re looking for each day and catching, you know, multiple of fish like that, of that size. Then you go into the spawning timeframe, you know, that usually runs somewhere on average, late April until early May. Wesley (12m 38s): You know, you’re looking at a two week window for the vast, the large amount of small amount to be spawning in that timeframe. We always say the last full moon in April is the trigger for that, that to actually occur. So you got pres spawn up until that last full moon in April, then you go into your spawning phase, then you go into posts spawn, and that usually is mid-May, you know, all the way until about beginning of June. So we’re, I would say that we’re kind of in post spawn now. This year is a little bit, I would say forward of that, meaning I think they spawned earlier and they’re more into their trying to get into their summer haunts right now. Wesley (13m 20s): We had a warm spring, and then you get into that, that mid-June all the way until about early October, and you’re in nothing but top water season and just throwing big frog patterns, boole bugs, some homemade cork poppers, stuff like that. All, all summer long. I mean, you’re talking top water from sunrise to sunset, that, that’s what we’re trying to do. It’s interesting fishing these river systems, you know, everyone thinks that, you know, you’re casting at big logs in the middle of the river, and yeah, you do catch fish, but what we target is about three inches off the bank and about a foot and a Half of water. These big fish Dave (13m 59s): Three, three inches off the bank. That’s Wesley (14m 1s): Right. Yep. It’s, you know, there’s an old rule of thumb by a guy named Ellie Rhodes, who used to get on the James one inch from the bank equals 20 inch fish, two inches from the bank equals a 10 inch fish. Dave (14m 12s): And and why is that? Is, is that because the, what are the, what do the big fish know? Why do they wanna be closer to the bank? Wesley (14m 17s): Well, the couple reasons the, the topography of the river system, there’s always a small ditch right along the bank that can be from current, kind of, you know, causing kind of an undercut bank. It could be from logs and rocks, getting pushed down river off the bank, but it creates a little bitty depression for the most part, the entire length of the bank. And it’s just a small ditch, you know, and it only takes a couple inches in change in depth, couple inches I say. And that can hold a big fish, a 20 inch fish that doesn’t take much for these fish to hold, but they’re in there eating crayfish, they’re eating cicadas, falling off the trees, frogs, stuff like that. Wesley (14m 58s): Now, I’m not saying we don’t catch big fish in other places, but that’s typically what we do. Also, psychologically that gives a target for the clients to cast at, which kind of keeps their head in the game the whole day, you know, hit that rock just off the bank, hit that log, hit that little, that little depression along the bank. It’s much easier to keep clients entertained when they have a a bullseye. They’re trying to cast that than just have ’em throw it aimlessly out in the middle of the river. Dave (15m 25s): So when you guys are floating down, are, are you guys floating this? Talk about that. What are the boat, are you guys using rafts or drift boats? What’s that look like? Wesley (15m 32s): That’s correct. Yeah. We’re using graf, grafs and Drift boats. We’re recently, you know, gotten away from our rafts and using this one particular model of drift boat that is kind of our go-to go anywhere kind of drift boat. I think they’ve been on your podcast Blue Ridge Boat work. Oh, yeah, blue Ridge, yep. Yeah, those boats are, they’re, they’re incredible for what, what we do. Nice. Yeah. So we’re kind of getting away from our rafts altogether and using just the drift boats. Dave (15m 59s): Yeah. And, and is Blue Ridge drift boats? Are they, what type of boat is that? Is that a wood boat? Wesley (16m 4s): No, no, it’s a, don’t get my, Dave (16m 8s): Yeah, Wesley (16m 8s): Think it materials nomenclature wrong here, but it’s like A-U-H-M-W really high dent. That’s right. Kinda like a Boulder Bow works, but maid, specifically for this kind of east coast fishing we do, they, they don’t catch on rocks or logs, they just slide right off of them, which makes it really nice for us, you know, and we’re, when we’re fishing in these areas, you talk, we’re only fishing in a foot and a half, two foot of water sometimes. And these big fish get really spooky by a boat that rocks and makes a lot of noise. We call it a boat that’s pushy, if you will. And having the right boat does help us out because when we’re in those really shallow gravel flats targeting these fish, it, we gotta be completely still and noise free to, otherwise we’ll spook these fish out. Dave (16m 56s): Gotcha. Yeah, it was episode 5 83 with Brownie Lyles Drift boat. Yeah. He talked about, yeah, it’s a real unique boat. We’ll put a link in the show notes to that because it’s, it definitely has a unique design and like you said, with the material is also a pretty unique, so, but that’s quiet. So that boat is pretty quiet in the water. Pescador on the fly offers a full range of fly fishing gear for any angler at any budget. With premium rods delivered directly to you. The L ray G six is the most packable high performance fly rod on the market, performing like a four piece rod, but with unmatched portability in six pieces. And you can get 10% off your next order right now if you use the code wet fly swing at pescador on the fly.com. Dave (17m 40s): Never fly without your G six. Discover the L Race series and more at pescador on the fly.com. Patagonia just launched the next evolution in waiters and they’re built for anglers just like you. The Swift current line includes ultralight, packable options for the hiking crew and expedition ready waiters. If you’re hard on your gear like me, they’re designed for comfort, built from recycled materials, and backed by Patagonia’s ironclad warranty. You can check them out right now at wetly swing.com/swift current. That’s wetly swing.com/s W-I-F-T-C-U-R-R-E-N-T Swift current waiters. Check ’em out now. Dave (18m 23s): Some places are just different you feel at the second you step into the Water. Mountain Waters Resort sits on the legendary Portland Creek, a place where Atlantic Salmon runs strong. And where fly fishing history was written, Lee Wolf himself fished these waters. And now you get to experience the same world class fishing in a setting that feels untouched by time. Whether you’re swinging flies for fresh chrome or kicking back in a cozy riverside cabin, this is the kind of trip you’ll be talking about for years and years to come. And guess what, I’ll be there This year as well. But here’s the deal. Prime time season fills up fast, so don’t wait. Check in now and join me on this historic river This year. You can head over to wetly swing.com/mountain Waters right now. Dave (19m 3s): That’s Mountain Waters Resort. You can go to wetly swing.com/mountain Waters right now and save your spot for this epic adventure. Not many companies are building their own gear these days, but Intrepid Camp Gear is changing that based in Boulder, Colorado Intrepid designs and manufactures some of the most rugged, technically advanced rooftop tents and aluminum cargo cases on the market. Their gear is built in-house with paned designs that stand up to the elements and the miles. Whether you’re chasing elk deep in the back country hunting for fresh powder or heading out for your next fly fishing trip in Trepid gives you the confidence to go further. Dave (19m 43s): Their rooftop tents keep you warm, dry and off the ground. Their cargo cases bombproof weather tight and ready for just about anything. So stop settling for flimsy mass produced gear, level up with the gear that’s built to last and engineered for real adventure. Go to wet life swing.com/intrepid right now to get started. That’s I-N-T-R-E-P-I-D Intrepid Camp gear. Get started right now. Wesley (20m 8s): Oh, it’s very quiet. Yeah. I mean, you know, a fiberglass boat, you hit a rock and it makes a loud hollow Yeah. Thud these boats, it just absorbs it super well. You don’t really get that crash, if you will. It’s more of a slide on top of a rock and then slides off of it. Oh yeah. Which is really unique. That’s Dave (20m 26s): Awesome. Yeah, I think I joked with Brody on that episode. I think I was like, this thing looks, it’s like the Tesla of, right. I mean, it’s so unique and it kind of has those cuts almost like, actually, now that I think about the new, you know, the Tesla truck or whatever, but it does your boat, is it, does he have one standard or what, what would your boat, how would we see a picture of your boat out there? Wesley (20m 45s): Well, so you’ll see, we, we can get you a picture of it. Yeah. The, I personally use what is a different boat called a high country drift boat, which are custom made in banner elk. That’s the one that I use. I’ve been using those for a while. But all my guides, I supply their boats for them. And we just using the, the, the Blue Ridge boats just because it’s so, it’s such a workhorse boat. And the best part in my opinion is if anything goes wrong with it, Browning and his team will drive up on site and fix it on site and then leave. Hmm. Wow. Which is, you don’t see that kind of service in the industry. Dave (21m 21s): Yeah. That’s service. Yeah, that’s right. And where, where are they located? What’s their, where’s Wesley (21m 25s): Their brownie is out of, like, down by Bristol, Tennessee. Dave (21m 29s): Okay. Tennessee, yeah. Wesley (21m 30s): Yeah, on the, on the Watauga River. So he has his operation. Yeah, he has his operation down there. Dave (21m 36s): Yeah. Perfect. Okay. So, so you have the drift boats that are there and then, you know, as you’re floating down, maybe describe that a little bit. Let’s, I mean, we’ve got these different seasons. You talked about, you know, the summer. Let’s just go to the top water because I think that’s something people are interested in. What does that look like when you’re floating down the river? Give us a, a kind of a day in the life. Are you guys, you know, describe that when you’re on the water. Wesley (21m 59s): Yeah, so the, the days, you know, they’re, they’re, they vary. Some days it’s gonna be an early morning float. We’ve done sunrise floats to about noon when it’s really hot, get guys off the water, they come back to the lodge and they hang out. We’ve done noon to, to dark floats. Typically speaking, we see the evening bite is best. Typically speaking that, that six o’clock till about eight 30 by window is usually really, really, you know, incredible. We start seeing significant drops in water levels, usually late June. Right now. We’ve had a lot of rain recently, so the water’s up, which has made really epic frog bites, big chugging motions, disturbing a lot of water. Wesley (22m 42s): But in the summertime we’re talking low water conditions, little reference point, the James River is probably about 2000 CFS for good summertime. Top water flows like we’re looking for, we’re talking 700 to 600 flows. The New River, which is a massive river system, it’s pushing three to 4,000 right now, maybe a little bit more, which is still fishable for us, even on top water and streamers, you know, we’re looking for around a thousand to 1500 in the middle of summer is what we’re wanting. Yeah. Just because it opens up the river bottom so much so that we can target certain things, logs, rock piles, depressions in the river, bottom ledges, stuff like that. Wesley (23m 29s): So anyways, you know, our floats typically run eight hours long, you know, and it is a lot of casting, a lot of floating lines. I mean, we’re getting really technical with ’em too. You know, 10 to 13 foot liters we’re using floating lines that we cut down, down and kind of custom taper ourselves by adding different monofilaments to ’em just to minimize the amount of splash and spook, you know, that we might cause with these fish. You know, there’s a couple fly lines out of there, and I don’t know the names of them yet. Hotlines fly company, they use them a lot. They have a clear shooting head on ’em so that, you know, the, the, the shadows won’t spook the fish as they float over top of them. Wesley (24m 11s): Yeah. All that comes into effect. We’re getting really technical with these big small mouth in the middle of summer. Really technical. Yeah. And then if a top water bite is not working, we custom tie these specific crayfish patterns that we use that we almost dead drift down super banks, very lightweight, very small in size. But these, these, these crayfish that we have are just, they’re everywhere in our river systems everywhere. You can’t get in the water without spooking out 30, 40 crate fish. Dave (24m 45s): Oh, wow. Nice. So if they’re on the poppers, you guys are going strong on that. If not, you’re getting down. Are you, and are you using sinking lines to, to get those down? No Wesley (24m 54s): Sir. Floating lines. Yeah, Dave (24m 55s): Just all floating. Okay. Yep. What does that, let’s take it to the top boil, let’s say it is a good, you know, it’s that summertime you’re floating down, they’re, they’re on the top water. Are you still casting towards that, you know, within as close as you can get to the bank, typically? Wesley (25m 8s): Yeah, We are. And it’s kind of a team effort and it’s kind of hard to really, you know, show this without being on video. The guy in the front of the boat. So there’s no angler that cast or lands his fly parallel to the boat. Every cast is going downstream of the boat. ’cause we want our flies to reach those fish before the boat does, if that makes any sense. So a lot of downstream casting, very, very, very, very minuscule movement. Just the dimple of that fly hitting the water alone will alert fish within 10, 15 feet and then we just dead drift them. If we do move them, it is a very faint little wiggle just to make the, the legs move a little bit and then we dead drift. Wesley (25m 49s): Oftentimes we’re dead drifting 15, 20 seconds and then we pick up and drop it again toward, towards a rock, towards a log. A lot of times we can see these fish move, we see the big shadow come up underneath the poppers and stare at ’em. It’s incredibly exciting. You know, we have a lot of clients that blow it. I mean, we as guides blow it too, because we’re watching the fish and he’s hovering underneath your popper, staring at it. And if you tickle it too much, they go away. It’s really intense. Wow. Really intense. But, but a lot really enjoyable too. Watching a 20 to 22 inch small mouth bass just basically have his lips against your popper and you can’t move it. Wesley (26m 31s): Wow. Dave (26m 31s): Oh, and you can’t, yeah, you can’t mess with it. So how does that look? Let’s, so if you, you’ve got this fly drifting down, trying to not putting any movement on it, and I’m, I’m assuming the water’s pretty slow. Are you guys fishing kind of like pool type slow glides, or what, what, what’s the water current look like? Wesley (26m 46s): That’s right. Yeah. A lot of times what we’re looking for is, you know, we have a couple rods rigged up with different things. We get into a riffle, we’re gonna throw crayfish and we’re gonna strip some small streamers bait fish patterns through riffles. Once we get into that tail out, that long tail out into a long pool, we’re picking the poppers up and we’re targeting fish on poppers. We typically are not throwing popping movie like poppers in fast moving water. It’s typically what we call pond water or frog water. The long tail outs in between the next rapid. Dave (27m 19s): Right. The long tail outs. Gotcha. Okay. So, so as that fly is drifting down the popper, maybe first talk about that. What, what are some of the fly patterns that you guys are using? Are these your own custom creations or what does that look Wesley (27m 29s): Like on the top water side, and we’re Boole Bug guys, we throw Boole bugs left and right. I just dropped five grand on Boole bugs. Dave (27m 35s): Wow. What’s the history on the Boole bug? The, Wesley (27m 37s): Well, those are made by Boole Bug and Cell. I think they’re outta Alabama. They’re really hard to come by. They are just a cork popping bug. They make a couple different variations of them. They have a, you know, a, a lip face if you will, like, you know, a standard popping bug kind of face. Then they make a slider similar to a sneaky pea, but it’s something about those bugs. They’re cork and then they, they dip them in like an epoxy paint and they just slap the water really well. A nice little slap is what we’re looking for. They’re not big at all. They’re, they’re, I think the size we use typically a size four. We use yellow white And we use baby blue or electric blue is their actual color and the popping bugs and the sliders. Wesley (28m 25s): Some days you give a little, the, the chugging action, you get a little movement. It makes a little bubble. The fish don’t like it. So you throw a slider that kind of dives under the water really, I guess you’d say delicately. And that’s what the fish want and they eat it. Oh. Depends how spooky. They’re Dave (28m 40s): So, so sometimes they’ll want it just under the surface. Sometimes they’ll want it on top. It depends. That’s Wesley (28m 45s): Right. Dave (28m 46s): Well, how do you know, are you just experiment? Do you start with just floating it dead drift, no movement or how, what’s your process look like to find out what they’re taking that day, how they’re taking it? Wesley (28m 55s): Well, it depends, you know, a lot of times it’s what we had tied on the last trip. So we start with that. And then the guides, you know, we’re on, we’re standing on top of coolers, we’re watching and seeing spotting for fish. And then we, We are watching the bug And we see a fish swim underneath it and like swirl at it, but not take it after a chug. We know that’s too much for ’em. So we change the fly out. Then you can go back to that same fish that you saw come out, drop it in there and give it a little tickle and it kind of dives under the water. And that’s what they take. They like that, that non chugging action. Hmm. We use other bugs when they’re really technical and getting really spooky. It’s called, it’s variations of the Mr wiggle legs, which is a tot lines fly from up in Wisconsin. Wesley (29m 42s): That’s really good and really low water kind of mimics the dams will fly on the surface. Really No splash, no movement at all. Just little tickles. And those weg, those legs really kind of get moving quite a bit. If we do get high water, shots of high water in the summertime, we’ll go right back to our big frog patterns. Chugging those things. Yep. Dave (30m 3s): Gotcha. Yeah. So frogs and the, the, the Boole boole bug. And then what was the other, what was the, the other one? The wiggle Wesley (30m 12s): Mr Wiggle Dave (30m 12s): Legs. Yeah, Mr. Wiggle legs. Okay, perfect. Yeah, we’ll try to get some pictures and videos if we can in the show notes. Here. Notes. So, so, and these flies are imitating and on the surface, what are they imitating? Typically? A bunch of different things or One thing. Wesley (30m 26s): So flies is some of the things that we kind of try to emulate. Frogs is another thing we try to imitate quite a bit. Bait fish, you know, of, of some sort. We do throw some non legged slider patterns that have their small little diving minnow head with maroo. We’ve even gone as far as doing stuff called a popper dropper rig. Throw a big popping bug with like a, a weightless crayfish underneath it. And you dead drift that down. Banks or in, in, in, you know, certain runs like ledges give the popping bug a little chug. It’ll draw the fish out and they eat the crayfish that’s drifting below it. Dave (31m 7s): Oh, right. Gotcha. Wow. And, and the crayfish pattern. What, what are you working there? What’s a typical pattern? Wesley (31m 12s): Man, it could be on, it can be a weightless wooly booger. It could be like just some of the, the, the custom stuff we tie up that have like, like rubber eyes on ’em. If you can imagine a rubber barbell eye just enough to get it below the surface, then it’s just bu and, and hackles and stuff like that. That’s the beautiful thing about smallmouth is they really don’t give a shit. They, they, it doesn’t have to look great to them. They don’t, they, they’d much rather eat a crayfish than a size 22 Midge. And so that’s the thing is if it’s in the water and it looks edible, they’re gonna eat it. They Dave (31m 48s): Are. Wow. What’s the, what’s the craziest thing you think one of these basses has eaten? You’ve seen or heard a potato chip. Oh really? A potato chip. Wesley (31m 57s): Yeah. During lunch, you know, we drop potato chips and water and you’ll skin up and just smack ’em. Oh, wow. Dave (32m 2s): Potato chips. That’s, yeah. It’s funny. We just did an episode a while back here of carp fishing in the middle of like, Phoenix, Arizona. And they were talking about how Yeah, Cheetos, they eat lots of Cheetos, right? Huh? They’re eating all sorts of stuff. But it’s interesting ’cause these fish are, you know, I mean, trout are opportunistic too, but they’re not going to eat really. But I, at least I’ve heard, you know, haven’t heard that as much. But the bass and some of these species are really just whatever. What, what do you think, I mean, do you think they’re eating this stuff and then spitting it out? What, what’s that look like as far as the, or when they hit it? Are they on Wesley (32m 35s): No, I mean, you know, that’s why I love smallmouth is that they, man, to be honest with you, they really just don’t care. Yeah. They’re just so aggressive that once they commit, they’re pretty much gonna eat it no matter what it is. Yeah. And that’s what I love about ’em is their aggression of it. They don’t, they don’t care. Yeah. And even if that fish does want to eat it and spit it back out, we’re gonna be, we’re gonna have that hook set on ’em before you can do that. Yeah, that’s right. Yeah. And you know, they’re, they’re very forgiving fish. You can have a horrible cast. That’s okay. These fish don’t care if they see it and they’re gonna eat it, they’re gonna go after it. Wesley (33m 15s): Outside of, you know, some of the stuff I’m talking about them being technical of splashing water, man, they’re a very, very forgiving fish for any angler. I mean, we get many of young kids, eight to 12, 13 years old that have never held a fly rod before that are slamming these small mouth baths and They can only cast 30 feet by the end of the day. Hmm. It just, they just don’t care. And that’s what we love about ’em. That’s, that’s Dave (33m 42s): What’s awesome. When you’re on the water floating down. Talk about that getting set up. It sounds like you guys are, are you drifting? Are you ever, do you ever anchor up or are you always drifting? Wesley (33m 52s): Yeah, we will anchor up some. It’s not a common practice of ours. We’re typically just drifting right along. Floating, you know, depends on water levels, you know, high water, 12 miles, low water four miles, just depends on, on what’s going on. It’s not uncommon to not see another guideboat all day long, very isolated where we’re at. It’s not, it’s rare that you see a home on the river banks, oftentimes you think that you’re in a complete wilderness area. We are very agriculture based in most of the rivers that we got on. Wesley (34m 33s): Huge tracks of land owned by the farmers. And you, you can’t develop the, the farmland, which yields, you know, this, this, this allure of being in the middle of nowhere. Right. Which means you, you kind of are, I mean, Western Virginia is, is very remote, but yeah, man. And you, you float. We don’t wade fish a lot. I mean, at lunchtime guys will get out and wade fish and riffles and stuff, but it’s just a lot of ground to cover. There’s very little public access except for the boat launches. So once you’re out there, you’re just floating the whole day. You Dave (35m 5s): Are. Wow. And this is awesome. And, and it sounds like Yeah. So there’s not a ton of lease in that area of gut. I mean, we were down there a couple years ago. We were up actually in Harrisonburg doing, doing the Mossy Creek, and that was pretty awesome. Right. That was for trout. But you’re not, I mean, you’re, you’re a little distance. How far are you from all that, that area up there and, and kind of the, Wesley (35m 26s): About an hour and a half. Okay. Dave (35m 28s): Yeah. You’re pretty Wesley (35m 28s): Close. You know, I know the, the tr brothers fairly well. And it is, it’s a, that that whole area, especially along the Shenandoah, it’s, it is developed. That’s just the, the geographic location of it. Where we’re at. It’s not at all, man. I mean, it’s crazy. You know, we got boat ramps. We’re dragging boats with ropes and cables up river banks to get ’em out of there. Right. It’s, it’s a wilderness area. Right. We’re about, as a crow flies maybe 15 miles from the West Virginia border. Oh, okay. We are surrounded by hundreds of thousands of, of acres of national forest. Wesley (36m 8s): Huh. Dave (36m 9s): Well, what, what, what National forest is that? That’s Wesley (36m 11s): The Jefferson and George Washington. And George Washington. Dave (36m 14s): Right. Wesley (36m 14s): Wow. Yeah. And then to our west, we have the Mangala in West Virginia. Yeah, of course we have the Greenbriar State Forest too, just over the border, which yeah. I mean we’re just surrounded by public land that just yields almost no development whatsoever. Dave (36m 27s): Amazing. I think, you know, I think it’s really cool because, you know, we’ve been, I’ve been out east, you know, a few times now and it’s cool because, you know, the west is kind of known as the mountain and you know, the mountains and all that stuff. But really, you know, once you get out in the east, you realize, like you’re talking about, you got these little areas, well, not even little, they’re huge of, you know, forest and it’s remote. Right. And you got these rivers in this, this picture of you’re painted. It’s pretty cool. Did, do you feel like, I mean, it’s a little bit, you know, under the radar a little bit. I mean, are people coming out now more from the west? Are you seeing people from all over the country coming out with you guys? Yeah, Wesley (37m 2s): All over the country. We get a lot of people from overseas France, Spain, Italy, Russia, Yugoslavia. We’re trying to get a guy that wants to come in from Pakistan to fish and hunt with us just because it’s, it is, you know, our reach is pretty strong as far as getting the name out there. We, we have it trademarked that Virginia is the New West. Anything that someone would want to fly out west for, they don’t have to. It’s right here in Virginia. Wild River systems. Big Rapids. Oh really? We have Whitewater. Yep. Oh yeah. Yeah. We have good, great white water in certain areas. Great. Whitewater kayaking, world class kayaking on John’s Creek when the water’s up. Wesley (37m 46s): I mean, there’re when the water levels are up. I guarantee you today ’cause all the rain we got there is gonna be a waiting line for kayakers to get into some of these areas to kayak. These Dave (37m 56s): Are whitewater kayakers. Wesley (37m 58s): Oh, big town. Yeah. Big town. Yeah. And you look at like the New River, for example, they’re trying to put in a new white water park. Sure. Roanoke, Roanoke, Virginia is a great place to fly into. You know, matter of fact, we’re hosting the, the man Ben sitting the huge fly fishermen. Oh yeah. He’s bringing a big group of people from out west here to stay for a week and fish with us. And he was scouting out Roanoke and he is like, dude, this is incredible here. Yeah. How easy it is to get into this, this airport and then be in the middle of nowhere in 40 minutes. Yep. Yeah. Yeah. So it’s, it’s a really unique location. I’m super fortunate to have, have found this place. Wesley (38m 38s): And the best part is the, the local governing bodies. They wanna keep it that way. So they, they are very strong in protecting this area. Right. Keeping Dave (38m 47s): It wild. Keep development and all that. Yeah. Nice. And then you also have the hunting piece, right? So, which is a whole nother thing that kind of separates you, you know, you have this hunting and talk about that a little bit. What, what is the, is this mostly bird hunting? What, what are people coming in there for? Wesley (39m 2s): That’s correct. Yeah. We do, we’re not big game hunters. I mean, we do guide people that wanna do that, but it’s not something that we push publicly. The big thing we do is our wild bird hunts, the grouse and woodcock hunting we have, especially the grouse. You know, a lot of people are under the impression that the grouse are non-existent in the Appalachian Mountains anymore. And we will argue strongly against that. Well, to be honest with you, we want people to think that, ’cause they just don’t come here. And it’s more birds for us. But we have been honing in on these birds for, for over 10 years now. And there is plenty of rough grouse in the area. Wesley (39m 43s): The only thing that’s hard to find is people’s physical abilities to go get ’em their desire to work that hard to find them because it’s a lot of work. I mean, you’ve gotta, it is comparable to an elk hunt. You’re up and down mountains, you know, crossing over creeks into big, big canyon style stuff to find these birds. But they’re there and they’re really strong population of’em here too. Oh wow. And we know, we know how good the seasons are gonna be because during the spring season when we’re Turkey hunting with clients, these, we hear the grouse drumming all spring long. So we know the population is growing even more, but they’re in areas that people would not often look because they, they typically are on map looking for forest cuts and the birds don’t need that. Wesley (40m 31s): They need, they have different areas they hold in, so people often don’t look there. Yeah, Dave (40m 36s): Gotcha. Wesley (40m 37s): Which is kind of good for us. ’cause we, you know, we scoured these mountains over 10 years finding these birds And we, we’ve honed in on where the birds actually are living at. Dave (40m 46s): Huh. Are, are the, you said you have some guys out there this week. Is, is this time of year kind of the, you know, late May June Good for hunting? Wesley (40m 54s): The seasons are technically over. Turkey season ended for us two weeks ago. Our bird hunting seasons, they start in October and go all the way until March 1st. That is when we, that’s our upland, woodcock and grouse. And then our Turkey season starts the second week, usually in April and then goes all the way until the third week in May. And then it’s, it’s over as well. Yeah. Our Turkey hunts are a really hot thing. We sell out every year, usually by Thanksgiving for Turkey season because the way in which we do it, and I’m not gonna say that’s proprietary. Yeah. But in some ways it is. But it is a true cast and blast. Wesley (41m 35s): I’ll put it to you. That Dave (41m 36s): Word. Right. Yeah. It’s good that it seems like that would be the cool thing. It sounds like the hunting, you know, might be a little more work maybe than the bass fishing, But I, it, it would be cool to do both or people coming there for, you know, like a day, a couple days week. There’s a diversity of kind of how long people are staying there. Wesley (41m 53s): Yeah. So our hunt, our hunts are always a two night, two day minimum stay. Those are all inclusive from the alcohol, food, lodging, hunting, fishing, whatever it is. It’s built into a package and it’s a two night, two day minimum. We do during woodcock season. ’cause those birds are migratory. We do allow people to come in and do one single day hunts for those. But they typically will batch a couple days together. Now our woodcock hunts, those actually take place east of the mountains, Charlottesville, Virginia area, east towards Richmond. That’s the major migration route for those birds. And we, you know, we pack up the, the, the airstream and head that way with the guides And we camp out along certain areas where the birds are coming through. Wesley (42m 38s): That’s where we hunt ’em at for, you know, a week or two at a time. Dave (42m 41s): I see. So you had had basically east to rich towards Richmond. That’s Wesley (42m 44s): Correct. Yeah. Just set up a little base camp and guys meet us and hunt with us. Yeah. While we’re out there. Yeah. So it’s fun, you know, we have guys that stay for, like I said, a week up And we do people that just come out for the day to fish with their kids or friends. Oh, gotcha. Dave (42m 58s): Whatever, it’s, do you ever get any, a lot, do you ever get any people that are there that, you know, with the hunting, you know, that are like brand new to it, they heard about, they’re like, oh, I’ll give this a shot. Do you take on like new hunters? How, how would that work? Wesley (43m 9s): We do, yeah. That’s a good question. We do, We are, We are not known for being, lemme rephrase that. We are known for being purists when it comes to wild game. We only go after wild fish and wild birds is what we go after. Yeah. We do not, I should say we will take people to stock trout water, we will take people to preserves, but that is pretty much on a educational basis. Yeah. If we’re teaching someone, you know, the sport of fly fishing and or bird hunting and they wanna learn more about it, we take ’em out there. We, we teach ’em the casting techniques. We complete the full circle experience by getting ’em on fish or having dogs go on point and point some birds so They can see what it looks like, fulfill that trip, if that makes any sense. Wesley (43m 57s): Yeah. And then we take that, not fish, but the birds, we take back the lodge And we prepare them and show them how to clean them and cook them and stuff like that. Just making good stewards, making good people that are fully educated on what this process looks like so that, you know, maybe they don’t like it and they don’t want to invest that time and money into it anymore, but at least they know what the full process looks like. Yeah, that’s awesome. Outta respect for the, the birds, the fish, the sport itself, just, that’s one of the ways in which we, we practice conservation. Is that through education? Right? Dave (44m 29s): Through education, yeah. I think it’s, you know, I feel like for those people who haven’t hunted, you know, you know, birds just take it to that. It seems like it’s a, there’s a good overlap there. You know, I know we’ve talked a little bit about bird hunting on here. You know, John Chewy is a big author out, you know, out west and he’s, you know, talked about, you know, he’s a big bird hunter and there’s a lot of overlap, right. But it’s getting into it, right? So you don’t have a gun, you don’t have anything. It feels like you might be that place that you could, you know, kinda get people that first touch of what, what does hunting feel like? Do you, do you find like it’s a small percentage of people that are kind of new to it? Or do you get a good mix? Wesley (45m 4s): Oh yeah. All the time. Yeah, all the time. And we make it easy for people too, because that was the one of the big hiccups I saw in the sport is to get into this, you know, you, you know, you’re dropping thousands of dollars. Dave (45m 17s): Yeah. You need a gun. You need, first of all, you need a shot. Although there are shotguns out there, pretty good ones that, that don’t cost probably. They’re probably less than a, than a fly rod. That’s Wesley (45m 24s): Right. Yeah. And, And so we, we, my concept kind of my, my, I guess vision of this was anybody new that wants to come in, don’t buy a damn thing yet. Just come to us. We’ll, we’ll show you what works, what is good. We’ll show you why it’s good and why we, we use certain things that way. That when you buy it, you buy it once and you’re done. You don’t have to go out and buy all this different stuff, buy different shotguns for different purposes. We’ll show you how to buy or pick the right gun, how to fit it for yourself. Same thing for the fly rods. If you’re looking to buy, you know, a fly rod, but you’ll know what, what species. We’re gonna help you navigate that as well. We have people that come here that wanna try out drift boats before they go buy one. Wesley (46m 7s): So we take ’em and got ’em down the river, let ’em feel the boats, see what the boat’s about, and then we help them purchase that next boat for themselves. Dave (46m 13s): Sure. Yeah. It, it sounds pretty awesome. I think as we’re, you know, like you said Ben, the huge fly fishermen, you know, I think that’s like he’s bringing, I’m guessing, bringing out some fly anglers, but I I feel like a trip would be cool where you’re bringing out a group and Yeah, you’re doing a little bit of everything. Right. You got the drift boats. That’s right. You got the hunting and all that. What would be, if we were talking to you right now saying, okay, we’ve got a small group that want to come out and and fish maybe do a little hunting. What would be the time you think would be a, a good time to do that for some folks if you had a mixture of really experienced and non-experienced? Wesley (46m 44s): Yeah, sorry. And you got the lawnmower going in the background now. Oh yeah. So that’s a good question. And you know, the, if, if hunting is more of your pursuit, I would say for the group you need to be looking in that early to mid-fall timeframe. Dave (46m 59s): Yeah. So like October, the Wesley (47m 0s): Fishing will That’s right. The, the fishing will still be good. It’s not a peak season fishing, but it’ll still be good. But you can overlap some hunting with a day or two of fishing as well. Now if, if fishing is your thing and you want to dabble with some hunting, look to the spring, the preserve that we take people to is open all the way until about mid to late April. So we can still run some hunts, you know, run a couple days of fishing trip, really hot fishing time, and then overlap a day of bird hunting in there too, just to break it up. Dave (47m 34s): Yeah. So that, that would be the time. So if you had that, it would, and then people, if they could hunt maybe for a day or maybe they just stick fishing, but the fishing’s really good in the spring because that’s the, is that the, that just that pre that spawn period where they’re just super, talk about that. Why is that? And it’s also not a lot of top water, or are you getting some top water then Wesley (47m 52s): You can Yeah, we, we, I was, my guides make fun of me because I throw top water year round. You Dave (47m 57s): Do, right? Wesley (47m 58s): Yeah. And we catch, we will catch smallmouth year round on top water. Just depends if you’re willing to only get one bite all day in the middle of winter. But, you know, we were catching fish as early as March the second This year on top water. We had a couple really warm days in a row and I told the client, Hey, if you catch another fish on a streamer, we’re gonna switch over to top water and give that a go. And he did. And then we caught fish on top water throughout the day as well. So the, the reason to answer your question on, on why that is, you know, why is spring so good? It’s because they, the fish, their metabolism is speeding up, okay, they’ve gotta get ready for this spawn and they’ve got to feed up and gain some weight. Wesley (48m 42s): There’s bug life going crazy as the water temperatures warm minnows are starting to come out, crayfish are coming outta rocks, everything is starting to move. And it just triggers this response for fish to start feeding heavily as they prepare for the, the spawn and the females, the big females, the ones we’re really going after when they, when they go onto their nests to start laying eggs, they’re not leaving there until the eggs are laid. Okay. And so they’re not there to eat more. They’re simply there to, to, to lay eggs and then, and then, you know, produce babies basically is what they’re there for. So you’re trying to catch these big fish in that window when they’re really aggressively feeding because they’re not gonna be feeding when they go into spawn. Wesley (49m 25s): So Dave (49m 25s): Yeah, we were talking about, you know, this trip, like if we were to put one together, I feel like the spring would be a good time because you’ve got the good water, you’ve got the good spawn action and like you’re saying, maybe describe that again. So the key with the, the spawn is so key because fish are getting just fired up for that time of year and they’re just aggressive on, you know, if it’s not top water, it’s something else. Wesley (49m 45s): That’s right. Yeah. That, that springtime bite again, those fish are, they’re getting, they’re, they’re filling their feedback for, for the spawn, which will happen, you know, anywhere from a month to a few weeks after that kind of peak prespa timeframe again, that’s triggered by water temperatures coming up, getting into the 50 degree mark bait fish are moving, crayfish are out, you know, darting around bugs are starting to hatch off the water just triggers this whole ecosystem to start moving. Yeah, there’s a lot of streamer fishing. Some days we get really good top water fishing on frog patterns, sinking lines, intermediate lines, but you know, big moving flies is what we’re going, going or fishing with. Wesley (50m 28s): Now also, keep in mind then our wild trout fishery is on fire at that time too. So a lot of guys will come in and they’ll book a day or two of small mouth a day or two of trout. Okay. And the Jackson River is a really unique river system. Again, those are all wild fish. They don’t stock it whatsoever. Dave (50m 46s): Are these wild, are these browns or what, what are the species? Wesley (50m 49s): Yep. Browns and, and rainbows. Yeah. They do not supplemental stock that river system whatsoever. It is. They left them to the wolves and then we have ’em and they’re, they’re big brown trout. I would say that on a day, on the water, you should expect, you know, on the right conditions to get multiple fish over 18. Between 18 to 22 inches. Yeah. It’s a, it’s, it’s a, it is truly a quantity, or, sorry, a quality fishery over than a quantity. And Dave (51m 20s): That’s in the spring. So you could, you could do some brown trout and bass fishing during the same time. That’s Wesley (51m 25s): Right. That’s correct. And also we got about a month window where it’s really good. It can be really good dry fly fishing. Yeah. Really good. Dave (51m 33s): Gotcha. We have, you know, I think a lot of people out there we’re trying to, you know, paint the picture of this operation you have, which is obviously you’ve got a doubted in because you’re guiding there with the lodge and everything too. But sometimes people are out there thinking, you know, where do they, you know where to go. Right. Let’s, let’s just take it to that. If somebody was out there and they’re thinking, this is interesting, they’re in this area. What sort of advice would you give that person if they don’t know where to start and maybe they couldn’t get out right away with you on a trip, what would be your recommendation? Wesley (52m 3s): Well, so our small mouth waters and, and if you have your own personal boat, you can fish anywhere you want to. Yeah. Launch at a public launch and float down the next one. The trout water is a little bit different because we do suffer from the King’s grant issues. Now. You can wait fish at any of the public boat launches on the Jackson River, you know, in that area. And all those areas that you can wait fish from are actually really good fishing, especially if you’re a MP fisherman. They’re really good. So, you know, it’s just technical because there’s certain sections of the Jackson River that you can’t, you can’t access by boat. Oh, you Dave (52m 40s): Can’t. One foot. Oh, right, right. Yeah. There’s certain places where there’s no boat ramps, so you just can’t get there. Wesley (52m 44s): That’s right. There’s places that you, you can’t even fish in. You can float through it, but you can’t fish it. Dave (52m 52s): Oh, really? So you can’t even, I mean, not you can’t anchor up, but you can’t even fish at all, even if, even if you’re not anchored. Okay. That, that’s an interesting, that’s one law we haven’t heard of. It sounds like most places are, you know, you could at least float through. Maybe you can’t anchor, but there’s places where you can’t even fish while you’re floating through. That’s Wesley (53m 9s): Correct. That’s correct. Yep. That’s part of the issue with the Kings Grant area that we have. And so, you know, when, when, when people ask me, they call and say, Hey man, we want a fish on our own. Where’s a good place to go? You know, you know, the question is, do you have a boat or not? Right. Well, if they have a boat, then we typically point them typically to small mouth water, because once you’re on the water, you can fish wherever you want to. On the trout water, it gets complex. If they’re gonna wade fish, that’s fine. We point out the public boat access points and They can wade fish right there. But if they’re gonna float the Jackson River, it’s my recommendation to everybody to get a guide for a day and just have the guide fish you and show you where you can and can’t float at. Wesley (53m 56s): Because the landowners, they, they 100% will prosecute you. Dave (54m 0s): Right, right. Yep. Gotcha. Then that is a smart move. And yeah, you do have some, you some tools out there, you know, trout routes, onyx and things like that, that have lanter, but still there sounds like there, there’s some questions you probably want to get that more dialed in. And a and a guide trip is a easy way, you know, a good way to do it for maybe even if it’s a day just to show you the where you’re at and then fish the rest. That’s Wesley (54m 19s): Right. Yeah. You know, a $500 guide trip is way more economical than a $10,000 fine for, for getting caught up in a trespassing, you know, issue. Dave (54m 29s): Yeah, that’s no good. Yeah, that’s, that’s totally it. Yeah. We’ve, we’ve had some, actually, I think we’ve had at least one episode on here where we talked about some of that, you know, just the law and, and it is very confusing ’cause it’s by state, you know, state by state, you know, I’m sure even province by province, wherever you’re at, things are, the law is different, so it’s confusing. Yeah. Wesley (54m 48s): If it’s something, if it’s something you guys are interested in talking more about, there’s a man by the name of Bo Beasley. Dave (54m 53s): Yeah, I was just gonna say, we, we’ve had Bo Bo on, and he’s, I was trying to remember his name, but yeah, Bob Beasley was on the podcast. He, he did, he’s been on multiple times, in fact, and we’ve done a few episodes. So he did talk about that, and so that’s great. Wesley (55m 7s): Yeah, he, he wrote a book about it, I mean, not a book about that specifically, but warning anglers, Hey, this is what you might run into. But he went down a, he went down a pretty dark rabbit hole trying to get to the bottom of that. And, you know, I heard a, I don’t know if you wanna go over it, But I heard something recent that kind of, kind of blew me away and made sense on why that all happened, actually. Dave (55m 28s): Oh, now what happened? Exactly. Wesley (55m 30s): So this is just a rumor from different landowners that I talked to, and I know, I know some of the guys that own the land, I mean, I’ve guided them and they explained that it wasn’t a problem until local government started taxing them for owning the river bottom. And because they were taxed more Oh, on the river bottom, they said, fine. Well, you’re taxing me on it then that is my property. Yeah, Dave (55m 52s): Right, right. So before when there were no taxes, they were like, well, yeah, it’s, But I own it, but I’m not gonna worry about it. So go ahead and fish it. You can whip the way there. But as soon as the government said, no, no, we’re gonna start taking more money now, it’s like, okay, well we can lock it down then and not allow people to Yeah, Wesley (56m 8s): That’s right. That, and that is, I’m sure it’s deeper than that, but that is the most recent thing that I’ve heard. And that, I mean, to be honest with you, that, that kind of makes sense to me from that perspective. If, if navigable water is gonna be deemed taxable to the landowner than, than it’s no different than owning extension of your yard at that point. So, you know, who knows who’s right, who’s wrong, who’s different, but that is the case of the Jackson. Dave (56m 39s): Yeah, that’s the Jackson, right. You have some of that going on. And I do, I did find it here. It was River Access Laws with Bo Beasley. That was back in August of 2024. So we’ll have a link to that one. People can take a look and that was a good one. So, well, let’s, wes let’s take it outta here with our, our gear talk. I mentioned that before our gear talk segment today. This is presented by Patagonia Swift current waiters, which is Patagonia obviously has some great stuff. You mentioned Orvis, who’s also a great company. Patagonia obviously is leading in a lot of the conservation stuff and everything they’re doing. I was out this week with the swift current waiters and yeah, they’ve got a couple features on there I think that are a little bit different than some of the other waiters. But let, let’s start there with our gear talk segment for you. Dave (57m 22s): First shout out to Patagonia. We all love them and what they’re doing out there, but what’s your, what’s your go-to gear? If you’re talking summertime, is there some piece of gear that is like you’ve gotta have when it’s in the heat of the summer out there? Wesley (57m 34s): Yeah, man, number one, my Chaco flip flop. Dave (57m 38s): Oh, Chacos, me too. I’m a Chaco. Yep. Chacos Wesley (57m 40s): Are the best. I love them, dude. They’re great water shoes. We, we wear the hell out of those. As far as clothing’s concerned, man, I really believe that the Patagonia with their natural fiber sun shirts are incredible. Okay. I love those hoodies they make. They’re, they’re incredibly breathable and I love ’em. As far as, let’s talk about terminal gear. The, the boat boxes that are made by Orvis with the Tippe spo, those are absolutely incredible too. The train coming through. Oh yeah, I Dave (58m 13s): Hear that. Yeah. Yeah. Let’s let, let’s let him, let’s let him stop his horn. He’s really laying on that horn. Wesley (58m 20s): Yeah. He doesn’t like fly fishermen. Dave (58m 22s): Wow. That’s, that’s a quite a, is that, that’s not because somebody’s on the track, he’s just kind of letting folks know he’s coming through. Wesley (58m 28s): That’s right. Yeah. Yeah. They, they do that through all that, the mountain towns tradition. Dave (58m 33s): Yeah. Tradition. Right, right, Wesley (58m 34s): Right. Yeah. They, because workers, apparently workers would run down the train to jump on the train to go to work. So it’s kind of a tradition. They kind of keep up. Dave (58m 42s): Oh, right. Got yeah. Let everybody know. Awesome. Are they, are they about good there? Wesley (58m 46s): Yeah, they’re done now. Yeah. So the back to the gear stuff, you know, we’d love the, the Orvis boat bag that they made This year. Oh yeah. Tippo boat bag. That’s a great bag that carries everything for us. We love those rods themselves. I mean, we love rolling the, the new Helios rods. They’re great rods for beginners to use. You can feel the rod load. It really helps with the Dave (59m 15s): Cast. Oh, you, are they more of a Oh yeah. Are they more of like a, a medium action rod? Wesley (59m 19s): A little bit stiffer than that. Yeah, but they’re, they’re a little bit stiffer, but the way that they design the tip of it, you can feel that tip flex, which is, is so it’s stiffer through the butt section up to the middle of the rod, probably the last third of that rod. You can feel it flexed really well. And then when you hit that sweet spot as a new, you know, I guess you say client or new angler with the fly rod, you can really feel that rod load and know when to go make your forward cast. Yeah. So that really helps a lot too. Yeah, that’s huge. Yeah. And that’s stuff that we carry all the time, you know, as far as equipment’s concerned. Wesley (1h 0m 0s): I’m trying to think of anything else. Yeah, that might be, yeah, those are Dave (1h 0m 2s): All really important. Those are all huge. I mean, I think you mentioned the, the chacos, the sun shirt, the, the Orvis bag, the rods. I mean that’s definitely a good, we’ll we’ll get some links out to some of that gear too in the show notes. You know, we talked casting a little bit. It sounds like that’s an important piece to have there because what maybe an inch might make the difference between a, a giant fish versus a small fish. What’s your tip with somebody with casting? You know, we have kind of always thinking about that. What, what are you telling somebody? Do you have a tip that would help somebody get more accurate or better at casting? Wesley (1h 0m 32s): The number one thing that I would say is, is typically probably the most important thing involves timing of the tempo. Slow your cast down, number one, your thumb. The thumb and how it lays along the spine of the rod. And what your thumb does in the cast is one of the most important aspects of it. Your thumb on your back cast, you should be trying to create a thumbs up position with your rod. Your thumb should be, you should be making a thumbs up. And then when you start your forward cast, your thumb actually should be pushing that rod forward the whole time. Dave (1h 1m 9s): Yeah. Your thumb. So you should be actually putting pro, not just your arm motion, but your thumb should be really be Wesley (1h 1m 15s): That’s right, yeah. That thumb. You, we, we always tell people to lead with your thumb on the back cast, lead with the thumb, and then lead with the thumb on the forecast, push that thumb forward, which is gonna create, it’s gonna eliminate that whole wrist flexing action, if Dave (1h 1m 30s): You will. Oh, right. Oh, so that’s gonna stop you from like breaking your wrist? Wesley (1h 1m 34s): That’s correct. Yeah. Dave (1h 1m 35s): Oh, right Wesley (1h 1m 36s): Now this is the, the obvious, this is the, the the strange thing, you know, people always hear don’t break your wrist, don’t break your wrist. Well there’s a difference between a break in the wrist and a flex in the wrist. ’cause there is a slight flex on the back cast and a slight flex forward as well. But it’s not a break. Yeah, it’s not a break. ’cause that flex moves the rod tip out of the way of your fly line, otherwise your fly line is gonna collide with your rod tip, which I’m sure we’ve all done before. Yeah, Dave (1h 2m 5s): Gotcha. So, so there’s a difference there, right. Between the flex and, and breaking the wrist and then, okay, so, so yeah. So I think that’s an awesome tip. The thumb for sure. That’s something we haven’t talked about specifically. I think that’s a killer tip. We’re, we’re doing a kind of a fly casting challenge coming up here, actually it’s gonna be close to when this goes live. So we’ll have that going. But let’s just give us, you know, as we get out here, a couple of random ones for you and then we’ll jump out. First I wanna give a shout out to our Wetly Swing Pro community, you know, wet fly swing.com/pro is where we’re doing some good stuff and we’re basically bringing the community together there. Brandon Farley, I wanna give a shout out to Brandon. He’s actually up in your neck of the woods. I’m not sure if he is aware of your operation, but he is this, you know, fanatical fly angler. Dave (1h 2m 50s): Right. And he’s also got a connection to some of the, the military stuff as well. You know, he does some stuff with project healing waters and everything. So why don’t we give a big shout out to Brandon today, but give me, as we take this away, just a couple of tips. We’re talking smallmouth bass. What are you telling somebody if they’re coming on the water with you, you know, to have success? Maybe a couple things. Wesley (1h 3m 9s): Smallmouth bass, a couple things about them that, you know, people should always keep in mind is, number one, there’s always gonna be an aggressive smallmouth bass no matter what time of the year it is always. And if, if, you know, you’re out fishing for a bass and wondering, you know, what do I throw, where do I throw it? Whatever it is, just know that 90% of a small mouth bass diet is crayfish. That is like, what they’re designed to eat is crayfish. So if you’re throwing crayfish, chances are you’re gonna have a high chance of catching one of those small mouth. And you know, for the guys that, that are small mouth fanatics, they love fishing them in top water. Wesley (1h 3m 50s): Oftentimes what I see is they do have a sensitive side to them, meaning that, that, you know, they will eat a whopper popper off the surface. They’ll eat a huge musky fly if they want to, but there are times in which they get really sensitive and you’ve gotta really go down to a, you know, a size six hopper and throw a double taper floating line on a 13 foot liter because they’re getting really spooky. So, you know, don’t, don’t, don’t think just because they’re really hyper aggressive fish, they don’t get sensitive. And then the last thing we catch more 20 inch small mouth bath out of a foot to a foot and a half water than probably anywhere else in the water column. Wesley (1h 4m 36s): Wow, Dave (1h 4m 37s): That’s amazing. Wesley (1h 4m 38s): Yeah, those pitchbooks are super shallow and they will sit like a rock and not move it all until a fly comes right in front of ’em and then they dart out after. That’s Dave (1h 4m 47s): So good. I mean, it makes sense too, right? Because I mean, if fish is down in the deep, they could be eating cr crawfish and stuff, But I mean, the shallow water, it’s easy for them to get all that top water stuff, right? It’s just less work. That’s Wesley (1h 4m 58s): Right. Yeah, yeah, that’s exactly right. Dave (1h 5m 0s): They’re just, just, they’re the, are they, how, how similar are they to a muskie kind weight in their lie and weight? Right. Then they attack Wesley (1h 5m 7s): Not, Dave (1h 5m 8s): Not that much. Wesley (1h 5m 9s): I mean, they will, they, they will attack anything, but, you know, typically speaking, what we find is these, the small mouths are constantly roaming constantly. Oh right, Dave (1h 5m 17s): Yeah. Wesley (1h 5m 18s): Yep. Constantly moving. You know, they don’t get in super, they don’t get in schools per se, they’re kind of isolated. So when you’re out fishing, you know, you know, just, just, it’s a lot of casting and we’re gonna have people casting from the time they start to the time they finish. So if you’re looking to really enhance your cast and really become a really good fly angler, go small mouth fishing. ’cause you’re gonna be working on shooting line stripping, line roll, casting, mending. You’re gonna be doing all the casts throughout the day and the guides, you know, if they’re not getting you or working you up to that double hall or to where you’re casting 70 feet of line out, you know, then, then you know, that guy probably needs to be pushing that angle a little bit harder. Wesley (1h 6m 7s): But, you know, the, the, you know, to answer your question more about that, that muskie comparison to smallmouth, they have some similarities, but overall it’s, they’re almost nowhere close. You know, that muskie’s gonna hang out beside that log for the most part of a day until something comes out in front of them, a small mount. They’ll, they’ll cruise. Yeah. They’ll kind of cruise along like little marines looking for something to attack. Yeah. Dave (1h 6m 31s): Gotcha. That’s interesting. That’s such a good one that we haven’t even talked muskie, so maybe we might, might have to leave that for another one. But no, I think this is good. I will a couple, like I said, a couple random ones here and then we’ll take you out here. The Airstream, I, I’m always interested in the camper camper chat. How long have you had that Airstream? Why, why are Airstreams all, you know, they look different than everything else. Are they everything that they’re, they look like, are they pretty much the best camper out there? Wesley (1h 6m 57s): Yes, they are. Number one. They are worth every single penny. They’re incredible. Yeah. Dave (1h 7m 2s): How are they different from say, you know, just any other normal camper, you know, you, you name whatever the camp, you know, you see ’em out there. How, how is the Airstream different? It looks like it’s just like a bomber, super durable. Is that it? Or how, how would you describe it? Wesley (1h 7m 15s): That is correct. Yeah, it’s the, the materials they’re made out of are super durable. Meaning it’s not a vinyl side, it’s actually aircraft aluminum. Oh, right. Yep. They’re, they’re fairly lightweight. They have aluminum framework built into ’em, so they’re very rigid. They have very little wood in it so it doesn’t Dave (1h 7m 35s): Rot. Oh, No kidding. So there’s not much wood in those things. Yeah. Wesley (1h 7m 38s): Like the cabinetry and stuff like that, but it’s not a lot of wood, which is really beneficial in the long run. I mean, this campers up Dave (1h 7m 47s): Oh, that is a big thing because these, these things, I mean, basically it’s a moving campers are like moving homes on, right. So if it’s a lot of wood, it’s eventually gonna come apart probably. Wesley (1h 7m 55s): That’s right. Yeah. The way that they do their coatings on the outside and the, the maintenance on it is pretty damn simple. You know, you just kind of re-talk it. But you know, if a walnut falls on a vinyl Coleman, it’s gonna put a hole through it that the Airstream, you just get a little dent in it, you know, big deal from solar panels to, I have two AC systems in mine. I live in mine year round. Oh, you do? All time. I live in mine. Oh yeah. Yep. Dave (1h 8m 23s): Goes this is the big one. How big is this guy? Yep. How many feet? Wesley (1h 8m 25s): Mine is a 30 footer. Dave (1h 8m 27s): Oh wow. Yeah. This is a big camper. Wesley (1h 8m 29s): Yep. Big camper. My daughter and I live in this thing. It’s at the lodge. We park it at the lodge And we live out of it while the, the season’s going crazy. And then during bird season, I pack that thing up And we chase birds all over the state. Dave (1h 8m 43s): Oh, that’s amazing. Wesley (1h 8m 44s): Yep. It’s nice. And I, I love it. Is it expensive? Yes. Is it worth the money? Yes. Is it the best one on the market? Yes, it is. Dave (1h 8m 53s): It is. Yeah. Yeah. So there you go. I love that. No, I, I’ve always thought of it. ’cause you see ’em out there and you’re just like, man, they look so cool. Again, back to the Tesla, it looks different than everything else out there, right? I think that was the, yeah, the Tesla came up with their truck for, you know, there’s all, it’s got all the, the stuff in it, right? It’s got all the technical stuff, aerodynamics, but you know, I think he wanted it to look as weird as Right. As different as possible. So it sticks out. And the Airstream does that too. Right? And the Airstream does that as well. You’re gonna about to buy another Airstream? Wesley (1h 9m 21s): Yep. Oh yeah. I’ll have it for another place for, for clients to sleep on or sleep at if they want to. If they want something more private, I’ll just, I’ll park it on the riverbank and let clients just stay in that, you know, especially husbands, wives, couples that come in, you know, they might want a little bit more privacy than the main house we could put ’em in. Put ’em in the Airstream. Dave (1h 9m 40s): That was great. Awesome. Well, well Wes, this has been great as always on these great podcast episodes, it’s hard to leave them because you got so much good stuff going. But I think we’ll send everybody out to Wesley Hodges fly fishing.com if they wanna connect with you, have questions on any of these trips, which sound amazing. And yeah, hopefully man down the line, we’ll be getting out with you too. Maybe we’ll get a crew and follow up with you. But I appreciate all your time today and all the wisdom and we’ll talk to you soon. Wesley (1h 10m 4s): Awesome. You guys take care. Thank you. Dave (1h 10m 7s): If you’re fired up and excited to fish Virginia’s Wild Rivers and get going here at the true cast and blast, if you wanna get it dialed in, you get over to Wesley Hodges fly fishing.com. If you’re interested in this trip, if you want us to put this together, you can go to we fi swing.com/pro, sign up there or send me an email, Dave, at we Fly swing.com. And if I get enough interest, we will talk more on this. I’m feeling like this is gonna happen. We haven’t yet done the cast and blast. I think this might be a good springtime trip. So check in with me, check in with Wesley, let him know you heard this podcast and, and that’s all we have for you today. Just wanna let you know, we’re also heading down very shortly to the White River. If you’re interested in this trip, if you wanna get involved, you can head over to we fly swing.com/giveaway. Dave (1h 10m 52s): You can also send me the email, Dave at We Fly Swing, like I said, and I’ll let you know what’s going on. We’re fishing with CJ CJ’s real Southern podcast, our host down south there. It’s gonna be an epic trip. We’ve been talking a lot about it. So if you wanna get involved in that, please let me know. And I just wanna thank you for sticking in to the very end today and hope you have a great morning, great afternoon, or an amazing evening wherever you are in the world. And I appreciate you for stopping in for an hour today. We’ll talk to you on that next one.

 

 

Conclusion with Wesley Hodges on Smallmouth Bass

In this episode, Wesley Hodges shares expert insight into smallmouth bass behavior, fly presentation, and how subtle changes in river topography—like those shallow bankside ditches—can hold surprisingly big fish. He explains the legal complexities of Virginia’s Jackson River, offers practical tips for solo anglers, and emphasizes the value of hiring a guide to avoid trouble. Wesley also reveals his must-have gear, from Chaco flip-flops to the latest Orvis rods, and explains why crayfish patterns are a reliable go-to when targeting smallmouth.

From stealth casting tips to surprising shallow-water hotspots, this episode is packed with knowledge for serious anglers.

What’s the most surprising place you’ve ever hooked a big smallmouth bass?

 

     

790 | Steelhead Fly Fishing on the Muskegon River with Kevin Feenstra (Episode 13 Re-Release)

Episode Show Notes

We’re bringing back one of the classics for this special summer re-release — an early episode that quickly became a listener favorite. Originally Episode 13, this conversation with Michigan guide Kevin Feenstra is packed with insights on swinging flies for steelhead on the Muskegon River.

Kevin breaks down his approach to fishing year-round, how he reads the water, and what makes the Muskegon such a unique place to chase steelhead. He also shares some of his thoughts on fly patterns, presentation, and how fish respond to changing water temps. If you’re into steelhead, two-hand rods, or just love hearing from someone who truly understands their home water, this one’s worth another listen.

Hit play to start listening! 👇🏻🎧

apple podcasts

Find the show:  Follow the Show | Overcast | Spotify

Subscribe on Apple Podcasts

Subscribe on Android

Subscribe via RSS

(The full episode transcript is at the bottom of this blogpost) 👇🏻

Sponsors and Podcast Updates

Follow Kevin on Instagram 👉🏻 @kevinfeenstra

🎣 Resources and Links from this Episode

  • Kevin Feenstra’s Website
    https://feenstraoutdoors.com
    → Kevin’s guiding service on the Muskegon River and home to his fly patterns, photography, and blog.

  • Kevin’s Book: “Matching Baitfish”
    → A detailed look at baitfish behavior and patterns for streamers and swing flies. (No direct link mentioned, but available via his website or Amazon)

  • Tom Larimer
    → Mentioned as an influence and fellow steelhead angler.

  • Jeff Hickman
    https://fishtheswing.com
    → Another angler referenced in connection with west coast-style swing fishing.

  • Scott Rods
    https://www.scottflyrod.com
    → Kevin mentions using Scott two-handed rods for his steelhead setup.

  • Airflo Skagit Heads and Sink Tips
    https://airflousa.com
    → Kevin talks about using different Skagit heads and custom sink tips to dial in depth and speed.

  • Scientific Anglers
    https://www.scientificanglers.com
    → Referenced as one of the best fly lines.

  • Swing the Fly Magazine
    https://swingthefly.com
    → Mentioned as a great resource for spey casting and swinging flies.


Related Videos

Related Episodes

WFS 013 – Muskegon River Steelhead Fly Fishing Interview with Kevin Feenstra

Full Podcast Transcript

Episode Transcript
Dave (0s): This is the Wet Fly Swing Fly Fishing podcast, episode number 13. Intro (5s): Welcome to the Wet Fly, swing fly fishing show where you discover tips, tricks, and tools from the leading names in fly fishing. Today, we’ll help you on your fly fishing journey with classic stories covering steelhead fishing, fly tying, and much more. Dave (22s): How’s it going everyone? Thanks for stopping by the Fly Fishing Show. In today’s episode, I interview Kevin Fetra from FINRA outdoors.com. Kevin covers great lake steelhead Fishing in the Muskegon River. Gives us some single handed spay line resources, talks about using shorter Skagit heads in colder water and why he doesn’t fish for summer steelhead anymore. Kevin also talks about how to find fish in higher water conditions and gives us the Halloween leach and the aquatic nuisance, along with some other great Michigan flies. So without further ado, here’s Kevin Fetra. How’s it going, Kevin? Kevin (57s): Hey, it’s going great, Dave. Thank you very much for having me. Dave (1m 0s): Yeah, no, I appreciate you coming on here. I have a bunch of questions from, actually just got one yesterday, which I’ll, I’ll ask you a little bit later. But yeah, there’s a lot of people out there in your area fishing and a lot of people new to it and getting started. So be cool to dig into some of that. And I, I heard, heard your name for, well, I guess I’ve heard your name, a number of places. I mean, you’ve got a, a long history there being one of the first people to really get into the whole spay casting and spay revolution, however you wanna, You know, describe it. So yeah, this is great. You ready to get started here? Kevin (1m 33s): I am ready whenever you are. Yep, Dave (1m 35s): Absolutely. Okay, good deal. So I always start off just getting into a little bit of the history of, of my guests. So maybe you can give us a little background on how you got into fly fishing and eventually steelhead fishing and ultimately into your guiding service, which is kinda leading the way out there. Kevin (1m 53s): Sure, I’d be happy to do that. I, I grew up in West Michigan, a little town called Granville. Granville has become a much bigger town since I lived there, and I grew up fishing a small creek called Buck Creek. And when I was about 12 years old, my dad’s great uncle died and left him all his fly fishing gear. And my dad, though, he loved to take me fishing, had no use for fly fishing. So, so I kind of inherited the fly fishing gear and I read every book that I could and took up fly fishing, eventually started fly tying the small creek that I love to fish. Kevin (2m 34s): Had some environmental problems. They basically spilled some chemicals into it, so, geez. So I, when I was in my early teens, or 1516, I started looking for other places to fish and eventually found the Muskegon, which is now my home river. And when I graduated from college, a local outfitter, the Great Lakes fly fishing company, approached me and said, You know, you ought to guide for a year before you go to grad school just to tell people that you did it. And 10 years later, here I am, or 20 years later here, I’m, yeah. Dave (3m 13s): Cool, cool. And I mean, what were you at, at the grad school? What were you going into in school? Kevin (3m 19s): My undergraduate was pre-law, so I was gonna go to law school. Dave (3m 22s): Oh, wow. Wow. That’s quite a, quite a change. So you, I mean, I, I always talk about, You know, everybody that does that gets into steelhead. We all, You know, how addictive and all that stuff it is. So, sure. I mean, it must have hit you pretty good. The whole, the the tug is the drug. Kevin (3m 36s): Yeah, I mean, I always, even as a little kid, I fished a tremendous amount and I don’t think it was really that big of a surprise to anybody that I diverged, just that I waited that long to do it. So, yeah. Dave (3m 47s): Yeah. No, totally. That’s cool. So when you think about, I mean, I guess when I think about swinging flies for steelhead, and I think about kinda your area over there in Michigan, your, your name comes up on top of the list. Maybe you can describe how it all came to be, and did you, You know, were you fishing before the, the spay lions and all that for steelhead and just how you got to where you are? Kevin (4m 11s): Well, it kind of a big coincidence. You know, I kind of told you how I started fly fishing and as a little kid, I didn’t really know anybody else at Fly Fish, so I read everything I possibly could. And at the time, the only steelhead books around were West Coast steelhead books. So swinging flies was just, I just assumed that was how everybody else did it. And I caught the first few fish, You know, swung flies for a couple years when I was probably 16 or 17, I got into Nim Fing eventually, just everybody at that age loves to catch lots of fish. Yeah. And when I was, or in my early twenties, came back to swinging flies, found some kind of unique things that work in this region by accident. Kevin (5m 1s): And the next thing You know, it became my obsession. And here I am making a full-time living at it. So, Dave (5m 8s): Huh, that’s, that’s pretty cool. Yeah. So you jumped right in. Yeah, I guess the West Coast thing, it slowly worked its way over there. And you were one of the first pretty much in, in your area? Or is that kind of the, just the Great Lakes area? Were there other people that you heard of the swinging flies then? Kevin (5m 23s): You know, I think in my immediate region, I was one of, one of the first, I don’t know if I was the first, but I know that in other parts of the Midwest there were some really good guys pursuing it. Rick Tic for one, Dave Pinski was another one in Wisconsin. And You know, and then we had some other local guys that were starting to pick it up at the same time. Like a guy like Jeff, Jeff Hubbard would certainly be one that I would think of as well. Dave (5m 56s): So. Nice. Yeah, I love, it’s been fun doing these shows. You know, I’m still early on in this, but the more people I talk to, I’m just starting to connect all the dots and, You know, like pinch, pinch kowski and, and some of these Daves I’ve already, You know, heard of. And hopefully I’ll have ’em on the show eventually as well. Yep. And you mentioned the Muskegon River and other rivers, I think of the Manistee, the Pierre Marquette. Can you describe, you mentioned that Musk, the Muskegon was your home river. Can you describe how you guys catch steelhead on the, on the Muskegon? And Pete Humphreys was on, on a another episode and he described, You know, the whole boat fishing processes that pretty much how you guys do it as well. Kevin (6m 37s): Sure. The Muskegon as a whole is a, is a good wade fishery and a great boat fishery. Historically, I’ve done a lot of walk and wade fishing on the river, but these days, a lot of times when I want to just go out for a couple hours, especially when it’s this cold out, it’s a lot easier to run the boat and the guy for guiding purposes, it’s just a lot safer. The Muskegon is kind of a unique river. It’s 230 miles long and We have 47 miles of Steelhead River below the last dam, and it’s pretty much good that entire 47 miles to the fall and winter. Kevin (7m 17s): One of the other things that’s really unique about the river is that it, large parts of it never freeze. So when all the other rivers in the region are un fishable or most of them anyways, you can come to the Muskegon and you can have a reasonable chance at catching a steelhead through the anytime in the fall and winter. So I kind of came to swinging flies, the Muskegon kind of by accident. I I, at the time I was fishing the Rogue River, a smaller river to the south quite a bit. And I was in the summer months, we get summer run steelhead. And I was fishing, I was fishing a sculpting pattern for the small mouth that were in the river at the time, and I kept catching summer run steelhead. Kevin (8m 5s): So that fall I brought that to the Muskegon and thought, You know, if it works in the Rogue River for summer runs, maybe it works in the Muskegon for, for fall fish. And sure enough, it worked amazingly well, and I was really shocked how well it worked. And, You know, 15 years ago, almost every client that you take was kind of indoctrinated to nymph in this area. Yeah. So when I tied on a big sculp and in a sink tip, they would definitely raise their eyebrows and look at me like I was crazy. So yeah, I remember one, one particular guy took, he had done it for about an hour swing the fly just kind of humoring me, and he turned his back and, You know, the fly was dangling in the water and the the rod really literally jumped out of his hand onto the back deck of the boat, geez. Kevin (8m 55s): When a fish took it. And after that he held the rod really, really tight. And Dave (8m 60s): That’s awesome. Kevin (9m 2s): The kinda reputation of the type of fishing we were doing grew and took us to where we’re at now. So Dave (9m 9s): Yeah. Yeah, that is the, the big difference with, well, one of the difference in swinging that you get those that, well the tug again, You know, that powerful tug a lot of times and it’s a little bit different than nipping I know out here. I’ve done a lot of nipping as well, and yeah, you gotta be on it sometimes they’re really subtle and well, I mean, they are too with, with the swing, but you guys, you can see with a lot of your hits are pretty, pretty ferocious. Kevin (9m 33s): Yeah. Especially with the fall fish, You know, in the winter, as long as the water’s above say 35, it’s usually a pretty hard bite. So hard, hard to mistake the bite on the swung fly, so, Dave (9m 46s): Yeah. Yeah. That’s cool. Do you have, I was just talking to somebody yesterday was, and I, I didn’t have a really great answer for this, but as far as the rods you use, I know the, the longer rods on the boats are, are, are good, but if you’re on the bank, is there a, a setup you might use for more of a single hand spay type of setup? Or do you, You know, what, what would you recommend for somebody that maybe has a single handed rod and wants to swing flies for winter fish? Kevin (10m 13s): Sure, I’d be happy to do that because that’s probably one of the more overlooked things. Just as a preface, You know, when I first started doing this with clients, spay rods weren’t popular and I didn’t know a thing about ’em. So a lot of the early guiding I did with this was all single hand, a couple really good ways to go about it. If you’re gonna fish a big river like the Muskegon, You know, you could buy the typical teeny type line and fish that, but it’s gonna be difficult to cast from the shore. Probably an easier way is to get, You know, a single hand rod, but use something with a belly and add some T 14 to the end. Typically the bigger rivers, like the Muskegon require maybe eight to 10 feet of T 14. Kevin (10m 58s): You’ll always be fighting the same thing you will on any river and that you’ll need to back cast. And there’s a lot of times trees back there. So kinda learning some single hand spa cast would probably be a really useful thing if you’re gonna do it, but can be very successful with it. Honestly, some of the single hand lines fish just as well as the two-handed lines, so, You know, over short range especially, so. Dave (11m 22s): Okay. And these are lines that are a little bit, that are set up for spay fish or spay casting on, on a single-handed rod? Kevin (11m 31s): Yeah, I mean, I think these days you could easily purchase one of those single-handed spay lines and add some T 14 to ’em and be pretty successful. You know, bear in mind that the, You know, we’re in the Midwest here, our water temperatures for a lot of our steelhead season are below 40 degrees, so you’re never gonna get away from using a sink tip or heavily weighted fly, so, Dave (11m 54s): Yeah. Yeah, that’s true. Yeah, that’s the thing. And I guess that’s why people a lot of times go with a little bit longer rod and yeah. Maybe a little bit bigger. When you, just thinking of as far as again, on with casting, do you have a, I’m not sure if you do a lot of casting instruction, but do you have a, a tip or two as far as somebody out there that’s new to spa casting that that helps them get going? Kevin (12m 20s): Sure. I mean, you, you’ve, you’ve interviewed Peter and he’s the great caster and he is a great angler as well. Yeah, my advice, I’m, I’m guess I’m more the pure angling type of the thing I, my biggest advice to anybody who’s picking up spa casting, You know, especially in the Midwest here, is not to be intimidated by the casting and to keep your cast relatively short, because honestly, the vast majority of the fish that you catch can easily be caught in short, as long as you’re willing to put yourself on top of ’em. So, and when you’re fishing below 40 degrees, a lot of the times, You know, you’re gonna have to have at least some line control, and those shorter casts are gonna be much easier to manipulate than a long one. Kevin (13m 5s): So Dave (13m 6s): Yeah, that’s a great, that’s a great tip. I think people definitely, they, a lot of times yeah, you, you overlook water too. If you’re out there, just you feel like you have to cast a, You know, a mile across, but really those fish a lot of times Right, right out in front of you. It’s, it’s a good point. Yep. Kevin (13m 20s): Yep. Use your feet to put yourself over the fish or use the boat to put yourself over the fish and don’t worry so much about the distance that’ll take care of itself. So, Dave (13m 30s): Yeah. Nice. What is, we mentioned a few rivers here on the Manistee River. I know, I I guess that’s a bigger river as well. And can you talk about, You know, do you fish that the same way as the Muskegon and then on rivers, like the pier Marquette? How would you typically fish that? Kevin (13m 46s): Yeah, I don’t, You know, my, my experience on the Manistee would be very similar. There’s some really excellent guides on the manistee. John Ray would be a good choice for that. But, but the Manistee is similar to the Muskegon, maybe two thirds of width and maybe a little, little deeper on average than the Muskegon, but very similar, You know, it’s a Tailwater fishery and you could certainly use the same kind of gear, the pure Marquette’s a little bit different. You know, the Muskegon, you might fish a 13 foot rod, the banty, you might fish a 13 foot rod, but the, the pure Marquette and the white and the rogue, some of the smaller rivers are more appropriate for some of the modern switch rods that are out on the market. Kevin (14m 31s): So, but even in those smaller rivers, you’re still gonna have to use a pretty dense sink tip. It’s pretty common to use, You know, five to five to 10 feet of T 14 to get the job done, so, yeah. Dave (14m 43s): Yeah, that’s right. So you like, it sounds like T 14 is the, the, the weight that you like to use typically, and did you Kevin (14m 50s): Yeah. T well, t fourteen’s probably the, You know, the easiest just because it’s a standard and I, I’ve been using it for so long, it’s easy for me to understand exactly what’s going on below the surface when I’m using it. And for guiding purposes that’s important. But I also, certain times a year, like right now I use T 17 and even T 20 sometimes I don’t use it in the same way. You know, if I use T 14, I’d use a pretty long section of T 14. But with the, A lot of times I’ll use a short section of the T 17 and the T 20 and, and use it compressed and sounds kind of funny. Kevin (15m 33s): But the reason I do that is because this time of the year it’s really cold and a lot of times I’m just fishing the heads so that I don’t have to strip any line into the guides. Oh, right. ’cause I keep ice, ice off the guides, and if you do hook a fish with that really thick s gadget line, it’s gonna get caught in the guides if there’s a lot of ice. So, so that’s why I fish mainly the head. And that’s why those really compressed, compressed lines work well in that situation. Dave (16m 1s): So. Yeah, that makes sense. We, we talked a little bit about swinging and nipping. Is there, I know you’ve done both. Do you still do some nipping or would you recommend is that Sure, yeah, Kevin (16m 15s): Yeah, we do do some nim fishing, especially in the spring when the water’s high, You know, when the water’s high, dirty and cold. That’s pretty much the three most difficult things for swinging. So once you get to that, and by March We have kind of our big spring run meeting, our fall run. So the cost benefit to swinging versus nipping gets outweighed quite a bit. I mean, you could probably catch quite a few fish Ming and struggle to hook one or two a day swinging. So, so it, it kind of goes to that, that with clients, obviously, especially when you’re fishing, fishing in areas where everybody else is fishing, it’s hard to talk them into swinging when they’re seeing every other boat catching, You know, fish after fish after fish or whatever. Kevin (17m 5s): So yeah. But of course there are clients that know the game and will hire you specifically to swing, and we, that’s the kind of client we take a lot of times. So, Dave (17m 14s): Yeah. No, that, that makes sense. I, it is kind of an interesting thing ’cause You know, it’s the same way here. It’s, You know, You know, you can go out there and catch, You know, have a good day and catch a bunch of fish and then, You know, nipping, but maybe swinging, you’re only gonna get that shot at a, You know, a fish or two. But I don’t know, it’s interesting, I think that the numbers game is one of those, it’s kind of a men mentality thing, You know? I think yeah, we should kind of, and I’ve been a little bad at this as well, but You know, it seems like you go out there and you hook into a nice fish or two, you should feel pretty good about your, You know. Kevin (17m 45s): Absolutely. Yeah. So I Dave (17m 47s): Absolutely, yeah. So I’ve been, I don’t know, I guess that’s just kind of the way, as you get into it more, you start to realize it’s not about the numbers, it’s more about just the experience. So Kevin (17m 55s): Yeah. And, and, and then guiding, it’s the same way on a larger scale, You know, I mean, I, with our clients, You know, when when I’m guiding, I try really hard to sell them on the how great it is to catch a steelhead and Yeah. You get into real trouble when you start selling numbers of fish and, You know, one year We have a lot of fish and then the next year Yep. You know, they’re migratory fish and they may or may not be here, so That’s Dave (18m 20s): Right. Yeah. Then people are are mad because they don’t get their, all their fish. But Kevin (18m 25s): Yeah. Dave (18m 26s): No, it’s, I was just thinking we were talking about Pete Humphreys. I, I just looked up the episode for Pete’s episode seven, so if, if somebody wanted to Yeah, that’ll be there. And actually, I’ll, I’ll provide a link in the show notes for this episode that we’re doing here, which is episode 13. So if people just go to wetly swing.com and search for episode 13, they’ll find this one here. Okay. Yeah. So that’ll be a good way, what’s that? Kevin (18m 52s): Oh, I was just gonna give a little plug for Peter, because he’s awesome and he’s one of my best friends, and You know, he’s probably pretty entertaining in the interview and he’s very, very good at what he does. So yeah, if you want wanna little information about casting in this region, that would be the good resource for you. Dave (19m 11s): Yeah, no, that’s, that’s awesome. I, I, I, I never, I didn’t know Pete as well, but I listened to him on, on Anchored, and after I listened to him describe spa casting, I instantly, I think I sent him a message that during the episode I was like, Pete, I was like, Pete, you gotta come on to my show and describe what you did there. And, and he did the same thing. I mean, he pretty much broke down and all the tips. And I, I mean, even this morning I sent a message out to a good friend of mine. I said, Hey, you gotta listen to episode seven because Pete provides a bunch of tips, You know, the white mouse and, and all that other stuff, so. Kevin (19m 43s): Sure. Yeah. And if you can ever talk Peter into taking out fishing, he is one of the most enjoyable people to fish with as well. So, cool. Anyways. Cool. That’s my Peter plug stuff. Dave (19m 52s): Good stuff. No, that’s awesome. Yeah, it’s good. We, we could plug, definitely plug some stuff here today. So I was just thinking, You know, thinking about a memorable steel, I know you’ve, you’ve got into a lot of steelhead over the years. Is there one experience or You know, whether you or a client that got into that sticks out to you? Kevin (20m 11s): You know, I can think of, You know, just this year, You know, our steel had our, have been running really much larger than normal this year, but our numbers have been really low. And I take people, You know, the swung fly dry draws people from all over the place and even even in the Great Lakes region here. And I take a group from England that I’ve been taking for years and years and years, and usually they, they book one of the prime weeks in early December, and it’s pretty common for us to get between 15 and 20 fish in a week swinging, which that, that’s just the prime week. You know, this year was much bigger struggle. Kevin (20m 51s): Our numbers were low in November, and towards the middle of the week, we’d only caught one or two fish. And, You know, he finally hooked to fish. And it was, it was really exceptional, You know, for Great Lakes waters. Hmm. We typically don’t run as big as some places out west. So, You know, he fought this fish and we knew it was pretty big, but when I got it in the net, it was a 19 pound fish. Fish. Geez. Wow. And yeah. Yeah, and It just, It just made the, made the week and made the year. So That’s cool. It just kinda, one of the things about swinging flies you, You know, you might not get as many, but when you do get one, it’s probably gonna be something special. And that one was really special. Kevin (21m 33s): But yeah, there’s been a lot of those over the years, so that’s, Dave (21m 37s): That’s a, that’s a huge fish. Yeah. If you’re into the, into the tee upper teens, that’s definitely a nice fish. What do you remember what fly it, it took, Kevin (21m 45s): You know, it took razzle dazzle? It was, it was a Halloween leach, which is black and copper. Oh, cool. Something, something pretty common at that time of the year. Dave (21m 54s): So yeah, you, you guys fish a lot of, a lot of big dark stuff. Kevin (22m 0s): Well, black is always a good base no matter where you fish steelhead in this region. But yeah, You know, in the fall my thing is using a lot of flash, and it varies depending on the season, but as we get into winter, I use a lot of natural bait type patterns and it’s kind of a big change. But in November when I was taking that gentleman, it was, You know, big and gaudy and flashy and that’s what did it. So, Dave (22m 26s): Yeah. Yeah, for sure. And for, you mentioned earlier a little bit about summer steelhead. Do you, you fished a little bit for summers? Kevin (22m 34s): You know, over the years? I have, and I catch ’em occasionally, to be honest with you, they’re not my favorite fish just because when they come into our rivers, the rivers that they come into are typically quite warm. So it’s not really an ideal scenario. They’re terrific fish, amazing fighting fish, but in warm water a lot of times they’ll just fight themselves to death, so, Dave (22m 56s): Oh, yeah. Kevin (22m 58s): So it’s not my, not my cup of tea, but I certainly don’t, don’t fault anybody for fishing for those awesome things, so Yeah, Dave (23m 5s): For sure. Kevin (23m 6s): Yep, Dave (23m 7s): For sure. Yeah. Thinking more about, well, I guess we were talking about the, the flies a little bit. Do you have a few patterns that, I’m not sure if you tie a lot of your own stuff or whatever, but a few of your real popular flies you’d like to fish or you’ve done well on? Kevin (23m 23s): Sure, yeah. I do tie all my flies all year for guiding pretty much tie flies every night. You know, there’s a few patterns that I rely on really heavily. Generally, if We have big fish in the river, I use big flashy sculping type stuff in the fall, then I’ll start using the black and copper leeches like that Halloween leach. When the water gets a little colder, I’ll switch to blue and silver again with a black base. By wintertime, it’s a little different game. Some the steelhead that are in here kind of a acclimate to the river. One thing about the Muskegon and a lot of Midwest rivers is that it’s, they’re very rich with food. Kevin (24m 8s): So I’ll switch to bait fish patterns, typically sculpins or shiners or darters and, and, and invasive goby patterns as well. And those make up my winter, I fish ’em slowly and You know, once spring gets here, you, the water temperature rises and you switch back to the flashier stuff. So that’s kind of how a year goes, so. Dave (24m 31s): Hmm, nice. And, and are, do you have any, if I was gonna provide a link in the, in the show notes to, is there, you said the Halloween flyer, are there some names that, that people could find out there? Kevin (24m 41s): Halloween Leach, a grapefruit Leach. Yeah. Okay. Aquatic nuisance. Dave (24m 46s): Nice. That’s a good one. Yep, yep, Kevin (24m 49s): Exactly. Dave (24m 49s): Cool, cool. We talked about a, a couple tips on casting. Do you have something, a tip that’s more of a general steelhead that would help somebody get into a their, You know, first steelhead? Kevin (25m 2s): First steelhead? You know, my biggest advice to anybody is, especially if you come from the background of nymphing, is just to get away from the habit of being meticulous and start covering a little water a little more quickly. My other big tip would be to not overlook the pocket water, the obscure water, because with a swung fly you can, you can put a fly through a lot of places that you just can’t put a fly with the, A nymph or a bottom type rig. So Dave (25m 32s): Yeah. Yeah. The, the obscure water, I was talking to Rob Rice in episode 10, he’s up on the, up on the Chena, and that was a point that he made was that especially during the right water conditions, the higher water, these fish are gonna be off in the margins almost in the, almost in the side channel water where the salmon are. Yep. And yeah, he was saying that those are just key places, so that’s a, that’s a great tip for sure. Kevin (25m 57s): Yeah. You know, and when, when it comes to high water, just be aware that, You know, a lot of the, especially in on our Midwest rivers, which are typically pretty brushy along the edges, You know, as soon as the water goes high, a lot of that brushes in the water and that’s where a lot of the fish will be. So don’t overlook the changes in the river and expect the fish to be exactly where you left them if the water comes up. So, Dave (26m 21s): Yeah, there again, the more you talk, it’s great because it’s just reinforcing the, the stuff we’ve heard, You know, from other, You know, some of the other awesome guests. You know what I’m thinking back was Tre Combs who just Okay. Yeah. On, on episode. Yeah. Episode six. And he mentioned that was his, one of his biggest things was like, find one run and just know it so well that, You know, every individual pebble in Boulder in that run Sure. At all levels, You know, and that’s just a great tip because we do tend, especially with a boat, you typically, you’re like, all right, I’m gonna cover all this water, and at the end of the day, you look around and you didn’t cover one run that well. You know, so. Kevin (26m 57s): Sure. Yeah. Yeah. And that’s the other end of the spectrum too. I learned a lot from Tre Holmes by reading his stuff, You know, when I was in my twenties, and to some degree I probably owe him a little bit for that sort of thing. So it’s good to hear that you’re interviewing people like that as well, Dave (27m 13s): So Yeah, for sure. Yeah, Trey, Trey was a good one. And, well, since we’re on that line, as far as mentors and people, do you have a, You know, a, a mentor or two that, that helped you? I mean, you’ve noted a number of people along the way. Any, any other names you wanna throw out there? Kevin (27m 28s): You know, for the swung fly, there really wasn’t too many people to learn from, You know, in the area because of what we discussed. But, You know, there was one really good, great local angler that took me under his wing a little bit when I was younger. Bob, Brenda works for a local fly shop, and he certainly helped me to look at, to learn to look at things differently, You know, which, which helped a lot in the long run in my career, so. Dave (27m 54s): Nice. Okay. And what I was just thinking, what year did you start, just so We have a reference as far as when you first got into steelhead fishing? Kevin (28m 5s): Well, steelhead fishing in general, probably you’re talking, You know, early late eighties or early nineties. Oh, okay. Dave (28m 13s): Yep, yep. Kevin (28m 14s): Yeah. Cool. So, yep. Dave (28m 17s): And, and you said mostly now you do a lot of boat fishing just because for guiding it’s easier, but do you, do you still get out and do some, You know, hiking and that sort of thing? Kevin (28m 27s): Sure, yeah. Especially at this time of the year when I do have free time and I might just want to go out for two or three hours a day. It’s a, it’s just a cool way to spend a day. I do a lot of hobby photography too, so Dave (28m 40s): Nice. Kevin (28m 41s): It kind of, the two kind of go together. Cool. Do Dave (28m 44s): You, is the hobby photography, is that something you, you post on Instagram or other areas or just kind of, is that separate? Kevin (28m 51s): Yeah, I use Instagram. I have a smug mug site. I like doing photo essays for magazines whenever they ask me to, so, oh, nice. Yeah, I’ve recently done Eastern fly fishing, a couple, couple for that magazine, so, which is an excellent production. Dave (29m 8s): Do you have a, on Instagram where they, we could take a look at some of this stuff, or you wanna share? Kevin (29m 14s): Sure. Just my handle, Kevin Finra. I would love to have a few more followers, even though I’m not really big, a big social media guy, but hey, yeah. Dave (29m 23s): You know, Kevin (29m 24s): It’s, it’s a fun thing, Dave (29m 25s): So, oh yeah, no, you gotta, that’s thing, you gotta start somewhere. It’s tough anyways, these days. I mean, there’s so many social medias, You know, I you got the kinda the big ones. Sure. But yeah, you kind of have to focus. Yeah. What, what do you think as far as, You know, we’re talking about all this stuff and you’re, you started early and you’ve had a, a long career now and guiding people. Is there a, a turning point that got you into where you’re at as far as, I mean, I just think of some other past guests we’ve had where it seems like there’s been certain things that have happened, whether they got fired from their, You know, their guiding position or whatever. Is there anything that rings a bell that was kind of big for you? Kevin (30m 2s): You know, there’s a couple things, kind of funny things in hindsight that make me think this is what I was kind of meant to do. This might seem like a kind of strange one, but when I was 14-year-old, years old, I got cut from the baseball team, which was, I played several sports, and as soon as I got cut from the baseball team, I started fishing every day. Huh. And after, at that point, I fished every day until I was, You know, a teenager and all, even all through college, I fished an awful lot. So, sure. It was kind of a strange thing, but it, it, yeah. In a, in a strange fashion, it helped me get where I am right now, so. Yeah. Kevin (30m 44s): Yep. Dave (30m 45s): That makes sense. You Kevin (30m 46s): Know, from a career standpoint, You know, I started as the typical trout bum, You know, I was guiding 20 or 30 days a year in fishing, 270 days a year. Wow. And then the balance has turned now, so that at some point I became pretty serious about the business part of this, and, but now I’m guiding, You know, 200 days a year in fishing, 50 or 75. So, so the balance has turned and cool but’s, but I still kind of look at fishing the same way. And like I mentioned, you, I’ll probably go fishing today when we’re done, so. Dave (31m 24s): Yeah. No, that’s cool. And well, so in baseball, what, what position were you playing back in the day? You know, Kevin (31m 30s): I was a catcher. Oh, cool. It was kind of a strange thing. I was actually practicing with the older varsity team, and then I came, when the varsity team was done with me, I came back to the JV team and they’d replaced me with somebody else. Yep. So I was, I was pretty good baseball, I mean, I was as serious about baseball as I am about fishing, so I, I was pretty well hurt by it, You know, devastated as a kid. I came outta nowhere and, You know, fishing was my refuge at the time and Yeah. You know, I became, I, I’m somebody that when I get into something, I don’t get into very many things. So I am pretty hardcore about it when I do it pretty serious about it. Kevin (32m 14s): So when I shifted from baseball to fishing, it was, You know, a pretty serious thing for me to fish every day. Dave (32m 22s): Yeah. No, that’s, that is a good lesson. I, I, I have a couple young kids and I think that’s a great lesson. I like to remind them of that, You know, in life. And you got, You know, that was early, early things, especially for a young kid having a hit like that. But yeah, I mean, that stuff’s gonna happen in life, right? Those, those things Sure. That are gonna be, You know, terrible and gonna seem like the end of the world. But the, the point is you gotta realize, You know, that’s, that’s just life and you gotta move on and build and, and learn from it. Yep. So, Kevin (32m 49s): Yeah. And something good can come from it and that’s, that’s where I am right now. You know, I love what I do and wouldn’t, wouldn’t have it any other way. Totally. Dave (32m 56s): And which, which is really cool. ’cause if you think about it, You know, whatever the, the numbers are, You know, a fraction of a percent make it to the major leagues or whatever. So you’re probably, You know, not that you wasted time. I, I was into baseball as well, I I and basketball and, You know, I probably wasn’t gonna make it to the NBA regardless of how much I practiced, but Sure. Yeah. So fishing was good. Yeah. And you mentioned on fly tying that you tie quite a bit. What, what do you have a I have a little bit of a fly tying challenge that I have out there on, on Instagram that, You know, it’s just fly tying challenge 30. And it’s pretty cool. It’s a lot of people that are just getting into, and it’s like a 30 day challenge where they basically get a new tip every single day if you sign up for it. Dave (33m 38s): Okay. And I, I always love adding or just seeing if there’s a new tip. Do you have, You know, with fly tying, it’s not easy to, to think of one, but do you have a tip for somebody that maybe is tying flies either new or, or been doing it a while? Kevin (33m 51s): Well, You know, as a, as a guide? I mean, what’s happened over time? So, so I’m a full-time guide now. I’m 44 years old, and I also have a 4-year-old son and two 1-year-old twin girls. Wow. So, so my advice to anybody is that what I’ve done, just from a matter of time as I’ve stripped the flies down to their basic functionality and components. So if you’re getting into fly tying, don’t feel like you need to tie complicated flies to be successful. Yeah. There’s pretty basic things that’ll work for just about any fish. And as long as you understand those basics, yeah. Kevin (34m 31s): You can do a lot of things and have a lot of fun fly tying and not get too bogged down with time doing it. Nice. Dave (34m 38s): So, yeah, that’s, that is a good, I was thinking of the legs on, on some of these trout flies, You know, you wonder, that’s a good kind of example. Like, do you need to put little intricate legs on it that, You know, probably it probably helps, but I don’t know if it’s that big of a deal. Sure, yeah. Yeah. Kevin (34m 54s): I mean, in my fishery probably not, but, You know, yeah, I mean, certainly, I mean the, one of the beautiful things about fishing in general and fly fishing in specific is that there’s a lot of different facets and it can appeal to the kind of bull and China shop type people like me. Or it can, You know, apply to the very meticulous personalities that want to be very meticulous about the fly tying or rod building or, You know, all the other different things that you can do. So fly fishing’s good for just about everyone as long as they, You know, yeah. Put the time into it, so. Dave (35m 31s): Yeah. No, that’s cool. You Kevin (35m 32s): Know, so I cast, cast well, don’t cast far. That’s my try to make your line straight and at the right angle, You know, according to the current. And, and listen, listen to your guide every once in a while. It’s not a bad thing either. So. Dave (35m 48s): Yeah, definitely. Do you guys, typically when you’re, when you’re swinging flies, is it pretty standard as far as You know, how far out and across your casting or, I mean Sure. Are you guys hooking fish right in, I guess depends on the run, but right in near the boat, Kevin (36m 4s): It’s very possible to catch ’em near the boat. You know, generally I try to tell people they need to cast at least close to head length to be able to have a shot at a fish, You know? Mm. Which is pretty easy to ask. I mean, most people can roll the head out and Yeah. Anything past that is, You know, and it doesn’t hurt to fish in other, You know, 20 to 40 feet past that. It’s when you go further than that that you start running into other problems, You know, so you have to be thinking about what that sink tip’s doing once it’s out there. And, You know, if you’re using some kind of modern fly line, it might actually be pulling your fly off the bottom if you’re going long distance. Kevin (36m 44s): So, You know, in cold water, you have to think about things a little bit differently and be a little more concerned about keeping the fly down than keeping it a long ways out. Mm. Dave (36m 56s): Okay. Yep. And, and as far as lines, do you have a specific brand? I mean, I know there’s a few big companies out there that you like to use and types, types of lines? Kevin (37m 8s): You know, for the vast majority of what I do, I use sa lines. You know, they’re a Michigan company here, I use, You know, their, their freight line or Skagit line is pretty common. I’d consider that to be one of the more staples in this area. Okay. Very good line. The intermediate line for the fall, You know, and early winter. And then as we head into winter, the floating version works really well. So It just gives you a little more line control over the speed. Dave (37m 39s): Oh, cool. Yep. Cool. And you, by essay you’re talking about scientific angler? Oh, Kevin (37m 43s): Scientific anglers. Yep. Yep. Dave (37m 45s): Perfect. Just for those that are, that are new to it. That’s good. I, You know, again, it, this is, this is good to chat here because I was thinking of Jim Tini I had on in episode five. Okay. And he really did a good job of going back to the beginning when he was getting into some of his early lines Sure. And talking about that. It was really fun to hear that because, You know, scientific anglers, I mean, they’ve, they’ve been there since the beginning and, and they’re still out there going strong, which is great to hear. Kevin (38m 12s): Yep. And Jim Tini, of course, one of the class acts in our profession, so good to hear from him. So, Dave (38m 20s): Yeah. Yeah, it was, that was a fun one. What do you think, You know, I know there’s a lot of, you mentioned a local fly shop that, that help you along, and you got some other ones. Do You know any other resources that you would recommend for somebody that, that’s not either a local fly shop or guide? It sounds like, I don’t know if there’s a, a, You know, sometimes there’s local websites that people can go to forums and things like that. Do You know anything like that? Kevin (38m 42s): Well, You know, there’s some forums that are kinda universal. You know, historically the spa pages has gotten quite a bit of traffic. Oh, sure. You know, there’s other things that you have to watch in this area that are very, very important. You know, probably one of the more, You know, one of the more, if you’re coming to Michigan and you wanna fish, look at that USGS site for whatever river you’re looking at. ’cause that’ll tell you what the water temperature is, what the, what the depth is, if it’s safe to wade, You know, and Okay. Yeah. So I mean, those use those resources that tell you about the actual rivers. Dave (39m 18s): Okay. Kevin (39m 19s): For spay fishing, You know, you mentioned, You know, I would personally, I would look at some of the guide websites. You know, there’s a lot of fly patterns that are out there. The guides in this state are really good about sharing information on their websites. There’s not, they’re not trying to be secretive. And so you can go on, You know, like Jeff Hubbard’s website, Outfitters North, he’s always got great fly patterns. Okay. Dave (39m 45s): You Kevin (39m 45s): Can go onto Hawkins website and they have good fly patterns as well. So there’s a lot of good information there just as kind of secondary information flowing from guides. So, okay. I would use that. Dave (39m 59s): Good, good. And you mentioned guides. I, I definitely received some feedback from new guides or new people that are out there that want to get into guiding and the whole industry. Do you have any tips for, for them that would help them get going? Kevin (40m 15s): Yeah, I would have some tips. I mean, understand that you’re probably not gonna get rich guiding if you’re gonna guide, do it because you love the game and, You know, look after the resource, don’t get caught in the numbers game, which is kind of the pitfall if you wanna become a fly fishing guide. You know, getting wrestling into that numbers game is kind of the kiss of death in my opinion. So yeah. And just have a positive attitude and, You know, love your resource and, and try to do what you can as an advocate for it. Dave (40m 53s): So for sure that’s, that’s, yeah, that’s a awesome, awesome way to put it. For sure. It’s, if You know, especially, You know, you mentioned the runs were down a little bit there this year out, out west we’re having some, some declines and that’s just part of, You know, lots of, You know, a number of things impacts from human activities and stuff. But yeah, it, it’s, we got a lot of work to do to, to keep this thing going strong. Kevin (41m 16s): Sure. Dave (41m 16s): So good point. We, we mentioned the, again, the kind of the pr Marquette and maybe some of the smaller rivers. Can you describe how maybe some of the other rivers a a smaller type river, how you fish it and do you typically Sure. Swing, swing more or nmp more? Kevin (41m 32s): So if you come to the, the state of Michigan, you will come to basically two different types of rivers. You’ll come to big tailwater type rivers like the Muskegon, or you’ll come to smaller, You know, rivers that are, they’re not really small, but they’re may be a third the size of the Muskegon, maybe, You know, 75 feet, 50 feet wide. The, the, they’re freestone streams, so they’re, they’re naturally flowing. A lot of them, You know, both types of river systems work really well with Mphi. You’ll find that the larger river systems, because they’re heavy flows, it’s a little bit more medieval how you’re gonna have to approach ’em. Kevin (42m 13s): You know, you might have to bounce the bottom or whatever, but You know, if you go to a smaller stream like the pure Marquette or the white, a lot of it’s indicator fishing and you can think of it as almost a jumbo sized trout fishing sort of deal. If You know how to indicator fish for trout on a Western stream, you’d do just fine indicator fishing, any of these smaller rivers and you just pick the river apart, You know, those smaller streams, just like you would a big one, the old adage foam is home, You know, look for a bubble line and that’s, it’s universal. That’s where the fish will be. And in the winter months, they’ll be in a little slower water in the fall months, they’ll be closer to the current and have fun, enjoy the beauty of those rivers. Kevin (42m 58s): So Dave (42m 58s): Yeah. And, and probably are those rivers, you can still find some places hiking in, getting away from some of the traffic and things like that. Kevin (43m 5s): You can, some of the rivers, You know, are, are definitely more popular than others, especially the famous sections. The Pier Marquette has some famous sections that get a lot of foot traffic as well as boat traffic, but it also has quiet water. And if you’re willing to walk and look at a top of map and stuff, you probably could find some pretty good fishing. And there’s other rivers that are more obscure, You know, that just don’t get the fishing pressure because of their location. So, You know, you can, you can find out about those pretty easily and just hoof it. And you’ll typically find fish just about everywhere, so. Dave (43m 40s): Okay. Okay. And, and with those small rivers, if you were to, we talked a little bit about the, the single handed line. Is there a specific line you would recommend maybe a, a essay line that would be good for a, a single handed spay type of, so I mean, you mentioned the, the T 14. Yep. I imagine, are you still using T 14 there? Kevin (43m 59s): T 14? Yeah. You can use any of those spay light lines. Should they make ’em in light enough denominations to work with an eight weight rod. Oh, okay. You could certainly use a typical kind of, You know, big head floating line and, and add the T 14 onto the end of it. Sure. Maybe MPX line or a Titan taper or something like that. Okay. Could also work, so, okay. Dave (44m 23s): Yeah. Perfect. Perfect. And do you get out to any, I, we were talking a little bit about the, the Salmon River up in New York and I mean, are there, what are the other big, when you think of, I mean, I guess you spend most of your time fishing, kind of your, your area, but are there other areas you get out to? Kevin (44m 40s): You know, historically I’ve fished, I fished out east a bit. I I, I do some public speaking in Ohio, and so that draws me to their rivers. Oh, okay. Every now and then, You know, I fished the ous before I fished it with Rick, Sid, brother, Jerry, Sid. But the, some of the Ohio rivers are wonderful, the chagrin and You know, there’s a variety of ’em. Chagrin, cognac Creek, the grand, the Rocky, really beautiful rivers. Probably you wouldn’t think of beautiful rivers in, You know, fairly urban areas, but they really are beautiful. Kevin (45m 20s): They’re more susceptible to runoff than our rivers are, which they get huge runs of fish, but That’s right. It just difficult to time it. So there’s kinda key people, You know, in, in Ohio you might want to talk to a, a Jeff Lisky or Jerry Darkes. Really, really good resources. Jeff is, Dave (45m 38s): That’s right. Kevin (45m 39s): Yeah. Jeff is probably One of the best, just pure fishermen I’ve ever met. So Dave (45m 44s): Cool. Kevin (45m 45s): And he has a kinda a long history of spin in fly fishing, so he could Yep. He could be really interesting as well. So Dave (45m 54s): Yeah, good deal. Yeah, I’ve talked to both of them and I we’re hopefully gonna Okay, yeah. Set something up down the, down the line with them. That’s, that’s always the, the question is how, how many, the more I get into this, You know, how many people are out there that can help, You know, answer some of these questions and yeah, there, there, there’s a lot of great resources. It’s pretty cool. Kevin (46m 12s): Yeah. Hopefully I’m not dropping too many names, I’m just enthusiastic about Dave (46m 15s): No, this is Kevin (46m 16s): A lot of these guys, so Yeah, Dave (46m 17s): This is great. This is, this is pretty much what I, what I love because, You know, now they’re out there and these people who’s, You know, if you’re listening to this, you can go do your own research. I’ll provide some, You know, like I mentioned some show note, show notes, links, things like that. But yeah, I, I’ve dropped a few dates too of past episodes I, I’ve already had. So yeah, this is, this is a good deal when you get going, You know, single handed or, or two handed Rod, I mean, you, you pretty much passed up the, the single handed rod, well, 20 years ago, right? Kevin (46m 48s): Probably not that long ago. I was using two handed rods on and off when I was, You know, even 15, 20 years ago. But the technology in the lines was a lot different then. Yeah. And it wasn’t, wasn’t as practical, You know. That’s right. I mean, you’re talking pretty industrial, heavy duty fishing on this river that I’m on and the old style lines that we had just were not suited, You know, for what we’re doing now. So along came these intermediate lines at some point, initially they were European lines that really sprung things going here, You know, the, the guideline lines especially. And then, then the American company started making some really, really good stuff. Kevin (47m 32s): And You know, here we are now with just great technology that makes swinging flies in any conditions pretty easy. So the change in technology is really what boosted fly fishing in this area made it a lot more practical as far as the spay Yeah. Game goes. So, Dave (47m 51s): Yeah, for sure. Yeah, it made a lot easier. Did you, when you started s spa casting, what was the, I mean eventually did get, get to a point where you were, You know, I’m not sure if you would say how, how fast you got to the expert level or whatever, but how, You know, how, how did you get there? Because I, I know, You know, definitely people struggle with, with spa casting. Did you, did, were you guided by other people or how’d you do that? Kevin (48m 13s): You know, it was a slow process over time. You know, I was lucky once when I was probably 10, 12 years ago to fish with Simon, You know. Oh wow. And You know, he, I just took him out on the boat and, and there was things that I learned just watching him, You know, now there’s just so much good information. You could go to one of these spa claves for a day and learn every cast. Yeah. That didn’t exist at the time. You know, you’d buy a video and if you’re looking at a video and you’d never, never seen anybody spa cast before, it’s pretty hard to, at least for, for somebody, You know, for me it was hard to kinda look at a video and say, what the world is this guy doing? You know, and then you see it in person and it’s pretty obvious what, what they’re doing. Kevin (48m 56s): So when it comes to spa casting, anything that you can do in person, You know, and just go out with somebody that, they don’t have to be a professional, but just somebody that has some experience. ’cause it’ll cut your learning curve by a long, long ways. So Dave (49m 11s): Yeah, for sure. Yeah, I think you can do a lot in, You know, videos and even this show, this is audio, we’re, we’re talking a lot about tips at audio, but yeah, there’s no, you can’t replace getting out on the water with, You know, whether it’s a guide or just an instructor. Kevin (49m 26s): Yep, exactly. Dave (49m 28s): Yeah. Pete, You know, on that episode we mentioned he did provide a bunch of like really great tips that I think will help people get going. But on this, on the spa Claves, you guys have, I know there’s a bunch all around the country. Do you guys have any near your area? Kevin (49m 42s): Yeah, we do every fall. We have a really good one on the Muskegon, probably 10 minutes from where I’m talking to you from. Oh wow. Yeah, it’s at Henning Park and it’s usually the last weekend of September, they call it Spay Fest. And it’s been going for quite a long time and we’ve had some really good people there over the years. It’s put on by one of the fly shops that Great Lakes fly fishing company. So it’s, and there’s typically a lot of vendors there. So it’s, it’s a good event and if you’re in Michigan or the Midwest, You know, within some hours drive, you might wanna look into coming in late September because you can learn a lot about spa casting in a very short period. Kevin (50m 26s): The people there are very nice about sharing information. Hmm. And it’s just a great way. And then those types of events happen all over the Midwest and all over the west, so, and all up into Canada. So there’s places, places to go to learn. You just have to do a little research and go for it. So Dave (50m 44s): For sure. Yeah, and I’m sure down the one place I haven’t really hit on as much as like kinda some of the California stuff. I mean that’s kind of the, the tragedy Roy of, of kind of some of the steelhead runs is the further you go down south, least south on the west coast, the, You know, the lower the runs get just because Sure impacts. But I hope to, I hope to connect with some, some more Californian type of, You know, interviews as well. But yeah. Good, good. I’ll, I’ll make a note on that one as well in, in the show notes for the, for the spade la and yeah, so Kevin, we’re just about there. I, before we wrap up, You know, I occasionally love to ask, you mentioned the, the story about one of the big fish and You know, 19 pounder is cra it’s crazy. Dave (51m 28s): That’s pretty much, I think the biggest fish I ever caught was probably, probably in that range. And yeah, it blows you away, but do you have a, a crazy fishing story. Anything that rings a bell, like you’ve guided some people, You know, over the years. Anything that sticks out to you? Kevin (51m 45s): Well, Dave (51m 47s): I’ve had, yeah, this is a, the, the kids kids might be go, yeah, go. Kevin (51m 52s): You know, I’ll tell you one that’s not related so much to swinging flies, but I took a guy and a lady out fishing, nim fishing, and we were using pretty heavy gear at the time. The water was high and we were fishing for steelhead. And I just rigged the lady up and I was rigging the guy up, and I showed her how to cast and she threw it out there and got snagged. And I said, well, You know, just, just hang on a second. I’ll help you out as soon as I get your husband finished. And the next thing I know, I looked up and that sinker was coming out of the water about 150 miles an hour. Dave (52m 28s): Geez. Kevin (52m 29s): It hit me right in the forehead. Oh. I fell over in the boat, was unconscious for a couple minutes, so, wow. And, You know, later, later that person approached me at a fishing show and said, You know, you probably don’t remember me. And I was like, oh, I remember you. So, Dave (52m 44s): Right. Wow. Right, right in the forehead. That’s that. That’s intense. It Kevin (52m 48s): Knocked me over. I was, they were slapping my cheeks and, You know, there various, Dave (52m 52s): Wow. What, what was the, what was the last thing you remember? You before it, before you went unconscious, Kevin (52m 57s): You know, just watching that sinker come flying out of the water and hit me. Right, totally. Yeah. Yeah. And I, I fished, I guided the rest of the day. I had a huge welt on my forehead, looked like a softball. Dave (53m 7s): Wow. Kevin (53m 7s): Yeah. So anyways, Dave (53m 9s): That was cool, guys. Is that pitch online anywhere people get take Kevin (53m 12s): I know, I know I do have it though, Dave (53m 14s): So. All right. Good, good. All right. What, what do you have going on? Anything in the next six months or so, as far as, I mean, it sounds like you’re gonna be guiding a lot, but any, anything else you wanna, you wanna note? You know, something new? Kevin (53m 27s): You know, I do a lot of public speaking at this time of the year, various Oh, cool. Trout, trout unlimited clubs and around mid, around the Midwest. You know, I’ve been in Indiana last week and I’ll be doing some other ones over by Detroit this week, so, and down to Indiana again this weekend. So generally speaking, just big fly shows and talking to fishing clubs in the region. So look me up if you’re, if you’re in the area, it’s listed on my website where, where I’ll, where we’ll be, and not just me, but some of the other guides that work for us as well, so, Dave (54m 5s): Okay, cool. Kevin (54m 5s): Love to see you, so, yep. Dave (54m 7s): Yeah, that’d be great. And yeah, before I let you go here, did we miss anything? I mean, we covered a bunch of topics and anything you want to add before we get outta here? Kevin (54m 18s): No, just, You know, go out and enjoy these resources and try to, try to keep them like they are. Don’t let ’em get any worse. Try to either move them forward or keep them as good as they are right now. So wanna want our kids to be able to do what we’re doing, so. Yeah, Dave (54m 35s): For sure. For sure. That’s a good, good way to put it. So you mentioned as far as people, the, the best place would be, I guess finra outdoors.com, that, that’s one place just they can get to you, but also on social media, Kevin (54m 49s): Instagram? Yeah, I’m, I’m kind of arcane in my social media, just Instagram, so. Okay, Dave (54m 53s): Perfect. No, that’s, I think that’s pretty much one of the, one of the hottest ones anyways, right now. Good, good stuff, Kevin. Well, I appreciate you coming on to chat about this. You know, I, I think there’s, for sure at least a couple people I’m gonna contact today and, and answer a few questions because I, You know, we answered those today and I, I appreciate you coming on and taking some time to do that. Kevin (55m 13s): You bet. Thank you. Dave (55m 15s): All right, good. Well, we’ll look forward to hearing more from you and maybe eventually when I can get out to the Midwest, I’ll, I’ll give you a ring and, and catch up with you. Kevin (55m 23s): All right, sounds great. Thank you so much for having me, Dave. Dave (55m 26s): Okay, thanks a lot. See ya. Yep. Kevin (55m 28s): Bye-bye. Dave (55m 30s): So there you go. If you wanna find all the show notes with all the links that we covered in this show, just go to wetly swing.com and search for episode 13. If you like the tips In this episode, you can just go to wetly swing.com/free and get the steelhead tips, PDF Quick Guide, which includes a summary of all the great tips that we’ve had up to this point in the series. If you have a second, I would love if you could take a moment and leave a review on iTunes. This helps get the show out to more people and helps some of those people get into their first steelhead. Thanks again for stopping by to check out the show today. I look forward to catching up with you soon and hopefully seeing you on the river. Outro (56m 14s): Thanks for listening to the Wet Fly, swing Fly fishing show. For notes and links from this episode, visit wet fly swing.com. And if you found this episode helpful, please subscribe and leave a review on iTunes.

     

789 | Henry Winkler on the Fonz, Fly Fishing, Happy Days and Barry – Episode 334 Re-release

We’re reaching back into the archives for one of our all-time favorite conversations with none other than Henry Winkler.

You know him as the Fonz, Gene Cousineau, and the guy who turned down Grease… but in this episode, you’ll meet Henry the angler. 🎣🐟

Henry shares his favorite fishing spots in the Swan Valley, the experience of writing 39 children’s books, and how he has navigated life with dyslexia.

Hit play to start listening! 👇🏻🎧

apple podcasts

Find the show:  Follow the Show | Overcast | Spotify

Subscribe on Apple Podcasts

Subscribe on Android

Subscribe via RSS

(The full episode transcript is at the bottom of this blogpost) 👇🏻

Sponsors and Podcast Updates

 

Show Notes with Henry Winkler

We’re bringing back a classic chat with Henry Winkler — actor, author, producer, and fly fishing fan.

Find out why he passed on Grease, how he scored his Emmy-winning role on Barry, and how he’s thrived with dyslexia. Plus, hear about his favorite flies, fishing spots from Idaho to New Zealand, and the surprising links between fly fishing and acting.

Want the full scoop? Check out the original episode 334 show notes here:

WFS 334 – Henry Winkler on the Fonz, Fly Fishing, Happy Days and Barry

You can find Henry on Twitter at @hwinkler4real

Related Podcast Episodes

Full Podcast Transcript

Episode Transcript
Dave (2s): Coming up next on the Web Fly Swing podcast. Henry (6s): Well, happy days. You know, happy Days was not only just a, a show for me, it introduced me to the world. You know, I got 55,000 letters a week from all over the world. No matter where I go, people invite me to their homes, invite me for dinner. It just, the warmth is exceptional. It is an honor, actually, that so many people who have such different traditions, such different languages, and yet we all have the fawns in common. Dave (48s): That was Henry Winkler describing the impact of playing the fawns on the TV show. Happy Days. One of the best, not a heck of a lot more I can say about that. Henry Winkler today on the wet fly, swing fly fishing show. Intro (1m 3s): Welcome to the Wet Fly, swing fly fishing show where you discover tips, tricks, and tools from the leading names in fly fishing today. Dave (1m 13s): Hey, have you been noticing the last few months I’ve been practicing my, my a This has been, this has been going on. I’ve been, you could check back in the previous episodes and, and hear my progress in this subtle hint that we are having. This, this episode was on its way today, and we are finally here to share it. So I never really nailed the, the A, but I’ve got the man himself on the show today. Henry Winkler has been a TV and movie icon for my entire life, and is here now to sit down and chat about fly fishing and that life. Dave (1m 52s): We find out what it felt like to get offered the, the movie Grease and why he turned it down, how he got the role in the HBO show Barry and, and how he’s done all this, including get out and do some fly fishing with being challenged by dyslexia over his life. This one is good. I’m very, very happy to share this episode with you today. So, without further ado, here he is, Henry Winkler. How’s it going today, Henry? Henry (2m 24s): I am sitting here eating time, counting the days until I get to go fly fishing in Idaho. Dave (2m 35s): There you go. There you go. I’ve heard that Idaho is the place, is that where you like to go? Is is Idaho your place? Henry (2m 41s): We, we went to Montana for 20 years. We have been to Wyoming. I’ve been to Argentina. Holy mackerel. That is, that was an adventure. But mostly now for the past 10 years, we have gone to Swan Valley in Idaho. Dave (3m 8s): Mm. Swan Valley. Okay. And I haven’t been there yet, but I wanna dig into a little bit on your, a little more on the fishing background. I want to hear. So we, I always like to take it back to how you first got into it. So I’m curious to hear if your story of getting into fly fishing is similar to some of our other guests we’ve had on. So can you take us back there? Henry (3m 25s): Okay. I have always thought I could not fly fish. That it takes a hand eye coordination and a ballet of hand rod and line that I just would not be able to master. And so I just said no. For the longest time I had a lawyer, and his name was Skip Brinham iii, who has won one fly many times. Oh, Dave (3m 60s): Yep. Henry (4m 1s): And his wife, a wonderful actress, Heather Thomas, has also won one fly. And Skip said, you know what? I’m taking you and Stacy down the Smith River in Montana. I said, oh no, trust me. Just, you’ll just go, we go down the river, there is a boat ahead of us with a crew. They set up tents, make a meal. We pull in, we have the meal. We either have lunch, get back in the boat, go. Henry (4m 44s): They’re now building the night camp. I caught one fish and I was hooked, no pun intended. There you Dave (4m 56s): Go. So that’s it. So you did a, so your first trip out was a, a river trip, like a full deal? Henry (5m 2s): It was a full deal. And, you know, my, my coordination and my style is ugly, but I get the face. Dave (5m 14s): Yep. What, what is the most challenging thing for fly fishing for you? What is the one tricky thing? Henry (5m 20s): Double hauling? Yeah. I would have to say I have never, and I have been fishing since 1986. I have never double hauled. The second thing is the rules, the seven things you need to do in order to place your fly in the place you need it, and mend and strip and watch and strike. Dave (6m 1s): Yeah. Henry (6m 3s): That is the second most difficult thing for me because I get so ka bluey in my head that I’m casting and I’m thinking it’s just beautiful. And it lands in a lump, in a clump on the surface. And I go, well, that’s not going to get me anything. Dave (6m 27s): Yep. And sometimes that works, though. That’s a great thing. Sometimes the the bad cast can work. Right. You’ve probably had that happen. Henry (6m 34s): You know, I don’t know that I’ve ever had that experience that my bad cast is just bad. Yeah. But when I do get it all together and I’m in the place and the fin is out of the water against the bank in shallow water, quite a ways away, and I get it. Oh my goodness. It’s just like nirvana. Dave (7m 5s): That’s amazing. How does that compare getting that fish you just talked about right there to getting that next big acting role you’ve had maybe in the past? I mean, you’ve had some major roles, right? Henry (7m 15s): Well, you know what? I’m very lucky in that way. I’ll tell you what is the truth about both fly fishing and, and my profession. You cannot take for granted one minute of being in the process. All Dave (7m 34s): Right? Henry (7m 36s): You cannot just do it haphazardly. You will miss the fish, you’ll miss the spot. And the same thing about getting the role. They, you don’t present yourself in the most perfect manner, and there is no perfection in order for them to take notice of you either as a fly or as an actor. Dave (8m 9s): Is it for you, I’ve always thought struggles that I’ve had along the way with what I, what, you know what I do, but is it the journey, is that the thing that you really love with the, whether that’s acting or fly fishing? Do you think about that as like, there’s no end point for you what you do on either? Henry (8m 23s): There is no end point. There is no end point. That is true. I, I never thought of it that way, but that is true. Dave (8m 31s): Yeah. Henry (8m 32s): I love, I’m already packed for June 12th. Dave (8m 39s): Oh yeah. Henry (8m 41s): My waiters, my boots, my underwear, my soap, my reels. They’re all packed. Dave (8m 50s): That is cool. Yeah. That is cool. You’re ready to go. Henry (8m 54s): I, I just cannot wait. Dave (8m 58s): Yep. And is this trip, is this kind of an annual trip you do? This is like, Henry (9m 2s): It is with my wife, who is a very good fisherwoman. Oh, wow. Now she, she goes fishing. We leave pretty much the same time. There are times when I report to the pickup spot and tell her guide, lucky you, you’ve got the day off. She will get off the river early and then get a blizzard, you know? Oh, Dave (9m 35s): Yeah. From a dairy queen or whatever. Dairy Henry (9m 38s): Queen. Yeah. But she, you know, she does it her way and enjoys it her way. Dave (9m 48s): Yeah. Henry (9m 49s): And she gets her fish too. Dave (9m 51s): There you go. There you go. Everybody has their own way to, you know, that’s the great thing about fly fishing. Everybody, everybody has their own thing that they love about fly fishing. Right. Maybe, Henry (9m 59s): You know, do you know what I tell people? I just had this discussion with a young couple, they’re both young doctors and they’re going to somewhere maybe to a dude ranch or somewhere, and I said, oh, do they have fishing? And they said, yeah, we were thinking of trying it. I said, no, don’t think about it. You’ve got to go. You’ve got to go. And while you’re concentrating so hard on your fly, don’t forget to look up because your eyes will pop out of your head on where you are. Dave (10m 40s): Yeah, that is totally, yeah. No, I, and I think about, you know, with fly fishing, so for you, there’s, there’s nipping, there’s dry fly fishing, there’s all sorts of different types. Is there one type of fishing you like? Do you like to get ’em on the surface? Or do you, do you care? Henry (10m 53s): You know, I did not for the longest time think I was good enough, or that I was capable of fishing with a dry fly. So I would be very happy, nim. And then one day, I guess my mind grew up and I started to dry fly. And I was successful at it. And I thought, wow, this is fabulous. Dave (11m 27s): That’s cool. That’s cool. You, you have taken that next level. A lot of people, some people, they don’t ever get there. Right. They, they ’cause dryly is challenging. Right. Getting the fly just perfectly matching the hatch. And it is. But you’ve had success. Henry (11m 40s): I have had success, you know, and I’m very willing, from nine o’clock in the morning until four 30 in the afternoon to cast right through lunch, I rather cast than eat. Then I realized, oh, we have to stop for lunch because the guide probably is hungry. Dave (12m 2s): Yeah. Henry (12m 4s): Which really pisses me off. Dave (12m 5s): There you go. Henry (12m 7s): And I give him my fruit, my cookie, and we’re back at it. Dave (12m 14s): That’s it. There’s a good tip for your next guide to remember that, because I’ve done some guiding as well. Not much. It was, it’s challenging. Guiding is hard. Henry (12m 21s): Oh, I don’t know how they Dave (12m 22s): Do it. It’s hard. But the good thing about it’s, there are people that are just born for guiding and they love it and they’re great at it. And those are the people I’m sure that you’ve probably worked with some of the best. Right. Henry (12m 31s): I have had amazing guides and they have all my respect. First of all, I think to myself, they are pulling that boat all day long. They’re watching me not think about where my cast is going. They are watching the fly, watching the rocks, watching the flow, watching the fly, telling me when to strike. I, they are extraordinary human beings. Yeah. Dave (13m 11s): Yep. Henry (13m 12s): I put them in the same category, even though the level of, of difficulty is not the same, like with firemen. Dave (13m 22s): Oh yeah. Henry (13m 24s): They take such good care of you and they get so excited when you catch the fish and then they know where the fish are. Right. And there are sometimes I’m looking, you know, I fish by myself in the boat. Dave (13m 40s): Oh yeah. Henry (13m 41s): Because I went with my wife. She was in the front, I was in the back. And of course your listeners know that there’s a rule in front of the os all the way up the river is hers. Yeah. Behind the os, all the way down the river is mine. Yeah. But if I see water that looks fishy, that is calling to me and it is above the o, I’m in it. And rather than argue, we meet for lunch. Dave (14m 19s): There you go. There you go. I love it. So you’re gonna have, you’re gonna have lunch. That’s part of the part of the gig. This is Henry. This is amazing because for a number of reasons, fly fishing brings everybody together who listens to this show. Which is the reason why people come here to learn from some of the best and hear about some of the names of people who love fly fishing. But everybody is diverse and everybody does a bunch of different things. Right. They love all sorts of other things on top of fly fishing. And one thing I wanna dig in with you a little bit here is on just briefly on some of the acting that you’ve done, and not really to dig into that, but just because it, some stuff resonated with me. And one of them was obviously happy days. Right? Everybody knows you from Happy Days. When I was a Kid, happy Days was probably the biggest show. Right. I’ve, I’ve seen every episode. Dave (15m 0s): But you’ve done so much after Happy Days. Right. So much after. And you’ve even gone to this point where you’ve written these children’s books, which speak to me big time because I’ve had that issue. Henry (15m 10s): Lynn Oliver and I have written 39 novels Dave (15m 14s): Wow. Henry (15m 14s): For children. And one adult book, which is for fly fishing. Everything that I learned about life from fly fishing. And then it was supposed to be a book of photographs Oh. That I took. Dave (15m 38s): Yep. Henry (15m 38s): And, and it turned into kind of like a memoir. Dave (15m 43s): Yeah, that’s right. So talk about that. Describe that. For somebody who hasn’t read that book, what could they expect to, can they get a glimpse into more than just fly fishing? Is this like into your life? Henry (15m 54s): Oh my goodness. I think so. I think I cover being a parent, being a professional, how important fly fishing is to me. I, I think about it when I’m not on the water all the time. Wow. And sometimes I have to distract myself because I am just so frustrated that I’m not there. Dave (16m 21s): Yeah. So why not just, here’s a, maybe an obvious question that I would think about is like, why not just retire all together from do and just fish a hundred percent of the time? Henry (16m 32s): Because look what I’m doing. I’m doing a show called Barry. Dave (16m 36s): I know. Henry (16m 37s): I just won the Emmy for the character. It is one of the great characters of my career. Yeah. I’m 76 years old and I’m still living my dream on the stage and on the water. Why would I retire? Dave (16m 55s): That’s perfect. No, and that is a pretty obvious question. ’cause the stuff you’ve done in acting, I mean, like I said, you starting out with happiness ’cause everybody that knows you from that, but everything since then. Henry (17m 6s): Well, you know what? It really depends on the age. You can always tell what generation people are from the Water Boy. Dave (17m 14s): Yeah. Henry (17m 15s): Scream. Yep. Arrested Development. The Parks and Rec. Dave (17m 21s): Yep. Henry (17m 22s): All of it. Dave (17m 23s): MacGyver. Henry (17m 24s): MacGyver. Well, that was the first show I ever really produced. And I produced it because I couldn’t get hired as an actor. Dave (17m 31s): That’s one point I wanna touch on because I wanna go back to the fly fishing. But tell me, and I know you’ve talked about this before, but I, this is really interesting to me. You know, again, you go back to how, and I remember all your roles I every show you talked about, I’ve seen, you know what I mean? I’ve seen ’em all, but Right. You ha Happy Days Ends and, and talk. Bring us to that moment really quick just to talk about that. Because since then you’ve gone on and done so much more. Right. But that was a turning point in your career. What Henry (17m 56s): Happy days? Dave (17m 56s): Yeah. After Happy Days. Well, Henry (17m 57s): Happy Days, you know, happy Days was not only just a, a show for me, it introduced me to the world. You know, I got 55,000 letters a week. Wow. From all over the world. No matter where I go, people invite me to their homes, invite me for dinner. It just, the warmth is exceptional. It is an honor actually that so many people who have such different traditions, such different languages. And yet we all have the fas in common. Dave (18m 40s): Yep. Henry (18m 41s): It’s fantastic. Wow. Dave (18m 43s): Can you talk a little bit about, was that Fas that character you created? Was that, how much of that was just from your ability to create a character on, you know? Henry (18m 52s): Well, you know, they write the, the writers Yeah. Write the character. They write stories during the week. ’cause we rehearsed from Monday to Friday and then shine at Friday night in front of a live audience. Dave (19m 7s): Oh wow. Yeah. Henry (19m 8s): So during the week you would have talks with your producers and say, this joke isn’t working, this, oh. You know, they would say, you’re not, you’re not seeing this. You didn’t put this into the scene. This kind of emotion or this thought. And so it’s very collaborative. But when we would do it in front of a live audience, stuff would come out of me that I never planned, never rehearsed, just there it was. Dave (19m 44s): That’s it. And then from, and just take us there a little bit on the, on the timeline. So after Happy Days Ends, Henry (19m 50s): Now I didn’t have a job. Now I had an office at Paramount and no one would hire me because I was funny, really easy to work with. But I was the fawns now scream. They would not put my, my name on the movie. Oh wow. They would not put my name on the poster. They thought, well, he’s the fawns, he’s gonna knock the balance of terror. Right, right. So now they show the movie, you know, they, they assemble it. They put in temp music, temporary music, and then they show it to an audience, let’s say in San Diego in Missouri. Henry (20m 39s): And when my character came on the screen, I got applause. So then they came back to me and they said, would you do press for the movie? Now? Of course it’s, my friend directed it. I said, of course I would. But I went from, they would not even associate with me to now they want me to go out and do press. Dave (21m 4s): There you go, there you go. And then it just kept, you just kept, you know, moving forward from there with all sorts of, Henry (21m 10s): You have to, you know, that’s another thing I learned from fly fishing is enormous patience. Because not everything comes on the heels of the next thing. You wait, you, you audition, you pray, you hope, you schmooze. And then, you know, so now I’ve done a lot of stuff, but in the, in the time span of 45 years, you know, so there was a period there of eight years where I didn’t work as an actor. Henry (21m 56s): And then I became a producer out of necessity. I became a children’s book writer out of necessity. Somebody said, well, you know, ju until you get hired, write a book. And then we wrote 39. Dave (22m 13s): Wow. And when did the fly fishing book come into that picture? Henry (22m 17s): Okay. That’s a good question. I am going to cheat. Dave (22m 20s): Yeah. Henry (22m 21s): And I’m gonna look at the date because I literally don’t remember. 2011. Dave (22m 37s): Oh wow. Yeah. There you go. So, so 10 years ago and you started fly fishing, roughly be well how long before that? I’m not sure If you have that. Henry (22m 45s): 1986. Dave (22m 46s): Yeah, that’s right. 86. So yeah. So you had with a good time. So yeah, you had some skills in fly fishing by the time you wrote that book. And how did that feel that when you got that book out there, when you were completed that, did it feel, Henry (22m 57s): It felt great. Dave (22m 58s): Yeah, Henry (22m 59s): It felt great. It really did. Dave (23m 2s): And did you write, I know one of your, your struggles has been, you’ve talked, like with the, the children’s books, the zip, the Henry (23m 8s): Hank Zipzer, Hank Dave (23m 9s): Zipzer, Henry (23m 10s): There’s Ghost Buddy, alien Superstar. Dave (23m 15s): Yeah. Describe it just quickly, what the premise is of, of those books. Who are, who is the target for those? Henry (23m 21s): Well, this is Hank Zipzer in the second grade, and we use a font that makes it easier for the I to make friends with the page. Dave (23m 37s): Oh. Henry (23m 39s): And we are the first ones to use that font. So he’s in the second grade, he doesn’t know yet that he’s got a learning challenge. All he knows is the frustration of not getting anything. Right. Then there is Hank Zipzer, he’s in the fourth grade and he finds out that he’s got something with a name. He’s resourceful. All of these books are funny. First we write books to make children laugh. And then they happen to be about a kid who’s got, you know, one out of five, one out of six children on the earth has a learning challenge. Henry (24m 21s): Yeah. And it’s sary. Dave (24m 24s): Yep. And that’s why it resonates so well with me. And I know you had that same challenge, you know, with dyslexia Right. Throughout your life. Still, still, Henry (24m 33s): You never get over dyslexia. You learn to negotiate. Right. Dave (24m 38s): Yeah. So, and that’s a great question. ’cause I always talk about this struggle I had with reading as well. That’s why this resonates with me all the way through school. I could read, but I just wasn’t a great reader all the way up until college. Yeah. And it took me college and finally through college, something snapped. And I, and now I’m fine. Yeah. But it took me my whole life to get to that point. And, but, and that’s what I love. This is amazing. I Henry (24m 57s): Understand. You know, it’s the wiring in the brain. You know, a child is disruptive or moves all the time, you know, they bounce. Yeah. So their leg bounces and everything. And it’s not like they’re doing it on purpose to make life difficult for you. It is the wiring in their brain. It doesn’t compute. They can’t spell, I can’t spell. Look, I’ve got a word like schedule. Dave (25m 29s): Yeah. Henry (25m 30s): Right. I have it taped just above the computer because I use it all the time. And after all this time, I cannot just sound the tenacity. I can’t sound it out. So I have it, you know, you, you figure out how to make your life easier. Dave (25m 49s): Yep. That’s it. So when you’re on the river, you’re on these fly fishing, does all that disappear? Henry (25m 56s): No, because the putting together all of the steps of making the perfect cast, making sure there’s nothing on your hook all the way down. You know, you forget or Oh. Right. Dave (26m 14s): You Henry (26m 14s): Can’t, you know, you can’t put it in, in order or, you know, just, and so you, you figure it out. Dave (26m 24s): You figure it out. Yeah. And that’s, that’s it. And, and I’ve been skunk, to be honest, I’ve been skunk plenty of times on fishing trips. Right. So a lot of the great thing about fishing is it’s just, like you said earlier, it’s about being outdoors. Even If you’re not catching a lot of fish sometimes. Just that experience. Henry (26m 37s): Oh my goodness. That’s why I say one of the most important parts of, of fly fishing is looking up Yeah. And seeing where you are. Yeah. Because it is breathtaking. Dave (26m 52s): Yeah. Henry (26m 53s): It’s matter of fact, I think everybody should go fly fishing and, and maybe this country would calm down a little bit. Dave (27m 1s): I hear ya. I hear ya. Yeah. That’s exactly what we need. If we get everybody on the water. Fly fishing. Do you have a, do you have a fly pattern that you’ve, you’ve done well on that you’ve caught some fish on? Henry (27m 14s): I went, this is Maisie. Hi Ma. Macy Maisie. Oh, Dave (27m 19s): Maisie. Henry (27m 20s): She’s two. Dave (27m 21s): Nice. She’s a, what is she? Henry (27m 23s): She is a golden doodle. Dave (27m 25s): Oh, a golden doodle. Henry (27m 26s): Nice. And you’re a good girl. Orange. But I went to this incredible resort in Tennessee and I took my wife ’cause she always wanted to go there. And it’s called Blackberry Farm. And on the property of Blackberry Farm, they have a beautiful stream with trout. And the, the fish master there, the guy who was in charge of the river made me a pattern called the Winkler. Nice. Which is really like a little mayfly. Dave (28m 6s): Yeah. Henry (28m 6s): But I was so proud that I had a fly with my name and I’m almost out. But I have used it and it’s pretty successful. But you boy, you I, Dave (28m 19s): There Henry (28m 19s): It is. You gotta have x-ray vision. Dave (28m 21s): Yeah. Henry (28m 22s): Holy man. Where is it again? Dave (28m 25s): Exactly? Henry (28m 26s): Do you see it? Because I, oh, there, it’s alright. Then you have to dry it off. Put it back. Dave (28m 33s): Yeah. Yeah. That’s right. That’s right. No, that’s cool. I think that’s, that’s one of the struggles is you can see me, I didn’t wear glasses a couple years ago and now I wear glasses all the time and it’s a struggle for, you know, but we, we deal with it. Right. Henry (28m 45s): You bet. I didn’t wear glasses and I got the, the fly in my cheek. Ooh. Then the man said, oh, don’t worry about it. I’m gonna take a piece of lime and I’m just gonna pull it out. And none of that sounded right or comfortable. No. But it worked like a charm because I go barbless. So thank God. Oh wow. You know, it just came right out. He, he pulled it with a piece of line and it, Dave (29m 15s): Wow. There you go. That’s a good guide. There’s another guide tip for you. What, what do you have on tap? Do you have, you’re going to Idaho as you look out, do you have other places, kind of the like bucket list places you wanna go to? Henry (29m 28s): Here’s the great thing about being a celebrity. You get calls. Hey, how about if I outfit you? You can bring somebody with you and I’ll take you for 10 days to New Zealand. Dave (29m 42s): Wow. Henry (29m 44s): I will, I’ve heard that. New Zealand is great fishing now, unfortunately, we went in April and the best time to go I think is December, January. But there I was, I got a beautiful rod. I got clothes, I got sunglasses, I got a reel. And I caught three fish in 10 days. Dave (30m 7s): There you go. Henry (30m 8s): But I remember those fish and I gave them names and we correspond Dave (30m 14s): And it was New Zealand and you went to New Zealand. Henry (30m 17s): New Zealand. Dave (30m 18s): Which is, which is, I think most people would love to go to New Zealand if they love fly fishing. Henry (30m 22s): But I would go to to Argentina first. Yeah. Oh my God. There are two guys from Montana. The PGAI think it is. Or PGR Patagonia River. PG Oh yeah, yeah. Patagonia River Guides. Dave (30m 46s): Yeah. Henry (30m 46s): Two guys from Montana who’ve made friends with the gauchos. Dave (30m 51s): Hmm. Yep. Henry (30m 52s): And they get access to private land. Wow. Dave (30m 58s): Yeah. Henry (30m 58s): You could the fish, some of the fish I caught, I could ride back to la. Dave (31m 4s): Wow. These are sea run. Yeah. These are probably the sea run trout. I know. I haven’t been there yet, but I know it’s one of, it’s on my bucket list for sure. Henry (31m 13s): I’ll tell you. But those two guys, I mean, it really is to the nines. Dave (31m 18s): Yeah. Henry (31m 19s): They treat you well. You just, I think, and maybe they, maybe it’s different now, but you have to get your wine at the airport. Dave (31m 27s): Hmm. Okay. Henry (31m 28s): You have to buy your own wine. And there was Australian wine and Oh, it was just Dave (31m 36s): All Henry (31m 36s): Good. Yeah. And I don’t drink, but the men I was with Skip Bri. And the third took me, skip was my lawyer. Your Dave (31m 44s): Lawyer. That’s right. Henry (31m 45s): Who is a master fly fisherman. Dave (31m 47s): There you go. There you go. That’s, that’s cool. Yeah. That’s, that’s awesome. All right, so we got a little, you know, I was just kinda thinking, you know, Argentina is the topic that always comes up. Take us back really quick ’cause you had a couple more things that have been really big and things that I have heard about and watched, but, so we’re going back in time again. Greece, one of my favorite movies of all time Greece. Talk about that. How, how you Henry (32m 8s): They came to me because I was very popular as Fonzi, and they asked me to play Danny Zuko. Oh wow. I thought to myself, well, I don’t want to be typecast and I’ve just played Danny Zuko for 10 years. Yeah. So I said no. So I went home, poured myself a V eight. John Travolta said yes. He went home and bought a plane. So, Dave (32m 40s): Wow. Henry (32m 41s): You know, I mean, if I were to look back again, would I have done it? I would’ve tried. The only thing is I can’t sing. Really? Dave (32m 48s): Oh, what about dance? Henry (32m 50s): Dance? I, I’m a good dancer now. I dance from the waist up, but at the time I could use my whole body. Dave (32m 57s): Oh yeah. Henry (32m 58s): You know, now I have a negotiation with my knees when we get out of bed. I said, I’m ready. Are you guys, just let me know anytime you wanna make a move. Dave (33m 10s): Yeah, that’s right. That’s right. What about, so, so I wanna, I don’t wanna leave Barry on the table either you mentioned earlier, but talk about how that role comes to you, because that’s, this is a powerful, powerful Henry (33m 21s): Well, you know, sometimes there’s a God who’s looking down on you. Stacey and I just left a, an estate planning meeting, which I, you lose brain cells, you leave them on the, the coffee table on the desk. I had no idea what they were talking about, but not at a lot. Signed my name. We’re in the car driving down Ventura Boulevard in the valley in la Get a phone call Bill hater. Bill Hater. Henry (34m 2s): H-B-O-H-B-O. You’re on a short list. Ooh, let me ask you, let me ask you right now. Is Dustin Hoffman on that list? Because if he is, he’s going to get it. I’m not going in. They said, no, he’s not. I went, all right. They sent me the script. My son Max, who told us he wanted to be a director when he was 10, he’s now 37. A new father and a really good director. He directed my audition. Dave (34m 39s): Wow. Henry (34m 40s): Very strict. And I went in, I read for Bill Hader, who I had watched, you know, on Saturday Night Live for years. I made him laugh. I thought, oh, this is a good sign. And then I didn’t hear. Then he calls and he said, Hey, I wrote two scenes. He wrote two scenes. Thanks. You wanna come in and play. In my mind, I was going, no, I don’t want to come in and play, because if I was good the first time, I might screw it up a second. Sure. Bill, send ’em to me. He sent ’em to me. I sent ’em to my son via email and he directed me over the phone. Henry (35m 23s): Max now is directing me over the phone. I went in and I got it. That was 2016. Dave (35m 34s): 16. Wow. Henry (35m 36s): Oh my goodness. It turned out to be one of the great roles of my life. Jean au acting teacher. Amazing. Dave (35m 46s): Yeah. That was your, that was your acting teacher? Henry (35m 50s): No, no. A au is actually a name that was the obstetrician that Bill Hader and his wife used for the birth of their daughters. But the, the character that I play is a, a conglomerate of their imagination. The teachers. I’ve had notes that other people have taken on other acting teachers, and this guy was supposed to be a total asshole Dave (36m 27s): Yeah. Henry (36m 28s): To start. And the way he came out of me, he was a little more human. And so they thought, you know, we could go that way too. Dave (36m 37s): And it worked. Henry (36m 38s): Yeah. Dave (36m 39s): And it worked. You guys are still going. Yeah. This is good. Well, that’s definitely on my, you know, on my list of, you know, I’ve got a lot of stuff I need to watch, but, Henry (36m 47s): Well, you know what I would suggest, I would suggest that you watch Barry first. Dave (36m 52s): Yeah. Henry (36m 53s): I mean, the other stuff doesn’t compare. I don’t even know what it is and I know it doesn’t compare. Yeah. There are eight episodes each season. There are two seasons, and now we’re in the middle of the third season. And I promise you, you will binge, you’ll not just watch one and walk away. Dave (37m 15s): I love that. And, and it’s a little bit on the dark side, right. It’s got some darkness, Henry (37m 20s): Not just a little bit. Sometimes I take a flashlight to work. Dave (37m 23s): How do you deal with that when you, when you play those roles? But it’s like, ’cause I always think of, you know, roles like this or other ones like Ozarks. Right. Where these, these really extreme things that Henry (37m 32s): Happen. Great. Great show. Yeah. Great show. Barry’s better Dave (37m 36s): Barry. There you go. That’s awesome. Well, when I watched Ozarks for the first time, I had to stop watching it because I was so scared. Henry (37m 42s): Yeah. Well, that might happen to you, but, and Jason Bateman is a good friend. Dave (37m 49s): Oh, he is? Yeah. And he has a great podcast. Bateman has a good podcast as well. Henry (37m 54s): Yeah. And they’ve never invited me, so maybe he’s not such a great friend. Dave (37m 57s): I’m, I’m gonna call him out here. We’re gonna get Bateman get you on the I love that show. Henry (38m 2s): I’m telling you. Isn’t that shocking? Dave (38m 4s): It is shocking. Wow. That is really shocking. They have one of the, they have, I’m sure you’re gonna be on it soon because they have one of the funniest podcasts out there. And you’ve, you’ve been, Henry, this has been a pleasure to have you on here. Henry (38m 17s): Can I just say I thoroughly enjoyed chatting with you? Dave (38m 22s): I think fly fishing has brought us together. I have this podcast that we’ve created around fly fishing, but it’s allowed me to connect with some of the most amazing people, you know, in our, in the country, around the world. Henry (38m 32s): Well, because, you know, the title of the, the book is, I Never Met an Idiot on the River. Dave (38m 38s): Yeah. Henry (38m 39s): And If you think about it, I’ve really never met somebody who likes to fly fish and everything that it entails, the patience, the beauty, the respect, the respect of the river, the respect of the fish. I’ve never met an idiot who is a fly fisher person. Dave (39m 4s): Nope. No, that’s a, that’s a good, that’s a good title. As we get outta here, Henry, what, what are you most grateful for in your life? Henry (39m 13s): I am most grateful for my wife, my children who are mostly rude, my grandchildren who are loving and the constant growth that opens my eyes, my to the dimension of living. Dave (39m 37s): Wow. And fly fishing has this movement called the 50 50. It’s trying to get more women into fly fishing. Right. To be more diverse and, and this thing that’s going on. Yes. Struggle for me is my family, is for me is because I’m out doing a lot of stuff and it takes me away from my family. For you, you’ve been away. How have you dealt with that? Where you’ve been away from your family? Henry (39m 56s): Well, you know, moat now, but I do Barry, I shoot it right here in LA Dave (40m 3s): Oh, Henry (40m 3s): Wow. So I’m home at night if it’s not a very long shoot. I’m home on the weekends. When I did Happy Days for 10 years, I was home Monday night, Tuesday night, Wednesday night, and Saturday and Sunday, Thursday was a long day and Friday was a very even longer. Dave (40m 26s): Yep. You’ve been around, you’ve been around for that. That’s great. ’cause you family is obviously important to you. Yeah. All right. Well, where, where can we send people, if they have, if they want to track you down at any place on social media where we can Henry (40m 38s): Well, you know, I love Twitter. Dave (40m 40s): Oh, good. Henry (40m 41s): You know, until there are major changes. Dave (40m 44s): Yeah. Henry Winkler for real on Twitter, I believe. Right? Henry (40m 48s): Yeah. Number four, Henry Winkler, number four. Four. The number four reel. Yeah. REAL. Yeah. And I’m almost at a minion followers. Dave (41m 0s): Really? Henry (41m 1s): Yeah. Oh, wow. It took me this long. I started when we were doing the movie that I love, here comes the Boom with Kevin James, and that was like in 2011, maybe a little earlier. And I love that movie, but I love Twitter. Dave (41m 24s): Yeah, you loved her. I’m gonna track you down on Twitter because I love Twitter as well. And I’m gonna, once we get this episode ready to roll, we’ll get it out there and we’ll, we’ll share it Out to tv. Henry (41m 34s): Terrific. Well, I wish you and everybody listening tight lines. Dave (41m 40s): So there you go. Another massive, massive podcast in the books for us. Hope you enjoyed that one. If you wanna check all the links, all the show notes, everything else today, wetly swing.com/ 3 3 4 334, you know, I’m gonna have some killer movie Snippets, reels, and hopefully we got a whole line of some of the movies that we talked about today. Pretty amazing, right? This is a pretty epic day for me. Not only is Henry Winkler the Fly Fishing, he is an amazing actor and also a very cool and funny person. This is going to be a hard one to top, but let us, let’s not even think about topping this one. Dave (42m 21s): Let’s just let this sink in the episode today. Very cool. We are still building this show up from the grassroots, and it has been created one share at a time, one downloaded at a time. That’s the way we’ve done this. If you haven’t shared an episode yet, this is the one to get it out there. Let’s share this one out. Let’s let the world see this Fly fishing superstar, and let’s see if we can break the podcast download number today. Let’s see if we can do it. Let’s see if we can break our host and then, and put in a massive number just to, just to see what that looks like. All right. Dave (43m 4s): Thank you for your support and for supporting this podcast. See you online or see you on the water. Outro (43m 11s): Thanks for listening to the Wet Fly, swing Fly Fishing show. For notes and links from this episode, visit wet fly swing.com.

     

788 | Fly Fishing Stillwaters & Euro-Nymphing with Norman Maktima (Episode 348 Re-Release)

Episode Show Notes

This summer, we’re bringing back a favorite from the archive—originally released as episode 348, this conversation with Norman Maktima is packed with stillwater insights.

Norman, a Team USA fly fishing competitor and guide at High Desert Angler, shared a deep dive into stillwater strategies—from euro-nymphing tactics to lake structure, fly line selection, and subtle boat positioning tips. Whether you’re working leeches, chironomids, or just trying to improve your game, Norman brings the technical know-how with a grounded, fishy vibe. We also hear about his Native American heritage and what it was like going from youth team standout to the world competition stage. If you’re into stillwaters or want to sharpen your nymph game, this one is worth a second listen.

Hit play to start listening! 👇🏻🎧

apple podcasts

Find the show:  Follow the Show | Overcast | Spotify

Subscribe on Apple Podcasts

Subscribe on Android

Subscribe via RSS

(The full episode transcript is at the bottom of this blogpost) 👇🏻

Sponsors and Podcast Updates

Follow Norman on Instagram at @nmaktima_flyfishing

Check out his YouTube videos at NMaktima Fly Fishing

Website www.NMaktimaFlyFishing.com


Resources Mentioned in the Episode

  1. High Desert Angler
    🔗 https://highdesertangler.com
    – Norman’s home base fly shop and guiding operation in Santa Fe, NM.

  2. Team USA Fly Fishing
    🔗 https://www.flyfishingteamusa.com
    – Norman represents the U.S. on the competitive fly fishing world stage.

  3. Stillwater Specific Gear & Techniques

    • Balanced leeches, chironomids, and bobber systems for stillwaters

    • Cortland Indicator Fly Line – ideal for suspension rigs

    • Airflo Sixth Sense Lines – recommended for subtle takes and depth control

    • Intermediate and hover lines – for slow retrieves

  4. Euro Nymphing Tools & Tactics

    • Long mono rigs and tactical tippet setups

    • Sighter sections and tippet rings

    • Gear used for dual-purpose setups (nymph and stillwater)

  5. Locations & Stillwater Types

    • NM high elevation reservoirs (Trout stocking and competitive training grounds)

    • Manzanita Lake (CA) – Mentioned for stillwater trout tactics

    • Lagoons and volcanic lakes – good for sight fishing opportunities


Related Videos

Related Episodes

WFS 348 – Fly Fishing Stillwaters & Euro Nymphing with Norman Maktima – High Desert Angler

Full Podcast Transcript

Episode Transcript
Dave (2s): Coming up next on the Web Fly Swing podcast. Norman (5s): If you’re in shallow water, keep your rod angle lower, but lead more. Keeping the tension on the flies. If you go more vertical and ty, a lot of times that that water type is a little bit faster moving anyway, again, transitions from a shelf or a shallow riffle, you know, dropping into a pool, that sort of thing. So you can pull your flies just slightly or, or accelerate your rod speed a little bit more through the drift. If it’s a little bit deeper, a little slower, then your rod is gonna go more vertical. Dave (34s): How’s Norman Maktima with a nice tip for your next nipping trip? A deep dive into Stillwater Fishing and a bonus Euro nipping segment today on the Wet fly, swing fly fishing show. Intro (46s): Welcome to the Wet Fly, swing fly fishing show where you discover tips, tricks, and tools from the leading names in fly fishing today. Dave (55s): Hey, how’s it going today? Thanks for stopping by the show. Did you know you can follow this show right now and, and actually get updated directly from your podcast when our next episode goes live? If you’re on Apple Podcasts, you can do this by clicking that plus button in the upper corner of your app. Give it a shot. If you haven’t followed the show, this will be a good chance to never miss a new episode. Today’s episode is sponsored by Bear Vault, who has the perfect solution to keep your provision secure while heading into the back country. Bear Vault builds a rugged polycarbonate locking canister that keeps bearers and other wild critters outta your food. You can check out Bear Vault right now, wet fly swing.com/bear vault. That’s B-E-A-R-V-A-U-L-T, and you support this podcast by clicking over to Bare Vault. Dave (1m 40s): We are also sponsored today by Lake Lady Rods building distinctive custom rods each created one at a time to the exact specifications for you. Lake Lady only uses top of line world class components, great flyer rods, and a great custom package. Please head over to wetly swing.com/lake lady, L-A-K-E-L-A-D-Y, to support this podcast in a great local Rod builder Normac Time is here to walk us through the steps of preparing to fish a new Stillwater. We discover how to analyze Lake before you get started, how the lock style can be more effective, and and how to fish buggers and leches. We are going old school on this one. Dave (2m 21s): This is a great one. So, so get ready for it. We’ve got a Euro nipping and competitive world champion on the show today. So without further ado, here he is. Norm Maktima. How’s it going norm? Norman (2m 34s): Pretty good. Pretty good. It’s early. Just real quick to all of your listeners out there, this man is putting in the work for y’all. Dave (2m 44s): Nice. Norman (2m 44s): It’s 6:00 AM his time. 7:00 AM my time. Dave’s getting his work done for you guys, so, yep. Shout out Dave. Dave (2m 52s): That’s it, man. Thanks for that. Norman (2m 54s): I’m here with you in the struggle. Dave (2m 56s): I love it. I love it. Yeah, we got up early. You could probably tell from my voice. It’s a little bit, it’s got the morning voice going and we’ve got another podcast right after this one with, with Anne out from UK from Semper Fly. So we’re gonna be like going across the world and you know, we’re starting here. Well, we’re gonna take it to where you’re at and, and all that. And we’re gonna talk some about Stillwater fishing, Euro Nipping World Championships. But, but before we jump into all that, take us into fly fishing. How’d you first get into fly fishing? Norman (3m 26s): Oh, man. How I got into it, actually, my, my dad is the one who got me into it when I was a wee tyke, basically about seven years old is when I started fly fishing. Had been fishing, you know, just conventional gear casting bubble and a willed bugger probably before that. And, but we did a trip to Yellowstone when I was about seven years old and he got me my first fly rod and that just kicked it off from there. So that’s, that was, you know, just down and dirty how it got into fly fishing. Dave (3m 60s): Yeah. So your whole life and, and now and now, where are you now? Norman (4m 4s): Well, right now, you know, that’s what I’m 42 just turned 42, so that’s how many years of fly fishing, guiding, competing in with team USA and you know, so just a a a lot of fly fishing adventures and experiences down the road here. But right now, you know, I currently live in New Mexico, Rio Rancho. I grew up in the little town of Pecos, which has the Pecos River. That was 10 minutes from where we lived. And so, you know, those kind of backyard fishery type situation. Great thing about my childhood, you know, these were back in the, in the times where parents were pretty lax and willing just to let you free out in the world. Norman (4m 53s): And as a kid, I would, in the summers, my dad would drop me off at the river or the lake, the local pond there, and along with a box of extra flies that I tie and just let me loose for a day and he’d come back, pick me up about four or meet with me and go, and he’d fish for the rest of the afternoon with me. But yeah, I was slinging flies at the lake selling them to people ’cause they were watching me catch fish on ’em. So yeah, that’s how end tam of fly fishing started. Dave (5m 23s): That’s it. That’s, that’s cool. Right. And, and the TBSA is always interesting. We’ve had a number of people probably I’m sure you were on your, on your team when you’re out there, you know, Devin Olson and Lance and some other folks. Yeah. So yeah, we’re slowly ticking away. It’s amazing. You know, I always love talking to you guys because you, you know, it’s that upper level, right? I mean the, the the competition stuff is just a, a different ball game. Oh, yeah. But how’d that come to be? Norman (5m 50s): So I started on the youth team, us youth team. It was the first year they had a World Youth Championship, which was held in Wales. That was for 1998. So in 97, the youth team, the, the organizers and coaches, they sent out inquiries to fly shops kind of around the country. And at that point, actually I was, I was already working at, at High Desert Angler, which is who I guide for right now. So I had started as a summer gig there and I was 17, you know, just working a shot, filling fly bins and that sort of thing. Norman (6m 31s): And so my boss, she got word and recommended me. I think I was already back at school when they got the recommendation. Anyway, it just kind of snowballed from there. My high school advisor, he sent a recommendation. My dad had contacted him and my dad had sent a recommendation or a, like a, I don’t know, some sort of note. And eventually it came to me where I had to send in a bio, you know, the usual, why do I think I should be on fly team, USA, blah, blah, blah. And was selected out of I don’t know how many applicants seven of us were chosen. And we made it onto fly fishing team, USA and as a local note, I heard your podcast or your Yeah, your podcast. Norman (7m 14s): An interview with Taylor Strike. Oh, yeah. So Nick and I were on the same team that year. Oh wow. Dave (7m 21s): And so Nick was on, on the team. Wow. Norman (7m 23s): Yeah. Yeah. He was on the team for that year. So yeah, both of us were on there and yeah, we made it out to uk. And funny thing is, the adult team had already been competing since the early eighties with no significant results. Very different time for team USA back then. And with our help or with the help of Davey Watton, who’s Oh yeah, pretty well known wet flag guy, you know, amazing angler. But he’s from Wales, so he came on as our assistant coach and helped us immensely. And and that was the, that was the intro to, well, back then it was a little more dialed in as far as like check nipping, Polish nipping. Norman (8m 4s): There was these different separations and, and nipping styles. Subtle, but you know, they, they were definitely proud of their specific techniques. So that’s how I got into that. But yeah, we went to Wales. No high expectations from us or anybody else for that matter. ’cause the adult team never did Well, no, Dave (8m 25s): And Norman (8m 26s): It ended up, our team finished in second. Wow. So we got a silver and I won the individual gold that year, so. Dave (8m 34s): Holy cow. Was that the, what, what year was that? Norman (8m 36s): That was 98. Dave (8m 38s): Oh wow. 98. Norman (8m 39s): Yeah. So I was the World Youth champion in 1998. The first medalist, I guess. For kidding. A kidding, Dave (8m 46s): Kidding. We’re all, that’s, that’s amazing. So I mean, what, what does that feel like on, I, I think I asked, I can’t remember one of the other folks we’ve had on, you know, that same question, but what did that feel like for you on, on getting that gold? Norman (8m 59s): I don’t know, man. It was, it was surreal for sure. You know, I wasn’t expecting it. And just going in, having a good time, a a kid from New Mexico, you know, rural New Mexico Desert State in Wales, competing in a fly fishing tournament. I was just amazed to be in Wales. It was everything I imagined kind of the UK being, you know, added on with some pretty good fishing. But no, it, it was amazing. You know, I always reflect back and just kind of, you know, wonder how things would’ve been if, if I hadn’t had that opportunity. But no, it’s pretty awesome. Dave (9m 36s): Yeah. And once you win that, what’s the next step? Is that kinda catapult you in further into Team USA? Norman (9m 43s): It did. So the coach, or basically the owner of Team USA at that time, his name was Walter Ungerman, he obviously got word of me and, and our coaches kind of sent word up the line to the adult team. And I was the assistant coach in 99 for the youth team. So we traveled to Ireland and I fished with Walter and he basically just extended out, you know, if I was interested in competing with the adult team. And so kind of just left it at that. And I was like, yeah, sure. And in 2001 I was invited to be on the adult team, and then we traveled to 2001 was Slovakia, so that’s where we competed there. Norman (10m 34s): Very different level of game there, you know, much bigger field. It’s very different when you go from the youth, when you go from the youth to the adult world championships. It’s, it’s a much bigger platform. But yeah. And that’s how it started. And then 2006 on Team USA really started tightening up their, their competition series qualifiers and going through that process in order to garner a, a competitive team. And that’s where you see Devon and Lance come in And George Daniels, you know, all that crew, so, wow. Dave (11m 12s): Yeah. So you were there, you were there at the, really the beginning of that transfer over from, and I, I am trying to think who told the story, but we had that one where it was just a, a rough shot group of guys back in the day. And then Yeah, it was, Norman (11m 23s): It was a good old Dave (11m 24s): Jeff er, right. Jeff Curer maybe was there and then, yeah. Norman (11m 26s): Yeah. So Courier was on the team with me too back then. Oh, okay. But yeah, so he was part of, he was before me, so when I came on, Jeff was already on the team. And so I had met him and fish and competed with him. He was awesome dude. And loved er Yeah. And then we progressed from there and then it, it changed into getting more competitive. But yeah. So yeah. Courier was on the, on the team. Dave (11m 52s): That’s cool. Nice. So yeah, it’s, it’s, I love the, maybe we’ll save a little bit of the, the team USA for the end, if we have time here. I, I wanna dig in some on, because I did have something, I know in 2018 there’s, and this might play into some of the still water stuff here, but I wanna talk a little about still water fishing. ’cause that’s something that we, you know, don’t always get a chance to talk a ton about. Right. And the cool thing here is you did it right with team USA, so it’s more, yeah. I don’t know what you call that. Right. More of a, well, I guess a competition style lake fishing, but could maybe that, could we do that today? Like dig into a little of like still water and, and what that looks like? Yeah. And I’m thinking what were the lakes, ’cause I know this came from Zach. He actually gave me a shout out to you. Dave (12m 34s): He was Oh, right on. Yeah, Zach. Oh, you know Zach. Yeah, totally. Oh yeah. Norman (12m 38s): Yeah. Dave (12m 38s): Awesome. And, and Zach, he actually co-host the episode a while back. Yeah. Actually, quick Norman (12m 43s): Question. Hey Zach, where are the videos at? Man? I’m missing the flying ties videos. Dave (12m 50s): Nice. Missing Norman (12m 50s): Him. I love his videos. Dave (12m 52s): There you go. There you go. Perfect. So, so yeah, but he kinda gave a shout out and, and I just, and it was a good point because I love Stillwater fishing and I’d love to hear more. I know there’s, it’s a little bit different, but maybe we could talk about that, how you, I think that was one of Zach’s question was like, how do you fish or how do you approach a new lake? Right? You’re coming in this thing, you’re looking around the lake looks like, like there’s, you know, how do you know where to start? What, what’s your strategy there? Norman (13m 18s): Right? Yeah. Lakes Stillwater for Americans is very daunting. And you know, exactly. It’s, it’s a blank piece of paper and you’re like, all right, now what do I do? Yep. It can be very simple or as simple as just reading the contour of the land that you’re standing on for the most part. So, you know, if you’re fishing from the bank, which, you know, most people, they may not have a boat or anything like that to access to get out away from the shore. But when you’re looking at banks and that sort of thing, look for any ridges, you know, drop offs, boulder fields, you know, and, and again, it’s, it’s, when you’re looking at Stillwater, it’s definitely more structure-based. Norman (14m 3s): You know, it’s just like, just like he would do on a, in a river too. You know, you’re, you’re reading the structure of the, and the contour of the river bottom to kind of help you determine where the more likely spot for a trout to hold would be. However, when you’re dealing with still water, instead of trout really holding and focusing on one specific spot, they do cruise. You know, they, they cycle through a territory. So that can be a little disheartening when you’re fishing and, you know, all of a sudden you, you’re just kind of like, man, I don’t know if there’s anything here. And then, you know, you just kind of gotta sit and wait and, ’cause they’ll come back through and then you finally get one. Norman (14m 43s): But when that happens, make the most of it. Get your cast back, get that fish landed, get your cast back out there. ’cause you may, you may find a, a few more within that little pod. So a lot of it is searching out pods of fish sometimes. But that’s a pretty simple way to kind of break down initially what you need to look for. Dave (15m 3s): Yeah. That’s the first thing. So you were saying you look on the land and if there’s a, a steep slope coming into it, you know, you probably know it’s gonna be a pretty deep area versus say there’s a boulder patch on the bank and that there’s probably some boulders down in the water, that sort of stuff. Norman (15m 16s): Right, right. And it depends on your species of trout too. Rainbows, you know, they’re gonna behave a little more differently than Browns, you know, Browns I, I find do like the bigger ambush points, you know, they, they can be more of an ambush type predator in, in Stillwater situations, your rainbows, you know, they can be a little bit more kind of losing the word pelagic, for lack of a better word. Oh, right. You know, Dave (15m 40s): They’re out cruising. Norman (15m 42s): Cruising. Exactly. So they can be a little bit more scattered. So, but yeah, look for those high points, those ridge lines that enter water, that can create a nice underwater point. And then, yeah, if your water visibility is decent enough where you can see any drop offs or shelves work, those transition points, just like you would work a shelf in a river. Yeah. You know, again, it just creates the, those opportunities for either bait fish or aquatic insects to congregate, but at the same time gives the fish access to escape and evade predators. Dave (16m 17s): Right, right, right. That’s key. That, and how did it were in, was it 2018 when the nationals were in eastern Oregon? Norman (16m 24s): Yeah, that’s correct. 2018. Dave (16m 26s): Yeah. And what was that, what, what’d you guys do there? Was that, is that something where you were kind of, well that’s probably your home, you probably knew some of those lakes or not? Norman (16m 35s): No, actually, well, we had been to bend a few times for regionals and another national championship, but this, that year, I believe they were, the team was intending to go to Wales for world championships, which was gonna be all lakes. So a lot of times what team USA does is they garner or gear their, their regionals or their nationals in particular of that year of the world championships. Oh, right. To match or mirror the water type. They would be fishing. So whales was intended to be primarily all still water. And so we did international championships to be all, primarily all still water, although they had the upper Deschutes in, in, in, in the mix there too. Norman (17m 21s): But yeah, I think we were on Lava Lake and Crane Prairie. Dave (17m 28s): Oh, nice. Nice. Norman (17m 30s): One of the Twin Lakes. Yeah. So we had never fished Crane Prairie before, which was awesome. I, I do like that lake a lot. Pretty, pretty amazing. Yeah. Dave (17m 39s): Crane’s awesome. Norman (17m 41s): But yeah, so that’s how, how they came up with obviously the venues for that World National Championship. Dave (17m 47s): That’s how they did it. What, so what was it like when you came into Crane? Or maybe take us into the, that national and the lake. So how are you approaching Crane Prairie? You haven’t fished it before? It is a really amazing lake. It’s got big fish and, and a lot of food. Norman (18m 1s): Yeah. So, you know, and this actually goes, obviously you wanted to wait to get into team USA stuff, but this is, Dave (18m 8s): Yeah, let’s do, yeah. Keep going. Norman (18m 9s): Yeah. All goes together. So, yeah, definitely. You know, with these, with these competitions, you’re, especially with nationals, you’re rolling in as a team, so you have a team of five. And so we spend and dedicate time before the competition to go and look at venues. You know, competition venues are off limits for about 60 days prior to the competition. And so we can go look at it and if they have any of the venues set up, you know, that’s what we’re looking at, the specific competition section and mapping out what we got going on there. As far as the reservoirs and lakes, they give us, typically, I think, scheduled time slots for teams to go out and look at the lakes. Norman (18m 52s): So, you know, you can sign up for this timeframe and, and other get a boat possibly if you need to get a boat, if it’s a, a, what they call a lock style session. So you’re out in a boat, you can get a boat and go out and, and look around. You know, you’re mapping, just like I was mentioning, mapping those drop offs, those points, those wind breaks and all this, you know, so that’s how you’re just getting the initial overview of, of what you’re looking at. And then, you know, if it’s a bank session, you’re looking at what your bank contours could be. ’cause you know, you’re standing on the bank and you’re, you rotate on those beats. So you know, you’re not just sitting in the one little section kind of Dave (19m 33s): Yeah. Were you in the boat or were you doing it on the bank on this one? Norman (19m 37s): You do it all basically. Oh, you all, so South Twin, I think we were, it was a bank session, lava crane. And the other reservoirs that we were on were boat sessions, lock style sessions. So you gotta be versed in, in kind of all of it, really how to work from the bank and how to work out of a boat. And then Google Maps, you know, Google Maps is huge, you know, doing a lot of that aerial, aerial reconnaissance. So that’s how we spend a lot of time doing a lot of research before we go into these competitions. Not necessarily looking at the lake itself physically, but you know, again, through online resources as well and, and local knowledge. Norman (20m 18s): You know, a lot of times we’ll hit up either guys that we know of that live out there, fly shops, other guides. Mm. You know, so, Dave (20m 26s): Yeah, that’s right. So that’s it. So just like a, I mean, somebody listening now could be thinking like, you know, you’re heading out to a new lake and that’s always a good thing, right? Call a local fly shop, talk to a guide, get some info. So you get that, get the, the Google maps going. So once you get, so now you probably have some flies. You probably know what, you might be using some hatches once you get to, to the lake. You know, maybe you could take us to how that worked with the, the competition or just talk in general. Let’s, let’s take Crane Prairie, right? You get there, you haven’t fished before. What’s your first step? Norman (20m 57s): So going back to what you had already gathered as far as Intel, you know, looking at maps and, and just brief overview of the lake. You know, you hit your, your most likely spots. So, you know, again, those, those ridges that extend out, you kind of work through there. But granted, and, and keep in mind when you’re fishing in these competitions, especially in late sessions, especially on a boat, you have another competitor that’s on the boat. Not your teammate necessarily, but or at all, but another competitor. So you’re competing against the guy on the boat. However, it does help and benefit both of you to work together in a sense, to figure this out. Norman (21m 39s): Because obviously if one does well, the other guy should do well also, but one, one competitor will have captainship of the boat. And so for the first half of the, of the session, so they’ll say, I want to go in this area and, you know, work through there. But a lot of times, you know, you just end up sharing, well, you know, we kind of look at this spot over here and this could be something worthwhile to check out too. And you, you really kind of eliminate, you don’t spend a a lot of time in one spot if you’re just like, man, all right, this is with temperature, you know, sunlight applications and stuff like that time of year, again, you know, you’re looking at your hatches and that sort of thing. Norman (22m 24s): You know, if it’s earlier in the spring, a lot of times these fish are just opportunistic and wanting to feed on, you know, bugger type patterns. UK they call lures. And, or as you get further into summer, early fall, you’re dealing with damsels. You know, it could be in Corona mid sessions, call beta. A lot of other varying food availabilities there. So yeah, so I think when we were there, you know, buggers was kind of the name of the game. As long as, you know, you’re being opportunist or getting that opportunistic behavior outta the fish, that was, that worked well for us. Dave (23m 2s): That was it. That’s so awesome that you guys on a, a ch a competition. You had buggers were the, were the name of the game. Yeah, Norman (23m 8s): They’re a little more fancy though, so yeah. Dave (23m 10s): What were, what were they, how are they different from your normal wooly bugger with the three? So, Norman (23m 15s): You know, a lot of ’em are tied with varying material. They’re not like your traditional willy bugger with the olive black Chanel, you know, they, they’re like very similar. They could be a lot of ’em tied like pops bugger style, if you’re familiar, familiar with that fly. It’s tied with Palmer Chanel still eo, but maybe two-tone. And you know, you’re dealing with a lot of UK type bugger patterns, humongous type flies. Humongous is the name of the pattern. Oh, Dave (23m 42s): Okay. Norman (23m 43s): Nice. Yeah. Yeah. So it’s humongous for those who, those of you who don’t know, it’s a a just a standard willy bugger, but tied with either some silver or gold crystal flash. Yeah. A Chanel or Crystal Chanel. And the tail typically is about three times the length of the body. Normally the body is never bigger than a size 10 or eight short shak. So yeah. You know, short shank hook, but just tons of movement in the tail when you extend it out. And people always are, you know, suspicious whether or not fish hookup will ’cause of the length of the tail, the tail being mirror boots super soft. And a lot of times these fish are going for the head of the fly anyway, so they’re already of the hook and you don’t miss too many. Norman (24m 29s): But nice thing with maribo, if you are getting those little short strikes, which happens normally mostly with stalkers ’cause they’re just nipping tasting and, and trying to figure out the world. You can, with Maribo, you can just pinch the tail off and shorten it down and, and you know, that maximizes your hookup ratio. So, Dave (24m 46s): Oh, there you go. And, and so you’re saying that the tail, typically you’re tying these things that are like twice or three times as long as the body Norman (24m 53s): About three times. Yeah, yeah, Dave (24m 54s): Yeah. Three times. Yeah. So that’s huge. So that definitely is longer than, you know, I think sometimes yeah, two times. But three is great. So that’s a long, yeah. And then I’m looking at the, I’ll put some links in the show notes here for the, the pops bug and that the humongous fly. Norman (25m 7s): Yeah, yeah, exactly. So, and you know, some other things that people are, are learning more about blobs and boobies, but blobs is definitely a big one for us, Daphne. And you know, and it’s supposedly supposed to represent Daphne in the water, but as, as your blobs, you know, they’re just a really bright, a attractor type egg looking pattern, you know. So yeah, you tap little foam in the butt and it creates a different movement in the fly. But especially when the DAF or blob gets down lower, you have loss of UV light or certain color spectrums get lost. Norman (25m 51s): And so you’re, you know, if it’s a bright orange blob, it actually turns a green color. So that’s where, that’s where it more or less matches Daphne a little bit more. Okay. You know, Daphne, they’re really tiny. They’re, you know, tiny, tiny aquatic, what are they? CREs bug? Yeah, Dave (26m 13s): That’s Norman (26m 14s): A good question. I haven’t gone down in the Daphne as much as on any other aquatic insect, but they do swim together in like little clumps and clusters and so trout just kind of roll through and just gulp ’em up like a, like a whale to krill, you know? So yeah, they just kind of vacuum ’em down. But that’s one thing that blobs do. But no, that game, that, that late competition was definitely a lot of lures or what I, Dave (26m 40s): Yeah, big Norman (26m 41s): Stuff call. So that’s what we were running. Rain Prairie was awesome, you know, so we ended up finding a lot of fish and more of the shallow stuff where all that down timber that’s in there. Oh yeah, yeah. That was pretty cool. So, you know, maximizing, there’s brookies and rainbows and, you know, it was, it was fun. So lava was a little bit different, a little more damsel fly ish, if you will, because a lot of the weed beds are starting to go. And so you’re looking for stuff like that as the day progresses, fish will hold different levels in the water column. So in the morning they were higher, at least a foot to three feet down is was their main feeding area. Norman (27m 24s): And as the session progressed about the last hour they had dropped, and that could have just been us pressuring the fish too. They dropped down another couple feet. And my boat partner at that time, he was underneath the fish for majority of that session. He didn’t change, he had a heavier line than I was fishing, so I was running a, like an intermediate, slow, intermediate line. And so I was in the zone majority of that time. And as that last, how half hour, I didn’t change my line weight in really in enough time. And he was able to catch up and tie with me and beat me that session by like a centimeter or two, something like that. Norman (28m 6s): Oh wow. I, yeah, I was pretty hurt. Huh, Dave (28m 10s): Man. So he’s Norman (28m 11s): A good buddy. He actually lives down here a few miles from me. His name’s Ron klas, but, oh, I, we always give each other crap about that when we’re, when we’re fishing together. But he is, he was in a video that I did not too long ago, but Dave (28m 22s): Okay. Norman (28m 23s): He’s a good dude. Dave (28m 24s): Nice, nice. And do you, is these, you have like YouTube channel there? Norman (28m 28s): I do. And my fly fishing also. So I, so a lot of these techniques and stuff with num thing, still water stuff, although I need to do more still water stuff, do touch on a lot of my videos and not just necessarily me going out and just, you know, fishing. I’ve tried to explain what I’m doing and it’s, you know, on the water situations. So I come across what I see, what I’m doing and I’ll, I’ll approach, you know, approach it as if you were with me and, and, you know, work through it. Dave (29m 2s): This episode is sponsored by Rare Gear, not only making telescoping fly rods, but rethinking the whole fly fishing kit as we know it. This rod is a blend of traditional and 10 car styles to make a super highly packable rod that fits literally in your pocket. This thing, I have this thing going everywhere with me. It’s in my backpack. It’s always there throwing it down. You sometimes forget about it, but when you need it, you can break it out and fold that thing out in a matter of seconds. And you’re good to go. Rear also has a folding net, some compact weighting booties to go along with their telescoping fly rod. They’ve also got a 10 car rods. The number of things going on at rare gear, they’re a unique as it comes. Dave (29m 45s): So if you wanna see something, if you wanna see a rod that has no guides, that pops out and telescopes out in a matter of seconds and is a quality, quality rod, check out rare gear right now. You can do that by heading over to rare gear.com and find out what this rod is all about coming from the founder Derek mentioned, this is definitely a weird one of a kind Rod, so check it out right now. Rare gear, R-E-Y-R-G-E-A r.com. You support this podcast by clicking over through that link. So when you’re fishing that fly, like that woolly bugger style, you know, and it sounds like just an intermediate sink tip. Dave (30m 26s): How are you fishing it like on crane? How’d you, how’d you fish that? And and this was out of a boat? Norman (30m 31s): Yeah, so we were out of a boat and actually, so my whole setup, if you want me to break that down Dave (30m 36s): Yeah, yeah, go Norman (30m 37s): For it. A lot of these lake sessions we’re fishing either six, seven weights, some guys even eight weights, 10 foot rods. So a lot of, lot of length. One main reason, well there’s a couple reasons, but one main reason is in competition we’re not allowed to stand in the boat. So we got, we got a cast sitting Oh wow. In a sitting position. So, you know, having that extra length helps carry the line up high over the boat that we were not smacking each other. Although it does happen every once in a while, getting hit behind the head with a 200 mile an hour traveling bug fly through the air. So yeah, that, that can happen, but that, that’s intended to help keep the cast above you. Norman (31m 20s): And then at the same time as we’re pulling in or retrieving our flies, once we get to a certain point close to the boat or towards the end of the retrieve, you start to lift your rod and hang the flies away from the boat. So having that extended rod helps you do that without, you know, being any closer to the boat than you need to, which is a very, very deadly maneuver at the end of your retrieve. So you just kind of suspend your fly there for a few seconds, if not even longer, and kind of, you know, animate ’em a little bit. Yep. That sort of thing. So, oh, Dave (31m 53s): And then how far below surface are you doing that Norman (31m 56s): You normally you can, you can see your flies at that point. Yeah, so depending on the clarity of the water, they could be, you’re drying them up depending on what sink line, sink rate line you have. You’re drying them up from whatever depth they are and then just hanging them. And you, you can see the fish are coming around and, and you know, you just start messing them like a, a cat with a little toy, you know? Yeah. You just kind of start kinda animating and you see ’em start around it, pause, yank it up, you know, let it drop back down. You’re just doing everything you can to get these fish, this fish to eat. Yeah. Dave (32m 26s): And Norman (32m 27s): It’s pretty exciting and a lot of times you’re able to get ’em to eat right at the end there, you know, so Dave (32m 32s): Are you doing the figure eight? It’s kinda like the No, no Norman (32m 35s): Trout aren’t, aren’t as, they’re, they’re a little more spooky than pike or muskies when you’re trying to do the figure eight. Yeah, there you go. But yeah, so you’re working a sinking line and like I said, I was fishing and normally we, we do utilize more full sink lines and sink tips, especially when you’re casting at distance that helps you stay in the zone. ’cause one thing when you’re in a boat, you’re not anchored. So in lock style fishing, break that down too. In lock style fishing your boat, you have competitors on both ends of the boat. And if you have a controller who measures and makes sure the competitors are competitors are following the rules, he sits in the center. Just like where a guide would be on a dory if you’re, you know, on a drift trip. Norman (33m 18s): So yeah. But your boat stays perpendicular to the wind, so you’re drifting downwind with both anglers facing downwind casting down wind. So that’s, there’s no trolling, you’re not allowed to fish behind the boat letting your flies drag with the current. And a lot of times tied to the boat is a drogue or a a a water sock, wind sock if you will. So it helps slow the boat down a little bit more. So you’re actually able to manipulate and get the retrieve speed you want. But because you’re moving downstream and you’re retrieving downwind, your boat is drifting downwind, you’re retrieving back towards the boat, depending on the speed you’re drifting, that can affect your secret. Norman (34m 7s): So if you have faster moving boat with a lighter line, you’re staying really high in the water column because you’re having just to really strip fast to maintain contact more. Right. If you’re trying to animate your flies or create any movement in your flies, you’re really having to double up on your speed in order to get that fly to move. But that reduces your, your time in the water basically. ’cause you know, you’re, you’re putting your flyer coming together quickly. So one thing that I’ll hope you, if you need to get down deeper is going to a heavier rated sinking line. So from a, an intermediate type line down to like a type six or, or a nine six, which is theoretically six inches per second, its syn rate, which is a pretty fast thinking line. Norman (34m 53s): That’s, that’s really fast. It may keep you in that upper three to five feet because of the speed you’re having to retrieve and the rate your boat is drifting towards your flies. So you may not be getting the same depth as if it was blowing slower or no wind, you know, at the same cast, your fly starts to sink because you don’t have to speed up to keep contact with your fly. That D six will get down a lot further. And same with your intermediate, you know, your intermediate, you’re trying to focus on that upper three feet of the water column in a lot of situations. So it depends on the distance you cast and your speed of retreat, you know, where your flight stay in the water column. Norman (35m 36s): And that’s all defined where those fish are actually feeding, which can be different from where they’re holding to where they’re feeding. Right. So they may hold down and come up to eat or you know, if they’re just in that total feed mode, you know, you got bugs and insects moving around, you can stay in that zone a lot longer and produce more fish. Dave (35m 59s): That’s it. So, and the, the, so, you know, take it back to your fish in the intermediate line. Are you, how are you finding the, the level that they’re at? What’s the easiest way? So if you got a 12 foot deep body of water, how do you know where you’re at? Norman (36m 13s): It’s a lot of time with the line itself, this countdown. Oh yeah. Method is good. So if we’re trying to map out and find where these fish are, I usually start with five seconds as soon as I lay the cast down and then I’ll start my retrieve. So I’ll do at least two or three of those. I may, I and I, after about the second or or third cast, I’ll switch my retrieve up just to see if, if the retrieve has something to do with it, do about a couple more of those. And then if that doesn’t really produce, I’ll count down further to 10. And then from there it’ll be 10, a 10 count increment if you will. So five to 10, 10 to 20. Norman (36m 57s): If I finally find a fish, if it’s deeper than any of those 30 or such and my retrieve has some speed to it, you know, or, or a lot more pool or animation, then I’ll switch to a heavier sink line so it gets down quicker and sooner. That way I’m in the zone a lot longer. Yeah. And, and hopefully trying to produce more fish so that, that would be when I would make the line change. So yeah, keep in mind if you get into this lock style steel water situation, you’re gonna buy a lot of spools, extra spools for your rails. So don’t spend a lot of money on the reel. ’cause you gotta get a bunch of spools for it to have all the different sink rate lines in order to find, ’cause you’re not really, it’s not like a suspension rig where you’re changing the depth and just lobbing it out and letting a floating line because obviously you don’t wanna run a sinking line with that. Norman (37m 44s): So you that you just need the one type line to do it. This is a lot different when you’re having to pull and retrieve your flies, keeping ’em in the zone with those different sink rate lines. Dave (37m 57s): Yeah, that’s a great, great point. So the retrieve, so when you cast it out there, once you’re kinda getting your depth to find the fish and then what are your different retrieves you might be doing here? Norman (38m 6s): So standard, you know, eight to 12 inch pools, the speed or the, the intervals of your pools can vary. Figure eight retrieve. So just kind of creating a nice steady pulsing retrieve depending on the speed you do the figure eight or just long slow, just, you know, all you’re doing is maintaining contact with your flies. So a lot like with how they would fish vids, but I even do that with a lot of lures or bugger type patterns, you know, nymphs, especially if you’re dealing with any Cal or anything like that. So just drawing a really long slow pool, just the, the, the length of your arm, your arm pool and your arm span basically behind you and then coming back up and then just continuing again. Norman (38m 54s): So, and then you have other, other retrieves like ole where you’re, you know, those fish do want some speed. A lot of times that’s a lot heavier sinking line so you’re getting down deeper, you know, so especially if you’re dealing, if there’s a lot of bait fish on the water, trout do take advantage of that a lot of times. And so, oh yeah, a rolly pullies tree can get ’em to trigger. Dave (39m 17s): There you go. What, what, what lines are you using here? So you mentioned a few sink lines. So how many sinking lines do you have in your, how many extra spools do you have? Norman (39m 26s): Oh man, right now I probably have about 12 spools extra spools. So I, you know, and they’re anything from, there’s, so airflow is one of my favorite sink sinking lines being a UK company. And the, the Euros definitely do very well in the late competitions. You know, they, they definitely pushed the, or created that world. So their lines are really great. They have two different sinking rate intermediate lines, so you can really stay right in the surface film or go down just a little bit further and, and you know, that top water column, they have an intermediate sink tip, but you know, then you go from there, type three, type four, type five, type six, type seven. Norman (40m 17s): And then obviously floating line Rio has a great mid tip that I like. I don’t know if, I haven’t seen if they still make that line anymore. It has like three foot midge tip on it. I do like that line quite a bit. And then you have actually some other sink tip lines. So either another, it’s like I said, an intermediate sink tip or other sink rate sink tips. So you know, you just have a variety of different lines. My go-tos honestly is that either the intermediate lines type three or type five, I really don’t branch out or need to go to those other lines super heavy a lot of times. Norman (41m 2s): Yeah. So, but you know, situations may call for that specific tool for you to use. And especially in competition, I’ve definitely made the mistake of not rolling with all my gear. Yeah. You know, like, ah, I don’t think I’ll need that. You know, the conditions, you know, thinking I know everything and I get out there, I’m like, dang it, I should have had that line or should have had, I should have brought that box of flies. You know, just roll with everything. Have it all with you. Dave (41m 26s): Yeah. Just bring it all. Yeah. You’re in a boat. Well I, if you are in a boat, yeah, it’s good. You could, it’s pretty easy throwing a bag Norman (41m 32s): With, right, exactly. Dave (41m 33s): Yeah. So, okay. And, and so we’re floating. I’m just, you know, in the boat again, I’m trying to think the difference between the, so describe that again. When you’re floating down with the, the lock style, so you’ve got the boat perpendicular to the wind and Right. And so is there somebody, so somebody’s rowing it, keeping it perpendicular to the wind while, is that kind of how it’s we’re working here? Norman (41m 53s): Typically there is, you know, so, but if it’s what we call competitor controlled, so you have two anglers on a boat, but no controller. Usually you set the drug or the, the, that the water sock out and that you can, you can tether in a way either closer to the bow or closer to the stern, so it’ll drift true. And then you don’t really have to do much in order to, to manage the Yeah, exactly. So that, that drift sock does a lot to help manage the drift on its own. However, it can be a lot more of a challenge if you have some squirrely winds. You know, you get lake, a lot of these lakes are in bowls or depressions and so you have winds coming in and they switch direction on you and that can be a, you know, a bit of a cluster when you’re having to deal with that. Norman (42m 43s): But you know, you gotta deal with Yeah. So, but yeah. Yeah, your, your boat is set up so you’re perpendicular, you’re casting down wind competitors, they’ll have to the middle of the boat to the bower stern off 90 degrees off the bower stern. So that’s your quadrant that you’re allowed to fish. So legally anyway, so yeah, you’re trying to stay in that realm Dave (43m 4s): 90 degrees. Okay. So you got that area in the front. And, and so what is the advantage of the, having the, the kind of the wind sock in that out there versus sage just, I mean, what were the other way, I guess trolling right is one way to do it. What, what’s the advantage? Norman (43m 17s): Trolling or anchoring? You know, really what it does, it allows you to cover water again. You know, you look at the behavior of trout in Stillwater, they’re cruising, they don’t stay stationary. So if you do have a decent breeze going, a lot of times they create, the wind does create like little drift lines. So you’re, you make your cast, you can find these little wind lines that are created and you can work those wind lines. They’re almost like an eddy. Hmm. So you’re just working your way downstream working that, that, those wind lines. So what the fish do is they’ll go down to the basically start of a wind line or the, the down wind portion of the wind line and just cruise up the wind line. Norman (44m 1s): You’ll see like the foam foam is home, you know, like you would see on the eddie seam of an Eddie. And so you can work it that way, that way. However, at the same time, what it allows you to do too is if you do find a pot of of fish, you work through ’em, you may catch, you know, one or two and as you drift past, you can use the boat to maneuver, get back out and around and try to relocate ’em again. If you kind of feel like they’re moving, you know, east to west or whatever, you can reposition the boat and try to work through that pot again and, and pick up a couple more. So, but also drifting across a point, stuff like that, it just allows you to cover more water cover fish and obviously you want to cover new fish because there’ll be a lot more willing to feed and, and take your flies. Norman (44m 50s): So Dave (44m 50s): Yeah. That’s great. Yeah, we were, I was just thinking we were up at, in a BC last month and we were kind of doing something similar. We didn’t have the wind sock, but we had, there was some fish working like kind of towards the bank and we were, I’d have, you know, it was just me and another guy in the boat and he would be rowing and then we’d, the wind would slowly be pushing us down and you know, we’d get within the bank so we’d cast towards the bank. Right. Yeah. It was like every, every time you made that cast, you know, towards the bank, you’d give it a few kind of stripped it, working it in, it was like fish on. Norman (45m 20s): Exactly. You’re being, you know, somewhat stealthy working, you know, letting the wind push you rather than relying on trolley motor or rowing constantly. Yeah. You know, you can kind of just adjust, tweak with the oars a little bit. Dave (45m 30s): Exactly. Norman (45m 31s): And get dialed in. Really. Dave (45m 32s): That’s why it’s fun. Yeah, exactly. That’s why it’s fun. It is fun because the trolling is, you know, you’re trolling, it’s kinda like you’re always rowing, but actually having the wind using that. Yeah. It’s way more peaceful and kind of easier to do. Norman (45m 45s): Yeah, exactly. I don’t, I mean, yeah, trolling is lame. Yeah. You do catch fish doing it though, but, but yeah, you’re just kind of sitting there, it’s just, you know. Dave (45m 54s): Yeah. Trolling is boring. Yeah. You don’t wanna troll. So, so no trolling And then, and what is the wind sock? Where would somebody, or no, I’m calling it a wind sock, but what’s, what’s the name of it? Norman (46m 3s): Drift sock. Dave (46m 4s): Yeah, drift sock. Where, where where’d somebody get one of those? Norman (46m 8s): Cabela’s has, has ’em, I think Devon has, I think he used to carry ’em on tactical Fly Fisher. You can find ’em a variety of like marina type websites and, and depending on the size of your boat, you know, people try to, they have recommendations on sizes for a certain size boat. I feel like a lot of those are undersized, I would say for this application do get at least a size or two bigger that way it’ll really slow your boat down and, and like achieve that, that speed that you want. Yeah. You don’t want your, your boat, you know, accelerating any faster. Norman (46m 48s): You need to, basically it prevents you from struggling to keep contact with your flies as as you’re retrieving. So it, it’ll help keep that, that speed you want. Dave (46m 57s): Keep it going. Yep. Is it okay to use that with like any boat? I think, you know, a drift boat is, is that okay to use or Oh yeah. Is Norman (47m 3s): Yeah. It, it, it can be a challenge to find that sweet spot for the, the or the drug is what they call it. Drift. Yeah, Dave (47m 11s): Yeah, Norman (47m 12s): Yeah. That’s the other term. So positioning your drug on the boat, especially if you have like a classic high site or anything like that where you have the bow pointing up higher than the stern positioning the drift sock to where it, because what your boat will end up doing, this little camber depending on, you know, the speed of wind. So it may cock to one side and just start drifting that direction rather than going straight down 90 degrees. So, you know, spend the time to just kind of either pull the drug towards the bow or towards the stern and that’ll, that’ll straighten out the, the boat for you. So you just gotta get accustomed to doing that, you know? Norman (47m 52s): Yeah. Boat to boat basically you get a skiff or something that’s a lot more level. You don’t necessarily need to do that all the time. Weight distribution in the boat can factor in as well. So you got a big guy on the bow or a big guy on the stern, you know, that’ll change your drift as well. So that’ll, that’ll shift your position of the drug Yep. Off the boat, so, yeah. Dave (48m 16s): Yeah. What, what were you guys, what was the boat you guys were using out there when you were doing that? Or crane or what do you typically use for your, your like boat Norman (48m 22s): Crane? Prairie had a marina and so they add just some John boat style, which are perfect. They’re, they’re great hard hole, shorter boats. A lot of times what we do is, is, oh shoot, I forget what they call ’em, but basically it’s a, it’s a little bench board that you can put into the boat so it sits on the gunnels of the boat so you sit up higher again, remember you’re not allowed to stand but you can prop. Dave (48m 47s): Oh Norman (48m 47s): Yeah. Yeah. So, and if you have skiffs, you know, drift boat, skiffs, so they’re a lot shallower design, those are a lot nicer because you can keep your rod down closer to the water for your retrieve. So a lot of the high side boats and, and that sort of thing are, are horrible because you have to reach over the top of the gunnel Yeah. In order to get your rot tip down and get your retrieve the way you want it, which can inhibit a lot of your retrieve styles, so. Dave (49m 16s): Oh right. Norman (49m 18s): But yeah, so yeah, crane Prairie had a marina that had a, had a lot identical John Boat, so it helps when you’re dealing in a competition trying to keep an evil even keel for all the competitors. So is one thing too, you get a lot of regionals and I’ve hosted regionals here and you know, you’re just trying to pull as many volunteers and have as many of them bring whatever boat they got and you got all these boat styles and you know, obviously if somebody’s not winning they’re gonna blame something other themselves. So the boat just, Dave (49m 49s): Yeah, it’s always the boat. The boat. Exactly. Yeah, Norman (49m 51s): I know Dave (49m 53s): That is a good, a good tip on the boats because I, I, those, yeah, the drift boats are high sighted, but those lower skiffs are really cool. So that would, the skiff would be a good lake boat to use. Norman (50m 3s): It would. It would. They are pretty flat, you know, so very easy to fish out of a lot of times too. Find something that’s clean, meaning, you know, no very few snag points. So rafts are horrible with casting platforms and that sort of thing ’cause they have all those little buckles and, you know, screw down points for the frames and all that. Just a lot of stuff for your line to get tangled around. One tip for folks that are out in boats fishing these techniques is take a, a wet towel, a beach towel or something like that and just get it damp and lay it down like a casting deck, casting platform. So it gives you a clean surface to cast. Norman (50m 45s): And so when you strip in your line, it’s not wrapping around all this other stuff, it’s just laying down on that top. Alright. Yeah. So there Dave (50m 52s): You go. That’s another, another good tip. Well, before we move off of the Stillwater stuff here, any other tips you wanna throw out? Maybe a couple more tips you’ve given here. Quite a few good ones. If you’re, let’s take, take it back to Crane. You know, somebody’s getting ready to fish crane, let’s say they have a boat, they’ve got a, you know, a skiff or a John boat, they’re heading out there. What else would you tell ’em to try to find some fish? Norman (51m 12s): One big tip is keep your head on a swivel. Obviously you’re not, if you’re pulling flies, you’re not throwing dry flies most of the time. So if you’re retrieving, you know, you’re maintaining contact, keep your head on a swivel, always look around, you’ll you like a lot of other fish, you may see fish rising. And if the, the rise forms are congregated or a lot closer together, that may give you an idea that there might be, you know, a pot of fish over there or what again, you know, like salt water stuff, nervous water can, can give away positions of fish if they’re sitting just under the surface feeding, you know, that could be a good number of fish sitting in there. Norman (51m 54s): But one fish could give away several other fish, you know. So always keep your head on a swivel. I remember one time we were competing on Rudi Reservoir and the lake was off color. It was that, you know, red color of the, the clay and sand or dirt, the soil that’s around there. Yeah. And they had some heavy rains or it was just runoff time. I think it was post runoff. So runoff was coming down, but the lake was still pretty off color. So anyway, we were trying to figure out where these fish were hanging out, we’re working, all the usual stuff, the bank edges points and we were struggling, you know, and I was kind of, me and I think it was me and Lance were in the boat together. Norman (52m 35s): ’cause you know, we’re, we’re fishing together trying to figure this lake out. And I kept looking back behind me and I’d see these splashes every once in a while and I’m like, like, Hey Lance, have you seen that back there? Like there’s, and there’s out in the middle of the lake, and we did, we do have a depth find there finder that we carry with us, you know, a little portable one. And it wasn’t about a hundred, a hundred feet foot of water. You know, we were trying to work the stuff that was about 10 to 10 or shallower, you know, thinking that light penetration would give us the advantage working along the edges. But no, these fish just wanted to be high up in the water column and out in the deep water. And, and that, you know, we looked back there and so like, well, let’s go check it out. Norman (53m 16s): It’s practice. We need to figure out, figure out where these fish are. So we motored out to the middle of the lake and sure enough, that’s where those fish were. And so it had not been for us keeping, you know, heads on a swivel, looking around, always looking out for more fish. That was a benefit to us, and it worked well. Dave (53m 33s): So. And you got into ’em on, like, on the surface or how’d, how’d you get into those? Norman (53m 37s): Yeah, no, they were, they were subsurface, but you know, within that really two foot of water column just under the surface. Dave (53m 45s): Yeah. Norman (53m 45s): And, you know, big bushy type flies worked well. A lot of flash lighter in color and pretty, pretty quick retrieve. They, they wanted it fast, surprisingly. And that off color water, I was, I was kind of surprised at, at their behavior. So, Dave (54m 4s): And a quick retrieve what a pretty quick retrieve would be. Kind of like, just strip strip. Like what would be a pretty Norman (54m 9s): Quick Exactly. Maybe even slightly faster. So like strip, strip, strip, strip, Dave (54m 13s): Strip. Oh yeah. Yeah. Norman (54m 15s): And they were hammering it. There Dave (54m 17s): You go. And, and fishing the big stuff. What’s what about time? Greg had a question about this one time, best time to fish the lake, kinda light temperature, that sort of stuff. What, what do you, what do you think about it? You know, you’re coming to a new lake, you know, should you be getting out there at the crack of dawn or what’s that look like? Norman (54m 32s): Well, it depends on time of year. Obviously crack of dawn, wintertime probably not the best crack of dawn. The summer, probably your best time or evening. But as I tell everybody, you know, rivers included. However, obviously their temperature can be a very different thing. They gotta feed constantly. One thing about lakes is they do have that they can move outta the warmer temperatures and drop down into, into the cooler stuff. So you get that thermal cline so you can track ’em as they descend into the water column. You know, finding the more optimal temperature zone. So that’s, that’s one way you can do it. So you can fish for ’em all day long. Norman (55m 13s): However, you know, temperature does affect vegetation growth. So that may limit you as to what you can access into the lake. If it’s warmer and you got a lot of weeds, it’s hard to pull a fly through the weeds. We haven’t quite mastered that ability to work flies and keep ’em completely weedless. So your mornings or evenings, when the fish come back up as it cools down, you lose light or you get lower light conditions. Those might be your more optimal scenarios. But, you know, you get your spring or fall timeframes all day long, you know, you just gotta find where they’re moving to. Norman (55m 53s): They may move up and down a few feet, just adjust again. That’s where you’re sinking. Different sinking lines come into play to keep you in the zone of where the fish are. Dave (56m 1s): Yep. Once you find that zone, and once you find that zone, do you find that they’re in it for a, a good part of the day? You know, say you find ’em, they’re, they’re at eight feet down. Norman (56m 11s): They may be there anywhere between, you know, depending on what your temperature fluctuation is, like anywhere between 15, 20 minutes to Yeah, a couple hours, you know, they’ll hold in that zone. Or if a hatch starts coming off, that can change as well. They may be down deeper and then all of a sudden, you know, they’re up in that, that upper two, three feet of the water column. You know, so you’re, again, not just necessarily getting down deeper is always the case. Having to come back up and switching to a lighter line may be the difference too. Dave (56m 47s): How deep, I mean, if you think how, how deep have you caught fish? Like can you go like way down in some of these deeper lakes? Norman (56m 54s): I’ve done, this was weird in, in, where were we? Czech Republic, I think I was fishing an intermediate tip line, the Rio one. I can, again, I can’t never remember the name of these, but it had the little three foots intermediate sink tip on it. And I was doing a 30 count with two willy bugger, humongous type flies. They were big, they were like a size eight with a four mil beat on both of ’em. So real heavy, heavy rig. So a 30 count, you know, I was probably down 35, 30, 30 feet max, you know, and it was a really slow retrieve to stay down. Norman (57m 36s): And that’s where I was catching fish. I won that session by staying down really, really deep. You know, so that, that’s been probably about the deepest I’ve had to go. Maybe our regional in Idaho, Utah, Idaho, that was Daniel’s reservoir. I know we were having to, to go pretty deep when we were fishing. The dam side of the lake, the inlet side. We were staying in that first three feet majority of the day. You know, really stripping a lot of the like blank SAS and that sort of thing through that was doing pretty good for us. But yeah, once we got to towards the dam side, it was, we were, a lot of us were finding fish deeper. Norman (58m 19s): Full sink. Type six. Type six. We were dealing with heavy winds too. Yeah. We were dealing with heavy winds. That was an interesting venue and, and conditions we were dealing with. We were dealing white caps. Wow. Like 30, 40 mile an hour gusts. It was fun. Dave (58m 35s): Holy cow. That’s it. Where, where would you sit if somebody wanted to dig further into Stillwaters? Where’s a good place people can go get some resources. Where, where would you send them? Anything else? Books or anything that you recommend? Norman (58m 49s): Nobody really has a book. Dave (58m 51s): I was gonna say from you, it’s interesting ’cause you guys are kind of creating some of this stuff, right? I mean, you’re Norman (58m 55s): Yeah, exactly. And I mean, you know, but I would, I would, you know, anything that Phil Rowley? Yeah. Oh shoot, what’s his name up in Canada? Dave (59m 5s): Yeah, yeah. Phil. Phil and Brian Chan. Norman (59m 7s): Yeah, exactly. Great guys. Great. Yeah. They, they do dial in a lot of that basically the ecology and the behaviors of, of trout in lakes, which is, you know, gonna be very key in you locating them. If you know the behavior, you’ll be able to dial in in a lot better. Yeah. But, you know, they do spend a lot of time in the realm that’s kind of, you know, what they developed in the BC area with suspension rigs. But they have started, and I’ve noticed a lot of, of what they’ve been doing has been related to a lot of the UK techniques or what we’ve been doing in competition. So they’re factoring a lot of the, their tractor type patterns, your humongous, your, your blobs and all that stuff. Norman (59m 47s): So very, very good sources. I think fly fish food, obviously with Lance there. Yeah. They’ve targeted and started to work a lot more on still water stuff. So their videos are another good source. And you know, I, I got a few videos on, on my YouTube channel that you can check out. Oh, nice. But I need to dial it in and, and be a lot more comprehensive on, on what I’m doing on the still water. So I don’t get a ton of time on the still water myself personally these days. But it’s fun. I, I do love still waters. I, I need to, I need to get more time on the lake. Dave (1h 0m 23s): Today’s episode is sponsored by fairies founded with the idea of finding ethical solutions to fly time materials and products. They’ve done just that by creating jobs for marginalized groups, both in the US and abroad. They are experts, innovators, and artisans of exceptional fishing products. I’ve noted that. I’ve connected with Jeff a number of times a while back and we, we had a connection right at the front and it’s been a good time now finally putting this together and hearing the story. We had Jeff on a podcast and we heard about their five D brushes and what it’s all about. Why brushes are a game changer in the fly tying space, making things faster, easier, more consistent. And, and they got it going. So the nice thing about what Fair Fly is has going is they’ve got not only the materials, but they got tools going now, now they own Wasatch Custom Ling tools and are carrying on the tradition of Handmaking heirloom quality fly tieing tools with over 50 tools. Dave (1h 1m 16s): This is truly the do it yourself company. You can get all your tools and fly tie-in materials right now. That’s web fly swing.com/fairies. F-A-I-R-F-L-I-E-S. Check ’em out right now. You support this podcast by checking out that link to fairies. Okay. Back to the show. This has been a good little episode. And we had, we’ve had Phil and Brian and, and some the fly fish food guys on. So I’ll put some links to the, the, and actually Phil’s done some good stuff on still our, that’s who I was up there and BC with and we did Okay. The indicator thing, which was pretty amazing. Yeah. So yeah, doing the Norman (1h 1m 54s): Slip Dave (1h 1m 55s): Slip the slipknot. Exactly. Yeah. The slip bobber or whatever. Norman (1h 1m 58s): Right. Dave (1h 1m 59s): Cool. Well, I wanted to just, we’re gonna get out here in a little bit, but I wanted to, you know, for the Euro nipping stuff, I wanted dig into that here in a second. But before we get there, I’m just, I had one, we’re doing a little segment, we’re giving away some free flies to a few winners. We’re doing this top fly challenge. Nice. I just wanna give a shout out to that@wetlyswing.com slash top fly. And it’s kind of deal real simple, just kind of choose your, your favorite pattern and then, then we got some boxes to give out. But what, what’s your, if you talk about your top fly, we’re talking steel waters, you mentioned a bunch of, if you, if you had to pick a one, what, what would it be? Norman (1h 2m 34s): My favorite pattern would be a humongous, I, I’d say that the kind of the classic silver and black, it’s another that’s, I, I fish that fly a lot. Yeah. Dave (1h 2m 45s): Humongous. And what size typically? A lot. Norman (1h 2m 48s): Size 10 is a good size. 10 hook anyway. Dave (1h 2m 51s): Yeah. Yeah. Hook, hook. I’m just, and that’s one I hadn’t, hadn’t. Oh yeah, yeah, totally. Yeah. That’s a Oh, right. With a huge tail. Yeah, I see it. Yeah, Norman (1h 2m 58s): You see it. Dave (1h 2m 59s): Yeah. Giant. I mean that tail for sure is three. I’m looking at the fly fish food. They’ve got one on, on their site. Yeah. This one’s, this one’s got kind of a green, kind of a black tail. Lots of flash looks like, and then kind of a greenish body. Norman (1h 3m 13s): Yeah. So the flashabou on it is, is pretty heavy on the underneath and yeah, it’s got that silver tinsel Chanel or Crystals Chanel, yeah. Or yeah, that tinsel and yeah. So it’s a very, very bright or can be bright. Dave (1h 3m 29s): That’s it. But, so do you have a, any, like a top fly story that goes along with that fly? Do you have any memories of one that, you know what I mean? It’s, you probably caught a few fish on that thing. Norman (1h 3m 40s): Yeah, man caught a lot of fish and I think the initial, when I just first saw it, you know, it just looks very un proportioned. Dave (1h 3m 47s): Yeah, it does. It looks very, it Norman (1h 3m 48s): Looks very poorly proportioned, you know? Yeah. But you look at this fly in the water and, and it just, it just swims, pulses, you know, dives up and down and just has a lot of life to it. So yeah, when we first started fishing it, man, it was just kind of a very, very productive start to utilizing the fly. You know, we were just blown away by it. So Dave (1h 4m 12s): Does it have bee chain eyes on it? Norman (1h 4m 15s): They do time with bee chain most of the time. So bee chain or dumbbell eyes aren’t allowed in competition. We’re only allowed, you know, just round beads or slotted beads. So I tie most of mine just with regular beads on tung and beads. Yeah, T tung, you can tie ’em in brass or even plastic. So just depending on what type of sink rate or movement you want on that fly, the lighter to the bead, obviously it, it’ll pull or move through the water a little more flats of the tail being that long. It still has a lot of movement, a lot of wiggle in it, but you throw a tungston beat on it, then it has more of that dive that up and down motion. So take that into account when your time flies for still water. Dave (1h 4m 57s): This is great. So your fly box, if you open up your box with, I mean, what does it look like? Do you have like a bunch of different sizes and weights of this one fly in all your flies? Or how you must have like a bazillion boxes. Norman (1h 5m 9s): Yeah, so our leg boxes are, you know, I’m, I found these cool pencil boxes at a craft store and so I made ’em myself. They’re about the size of, I think they’re like seven by nine or something like that, six by nine and filled ’em with foam. So anyway, I had about, I have three of those. I can’t find those boxes anymore. And then I have several other bigger, you know, slotted foam style boxes, basically eight by elevens. I think I have that with CIDs. Then I have another box that has like my dabblers and, and kind of like what you would imagine kind of classic lake style flies would be, which actually do work well. Norman (1h 5m 56s): So the old school flies, like Invictus, bloody butchers, you know, all those types of patterns. And then you have the lure box, which has, again, all the woolly booger type patterns in there, which also span into like your mohair, leeches, dams, supply patterns, you know, and that’s just, yeah, there’s a lot of flies that you carry around for a lake session. And then you have your other box with the boobies and the blobs and fabs and Right. And all that stuff in there. Worms even. So, yeah. Dave (1h 6m 31s): Yeah. That’s it. That’s it. I know the boxes are great. When we were up there with Phil and, and Greg, I mean, yeah, they had a box just like their Quran, mid boxes. They were just loaded with all, you know, colors, sizes, weights. Norman (1h 6m 44s): Yeah, exactly. Dave (1h 6m 45s): Yeah. It’s kind of daunting, but, we’ll, we’ll keep the humongous. That’s perfect. So that’s one I don’t have in my box. I’ll definitely get that in and looks, that’s probably a good one. The kids can, we can throw out there and have them troll that or not, not troll, but ha we we’ll have them strip it Norman (1h 6m 58s): Works Well. I mean, it’s funny because I was just, you know, of course talking smack about trolling, but we, that’s what we do when we locate, you know, if we have a boat, we’re all right, well let’s go check out this other point. Shoot, we’ll just throw out a bunch of line. Yeah, exactly. You know, strip out like all the way to our backing and just, you know, keep the flies in the water. Totally. Dave (1h 7m 15s): That is a pretty good fe I do like that thing when you’re doing it and you got a bunch of line out and all of a sudden the fish is on stripping offline. Exactly. Norman (1h 7m 22s): And one thing too, I mean, you know, you catch fish, you’re like, Hmm, I should remember that spot Next time, you know, there might be something there, either a high point underwater that you can’t see, maybe there’s a spring or something. So, you know, keep your flies in the water, helps you dial it in a little bit. Dave (1h 7m 35s): Definitely. Definitely. Nice. Well, before we get out, I mentioned that on the uro. I also wanna check on one thing, and I might be off, but you, I think I saw something there. You have some like kind of Native American or indigenous? Is that some of the background you have there? Norman (1h 7m 51s): Yeah, so I am a Pablo descent, which are the, the, it’s the indigenous people here in the southwest, or one of the indigenous people in the southwest. So our, our culture, the public culture, you know, so I’m from San Felipe Pueblo, Laguna, and Hopi. So my mom Oh, okay. She’s from San Felipe Pueblo. And in our culture it’s matrilineal. So we take our mom’s side of, of pretty much everything. Oh wow. So I’m affiliated with San Felipe side as well as her clans. My dad being Laguna and half Hopi. I do acknowledge those when, you know, we’re talking to family or whatnot. Norman (1h 8m 31s): So, so just as, as an example, my mom, she is Eagle clan and my dad is parrot clan. So how I would reference who my parents are is I’m Big Eagle little parrot. Hmm. So my, that they know that your mom is Eagle clan and your dad is parrot. So that’s how you reference your Oh wow. Your lineage as well. You know, you don’t intermix with those other clans, so. Right. It keeps, you know, keeps the bloodline Yep. Healthy. So, and you know, as a, as another side note, my fiance, she’s from OK Winge, which is northern part of, north of Santa Fe, and she’s, so it can get very complicated, very quick. Norman (1h 9m 17s): Yeah. But so that’s Northern, that’s Tewa my ma or San Felipe and Laguna where Caris speaking Pueblo people. She’s from of Pueblo that speaks Tewa, which are two different, completely different languages. And they don’t have the clan system there. So, and they’re patrilineal so they take the dad’s side. Huh. But they don’t have the same clan system as I do. So it can get very, very crazy and very complicated. But, Dave (1h 9m 42s): And that’s in the same, and that’s two groups in the same area within Norman (1h 9m 45s): An hour away from each other. Exactly. So, wow. Different, the culture is the same. The ideologies, you know, how we reference a lot of our, our cultural components are pretty much the same. The language is different, but then you have these different, these subtle differences in how we either acknowledge our lineages or, you know, how just different spins and twists on things. Yeah. And that goes way back to, you know, when we’re all pretty much one people and diverging and trying to find our way in the world of, you know, through ecological situations, climate changes and all that stuff, you know, so a lot of influence on our culture, on our evolution as people in this area by our environment, you know, so we’re definitely keyed and, and tied tight to our, our world. Dave (1h 10m 39s): Yeah, your area probably a pretty close knit area down there in that, in that part of the, the world, right. New weeks ago. Yeah. Yeah, exactly. We had a recent episode. I’m always interested because, you know, we had Indie fly on and they Yeah, yeah. The Wind River, you’ve, you know, about that stuff going on. Norman (1h 10m 56s): Yeah. So I know Darren very well. I know, I think it was, Matt mentioned Darren working with Darren a little bit on the Wind River. He owns the whitewater rafting and guiding service. Oh yeah, Dave (1h 11m 6s): Yeah, yeah. Totally. Yep. Norman (1h 11m 7s): In the canyon there Below Boys and Reservoir. Yeah. He is a good buddy of mine. And I saw if, if y’all want to learn a little bit more about that area, check out Tribal Waters video. Oh, okay. Patagonia, very good video. Oh, nice. Yeah, it’s an awesome, awesome video. So it definitely touches on the cultural and indigenous stewardship aspect, you know, in, in fisheries as well as just water conservation, so. Dave (1h 11m 33s): Right, right. That’s a huge, yeah, I, I love that you brought the tribal waters. I’ll put a link to that one for sure. Yeah. To watch that, that’s, yeah. And that’s a cool thing, you know, and I think that’s a struggle is that, I think that might’ve been a question I asked, you know, as you dig into it, it’s, it’s interesting ’cause you, you do have challenges, right? With some, on some of these reservations and stuff with kids, but getting them able to become guides, right? I mean, you’ve been, you’re a guide. I mean, what would you, when you look at that, do you see that as, as a pretty amazing opportunity to give some of these kids? I’m not even sure, it sounds like you, maybe you’re not on the reservation, but are there reservations and things like that nearby your, your area? Norman (1h 12m 7s): There is. I mean, I didn’t grow up on the reservation, so, you know, I was definitely given a lot of different opportunities there. But even still from tribe to tribe or indigenous people to, to indigenous people, it’s not all the same because the cultures are different themselves. Right. You know, so it, it can be a little tough to, to get out of this pan-Indian type Yeah. Aspect of, you know, we’re, we’re all the same. Right. Or we all live in the same kind of situation. Pueblo people, one great thing for us as opposed to like Shoshone Arapaho or your, or your more nomadic tribes is we were sedentary. Norman (1h 12m 48s): And so, you know, when we had to come under the Spanish rule, ultimately into the US government and all that, you know, we were, we had already been established in this area for a long time before then, so we weren’t getting moved out of our food sources or out of our, our traditional lands. We just had to stay. We might have been relocated slightly in a different area. That was a little bit easier for the Spanish to keep an eye on us. But, you know, farming, agriculture was our subsistence way of life. So, so we were able to cope with it a little bit better as well as to hold onto our culture a little bit better. Norman (1h 13m 31s): So, you know, that has a lot to do with, with the health and, and kind of the, the, the integrity of our people. It’s not to say we don’t suffer from the same Yeah. Issues, you know, poor health, diabetes, alcoholism, you know, suicide rates, all that stuff, you know. Yeah. It, it, it does affect us quite a bit still, however, you know, because going from a traditional way of life or growing up that way and, and trying to make it into a western culture, western society, it’s a struggle. You know, that can be tough. But one great thing about indigenous cultures is normally there’s, it’s a family based culture, you know, so you have a lot of support from your family, which can be good and bad sometimes, you know, if you’re trying to make your way outside of that, you know, they’re wondering why you’re leaving home. Norman (1h 14m 21s): Right? Dave (1h 14m 22s): Yep. Norman (1h 14m 23s): But, you know, or you have the other where they want you to go out and, and, you know, find your way in this world. So luckily I had the support of, of my parents that were like them, you know, they moved off the reservation to, to find how to live in this world. And they did the same thing for me as far as giving me those opportunities and supporting those opportunities for me to travel and experienced the world. Which, you know, in truth, a lot of our culture is based on that, you know, our, what we call our migration stories and that sort of thing. It’s because people left to go find something different or, or better or, you know, to travel the world or this world that they knew. Norman (1h 15m 6s): And so that, that got us to where we are now. So, I don’t know, a lot of, a lot of things going on. Yeah. It’s amazing that I could touch base on based on our culture. I know. You know, Dave (1h 15m 15s): I know. I, it is good. I’m always interested in it. ’cause it is a, a, a crazy cool, you know, amazing history of, of this, you know, this country and lots of places around the world, you know, and it’s right. We, I always love to give a shout out. People probably gonna get tired, but Superman if you haven’t heard of him. Oh, Norman (1h 15m 31s): Yeah, yeah, yeah. No, I, I, I don’t know him personally, but I yeah, I, I know his work and Yeah. But tons of new artists coming out and Dave (1h 15m 38s): Oh, yeah. Or there’re, there’s a lot of good stuff coming out. Yeah, Norman (1h 15m 41s): Yeah, that’s great. If you haven’t noticed or, but what is it? Snotty Reno’s kids Dave (1h 15m 49s): And Norman (1h 15m 49s): Travis Thompson or my daughters, she’s a big Travis Thompson fan. Dave (1h 15m 53s): Okay, nice. Norman (1h 15m 55s): But yeah, so, yeah. But anyway. Dave (1h 15m 58s): Yeah. That’s great. That’s great. I’ll put, I, I love to get, that’s one of those things. Occasionally if I get some music out of, out of the guests, it’s awesome because I’ll get a video to, then we can expand our, our listening. So we’ll get some Travis Johnson in there somewhere. Norman (1h 16m 12s): Yeah. Thompson Thompson. Travis Thompson. Dave (1h 16m 16s): Yeah, Thompson. He’s Norman (1h 16m 17s): In your area actually. He’s in Seattle. You’re in Seattle, right? Dave (1h 16m 21s): Actually I’m down in Oregon, but yeah, pretty close. Oh Norman (1h 16m 23s): Yeah, Oregon. So, yeah, he’s up in the northwest. I I think he’s outta Seattle. He, yeah. Dave (1h 16m 27s): Yeah. Perfect. Yeah. That’s, that’s good. Well, I’ll do that. And well, I think I’m feeling pretty good about this. What do you think about doing just a quick little rapid fire euro nipping tips? We’ve got a ton of euro nipping. You know, like I said, we talked about a lot of the people that have been on here, but it’s always good to do a refresher if, if you know the quick definitely Euro Nph. Definitely. So Euro Nph 1 0 1. What are some tips you tell somebody they, they got all their gear, they’re heading out, they’re, they’re a little bit scary ’cause they’re not sure about casting the, the line, the leader, right? What, what do you tell ’em? Norman (1h 16m 56s): So, you know, start out with your casting. You do want to accentuate and exaggerate that oval. So as you start to lift or, or initiate your casting, keep it a little bit more off to your side. And as you come back behind, you come over the top, over the head. So you create that oval shape, keeping that those flies from tangling. So if you do your traditional bat cast, where you come straight up and then come straight forward again, you know, the whole thing about bat casting as you wanna stay in as true of a plane as possible. It’s not gonna happen as efficiently with the Euro setup typically, because you have to have a softer rod. But more or less your leader typically doesn’t have the same taper as you would with a standard tapered leader. Norman (1h 17m 42s): It’s very thin in diameter, has a little bit harder time transferring energy from the rod down the line to your flies to turn over. So you get a lot of hinging in some, in portions of the cast. So starting off your side and then coming over the top on your forward stroke. Okay. Helps keep those from tangling as much. And then, you know, as you start your drift, keeping contact with your flies, as soon as your flies touch the water is key. So, you know, not bringing and letting your lines settle totally settle totally on the water, but stopping just slightly above the water with your rod tip or a little bit higher helps keep that contact with your line or keep your line straight. Norman (1h 18m 24s): But also you’re, you’re able to see your cider much quicker and determine your height of the rod mean to maintain contact as you go through the drift. So as soon as your flies hit the water, be ready. There’s no setup time with your own Ming. That’s the whole intention of your own ni infant is when your flies in the water, you’re fishing. So as soon as they hit the water, be ready. I, you don’t know how many times I’ve had fish eat. As soon as that fly hits the water, or as soon as your flies leave the water, you do that little hook set at the end of your, of your drift to initiate the cast one, but also to check, because as your flies start to pivot and swing under the cider downstream, there’s a little bit of slack there that makes it difficult to read off the cider or even fill. Norman (1h 19m 7s): And that brings me to my next point with ing, don’t rely on filling the strike. Filling the strike is a point that’s always stressed in a lot of videos that I see nowadays, you’re still missing probably about 60% of the strikes, if not higher, if you’re trying to wait and fill, because like an indicator by the time that fish pulls the indicator down that you’re seeing visually, because it, you know, if you’re doing an inline rig, it takes your fly, it has to transfer the, the tension has to transfer through the weight up to your indicator, you’re delayed. And by the time you see that indicator go down, most of the time I, I a hundred percent feel it’s the fish trying to get the fly out of his mouth. Norman (1h 19m 54s): Yeah. So when you set, you’re already way behind. So same thing with filling the strike. When you’re urine and finger tight lining, by the time you fill it, you know, that’s the moment that your line has gotten tight and transferred down the rod to your hand or down the line to your hand. You’re behind the hooks that watch that cider straighten out, tension up, dip a little bit, read the cider more, pay more attention to that than trying to wait and feel for the strike. You’ll increase your hookup ratio. I’ve worked with a lot of guys who compete and, you know, got them tuned in to seeing what’s happening to the cider and it’s helped them increase their, their catch rate. So, and as well as their, you know, hook up to landing ratio. Norman (1h 20m 37s): That’s huge. You know, especially in the competition, you need to land your fish. Yeah. So if you’re that much more in tune to setting the hook when you need to, you get a lot better hook hookset rather than, you know, again, if they’re trying to get that flats of the mouth, you’re just on the berry edge or fringe edge of the, of the lip. So let’s see what else. Yeah, you need to order some HDA fa variants from unco feather merchants. That’s a fly pattern that I’ve designed for them. Oh, okay. Dave (1h 21m 2s): What, what, what’s it called? I’m also Norman (1h 21m 4s): HDA Faye variant. Dave (1h 21m 5s): Okay. Norman (1h 21m 6s): Yeah. So I am the flight designer for MCO Feather Merchant. So I have the HDA Faye Perone, which is the Perone pattern, and the chingon is kind of for Hispanic people or people in the southwest. It means like, it’s, it’s, you know, that flies the, so Dave (1h 21m 24s): Yeah. Nice. Norman (1h 21m 25s): So it’s a play on the Tigo and pur Dave (1h 21m 27s): Shingon. Right, right, right. Ching, I’ve heard that before. Yeah, Norman (1h 21m 29s): Before, yeah. Little they wonder how to pronounce it. But yeah, Puron, so that’s another urin half pattern that I have out. And ICU Midge low water betas is the one dry fly that I have in that mix too. Oh yeah. So it’s intended for kind of that flatter, more picky fish situation. So yeah. Let’s see what else? This far? Dave (1h 21m 51s): Yeah, there’s so many. I mean, I’m thinking if we get, say we got our little four or five euro tips to take us outta, that’s, we got, I think we got like, I guess Norman (1h 21m 58s): One other one as far as your depth, like, you know, between your cider and your flies. One that I stress is I always keep the distance between my flies. I, I normally just run two flies. So between my dropper and my point flies always gonna be about 20, 24 inches. Okay. I want enough distance. So if I hook a fish on the dropper and I drop it, I’m not foul hooking it with a point flag. Right. It does happen on occasion, but that reduces the amount of foul hooking you may have. If they’re closer together. It happens a lot more often. So the distance or the variable that is, that you can change is gonna be from the bottom of your cider. Most people have tippet rings down there at the bottom of the side to your dropper. Norman (1h 22m 39s): That can be the, the distance that you want to adjust and, and change depth with. So, you know, when you get to the river or if you get to an unknown river, I always hold off in setting up my, my, my rig. So I can look at the depth or, or gain an idea of what the average depth could be. Most of the time I start two feet and that can cover most rivers in the southwest or most fishing situations, truthfully, because, you know, certain depth of water produces a lot that I find anywhere that I fish. You know, it could be just from a few inches deep enough to cover the fish’s back down to about two feet. You know, that’s gonna be zone or three feet of a zone that I feel really, really confident, comfortable fishing in that I know fish will be holding in most situations. Norman (1h 23m 30s): Unless you’re dealing with cold water or big rivers, you know, then you may need to go deeper. So two feet is a good start for me. But again, a lot of times if it’s new territory or a new river, I hold off on setting up until I look at the water. So let’s say if I went to the San Juan, there’s a lot of deeper sections in there. I would go from my cider to my point, my dropper fly, sorry. Yep. Cider to my dropper. I might lengthen that out to three feet. Okay. ’cause you don’t necessarily want your cider in the water all the time because it’s typically a, a slightly thicker or a thicker diameter Oh yeah. Tip thing or what you’re running to your flies. Norman (1h 24m 11s): It creates a little bit more drag when it’s in the water. You can drop it in to kind of just fill out what’s going on down there under the water. If you need to go down, you know, a, a foot or even less than that, six inches, eight inches depending on, you know, how you have your cider set up to let you know what your depth is you’re achieving by lowering the rod and dropping the cider into the water. Then you can kind of get an idea, drop it in a little bit more. Boom, you get a hit. You may need to go a little longer between your tipt ring and your dropper just to stay in that zone better. Again, it’s all about staying in the, in the face of the fish. Yeah, Dave (1h 24m 46s): That’s perfect. Yeah. So that’s basically, yeah, below your, your CI or your tipt ring, you got, you know, 24 inches, 36 inches. Then below that your dropper, you got your lead flying others. So 24 inches. So you have like four foot lead essentially. Norman (1h 24m 59s): Exactly. That’s a good base to start with. And that keeps you in the zone. And a lot of, again, in that shallower water, you know, that helps to keep both flies in the water itself. You know, again, a couple tips here. If you’re in shallow water, keep your rod angle lower, but lead more, keeping the tension on the flies. If you go more vertical and ty, a lot of times that that water type is a little bit faster moving anyway, again, transitions from a shelf or a shallow riffle, you know, dropping into a pool, that sort of thing. So you can pull your flies just slightly or, or accelerate your rod speed a little bit more through the drift. If it’s a little bit deeper, a little slower, then your rod is gonna go more vertical. Norman (1h 25m 43s): But you don’t have to worry about pulling your dropper out of the water when you go more vertical to keep your tension, keep your, your connection to your flies because it’s deeper, you know? Yeah. So shallow water, you don’t want to go too vertical to bring your dropper out of the water unless you want to keep that dropper Right. In the surface film, which I’ve done a lot because you know, you have a merger sort of thing, so Right, right. Dave (1h 26m 3s): That’s cool. Norman (1h 26m 4s): Yeah. You’re nipping Yeah. Your flies aren’t necessarily intended to stay on the bottom. Your point fly is that’ll stay closer to the bottom. You can use the dropper and I set up with my heavier fly or, you know, my point fly will be the heaviest if it is, but I intend to move my dropper up and down the water column, you know, to find where the fish are feeding. So Right. That in mind. So I know Lance, a couple other guys on the team, they, they do rig differently. They may have their dropper as the heavier fly and their point fly is lighter, you know? Gotcha. But it, it just depends on, on your preferred method. Dave (1h 26m 41s): Right. So on this one, your heavier flight is your dropper or your point Fly Norman (1h 26m 45s): My point fly. Yeah. Your point fly. Yeah. If, if it’s heavier. And that being said, your point fly doesn’t always necessarily to be a super heavy type fly. I run a lot of rigs where both flies are the same size, same size bead, same weight, basically. Yeah. And, you know, trust that your flies are getting down. A lot of folks they’re, because they don’t, either they don’t fill the bottom or they’re not sure, or they don’t have confidence that they’re on the bottom, tend to go too heavy on their, on their point fly. And because they don’t feel it necessarily, they start lowering the rod, trying to add more tipt down, under underneath, do the reverse, lift your rod higher, get tighter to your flies, and you’ll register those strikes a lot better too. Norman (1h 27m 28s): So, tons of tips. I mean, Dave (1h 27m 30s): You know, those are great. Okay. Well, we’ll, we’ll add ’em up and we’ll put a little list in the show notes. Right, Norman (1h 27m 35s): Right. Just like boom, boom, boom, Dave (1h 27m 36s): Boom. Yeah, we got you. We got at least I think we get, we’re getting close to Ted, so we’re right. Norman (1h 27m 40s): We’re Dave (1h 27m 41s): We’re good there. This has been awesome. Nice. Well, I think we’ll let you get outta here. Where should we send people, if they have questions for you? Norman (1h 27m 49s): Look for me on social media. Instagram, Facebook, YouTube. I’m there as well. You can send comments on all of those, or, or direct message Anak, time of fly fishing. Yep. So N-M-A-K-T-I-M-A fly fishing all spelled out. Dave (1h 28m 5s): There you go. Perfect. Well, we’ll cover all this, like we said in the show notes, I’ll have links out to your Instagram and, and your YouTube channel and, and yeah, I think this is, we covered, I feel good about the steel water. I love that. We, we touched on, you know, talked about woolly buggers, you know, and, and that’s really, that’s a really cool, you know, it’s old school for me, so that’s great. Yeah, Norman (1h 28m 24s): Exactly. But you know, like I said, the, like a lot of flies that evolve and have, you know, they all start families with themselves like chubby, like chernobyls, Chernobyl hands. Yeah. You know, you get all these different evolutions of your pattern. So these are, these are varying styles of a willy bugger, but yeah, it’s a willy bugger. Dave (1h 28m 43s): It’s a wooy bugger. No, I love it. Well, it is the greatest fly of all time, right? That’s pretty much the case. Oh yeah. Nice. Normal. Thanks again for the time and definitely appreciate you, you know, shedding some light on the Stillwater and the Euro tips, so we’ll, we’ll keep in touch with you and hope to talk to you soon. Norman (1h 28m 59s): Yeah, definitely man. Enjoyed it and Thanks Dave (1h 29m 1s): For having me on. So there you go. If you wanna find the show notes, all links to everything else we talked about Today, you can head over to wetly swing.com/ 3 4 8 348. We’ll get you some of those links. I know we talked about a number of, of good ones today. There’s gonna be at least a video or two you can check out. Plus we’ll have some links to our old podcast episodes we’ve referenced today. Norm mentioned his top fly. We dug into that a little bit and that was part of this top fly challenge. Just wanna remind you, you can go to wetly swing.com/top fly and you can enter to win a box of flies right now. That’s the way to do it. Check it out right now. Dave (1h 29m 41s): Jackson’s giving out fly boxes this month and next month. So it’s a good chance to get a shot. And, and if you want the bonus, the bonus here is that I’m giving out a free, a free big shout out on the podcast. If you wanna tell me your top fly story, send me an email or DM quickly. I’d love to hear from you and or just say, Hey, I would love to hear, even if you don’t do anything on that, just say, Hey, that would be amazing. Okay, I’m on the way outta here. It is a hot one. It’s a hot one this week. So I’m gonna try to stay cool, get in that cold plunge and try to rejuvenate the body. I actually haven’t done the cold plunge, but I’ve heard a lot about it. So if you’ve done a cold plunge, gimme a shout out. Dave (1h 30m 22s): I would love to hear if what it’s all about, if it’s, if it’s good, if it helps your fishing, helps your fly tying. Let’s hear about it. Okay. I’m gonna let you get outta here and we are gonna move on to that next episode. Hope you are having a good morning. I hope you’re having a good afternoon or good evening wherever you are in the world. Looking forward to catching you online or hopefully on the water. Outro (1h 30m 45s): Thanks for listening to the Wet Fly, swing Fly Fishing show. For notes and links from this episode, visit wet fly swing.com.
     

787 | Top Travel Tips for DIY Fly Fishing with John Hunt

fly fishing baja

Episode Show Notes

We chat with John Hunt of Moccasin Fly Club to talk about some top travel tips for DIY fly fishing, from organizing your gear to navigating rental car challenges in places like Mexico. We also dive into what makes hosted trips worth it, how to break into saltwater fishing, and what a day in the life looks like at their Colorado and New Mexico lodges. Whether you’re a seasoned traveler or planning your first out-of-town fishing trip, this episode is packed with practical advice to help you prepare, travel smarter, and enjoy your time on the water.


Hit play to start listening! 👇🏻🎧

apple podcasts

Find the show:  Follow the Show | Overcast | Spotify

Subscribe on Apple Podcasts

Subscribe on Android

Subscribe via RSS

(The full episode transcript is at the bottom of this blogpost) 👇🏻

Sponsors and Podcast Updates

 

top travel tips

Show Notes with John Hunt on Top Travel Tips for DIY Fly Fishing 

How to Plan a DIY Fly Fishing Trip (Without Stressing Out)

John says planning a DIY trip comes down to one thing: being prepared. Below are a few things he recommends before any trip.

  • Buy your fishing license early – Even if it’s just a one-day pass.
  • Call the local fly shop – Ask about flies, access points, or even where to go with limited time.
  • Tie flies ahead of time – Don’t wait until the last minute.
  • Know the gear you’ll need – If everyone’s swinging spey rods and you show up with a 5-weight, you’re in trouble.
  • If traveling internationally, check for visas, fishing permits, and travel logistics.

John packs light: one rod, one reel, a small fly box, and a good attitude. Whether it’s a quick afternoon session in Spokane or a big trip to Mexico, a little prep makes all the difference.

What to Pack (and What to Carry On) for a Fly Fishing Trip

John keeps it simple: if your trip is focused on fishing, carry on your essential gear. That means rods, reels, and lines stay with you on the plane. The only thing you’ll have to check? Flies, because of TSA rules.

When it comes to mistakes, John says most anglers don’t mess up the rod. They mess up the line. Bring the right fly line for the trip. For example, don’t bring a warm-water line to a cold-weather redfish trip. Match sink rates to what’s recommended (floating, sink tip, intermediate, etc.). Use the right leader size for the species especially picky fish like permit or bonefish. It’s all about presentation. Get the line, leader, and fly right—and your odds go way up.

Want to Fish for Tarpon DIY? Here’s What to Know

Tarpon can be tough for DIY anglers. John says you can find juvenile tarpon in some lagoons in Mexico, but most shots require a boat especially for bigger fish. In places like the Florida Keys, heavy shark pressure makes shore-based tarpon fishing tricky.

If you’re going to try it, you’ll need to be dialed in. That means:

  • Bring the right fly line – Floating, sinking, or intermediate depending on the fishery
  • Check your leaders before the trip – Don’t get stuck needing 7 feet of 30-pound and only have 5
  • Clean and inspect your gear – Reels, fly lines, everything
  • Pack extras – More flies, more tippet, and backups if possible
  • Practice your casting – Not just the easy ones. Do sidearms, backhands, and short shots under pressure
top travel tips
August 25, 2024 in Tulum, Mexico “Sometimes ya gotta give the little kings some love 😂😂😂 Smashing juvenile tarpon on a 10wt is a fun afternoon 🇲🇽🎣 (Photo via: https://www.facebook.com/MoccasinFlyClub)

Skip the Rental Car in Mexico

Thinking about renting a car in Cancun and driving south to fish? John says skip it. Driving in Mexico (especially rural areas) is not like driving in the U.S. You’ll hit random checkpoints, some legit, some not. And if you don’t speak Spanish, you could end up paying bribes. Add that to rental and insurance fees, and it’s an expensive, stressful gamble.

John’s alternative? Book a chartered transfer with a local transport company. Ride in a van or car with AC, drinks, and a driver who knows the roads. Less stress, fewer surprises, and safer all around. It’s faster, smoother, and probably cheaper once you factor in “checkpoint fees.” If you’re fishing in Mexico, spend your energy on planning your casts, not dodging roadside scams.

John has an upcoming hosted trip to Xcalak in 2026, targeting tarpon, permit, and bonefish. It’s been fully vetted: he’s eaten the food, fished with the guides, and stayed at the lodge.

May 15, 2025 “@thedoublehaultourney has been moved to September 2026 in Xcalak, Mex 🎣💯🇲🇽 We have some awesome news coming later this summer on the tournament, venue, set up, and accommodations!!!! Drop them a follow and get your team (2 anglers) dialed in 👌🏽 Merch will be dropping this summer also 🔥- in Xcalak, Quintana Roo.” (Photo via: https://www.facebook.com/MoccasinFlyClub)

Practice for Windy Days and Prep for the Next Trip

Wind is always a factor especially in places like Cuba. John’s advice? Practice in the wind before your trip. Face into it, cast with it, cast against it. You won’t always get perfect conditions on the water, so practice the hard stuff now.

Once you’re back home, don’t just toss your gear in a closet. Do a full clean-up. Soak your reels and lines especially after saltwater trips. Clean your fly lines using rubbing alcohol or soap and a paper towel. Remove old leaders. You’ll likely need new ones next time anyway. Good prep after a trip makes the next one easier and helps your gear last longer.

Travel Safety, Remote Trips, and Why John Uses Global Rescue

If you’re headed off the beaten path like deep Mexico, Cuba, or the Amazon, safety isn’t just about crime. It’s about distance. Medical help can be hours away. That’s why John uses Global Rescue, a travel service that can extract you by air if something goes wrong.

Here’s how he stays prepared:

  • Global Rescue membership – Emergency extraction from anywhere, even by helicopter
  • Annual plan covers his family – He recommends all anglers get their own plan
  • Satellite communication – He carries a Garmin inReach so he can call for help without cell service.
  • Common sense safety – Avoid sketchy neighborhoods just like you would in the U.S.

In Cuba, for example, you’ll see military everywhere, but it’s mostly for control, not danger. In remote Argentina or Brazil, the bigger risk is medical not people. Know where you’re going, have a backup plan, and don’t rely on luck. Being ready makes the trip way more fun.

top travel tips
April 27, 2025 at Jardines De La Reina Cuba “This last week off the grid in Cuba (Jardine’s de la Reina) has been epic!!! Getting into migratory tarpon, snapper, bones, and permit make for a solid week of fishing. Big thanks to @jonheames from @bigskyanglers and all of the guides, crew, and other anglers that made it memorable. Shout to @the_actual_doctor_funk for the push to jump on board 🎣💯” (Photo via: https://www.facebook.com/MoccasinFlyClub)

Avoid these Common Gear Fails

  • Ceiling fans – Don’t rig up indoors. They’ve destroyed more rods than fish ever will.
  • Car doors – Another rod killer. Be careful loading up.
  • Stepping on rods – Happens often on boats. Always stow gear properly.
  • Stripping indicators into the top guide – On trout rods, this can weaken the tip over time.

John’s Trip Prep System

  • The “Pile” – He keeps a corner in his office with gear, flies, and documents ready weeks in advance.
  • Checklist comes later – About 10 days out, he lays it all out and starts making a list of what’s missing.
  • Custom gear lists for every guest – Everyone on his trips gets: a non-fishing packing list, a fishing gear checklist, a fly recommendation list, and some casting reminders.

DIY Fishing in Colorado or New Mexico? John’s Got You Covered

If you’re looking to plan a DIY trip this year, John’s got two prime options lined up:

  • Hook N Hunt in Silt, Colorado – Fish the Frying Pan, Roaring Fork, and lower Colorado. Access top rivers and reservoirs from one base. Lodging is just $180/night.
  • Rod & Rifle in New Mexico – Hit the famous San Juan River. Big trout, easy access, and lodging starting at $140/night.
top travel tips
Photo via: https://www.instagram.com/rodandriflenm/

Want a guide? You can add that. Don’t want a guide? Totally fine. John’s setup is built for both.

Camping, Kids, and Keeping It Simple: John’s Family Outdoor Life

When he’s not hosting fishing trips, John’s soaking up the Colorado mountains with his family in a classic pop-up camper. With two young kids and two dogs, they carve out time each summer to unplug at places like Turquoise Lake near Leadville and Chambers Lake near Fort Collins.

His go-to family camping tips?

  • Travel during nap time to get a peaceful ride
  • Plan fun stops along the route (even if it’s just a cool gas station)
  • No screens once they hit the campsite, just bikes, walks, and imagination
  • Keep expectations flexible because with kids, anything can happen

For John, these trips are about more than just fishing. They’re about making time to be outside together. Whether it’s a week on the flats or a few nights in the mountains, the best memories often come from the simplest moments.


You can find John Hunt on Instagram @moccasinflyclub.

Facebook at Moccasin Fly Club

Visit their website at moccasinflyclub.com.

Moccasin Logo


Related Podcast Episodes

 


Full Podcast Transcript

Episode Transcript
Dave (2s): Today’s guest has chased tarpon in Cuba, scouted redfish in Louisiana and helped hundreds of anglers plan trips from the Rockies to the flats, all without overcomplicating each trip. In this episode, we get into the intel and what you need to know from how to plan for a DIY trip, the smart way, and how to identify simple mistakes that ruin more trips than anything else. By the end of this episode, you’ll know how to better plan your next trip, how to pack lighter and fish with more confidence no matter where you’re heading this season. This is the Wet Fly Swing podcast where I show you the best places to travel to for fly fishing, how to find the best resources and tools to prepare for that big trip And what you can do to give back to the fish species we all love. Dave (44s): John Hunt, angler, traveler and founder of Moccasin Fly Club joins us to unpack what it takes to build unforgettable DIY and hosted fly fishing trips around the country from the San Juan to Cuba to the remote flats of Mexico. Today you’re gonna hear how he prepares for international trips, why rod choice isn’t nearly as important as your fly line, and key mistakes that even experienced anglers make before they step on the water. Plus John’s gonna share his biggest gear tips and why he keeps a pile of gear in the corner of his office. Here we go, John Hunt from moccasinflyclub.com. Dave (1m 24s): How you doing today, John? Good John (1m 26s): Man. I’m happy that we finally got some sort of end of spring summer type thing happening here in Colorado, so I can’t complain. Dave (1m 32s): Oh, cool, cool. Is that now as we’re talking, it’s, it’s early May. It’s gonna be June, July, so what’s going on? There was some snow, right? Did that clear out? Is it looking like more like summer now? Spring? John (1m 42s): Yeah, we, I mean as of this week we still had a bunch of snow in the mountains. I was over at our lodge in, in silt earlier this week and it was a fun drive there and back through the mountain passes. But here in the, in the front range in Denver, Boulder, et cetera, we got, you know, green grass, trees are blooming a lot of rain. But you know, I can finally say that I think we’re out of the cold, but who knows what next week. Dave (2m 7s): You never know. Yeah, yeah, John (2m 8s): It’s always the same. Dave (2m 9s): You never know. Okay, cool. I’m glad you mentioned the Colorado because we, you know, in the last episode we dug into that you have some awesome places to travel to in Colorado. We talked a little bit about that today. I think we’re gonna get into some DIY maybe talk about traveling abroad. I hear from listeners and people in our wetly swing community that, you know, DIY is big, you know, people love going on trips, but sometimes maybe if they don’t have a ton of money to do like a giant lodge trip, they might wanna maybe get a guide for a day or two and then DIY it. So we’re gonna talk that today, but, but maybe, yeah, just give us an update before we jump into that. Like high level, what’s going on with you as you look out over the summer? Where are you gonna be traveling All over the country, all over the world? How does that look? John (2m 48s): The summer usually keeps me, you know, pretty busy here in the Rockies. Our lodge in Colorado and our, our place down at the San Juan in New Mexico, it’s peak season. So we have a lot of DIY people or clients that, that have guides hired for certain dates. And then we also just have the, the normal tourism and transport that happens for everything. So, I mean, sometimes we have people that are staying with us that will never touch a rod, but wanna get out and go hiking and go see the sites and et cetera. I mean, for myself, I just spent a week in Cuba down in Ena de Laina chasing migratory tarpon and it was extremely eye-opening. It wasn’t DIY but it was a whole new country in the, in a whole new thing of water for me. John (3m 32s): You know, chasing migratory tarpon in two to four feet of water for six or seven days is, is a new experience. You know, it’s much different than the size of the fish and the keys, but it’s also very different than, you know, ocean fishing and, and different things like that. So, I mean, that was kind of the biggest thing that just happened next for me. I will be down at the San Juan coming up in a couple weeks. We’ll make sure everything’s good to go there. We’ll do some fishing, check on the guides, check on everything. And then June and July keep me most, like everybody else that has kids and, and people that are on summer break. We have camping trips in the rocky set up. John (4m 13s): We have people coming in from out of town. We’ll be up in Washington state with the in-laws, which hopefully I’ll be able to get some fishing done while I’m on that one, which is much like you’re talking is DIY stuff and kind of how about going, going into a new place or DIY where you need to do some research, you need to figure out what, what needs to happen locally just in, in regulations and where to go. And then, you know, how big is your network and how much information you can find on, on where, where it would be great to go fish. But the majority of our summer is, you know, just making sure the lodges are, are doing what they need to do, making sure all of the clients that need to get on the water are finding that out. Whether it’s DIY or a guide, wherever they’re gonna be. John (4m 55s): But we spend a lot of June, July in between the Southern Rockies and in New Mexico at the San Juan and into the heart of the Rockies here with our place in silt. And then, you know, hopefully if all goes well I’ll be able to get up to Wyoming for a couple days and you know, that’s, that’s the gist of it. It’s the, the height of trout season. So I don’t want to act like anybody that, you know, won’t go fish for trout as well, whether you travel or not, you’re home water, you gotta, you gotta be in it when you can. So, Dave (5m 23s): Yeah, definitely. No, that’s awesome. And I think, yeah, I love the Cuba. I think we’ll maybe if we have time at the end we’ll talk a little more about that trip. But let’s, let’s just jump right into, you mentioned some of the DIY so how do you frame that If you, do you have, think about a few like tips that apply both, you know, kind of domestically, internationally or how would you break that up for somebody who’s like maybe planning a big trip, like you said DIY, where do you help them start out? John (5m 47s): I think most of it is, you know, your home waters, you take a lot of stuff for granted. You probably know where fish are in the river. You most likely know what you’re gonna throw a hundred percent positive that you probably already have a fishing license. So a lot of the stuff with new waters, whether it’s domestic or international, just comes into the, you know, doing things before you get there. Obviously we wanna support any fisheries in any state that allows us to go fish. So you know, get a fishing license, whether it’s a 1, 2, 5 day if you know you’re gonna be going there a bunch. Obviously the annual is something that helps out the most if possible. But I think there’s a lot of easy things to do leading up to the trip. John (6m 27s): And I know that everybody’s busy and everybody’s got work, but there are simple ways to kind of know before you go, which is, you know, things that we take here in Colorado from like backcountry skiing and whitewater rafting and failing to prepare is preparing to fail. Kind of things like if, If you can start checking out, you know, one, get your fishing license, two, see if there’s a local fly shop around where you’re gonna go DIY, give them a call and ask them what’s going on that time of year. I, you know, you can’t, you can’t know the weather before you go and you most likely aren’t gonna know exactly where fish are. But the more you start to learn what’s happening, if you’re gonna be tying your own flies too, you obviously need time to get that box ready and get stuff tied that will be for that place. John (7m 10s): So you can talk to the local fly shop, you can ask them about flies, you can ask them about, you know, hey I, I’m gonna be with my family and I got a half a day. Is there someplace you would recommend or is it kind of, you know, you go on your own and check stuff out. Most of that, whether it’s here in the US or abroad, is all kind of the same stuff that you just wanna try to be as prepared as possible If you really want to net a fish, you know, put in the time ahead of time to try to net that fish. When you add international into the situation, you’re talking about, you know, other regulations, do you need visas to be able to go there? Do you need to have some sort of certain certificate or do you need to pay some sort of fee to be able to fish? John (7m 50s): How are you gonna get from wherever you’re lodging to where you’re gonna be fishing? Are you gonna bring your own gear? Are there people there that have gear that you may be able to rent or use? There’s a lot of things I think that once you get outside of driving your car or flying with your own gear somewhere that, that new water and, and definitely the, as we say, you know, there’s new water, new state and then there’s new water, new country and in the new water, new state aspect, you may be able to drive and take whatever you want. You just should be doing all the intel as much as possible. I would love to say that while you’re on the water and while you’re trying to fish, there will be people that will talk to you about what’s going on. But I think we’ve all had interactions with other anglers that are positive and negative when you’re in new water and trying to figure out what’s happening. John (8m 33s): But that’s all kind of the, the day and when it comes leading up to it though, I think, you know, get your stuff ready. If everybody where you’re going is gonna be using a two handed spay rod, then that’s probably something you wanna figure out as opposed to trying to use a one-handed ride. Dave (8m 46s): How are you doing that with your, let’s just take the Washington trip. So I mean that’s probably pretty easy because it’s, are you thinking, I guess you’re thinking trout on that trip? Yeah, John (8m 54s): It’ll be trout. So my in-laws are, are from Spokane, which is, is beautiful and has a ton of water around it. There’s a local shop there that I can stop into and usually I just call ’em before I go up there and see what they’re saying. There’s a bunch of different things within about an hour. There’s, you know, certain things right in Spokane that are central to it and maybe 20 minutes from where we stay. And those are trout aspects and I mean, you know, suffice it to say in my personal opinion, any day out on the water, whether you catch fish or not is better than not having a day on the water. So, you know, if I can get three or four hours in the, the late afternoon to go out and wet a line, I’m gonna go do that. If I can get a whole day to kind of plan a trip and go somewhere, then I’m gonna do that. John (9m 38s): Also, I’ll be flying and taking my own gear with me. So I’ll have a rod and reel in box and and et cetera. I usually only pack and bring one rod, one reel, one line and then a fly box net and some other stuff that doesn’t take up a ton of room in the suitcase. Dave (9m 52s): Right. Do you check your stuff or do you carry on? Like how do you do that? ’cause some people say like, man, I don’t check any of my, or I check all my stuff and then other people are like, man I I’m not gonna leave my flies. And how do you do it? John (10m 3s): So I think, I mean flies and everything with a hook you’re gonna have to check just per TSA regulations. When I go to Washington, everything gets checked in a bag with all the stuff for our kids and et cetera makes it really easy. When I go international or I’m going to somewhere that’s specifically for fishing or for work, I’m gonna carry that rod vault on. I’ll usually have, you know, four rods, four reels, backup lines, all my stuff except for the flies will be with me on the flight. Now that’s whether I’m going to Argentina, Cuba, Mongolia, Louisiana. Anywhere that I go that’s gonna be with Moccasin on a trip, I’m gonna carry that on. And it’s a lot like ski boots, you know, you always carry your ski boots on the plane wherever you get. John (10m 44s): You can get a new set of skis, you can get new flies, you can get certain stuff, but you always wanna have that equipment with you. Now if you’re traveling back from Louisiana or Pyramid Lake, they will let you carry on your stuff coming home. If you’re going from outside of the US and you’re coming into the us, Cuba, Mexico, Argentina, et cetera, most of the regulations say that you have to check that stuff coming back. But I have always tried to just take it as a carry on and if they let me carry it on, great and if they don’t let me carry it on, then I check it at that point. But going to a destination, I would always say you want to carry it on if your only priority is fishing. John (11m 24s): You know, in the, the family trip, in our camping trips we’re driving everywhere so you know, I got things packed on the camper and things packed everywhere else so that it’s easy to go. But yeah, I mean with rot and reel for family trips and stuff like that, I just, you know, take the bare minimum, check it through all my stuff. In the other situations I’m taking extra stuff and I mean I’ll have three or four extra lines in case somebody on a trip breaks a line. I’ll have extra rods and reels in case somebody, if somebody did check their luggage and they lost it, then I have a rod and a reel that we can give them for that. Dave (11m 57s): So you’re bringing back up so you’re bringing backups for everybody else. That’s awesome. So, and you’re, yeah, you’re setting these things up obviously. Yeah. I mean this is pretty cool. I think there’s a lot of things. What, what do you see that goes wrong? Let’s see, somebody’s planning a trip, it could be abroad maybe, maybe we just take it abroad a little bit. What are the the biggest things that you can see that could go wrong out there? John (12m 15s): There are some things that aren’t necessarily big that go wrong, but you know, if you’re gonna go somewhere and they’re all using eight, nine weights and you bring a seven, are you under gunned? Probably not. But most of the time it’s, it’s best to bring whatever they’re recommending. There’s a reason why they’re talking about certain rods and reels. I would say the biggest thing that, especially in DIY and also in your first couple trips is line selection. You know, like If you go down to New Orleans and you’re fishing for red fish in November, December and you bring a warm weather line or you don’t bring a cold weather line or a big enough line that doesn’t need to be hot so to speak, that’s gonna change the way that things are fished. That’s gonna change the way the line is in the water. John (12m 57s): Say you’re going somewhere and they’re talking about a sink tip and you just bring a floating line or they’re talking about an intermediate sink and you bring a full sink. There are just different things with, you know, your rod and your reel are great tools, but the most important tool is gonna be line leader, tip it fly and, and all of the stuff that goes into that presentation aspect of how the fish will view what you’re throwing at the fish. You know, If you’re going after peacock bass and you got a 20 pound liter instead of a 30 pound liter and you got a sinking line instead of like, a lot of that’s not gonna change with that species because they’re gonna attack anything and go after it. Now you get into your, you know, permit or bonefish or things that are a little bit more finicky then you know you need to have that 10 foot 16 pound or whatever and you need to have certain things that are tapered and it, it’s all gotta go together. John (13m 50s): And I think it, it comes back to, you know, to catch certain fish, you gotta have a lot of things go right, you gotta check a lot of boxes. So you know with with tarpon you know you can present to a tarpon and it can lean, you can present to a tarpon and it can lean and try to bite it. You can present to a tarpon and it can lean bite and hook it, then you can lose it in the jump. Dave (14m 9s): Right. Well would a tarpon be, that’s one good question Tarpon, ’cause you mentioned it at the start, but are there any DIY opportunities tarpon wise? Yeah, John (14m 17s): I think we have some aspects in Mexico where, I mean you can technically do some DIY tarpon aspects. It’s, it’s hard with the tarpon because being on a boat and being where they are is always gonna be better. There’s not a ton of tarpon that are gonna be like rolling in the surf right next to shore now. And there’s exceptions to all the rules, right? So you may get some shots of tarpon in that aspect. But you know, in the Florida Keys, there’s too many sharks really for some of that. In Mexico you can do some DIY stuff. If you really want to get after like a juvenile tarpon and smaller tarpon, there are some lagoons that you can kind of get into. But you know, you may have to to get a boat or something like that. John (14m 59s): But I think when you talk about biggest mistakes in traveling, line selection is something that’s, it’s almost critical. Like you can throw an eight weight line on a seven weight rod, you can throw a nine weight line on a 10 weight rod. But you gotta have the right line that they’re talking about using, whether that’s floating, intermediate, sinking. I’ve also run into this stuff for like, you know, I show up somewhere, I’ve gone through all my stuff and I go to make my leader and I’m pulling out 30 pound and I need, you know, seven feet to make my section and my, my little spool ends and I got five feet and then the whole rest of the trip I got no 40 pound. And some of that is again, just, you know, instead of, you know, failing to plan, prepare and playing fail. John (15m 42s): Yeah, all that stuff like yeah, you Dave (15m 43s): Could go through all your gear. Yeah, that’s something you could do like start of the trip, like have all your gear lined out and basically like that. Go through your leader, go through everything, check your lines, make sure they’re clean, right? I mean all this, make sure your reels are clean. Just, I mean if you’re doing a trip somewhere like that extra time preparation is what you’re talking about. And then when you’re on the water, you’re not like, oh man, I don’t have this like, you’re ready to go. John (16m 5s): I mean I feel like we, we have a lot of anglers that they book the trip, they know they’re going on the trip, they get down to the trip and when they get back home from the trip, man, you know, I really should have practiced my casting. It was a little bit different. Every shot wasn’t a 10 o’clock forehand, no wind, 30 yard shot. It was crazy. Like the only fish that got caught was on a backhand shot that was like 25 feet. You know, practicing that stuff and if you’re gonna spend the money, but also your time being down there for the fishing, you wanna make sure that you know you got the, the right equipment. You also wanna make sure that you’re available as an angler to do what you need to do. Whether it’s DIY or with a guide or anything. You know, the better you’re into, you know, you get somewhere, you’re going to Montana to go trout fishing and you get there, you got your five weight or your six weight, you got the right line, you got all the tipt, you open up your fly box and you got the right flies, but you only got two of ’em instead of six of ’em. John (17m 1s): Well you know it’s gonna be a long day If you hook anything and gotta make sure you get back those right flies a couple of times. And I think those are things that people run into, but specifically the stuff that’s abroad and in the salt, you know, go outside and even though you don’t really wanna make time for it, have a rod put together, have it already to go. Go out in your street, go out in the driveway, go out to a park, practice casting and don’t practice the perfect cast. Practice all of the hard stuff. Practice your back cast, practice your forward test practice casting over each shoulder in case you got a cast at 12 o’clock Dave (17m 37s): What about the wind? How do you practice with the wind? John (18m 32s): Just go outside, face into the wind, face with the wind, even though it’s a windy day and you see the leaves rustling in the trees. I hate to say it, but Murphy’s Law is gonna say that, you know, it is specifically in Cuba, our first three days in Cuba were like 12 to 20 knot wins and you’re standing on the bow of a boat. You still need to be able to cast it to where you want to cast. It’s not like you’re not gonna take a shot ’cause the wind is there. But can you take the best shot possible? That depends on how much you’ve been practicing and and what you want with it. The other big thing about traveling anywhere when you get home, that bag shouldn’t just be placed in a closet until the next trip. You should clean your lines. John (19m 12s): Even if you’ve washed everything off in the salt and you’ve given it all the right bath and you’ve put it all together, you should still make sure you pull that whole line out and clean it before you put it away. Turn your drags down so that there’s no pressure on the drag. Right? Dave (19m 26s): Yeah. Is that something on the drag? So that’s the, you know that little stuff like that. If you, you should turn your drags down when you’re not using ’em for say an extended period. John (19m 34s): Yeah, when you get back from a trip, I like to do a whole nother soak and clean and granted, you know, you gotta make time to do all of it or get a big Tupperware, put all your reels in it, turn the water on it, let it sit somewhere for a couple days, then pull the line out. I like to use and which people don’t always like, but I usually use some iso alcohol on a paper towel and I just pull the whole line through it. You can use dial soap, you can use whatever you want, pull that whole line through, you’ll be amazed how many dirty lines you’ll have on that paper towel. Then you reel it all back up. Once it’s all ready to go. I take all the leaders off too because wherever I’m going the next time I assume they’re gonna tell us a certain leader that they want Nate, so you don’t have to clip something off at that point. John (20m 14s): I turn the drag all the way down, I put it back and it’s real sock and that goes up on the wall. Now I know that the reel’s been soaked, the line’s been clean, there’s no liter on it and when I grab it off the wall to go on the next trip, I may have to change the line and I don’t have to go through some certain stuff before I change it. Or if I don’t have to change the line, it can go right back into the bag and it’s going on for the next adventure. But there’s a lot of, a lot of preparation to get ready to go on a trip. Yeah. Dave (20m 43s): What about If you were to go to, like, is this okay to do, let’s say you’re going to this, this place in Washington or you know, new Orleans or something, you’re maybe not gonna get a guide, but you’re talking to a guide. Is it okay to call a guide and just pick their brain but maybe not get a trip? Is that, what do you think? John (20m 57s): Yeah, call up a guide and say, hey look man, you know, I’m trying to see what’s up. I’m gonna be here for a day. I don’t think I can hire you as a guide. And he may tell you, look, I’m already booked on that date. Which is, makes the whole conversation really easy or yeah, I mean I’ll be like, hey, you know what, what are you seeing around that time of year? Is there anything special I should be tying or bringing? Is there anything that you know, you feel that you could tell me and be okay with it? Now if they say no and whatever, there’s probably another guide you can call and talk to. I really like local fly shops because the people that work in the fly shops are supposed to help you with that. So I mean that’s the, the whole goal of you. So even if they’re, if they’re an hour away and you call the fly shop, Hey look, I’m gonna go over and fish the paty next weekend and I’m there with my family. John (21m 39s): I only got a couple hours Andy. Yeah, you know, we’ve seen this, this and this. Our guys that have been over there fishing have tried that. You know, you just gotta watch out in case it’s blown out. Make sure you check the weather. If it rains, there’s no reason to do the drive. You know, there’s certain, certain little things you can learn. I have no issues with people calling and talking to guides because a good guide is gonna tell you what they think is okay and then they’re gonna say, Hey look, If you got a lot of trouble, you can’t do it, call me back and you know, we’ll try to get you on the water. I will tell you that you going to DIY fish and then hire a guide is not the right timeline. Do day one with a guide, learn what’s up, see the flies, understand the fishery, and then do your DIY days. If you’re just gonna DIY from the jump, obviously you should be asking people questions about what’s going on. John (22m 22s): Especially if it’s brand new water. Like, you know, I’m, I’m here in Denver. If I was gonna go up to West Yellowstone, I’d be calling, you know, the people in West Yellowstone and ask them questions about the Henry Sport or Yellowstone Park. Hey, what’s going on? What are you guys seeing? I’m gonna be up there for a day. Is there any intel you could gimme? What’s usually happening here? Is there any place that you would recommend that I should go? Is there a certain stretch that’s better for waiting? The worst thing that happens is that you drive somewhere, you put all the stuff in the, in the truck, you go out and you’re driving along the river and there’s all these people fishing and then you see a stretch of a half mile where nobody’s fishing. So you go down there and fish. Well, there could be a reason why all those people were Yeah. Where they were and you’re not there and any of the know before you go stuff can help you out. Dave (23m 7s): Any intel. Yeah. John (23m 8s): You know, you want the best shot at catching the fish, you might as well get as much intel as possible. Now if it’s just about getting away for three hours and wetting the line and having a great time and having a couple beers, then so be it. But if, if you’re really trying to put a fish on the net, Dave (23m 22s): Yeah, I always feel like that’s for me, you know, or probably for a lot of people, the species, getting the the new species is kind of a, a cool thing to think about. You know, main fish. I always feel like you go to a place, right. It’d be cool to catch what is, have you heard, this is interesting, I was kind of gonna think about this because it’s kind of a, I guess it’s kind of a negative story, but it’s the, you ever heard that story down, down the path? That story about the, the guy that disappeared? No fly fishing up near in Belize it’s called, we just, and I know about this because Brian Ska, our kind of steelhead spay host, just interviewed Will Rice, who basically put this podcast season together and, and a story about this guy. It was just near the Mexican border, near in Belize, right in that area. Dave (24m 5s): And it’s really bizarre. This guy’s up there fly fishing on the flats end of the day, just disappears. And nobody, and to this day I don’t think they found out what happened to him. Wow. And it was this, yeah. So it’s this crazy story, but it gets you thinking about like, okay, that’s the very extreme, right. Some guy who knows what happened to him, whether he got, you know, capped by a, a mafia guy or, or maybe just, who knows, maybe just walked off on his own and disappeared into the, you know, but you know, for safety, that’s the extreme stuff. Right. And people, I think salt water, you’re a little unsure anything there when you’re thinking about that. Somebody’s doing the salt, maybe a DIY trip to Belize, Mexico, maybe let’s just take it to Mexico. Are there any other concerns you’re thinking about people should be prepared for it before doing a Mexico trip or is it pretty safe or is it pretty safe down there? John (24m 47s): I will say that as somebody that, that is, I assume I’m considered an avid, avid traveler. Like there’s ways to check certain stuff out. The biggest thing I would tell you that anybody that’s gonna be traveling and we do this for our clients, If you need it, you can contact us, we can help you out. But Global Rescue is an unbelievable service that that can be used in those situations. So, you know, you can check in at the airport before you fly out and put your flight info in. You can check in at the airport when you land, you can check in and let them know where you’re gonna be staying. You can have your phone on you, et cetera. So I mean, we use global entry all over the world and it is there in case you need to be extracted from medical issues. So, you know, if we have somebody on a trip, God forbid they get hurt or get cut or something, we can call over global rescue, get out. John (25m 33s): How does Dave (25m 33s): That work? Does Global Rescue, is that a thing where they come in with like a helicopter and fly out in the middle of nowhere? John (25m 38s): Yeah, they come in, you, you contact Global Rescue, you give ’em the coordinates. They have GPS on your phone. They come in, they pick you up, they take you as fast as they can to wherever they gotta get you. Dave (25m 48s): Wow. And is that a, is that like a service, like a, a monthly service or how does that work? John (25m 52s): I pay an annual fee and we usually tell people same thing. If you’re gonna be traveling a bunch, pay the annual and you’re in. Dave (25m 59s): Oh. So if they’re coming with you, so if people are go on one of your trips, would they be covered with this global rescue? They John (26m 4s): Won’t be covered by mine, but we, we let them know that they should have it so that they can have their own plan. Now I do the family plan, so it’s me and my wife and the two boys and, and et cetera. But Global Rescue, you’ll help out to a certain extent. I don’t know if it’ll help out with the down the path one, you know, if he was in the water and something happened. Yeah. He’s not getting out Dave (26m 21s): Eaten by a shark or something. John (26m 23s): Yeah, yeah. What, whatever. So I think there’s, there’s different aspects of that. But again, before you go somewhere, you can have global rescue. We probably have anywhere from like eight to 20 people a month that we’re signing up. They’re great to work with and, and we have a, a long relationship with them on many aspects because of all of our trips. But I think that, not only that, but just in general a little research. So, you know, I’ve gone to Brazil a bunch of times and people are like, oh, you know, or do you think Sao Paulo Brazil or Manels Brazil is safe? And I’m like, yeah, I mean if, If you go into any bad neighborhood of anywhere in the US Dave (26m 56s): Yeah you’ll find it. Right. John (26m 57s): It’s not safe. If you go into the bad neighborhoods in another country, it’s probably not safe. You know, just recently I was in Cuba and Cuba has a very heavy domestic military presence no matter where you go because everything’s owned by the, the government. So the military kind of runs everything because, well Dave (27m 15s): What’s that look like? Are you just walking down the street like for coffee and there’s like just machine guns on the corner? John (27m 21s): Not machine that’s on the corner, but like at the came way airport, If you walk out of the came way airport and cross the street to go see a NDA or a shop, there’s probably seven or eight dudes in Army fatigues just walking around. They won’t all have guns on them, but I mean they can detain you and, and do whatever if you’re, if you’re acting like an idiot as opposed to checking stuff out. But I mean, everywhere that you go, there are military bases, there are people in fatigues. The military is a huge employment aspect for people in Cuba because it’s a socialistic country and they don’t have a lot of options to make a lot of monies. So that’s a good job to have. Now also I’ve been in like the most remote places of northern Argentina where you’re probably, you know, two hours away from the closest hospital and you’re, you know, on a river and et cetera. John (28m 8s): Like are those unsafe because of humans or are those unsafe because you’re super remote. Like when you’re in the middle of the Amazon in Brazil, if something happens to you, you’re a two hour flight to even get back to Manaus to be somewhere. So I mean safety is, is not only like human caution, but also just environmental caution. Like, you know, you get hurt in the mountains around here, who knows how fast you can get out or whatever. Especially if there’s snow or there’s rain or there’s forces of nature that are keeping people away from it. So I think the, the safety part of it is knowing before you go, things like global rescue are, are unbelievable. That will help with that aspect. Also, we carry an inReach garment satellite phone. John (28m 50s): So as long as my cell phone and the inReach turn on, then it’s a satellite phone. Now the satellite phone coupled with the global rescue means that I could call global rescue if I had to for somebody else or somebody else could call global rescue if they had to for me. And that at least allows like in extreme travels, there’s, you know, being able to, to reach out and touch somebody, being able to have communication when possible is a big thing. So I think when you’re traveling, you know you gotta know where you’re going. Now if we talk about Mexico, right? I’m gonna assume, yeah, we’re talking about the East coast where you would go fish anywhere from like Cancun down to Ishak where there’s permit and tarping and bone and whatever. John (29m 31s): So you’re flying into Cancun. Cancun is a resort town, two and a half hours south of theirs. Tulum Tulum is another resort town. Then you got another two and a half hours, you’re by Ishak and you’re pretty close to where Belize is. And at that point you’re more remote but you still got a cell phone service. Now If you go in the wrong places, I know people that have rented a car in Cancun and been stopped five different times going to Tulum and Act pay off the cops for being stopped ’cause it’s a green go driving a rental car and they know what that is. Now, if you’re in a ground transportation charter type of aspect, whether it’s a taxi, van, bus, you’re most likely not gonna have any run-ins with any of that because it’s somebody that is a Mexican driver, a Mexican car. John (30m 15s): How Dave (30m 15s): Does the rental car, so how does that, that work? So somebody, so you don’t want to get a rental car in, in Mexico on the East coast. John (30m 22s): I advise against them unless you wanna spend more money. So you land in Cancun and you get a rental car, one driving a car in most of South America and Central America is totally different than here in the us you know, there’s, there’s not really speed limits. Sometimes there’s one lanes you gotta pass everybody you gotta honk. I mean, driving a car in Buenos Aires to me sounds almost as horrible as like trying to drive a car in, in Tokyo or, or London or whatever. Like just you don’t doing it. So If you get a rental car in Cancun, then you start driving south and you’re getting into rural aspects, well you have to go through some places where there’s checkpoints. That could be local Pia, it could be federal government, it could be military, it could be none of the above. John (31m 3s): And just people that are doing their own checkpoint because they want to take people’s money. Oh wow. So you get there, you know, they start talking to you in Spanish. If you know Spanish it goes a lot better. If you don’t, it doesn’t. And they usually ask for whatever cash is in your wallet, you gotta pay ’em and then you continue and then you may run into a bunch of those. So you know, a rental car is gonna cost you four or $500 and it could cost you another four or $500 in cash to do that. As opposed to, you could have had a charter thing where you’re drinking water or beers and chitchatting and somebody else is driving and it costs you 250 bucks and nothing else. Dave (31m 38s): Gotcha. So the charter’s just getting like a, getting a on a bus or something like that? John (31m 42s): Well most of the time it’s a, it’s a transport company so you’d be in a van or sometimes if it’s one or two people they’ll throw you in a nicer car. But you’re talking ACS and drinks and you sit in the back. Dave (31m 52s): That sounds better. Yeah. John (31m 53s): It’s still gonna be a bumpy, crazy, you know, 85 mile an hour drive and you’re gonna be on roads that aren’t paved. That’s gonna happen no matter what vehicle you’re in. But limiting the amount of exploitation and extortion is Dave (32m 6s): Right. That’s a, that’s, that’s a priority. Do you guys have places operations in Mexico or Belize or anywhere down there? Yeah. John (32m 13s): Yeah. So we can do, I mean we do everything pretty much in Mexico. We have some inland aspects by see de Mexico, which are are fun but are not salt. What Dave (32m 23s): Are they, if they’re not salt, what are the Mexico places that aren’t salt John (32m 26s): Bass, big inland lakes for large and small mouth bass that are Oh wow. Super fun. But not necessarily like what people want is destination fishing. But yeah, we, you know, you can do Isla hobo like off of where Cancun in between Cancun and Tulum. Once you get down into the Tulum and Maha Wall, Ascension Bay, chat Mall, bay Aspi, Santo Bay, all of that stuff. We have three different places on that side on the East coast that we do. And I mean in, in my personal opinion, it depends on what you’re going for. If you want Tarpon and things like that, you’re gonna be like Maal and Tulum and north of that. And if you’re looking for permit then you’re gonna be, you know, Ishak API santu and, and places like that, Ascension Bay, Chet Mall Bay and a Spear to Santu Bay all have the same kind of environmental aspects that are very prevalent for permit and, and that, that’s just how it works there. John (33m 21s): But I mean, you can choose where you want to be depending on what’s happening. Like if you’re already going to Cancun, we can try to get you to go outta Cancun if you’re gonna be in Tulum, we just had a, a group of people that were in Tulum for a bachelor party and two of the guys were like, yo, we’re down here, we might as well go out fishing. So they did two days fishing. We have a lot of people that go to ISHKA just because we have a unbelievable place, great pricing. You know, you’re probably looking at like $3,300 for a week with everything including Wow. Other than your flight. That’s your, your transportation to and from your fishing, your food, your lodging, everything. That’s amazing. And that those are good places to be. Now you can also go stay at a lot of those places and DIY fish, but you won’t have as many opportunities and shots at Permit or Tarpon. John (34m 4s): You’ll be able to get on bones, you’ll be able to get on a lot of salt water life just right off of the beach. It just, you know, if you’re gonna go out and try to hunt for, for something, you just gotta, you know. Dave (34m 14s): That’s cool. Does that 3,300 cover guides too. John (34m 18s): Yeah, that has everything included for the week. Dave (34m 20s): Wow, that’s amazing. And so that would be for Permit Tarpon? John (34m 24s): Yeah, five days, six nights, 3,300, which you’ll be everything except for your international flight and also your tips and et cetera. But I mean you can fly, you can fly Southwest into Cancun Direct from Denver or other places and then you got like a four hour, five hour drive south to get down to Ishak. You can fly connection through Dallas or Houston or Atlanta or Miami to get into Tulum and then you only got like a two and a half hour flight. But for us from Denver, if we go Denver to Cancun and drive down, it cuts about three hours off of your travel day. Then if we go Denver to Dallas to Tulum and then drive, we work with those things with, with everybody depending on what they’re looking for. John (35m 8s): But I mean Dave (35m 9s): That’s so cool. John (35m 9s): Yeah, you can do, you know, a lot of people will fly points Denver to Cancun. Well Dave (35m 14s): And that can ca I mean that’s not bad. Right. Can you, what do you fly down there for like, like six, 700 bucks. Denver to Cancun. John (35m 19s): So from Denver to Cancun Direct, I think it came out to be like four 80. Oh Dave (35m 23s): Wow. Yeah, that John (35m 24s): Was for this August because I may have to go down there. Now granted this is an announcement that hasn’t been made yet, but yeah, Dave (35m 30s): Let’s hear it. This is the first, we got some new stuff covered. Let’s hear it. Yeah. John (35m 33s): Breaking news. So as of this past week in September of 2026, we will have that ish GAC trip as a hosted trip. And for next year’s pricing, it’ll be five days fishing, six nights lodging in ish Glac permit, Tarpon bonefish 3,400. And that’ll have seven spots on it, either five or seven depending on what we finalize. Dave (35m 58s): Yeah, this sounds perfect. Yeah, this sounds amazing. And the, and the reason, and this is what Will Rice said on that that show down the path, the episode, we’ll put a link in the show notes to that. But he was saying like a big part of it, like yeah you can DIY, everybody can DIY. It’s great and you should, but like you said, getting somebody beforehand, that’s what’s cool about this is that doing this trip that you’re talking about, I mean the experience and the safety is probably gonna be better ’cause you’ve already vetted this stuff. You know, you’re not worried about some, you’re like you said, you’re telling them don’t get a rental car. You know, that’s all set. So pretty much Do you feel like safety is a big reason people are coming to you as well? I think John (36m 32s): Some of it is safety. I will say that overall our belief in Moccasin is more about the experience, right? And obviously safety is part of that experience. But you landing in Cancun and maybe you don’t know that much Spanish and if it’s, I mean, for that trip next September it’ll be me. You know, I, I know Spanish, I can handle that. We’re gonna get in the right car, we’re gonna make sure we have all your luggage, we’re gonna make sure everything’s right. Then you’re gonna be having, you know, water and drinks and stuff and talking with the other anglers. And that starts the experience before you even get to the lodge. We get to the lodge, we’re setting up rods, we’re getting stuff ready, you’re meeting guides. These guides have been fishing for permit and tarpon and bonefish for years. John (37m 14s): I have literally, you know, done the drive, eaten the food, slept in the bed, fish with the guides before you ever get there. It’s all been vetted that this is what it is. If there’s something wrong, not only can you talk to the lodge, but you can talk to me as the host and we fix that. If something doesn’t work, it gets handled. If the food isn’t the right way or If you have allergies or you can’t, you’re lactose intolerant, all of those things are kind of handled and that’s all part of the experience. Then you get out and you do the fishing. The only thing we can’t do is cast and hook a fish and land. Dave (37m 44s): That’s right. You gotta practice, right? Yeah. You gotta practice for the trip. All John (37m 47s): Of the other stuff is, is part of that trip. Now granted, I will say If you wanted to go to Ishak and DIY fish, If you did five days like we’re doing, you’re gonna be, you know, close to three grand already. So what we’re doing is just eliminating a lot of that stuff. Now you gotta bring your own flies, your rods, your own tackle. They don’t provide any of that in Mexico. So there are certain things that lead up to that. I think it’s more important that there are people that want to DIY fish and do it that way. And I’m one of those in certain situations. The other way is that If you’re really trying to take a week outta your year to go catch a tarpon or a permit or a bone fish, let’s make sure that happens for you. Or at least check every one of those boxes up to hooking, fighting and landing a fish that we can. John (38m 32s): So you’re practicing casting, you have all the travel stuff taken care of. We know that you’re gonna be safe with us. Plus we have global rescue, plus we have cell service, plus we have a SAT phone. Plus we know all of the people that you’re gonna be with. I have gone on trips to places that are remote. Like, I mean, when we first started going to New Orleans, I would go down to New Orleans and have to find a guide and go out for a day. And I was staying at a place, had to eat the food, had to check it all out, would go out fishing. And some days are great and some days aren’t. A lot of that is what you’re getting with your hosted travel is that it should be all vetted and it should be a good experience start to finish and it should be safe and enjoyable. It, you should be able to accomplish what you want to. John (39m 13s): I think that all kind of ties together. I will tell you that our trips to Mongolia is a different type of safety than a trip to Alaska. Alaska. You’re worried about animals and bears and things like that about safety. When you go to Mongolia, you’re talking about going halfway across the country right now and and that’s a different type of safety, right? Safety, we’re with good people over there and we know that Dave (39m 36s): We had a recent guest on I’m excited. Well, Brett Stoffel, he’s a survival expert and we awesome. We don’t do these episodes very often, but it’s really good. And he talked about, you know, there’s a lot of misnomers, there’s a lot of misinformation like that, you know, those survival blankets that everybody has, those little things that are really light. He talked about how those things are not good, you know, and like, you know, there’s three things you need, right? Most people are found within 72 hours and it’s really good. So I mean, I will put a link to that one as well. But I feel like, you know, wherever you’re at the preparation you’ve, you said at the start, you know, being prepared, doing your due diligence to make sure and hiring somebody like yourself, other people who have already vetted it is a big part. Dave (41m 43s): So this is exciting. I think, you know, again, talking about these prices, 3400, 3300 for a trip like that sounds amazing. Then also, I think on the next episode we might also be talking about some of the stuff down there for redfish, which is another big one we’re trying to get into. But before we get out here in a little bit here, we got a little bit of time here, but what about other resources, DIY resources, any other tips we’re missing you throw out there for people that are kinda listening here and I’m thinking like, you know, one thing I’ll just give ’em, I’ve heard, I haven’t ever done this, but the ceiling flan takes out a lot of fly rods, especially down on the salt water flats. Is that, have you seen that happen? Any other tips you have? John (42m 15s): I hate to say it, but like breaking rods is, is a part of life if you’re getting out there and and doing it a lot and I mean, Dave (42m 21s): Yeah, how does it happen? How, how does breaking rods happen mostly out there? Do you, you’ve seen a few. I John (42m 26s): Will tell. So in Cuba it was fortunate and unfortunate, but I had a 12 weight. There was a school of tarpon, probably like four or five. They looked to be large, put the fly like right outside the first one. First one swam past it, the other two turned and I think one pushed it up and the other one missed it. Hook went right into the head of probably like a 45 pound tarpon. So that fight was outrageous and when it finally came time to like get it close to the boat, try to land it and get the hook out, that fish took another sprint right under the, the boat. Oh yeah. And I was trying to get around the front as fast as I could. That thing exploded into three pieces. We eventually landed the fish. Dave (43m 6s): Oh you did? With the broken rod. John (43m 8s): I got a, I got a reel on a piece of butt and one eyelid. Dave (43m 12s): Oh wow. What was the rod? What was the rod that blew up? John (43m 14s): It was a 12 weight rod. So Dave (43m 16s): Like what was the brand? Oh, John (43m 18s): It was a, it was a red truck we used. Oh Dave (43m 19s): Yeah, red truck. Yeah, red truck’s. Awesome. Yeah. John (43m 21s): And I already sent pictures to James when we had a good laugh that happens in those situations. Obviously car doors break a ton of rods. Ceiling fans, like when you’re down there in Central or South America and it’s hot, you usually go in and the first thing you’re doing is turning on the AC and turning on the ceiling fan. And then instead of going outside and setting your stuff up, you’re doing your room. You get the rod already and of course you pick it up in the air and the whammo. Dave (43m 46s): Ah, have you ever done that? John (43m 48s): I have not done the ceiling fan of the car door, but I have watched both of those happen probably three or four times or more. God, also, I’ve seen a lot of it, like If you haven’t been on a skiff or a boat before and there’s rods out and people step the wrong way, that’ll kind of snap it. I have not seen a rod break in a rod vault on a car or in a rod tube on a skiff. So I tell a lot of people, you know, rods aren’t cheap, so put ’em in the right spot and then you should be good. But you see that all the time Now, I also will tell you in like the trout world, if you’re stripping enough line and that indicator hits that top eyelet, that is another way to break a rod. ’cause that indicator hits the eyelet and it can get pressure on it or it can bend it. John (44m 31s): And even if the indicator gets stripped into that top eye and then you let it go again, that little tip of that rod is definitely gonna be somewhat damaged in the future. So that, that has happened too. But I think in the DIY world, I think a lot of it is doing the research before you go somewhere. But I will tell you that for me personally, I still call people. I’m not always texting. I mean, you and I text and we email or whatever. Yeah. But a lot of it is like, I like calling around wherever I’m going, I’ll call the hotel that you’re gonna stay at, ask them some questions about who they would recommend. Then I call the people that they recommend I talk to them. Then I’m gonna call somebody that I just found on a Google search that came up first or second call and talk to them. John (45m 11s): And I, I do usually, I mean with all of my travels, like there’s a corner in my office that everybody makes fun of, but it’s like my pile for the next trip. Dave (45m 21s): Oh. So that’s it. So that’s how you do it. So you’ve got a pile going the side of your office, there’s John (45m 24s): A, a pile in my office, that office right now that’s already slowly getting ready for the, so if line the lines that I need, I pull those out, I put them in the pile, the reels, they’ll get there. And Dave (45m 33s): Do you have a list? Are you going off a, like a checklist on your phone or a paper sheet to know like that you’re not missing anything? John (45m 39s): I used to do a checklist and now I have gone full pile style where like things that come in, I’m just throwing them in there. Then after I have like the pile there, about a week to 10 days out, I pull that pile out and I lay it all out. And then I make a list of the stuff that I don’t have. I go through the tip hit, I go through this, I make sure I got the nippers, make sure you got your pliers. I got the right lines to go on the right reels to go on the right rods. Now this pile was just a, you know, menagerie of BS for a month or so beforehand. And there’s people that when they come in my office, they’re like, oh, where are you going next? And I’m like, well that piles for blah, blah blah. And they’re like, oh, well you know, this works well or that works well or you should try this. We have fly tires that send us flies. If those flies are for luck trip, they go in the pile. John (46m 21s): And then from that I’ll pack up my rod vault the way I want it. Everything else will go into my, my bags. Now in that pile, I’ll probably have visas printed flight information in case my phone goes down for some reason. I’ll have my passport. I got, you know, the bug spray, I got a map of whatever’s happening. I got everybody else’s information that I need. And all of that’s in the pile too, just to make sure that, you know, as the day approaches, I’m not spending three or four hours in one day trying to do anything over the course of a month. You know, I got five or 10 minutes put in here, put in there, you know, lip balm, toothpaste, whatever. Gotcha. Dave (46m 58s): Do you have a list? What about for people that are going on the trip with you? Do you have a a list you send them? John (47m 2s): Well, yeah, every time we do a trip, we have a a what to pack list, which is non-fishing. Then we have like a, a fly fishing gear list or a tackle list. Then we have recommended flies. And then we have a whole nother thing that’s like, you know, you can use our fly line sponsor, Mon and Boulder has got this line. Red truck’s got this rod If you want this real, all of that kind of stuff we have that goes out just to the group that’s going on the trip. So they get a list of all of that stuff. And then usually within that, those email communications, there’s always in bold, you know, please go outside and practice your casting before the trip happens, and then please go outside and practice your casting before the trip happens again. And then usually like two days out, I send out an email and all it says is, you got 48 hours. John (47m 45s): It’d be great to go outside and practice your casting, even if it’s for 20 minutes. When you get there and we’re on site, you’re gonna be able to cast a little bit, but nothing’s gonna get you ready for what you have to do. As soon as a a, a fish shows up and adrenaline’s pumping and wins at your back and the guide says is at one, but it’s really at one 30 and he says 20 feet and you don’t see it and blah, blah blah, blah, blah. It’s all different when you’re standing on the bow. So as much as you can be ready or in a better situation on the bow, so be it. And I fell victim to this on the cubit trip. I was super busy and all over the place. I only practiced casting like a week before the trip. I got down there, I got on the boat, I got on the front and I was like, man, I should have practiced more because now I’m throwing an 80 pound tarpon that I really want to catch. John (48m 30s): But is it as good as it could be on my side? You know, the fish is gonna do what the fish is gonna do, but if you’re on top of it, hopefully you check all those boxes and you can hold a 70, 80 pound tarpon if that’s what your goal is. Dave (48m 43s): Nice. Well this has been awesome. I think that, you know, we’ve got a few more things to touch on, but maybe, you know, as far as your trips, you wanna highlight anything else you have coming up here, you know, this year, say If you, as you look out that you’re really excited about John (48m 57s): Yeah, if we stay on the DIY topic, If you know, If you guys are trying to get to Colorado, you can DIY, the frying pan, the Roaring Fork, the lower Colorado, a bunch of reservoirs, a bunch of other salts, all from our place Hook and Hunt, which is in Silt, Colorado outside of Glenwood. And then if you’re looking for real big trout and you wanna really get after it, the San Juan and New Mexico is fish and great every day. And rot and rifle is our place down there. But I mean, on the DIY tip, you know, come on out for, I think it’s 180 a night in Colorado or one 40 a night in New Mexico. You know, you can DIY fish for a whole week. If you wanna do something with a guide, you can do that, but it’s, it’s not a necessity, but any means. But I think on the DIY tip as always, you know, get out there, check out new water or, or have an adventure or you know, one of the best ways to learn how to do a lot of DIY destination stuff is to just go do it for a day, just like we talked about last time. John (49m 49s): Pick a place, call them up, ask them when the best time to go is figure out a date you and a a fishing buddy. Go out there and go fishing and check it out and see what it is. And If you land a new species, the whole thing was worth it. And if not, it’s on your skunk list so you have to go Dave (50m 5s): Fish. It’s still worth it. Exactly. Well, I’ve got a couple of random ones you mentioned at the start. I wanted to touch base as we take it outta here. And, and so I wanna always give a shout out to a few of our wet fi Swing Pro members. So Sean and Raphael have been chatting with them recently about some of the, some of the DIY stuff, so I want to give them a big shout out today. But you mentioned you a camper, so it sounds like, are you guys doing some travel? Do you got a camper that you’re, what’s that look like for your family? John (50m 30s): We have a, a old pop-up camper that we’ve had for a while. My boys are still little, but usually at least once June and July we take the camper somewhere out in the middle of the mountains and set it up and, and rock out for a week. Dave (50m 45s): Is this like a popup, like a trailer pull behind popup? John (50m 48s): Yeah, yeah. Like a, an old school troop popup fabric style. But yeah, so we do, we used to do two in June and two in July. Now we do one in June and one in July. And then we also spend time at the Colorado Lodge and time at the New Mexico Lodge. But this year we’ll have it up by Leadville at Turquoise Lake for a week, which will be a bunch of hiking and just outdoor stuff for the family to do. And then we also have another one up by Fort Collins called Chambers Lake, and then we’ll, we’ll have a week there. My wife is a teacher, so we, we take advantage of the Monday to Thursday, which is a little less crowded, but yeah, a camper and popup and dogs and kids and the whole kind of Rocky Mountain outdoor life for a week. Dave (51m 29s): That sounds awesome. Yeah, no we are, we’re doing the same thing. We’re, we’ve got the popup, we’re gonna be heading out. We’ve got, we’ve actually got the four wheel camper project m popup we’ve been talking about. So we’re nice be actually traveling, doing Alaska thing and kinda doing that. But with the kids, what’s your family kid tip for people that’s, that have families that, you know, maybe young kids out there. Any words of advice there if they haven’t done that before? John (51m 50s): Oh man, Dave (51m 52s): Just expect the madness. Yeah, John (51m 53s): Yeah. Plan for, and granted like, you know, my life is like being organized and planning and trips. Dave (51m 59s): Right. And how old are your kids? John (52m 1s): I got a 5-year-old and a 3-year-old. Dave (52m 3s): Oh wow. Yeah, you’re right. And that’s awesome. Nice. John (52m 5s): So you know, all of that stuff goes out the window. I would add on a little bit of time to any travel stuff. I usually try to find something that’s on the route going anywhere that we can stop and do like, you know, even if it’s just like the Bucky’s gas station on the way up to, to one of the places we Dave (52m 20s): Stopped. Right. Just John (52m 20s): To break. Yeah, spend a little time walk around. I have always been told, and it has worked well. We used to work a lot of driving around like nap time so that they would sleep. If we can do enough stuff at the house and leave later in the day, I can usually get them tired enough that as soon as we pull outta here, the two dogs and the two boys are sleeping for a couple of hours. And that has always been beneficial. The other thing I will say is that sometimes less is more man, like kids have a great imagination. We take some toys, we take some other stuff, but we take zero screens and pads and any of that kind of stuff, so there’s no screen time when we’re out there. A lot of walks. Dave (52m 58s): That’s awesome. So no screen time at all for the, when you’re going with the kids. John (53m 1s): Not on the camping thing, man, like in the car, in the car it’s, you know, a lot of music and games and stuff, but as soon as the camper gets set up it’s, you know, let’s go check this out, let’s walk down there. You ride your bike around the campground, like just keep them doing stuff. And then that also helps out at the end of the day when they gotta go to sleep, they’re usually passed out next to a campfire already asleep for you. Dave (53m 21s): Yeah, that’s right. Awesome. All right John, well I think we can leave it there on until the next one here. We will send everybody out to moccasin fly club.com or moccasin Fly Club on social, YouTube, everything out there. And I think this is cool because you mentioned a trip that I wasn’t even thinking that much about, but I think that one you mentioned with the Mexico is huge. And then I think upcoming we might talk more about some of these other trips, you know, made that redfish stuff. So yeah man, this is exciting. We, we’ll obviously be sending people out your way and maybe talking more about some of this hosted stuff and yeah, thanks for all your time today. I John (53m 52s): Appreciate it guys. Have a good one and go out there and keep ’em tight for me. Dave (53m 56s): If you get a chance today, head over to moccasin fly club.com and check out their DIY friendly launches and resources. If you’re interested in one of these trips, let me know and we can put something together through wetly Swing Community. We’re talking, we’re thinking Redfish, but some of these other locations sound pretty amazing, so check in with me. You can also go dave@wetlyswing.com. If you haven’t yet, subscribe, follow the show really easy. Just click that plus button or follow the show. I wanna give you a heads up that we just launched the giveaway lodge of Palisades Creek. Go to we fly swing.com/giveaway and you’re gonna get a chance to to win one of those big trips to Eastern Idaho. Dave (54m 36s): All right, that’s all I have for you today. Hope you enjoyed this one and If you get a chance tomorrow, CJ’s Real Southern podcast is back. Tune in for that and hope you have a great evening. Hope you have a good morning or a great afternoon wherever you’re in the world. Thanks for stopping in. We’ll talk to you on the next one. Outro (54m 51s): Thanks for listening to the Wet Fly Swing Fly fishing show. For notes and links from this episode, visit wet fly swing.com.

top travel tips

Conclusion with John Hunt on Top Travel Tips for DIY Fly Fishing 

Whether you’re chasing tarpon in Mexico, exploring new trout water in Colorado, or just getting your gear dialed for the next big trip, John’s insights offer a clear path forward. If you’re looking for a vetted, safe, and fun way to travel for fly fishing, John has you covered. And if you’re more of the DIY type, you’ll still walk away with some solid strategies to make your next adventure smoother.

     
Support Our Podcast Sponsors         
Support Our Podcast Sponsors       
Support Our Podcast Sponsors         

Support Our Podcast Sponsors

         
Support Our Podcast Sponsors         

POPULAR ARTICLES